aie! oe OE Oe ee - Benet ol Semen, -t 2-8: a 4 ee ae > Reve o1 caudal temur, «yo ee é Trimerotropis laticincta Saussure. Of this rather striking species a single female was taken, July 11, at El Paso, and two males and one female at Deming, July 18. The El Paso individual was collected on the rough slopes at the foot of the mesa, while the Deming specimens were taken in the yucca-dotted sand waste along the dry bed of the Mimbres. The wing-band in these specimens varies from a third to slightly more than a third the length of the wing. The ulnar spur is very short and sometimes hardly evident. The species is exceedingly vigorous and wary. Trimerotropis rubripes Rehn. This interesting species, previously known only from the unique type from Albuquerque, is now known to range southward along the Rio Grande Valley to El Paso and also eastward and westward over a good portion of the Eastern or Chihuahuan Desert tract. Near El Paso the species was found sparingly on bare patches among low weeds ore 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 along the river bank in irrigated ground below the city. Here on July 10 and 11 four males and five females were taken. A single female _ was taken under a street are light at Alamogordo, July 12, while one male was captured in grass prairie land at Aden, July 21. This series is quite uniform in size. While but little color variation is noticeable, one female from El Paso is as reddish in general tone as the type, but all the other specimens are more grayish. There is some little variation in the intensity of the subobsolete tegminal bars, and the wing band also appears more blackish than the type. Trimerotropis vinculata Scudder. At every locality visited in New Mexico and around El Paso this species was present. From an elevation of less than 1,000 feet at Spofford, Texas, to 8,700 feet at Cloudcroft, every locality yielded this form in greater or less abundance. The series of 112 specimens is distributed as follows: Spofford, Texas, July 8, 1 2; near Pecos . High Bridge, Valverde County, Texas, July 8, 1 <; El Paso, July 10-11, 24 3,15 2 ; Franklin Mountains, July 9,7 %,5 2 ; Alamogordo, July 12-13, 3 &', 1 2 ; Cloudcroft, July 14, 15, 4 &, 3 2; Aden, July 21, 27 3,8 2 ; Deming, July 18, 1 2 ; Florida Mountains, July 19,1 ,19 ; Silver City, July 20, 3 o', 1 9 ; Albuquerque, September 14, 4 co’, 2 ©. In the vicinity of El Paso, where the greatest variety of conditions was encountered, the species was found on the greasewood-covered mesa, the rugged slopes of the Franklin Mountains, the broken area at the foot of the mesa and on bare spots in the irrigated region along the Rio Grande. At Deming the mesquite and rabbit-weed plain harbored this species, while in the Florida Mountains it occurred .on the rugged lower slopes. At Cloudcroft it was found uncommon in meadow land and along the edge of the conifer forest, while at Alamo- gordo it was found in the greasewood area east of the town and around are lights at night. Cultivated ground was frequented at Albuquerque and rugged hillsides at Silver City, while all situations yielded it at Aden. The majority of the El] Paso specimens are slightly more grayish than the others in the series examined, the contrast of the tegminal bars being more decided, although this latter feature is so variable as to be worth nothing more than passing notice. Trimerotropis cyaneipennis Bruner. On the very steep rocky slopes of the Florida Mountains this species occurred sparingly, two specimens, a male and female, being taken. It haunted the same jumble of boulders and precipitous exposures as Mestobregma plattei and was equally wary and vigorous. The male 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., has the tegminal bars strongly marked, much as found in individuals of that sex from the Huachuca Mountains, while the female is paler, but is similar to a specimen of that sex from the latter locality. A single female of this species was also taken on Grand View Point at Cloudcroft, July 16, while an individual of the same sex from Fort Wingate, New Mexico, taken August 16 by John Woodgate, has also been examined. The disk of the wing is very pale greenish-blue in the Clouderoft male, glaucous blue in the Florida Mountains male, campanula blue in the Florida Mountains female. This species is now known to occur in suitable surroundings in New Mexico, in the Organ Mountains at about 5,700 feet, at 8,000 feet in the White Mountains, at 5,400 feet in the Florida Mountains; in Arizona at Flagstaff, in the Grand Canyon from 3,000 to 7,000, in Oak Creek Canyon, at Prescott and in the Huachuca range. CIRCOTETTIX Scudder. Circotettix undulatus (Thomas). It is very hard to understand Bruner’s statement" that ‘this locust is partial to bare, more or less alkaline ground, and for that reason is found throughout the more arid regions wherever suitable localities occur.” Our experience with the species in Colorado, New Mexico. and Arizona shows its range to be chiefly in the Transition, Canadian and Hudsonian zones, by no means in the “more arid’’ regions, fre- quenting often ‘“‘slashings” or cut areas in the forest region still covered with the débris left by the lumberman. Here it delights in performing its interesting «rial dance, ascending as much as seventy feet in the air, and hovering there for some minutes, keeping up its continual clatter. Open hillsides in the park-like glade region of the higher ranges are much frequented by these insects, and when the sun has warmed them after the chill of the night they proceed with their regular clattering music. At Clouderoft, on July 14 and 15, this species was found numerous in several situations, the greatest number being taken on the hillside of James Canyon, where quite a colony was located and where their clatter was continuous. In all a series of ten males and eleven females was taken, comparatively little difference in size being exhibited by the sexes, although in color the males are more blackish than the females. It is interesting to note that when a series of forty-nine specimens from Cloudcroft and Beulah, New Mexico, is compared with one of Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 183. — ~ | 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155 seventeen from the Grand Canyon region, the New Mexican series is seen to have the caudal angle of the disk of the pronotum more acute in both sexes. HADROTETTIX Scudder. Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say). A single male of this species was secured on a rugged hillside near Silver City, July 20. It is a very small specimen. ANCONIA Scudder. Anconia ceruleipennis Bruner. This most interesting species, which’ was described from a single female from Hawthorne, Nevada, is represented by two males and seven females from the vicinity of El Paso. When compared with the brief original description of the species the specimens agree fully, and as a series show no differences worth noting, except a lightening or darkening of the cinereous base color. One of the rather striking features of this species is the subinflated disk of the prozona and metazona, while the principal sulcus is deeply impressed and the median carina elevated or subtectate on the cephalic portion of the prozona. The ease with which this species in life loses its caudal limbs is remarkable. Two females were taken on the mesa at the east base of the south peak of the Franklin Mountains, July 9; one male and two females were taken along the edge of the mesa, July 11; while one male and three females were secured in the irrigated section along the Rio Grande on the same date. HELIASTUS Saussure. Heliastus aridus (Bruner). This characteristic desert species was taken at E] Paso, Alamogordo, Silver City and Deming, in all of which localities it was found on rocky areas or bare spots between the greasewood or mesquite bushes. At El] Paso, July 9-11, it was taken on the mesa, the broken edge of the mesa and on the slopes of the Franklin Mountains, a series of fifteen males and fourteen females being collected. Three males were secured in suitable surroundings in the mesquite and rabbit-weed plain at Deming, July 18; a pair at Alamogordo, July 13, in the greasewood belt, and an immature female at Silver City, July 20. The Deming individuals have hoary white very prominent in their coloration, while several of the E] Paso series have a strong bluish-gray tendency. ‘ 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Keb., PHRYNOTETTIX Glover. Phrynotettix verruculatus Uhler. A single female which was taken on a bare spot of red earth in grass prairie land at Aden, July 21, belongs to this species. The coloration of the specimen resembles that of the surroundings in which it was taken. The specimen measures as follows: Length of body, 35 mm.; length of pronotum, 16; greatest dorsal width of pronotum, 11; exposed length of tegmen, 7; length of caudal femur, 16. One of the charac- ters separating this species from P. magnus (Thomas) from southern Arizona is the more compressed and deeply sulcate inter-antennal portion of the frontal costa. The records of this species are from the Pecos River in Texas or New Mexico; Las Cruces, La Cueva, Organ Mountains, Taos Valley and Aden, New Mexico, and Phoenix, Arizona. Phrynotettix robustus (Bruner). A single female of this species was collected on the summit of a boul- der-covered hill at the foot of the mesa at El Paso, July 11. The specimen was squatted motionless on a large pebble like a toad. This species is now known from localities in the Otero Basin (Alamogordo), Rio Grande Valley (El Paso, Las Cruces and Lake Valley) and Southwestern Arizona. SCHISTOCERCA Stil. Schistocerca alutacea (Harris). A single female from Albuquerque, taken September 14 in the culti- vated section along the Rio Grande, is referred to this species. It has the caudal tibie extremely dark and in this respect it approaches S. obscura, but on comparison with specimens of S. alutacea, obscura and venusta its most intimate relationship is seen to be with alutacea. The metazona is well supplied with fair-sized spots of yellowish. similar to those frequently noticed in S. venusta and more rarely in a weaker form in S. alutacea. : The previous New Mexican records of this species are from Las Cruces and the vicinity of Mesilla, its known distribution in the territory being in the bottom lands of a portion of the Rio Grande Valley. Schistocerca shoshone (Thomas). This powerful species was found at both El Paso and Albuquerque, two males and two females being taken at the former locality and four males and two females at the latter. At Albuquerque, September 14, the species was taken in the cultivated area along the river, while at E] Paso one pair was taken from tall green weeds on irrigated land, July 11, and the other pair was captured, July 17, in the mesquite- dotted sand waste east of the town, in which latter situation the species was plentiful but very wary. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 CAMPYLACANTHA Scudder. Campylacantha lamprotata'® n. sp. Type: & ; Hijito, Valverde County, Texas. July 8,1907. (M. Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.] Related to C. vegana Scudder and Cockerell® from Las Vegas, New Mexico, with a topotypic female of which it has been compared, but differing in the distinctly lanceolate tegmina, which are attingent and nearly twice as long as the dorsum of the pronotum, the more robust caudal femora, the substrangulate pronotum which has the caudal margin of the disk more decidedly angulate, the nearly straight ventral margin of the cerci and a number of features of the coloration. Size medium; form moderately robust; surface of the pleura and metazona of the pronotum punctate, the greatest portion of the body covered with long whitish hairs. Head with the occiput arcuate, but hardly elevated dorsad of the level of the pronotum, the interocular SASS SILITLPTL ieee rence Fig. 12.—Campylacantha lamprotata n. sp. Lateral view of type. (x 3.) region and the fastigium rather strongly declivent; space between the eyes very slightly narrower than the inter-antennal portion of the frontal costa; fastigium of moderate width, rather shallowly but distinctly excavated, the margins distinct; frontal costa slightly expanded between the antenne otherwise subequal, biseriate punctate dorsad, distinctly suleate ventrad of the ocellus; face appreciably retreating; eyes moderately prominent, ovate in outline, half again as long as the infraocular sulcus; antennee distinctly longer than the head and pronotum together, very slightly thickened distad. Pronotum with the greatest (caudal) width of the dorsum contained slightly more than one and one-half times in the length; cephalic margin of the disk slightly arcuate, caudal margin obtuse-angulate with the angle well 8 Aaurporara, most brilliant. ‘ ” Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci., LX, p. 40. 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., G rounded; prozona distinctly longer than the metazona, the former with a very weak median carina cephalad and the metazona with a very distinct but slightly elevated one; lateral lobes distinctly longer than deep, all the angles obtuse; transverse sulci of the whole prono- tum well impressed. Tegmina hardly exceeding the head and prono- tum in length, the greatest width slightly proximad of the middle, distal portion tapering, the apex narrowly oblique subtruncate; sutural margins overlapping. Wings equal to the tegmina in length. Prosternal spine strongly retrorse, conical, rather blunted; interspace between the mesosternal lobes decidedly longitudinal, the median width not a third the length of the same, the angles of the lobes well rounded; metasternal lobes attingent. Abdomen slightly compressed, earinate dorsad; fureula hardly indicated— mere broad areas with a hardly arcuate caudal Wika Vameylocor margin; supra-anal plate slightly produced tha lamprotata n.sp. trigonal, apex very narrowly rounded, median eos rey as Bet suleus indicated only on the proximal half, (X 6.) there deep and well impressed; cerci tapering in the proximal half, subequal distad and very slightly wider than half the basal width, the ventral margin hardly arcuate, the apex subacute and not exceeding the apex of the supra- anal plate; subgenital plate moderately produced and acute when seen from the side, the subapical tubercle distinct. Cephalic and median femora considerably bowed and inflated. Caudal femora robust, the greatest width contained three and one-half times in the length of the same, the tips considerably exceeding the apex of the abdomen; caudal tibiz armed on the external margin with ten to eleven spines, on the internal with eleven. General color pale apple-green, becoming yellowish on the pleura, abdomen and venter, marked with bice-green. Face of the general color, the genze slightly yellowish, while the occiput is pure lemon yellow, a distinct median occipital bar and much less distinct postocular bars bice green; eyes burnt umber; antennz chinese orange, the two proximal joints greenish-yellow. Fig. ¥4-“Cavipyle- Pronotum with the dorsum bice green, the lateral cantha lamprotata angles irregularly marked with dull lemon-yellow; Sabot ae: the lateral lobes clouded with yellowish except for domen. (X 6.) a clear bice green patch dorsad on the prozona. Tegmina bice green with yellowish-green veins. Apex of the abdomen decidedly yellowish. Cephalic and median 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 femora pale chinese orange with a narrow distad area of bice green; cephalic and median tibie of the general color. Caudal femora of the general color, but rather more yellowish, having a number of bars of bice green, one imperfect proximal one hardly represented on the external face, one premedian, one postmedian and one apical (genicular), these being well indicated dorsad and less laterad, the ventral face uniform greenish-yellow, where the bars cross the lateral carinz there is a tendency to glaucous, which is also found on the distal portion of the genicular region; caudal tibia glaucous blue with a poorly defined pale pregenicular annulus, spines very pale glaucous with black tips. Measurements. SeTERMEVe Me ek ar ey, =F TOM, PCO PRONOUN, se ks cy kh oa s, 48 See HEMieti Gs 60 en en oe eg QD ¢ Pamiet or CBMUaL kOMUES | gn 8. ug We alas ate OG) A 2 The type is the only specimen of this beautiful species seen by us, and was taken from a mesquite which had recently been drenched by heavy rain. No time was available for further search, as our stay was limited to a brief train stop. HESPEROTETTIX Scudder. Hesperotettix viridis (Thomas). Of this beautiful species a series of seventy specimens is contained in the collection, of which fifty-three are males, twenty-two females and five immature individuals. The fondness of this species for the patches and larger areas of rabbit weed (Jsocoma heterophylla) is very marked, and it usually occurs in abundance where that plant is present. Often in patches of this plant one would notice several specimens of this species sitting on the summit of a single clump. At Deming it was very abundant on its food-plant on both sides of the dry bed of the Mimbres, a series of forty-five males, eighteen females and four nymphs being taken July 18. It also occurred in great num- bers in suitable locations between the town and the Florida Mountains, while at 5,000 feet in a canyon in the Florida range it was very scarce, one male and two females being taken. At El Paso it was taken in the low country along the Rio Grande, four males and two females being secured on July 11. On the usual food-plant at Aden, July 21, one male and one female were taken, while one adult male and one nymph were collected at Silver City, July 20. Of this large series thirty show no distinct blackish markings on or ‘ 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., in the transverse sulci of the dorsum of the pronotum, although these are strongly pencilled in others. Of the Deming series of sixty-three adults twenty-three are without the blackish pencilling. The Deming series also contains one specimen in a brownish phase, while four others from the same locality approach it more or less closely. The red pre- genicular annulus is present in every adult in the series, in by far the majority of the specimens very strongly indicated. There is a considerable amount of individual variation in size, even in specimens from the same immediate locality, but even the largest specimens do not approach the robust, closely allied Mexican H. meridionalis. Several specimens from eastern Colorado (Lamar, Holly and Greeley), examined in connection with the New Mexican material, have the caudal femora very robust. HEOLOPLUS Scudder. Eoloplus elegans Scudder. This variable species, which at present is only known from localities in the Rio Grande Valley, was taken in numbers at El Paso, July 10, 11 and 17. It was found in greatest abundance in bottom land along : the river, where it frequented the screw bean or tornillo (Prosopis odorata) and adjacent weedy areas, a series of sixteen males and nine females being taken. Along the edge of the mesa a single pair was taken, while the mesquite-covered sand desert east of the town furnished four males and one female. In size there is a considerable amount of variation, so much so in fact that at first glance at a number of males of the species one would imagine they had two forms before them. This variation does not appear to be correlated with any particular environment or with the color phase of so! individual. The extremes of the series measure as follows: oy of 2 2 Length of body . 13.2 mm. 20 mm. 19.2 mm. 19.8” mm. Lengthofpronotum, 3.5 “ 5 : 5 % 52: ea Length oftegmen, . 13 : 1 ir ee 1633, °°. 5 AgnGeee Length of caudal femur; > ST 9 Zs 12 ss LESS: 2 Toe As shown by the above measurements the greatest amount of varia- tion is exhibited by the male, although that noticed in the female is quite perceptible. The form of the male cerci is rather variable, in many specimens these 2 Abdomen compressed. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 appendages being slenderer and not as robust distad as figured by Scudder, although the general form remains essentially the same. There is also a slight variation in the shape of the tubercle of the sub- genital plate. In color, as pointed out by Scudder and Cockerell,”! there is pro- nounced variation, although its description may he simplified by con- sidering the green form one extreme and the full brownish and ochre form the other, leaving numerous specimens as intermediates between the two. The full green phase, having all the dark markings green and the lighter ones yellowish-green, is represented in our material by five males and one female, although closely approached by five other females. The full brown phase is represented by six males and one female, the remainder of the series being intermediate in coloration. The green phase was noticed chiefly among tall green weeds, while the brown phase was usually found in much fewer numbers upon the | tornillo or screw bean. The tegmina are distinctly though not sharply maculate in eight specimens and unicolorous in six, the remainder having the anal vein marked more or less completely with a pale line. There is also a considerable amount of variation in the depth of the glaucous color of the caudal tibie. The species has been recorded from Las Cruces and Mesilla Park, Donna Ana County, New Mexico. MELANOPLUS Stil. Melanoplus bowditchi Scudder. This species is represented in the collection by three males and eight females, taken as follows: El Paso, July 10 and 17 (1 co’, 2 @); Aden, July 21 (1 &, 4 2); Albuquerque, September 14 (1 ° ); Deming, July 18 (1,12). At El Paso it was taken at the edge of the grease- wood-covered mesa and from mesquite growing in the sandhill country east of the city. It frequented cultivated ground at Albuquerque, was taken in grass prairie land at Aden and frequented the mesquite and rabbit-weed plain at Deming. In actions the species is extremely vigorous and alert, usually making long flights. But one of the specimens approaches anyway closely the type of coloration seen in individuals of the species from eastern Colo- rado and southwestern Nebraska, this individual being from mesquite at I] Paso. The majority of the series are duller with umber browns the predominating colors, the postocular bar not strongly marked in two specimens and nearly obsolete in one. The bars on the dorsum % Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci., IX, pp. 41-42. 11 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., of the caudal femora are more or less distinct in all but one individual which has them obsolete. In size the specimens are decidedly larger than individuals from Colorado and Nebraska, as the following measurements show: Haigler, El Paso, Lamar, Albuquerque, Neb. Tex. Col. M. of of 2 2 Length of body, . 21. mm. 22.5 mm. 28 mm. 30.2 mm. Length of pronotum, 5 i Sa rey sald ors Pa Lengthoftegmen,. 15.8 “ 22.5 “* 21 a 25.8 3 Length of cauda bari) oe = a 26 14.2 * a 16 % The previous records of this species from New Mexico are from Belen, Valencia County, Sabinal, Socorro County, Las Cruces, Donna Ana County and Chaves, McKinley County. Melanoplus herbaceus Bruner. This variable species is represented by a series of forty-nine males — and thirty-three females taken at El Paso, Albuquerque and Alamo- gordo, At El Paso it was found ina variety of habitats: on greasewood on the slopes of the Franklin Mountains (July 9, 1 o', 2 2), on grease- wood on the mesa and at the edge of the same (July 10 and 11, 4 3, 1 2), on mesquite growing on the sandhills east of the city (July 17, 4%, 2 2), and on irrigated land along the Rio Grande below the city (July 10 and 11, 38 &, 25 2). In the sandhill region the species was very wary and usually flew into the most inaccessible portions of the thickets of mesquite, while along the river it was plentiful but equally hard to capture. Two males and two females were secured in culti- vated land at Albuquerque, September 14, while a single female was attracted to light at Alamogordo, July 12. In size there is a considerable amount of individual variation, as the following measurements of extremes of the series from along the Rio Grande at El Paso will show: refs of 2 2 Length of body,, . 20 mm. 23.6 mm. 26.2 mm. 29.2 mm. Length of pronotum, 4.8 “ Dee ie ar te: 6:3 * Lengthoftegmen, . 17.5 “ 23 # 20.2 “ 25.2 Length of caudal FO, yh ee ee. 13 i ise." 15 si The structure of the male cerci and of the furcula exhibits a con- siderable amount of variation in this species, about half of the males examined showing at least some slight approach to the form called 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 flavescens by Scudder. A number of specimens are typical of flaves- cens as far as the cerci and furcula are concerned, but a careful study -of this large series of eighty-one specimens shows that the slight genital characters and the color of the tips of the antenne, of the pronotum and of the caudal tibie, given specific importance by Scudder to separ- ate M. herbaceus and flavescens, are by no means specific and can be considered only individual, the extremes being connected by a number of intermediates. : In color we find two quite distinct extremes connected by inter- mediates, one extreme being uniform light green with the postocular bar subobsolete or entirely lacking, the other various shades of brown, touched with yellowish around the head and along the ventral border of the postocular bar which is quite distinct. Numerous intermediates show the postocular bar distinct with green the general color, others with yellowish and yellowish-brown the general color. The antenne are usually not infuscate at the tips in the green phase, the majority of the other specimens having a more or less distinct apical infuscation. The caudal tibie are generally some shade of glaucous, varying con- siderably in depth, but a few specimens have a decided greenish tone to these parts. The species has previously been recorded from El Paso, Texas, and Las Cruces, Mesilla Park and Albuquerque, New Mexico, while Scudder and Cockerell have assigned specimens from Mesilla and Mesilla Park to M. flavescens. Melanoplus glaucipes (Scudder). At El Paso this peculiar species was found in small numbers in thickets of screw bean or tornillo growing in the low river-land, where on July 10 one male and three females were taken. Two females were also secured on July 10 and 11 from mesquite, while one male and three females were taken, July 17, from mesquite thickets in the sand region east of the city. A single female was taken at Clin, Uvalde County, Texas, July 8, in a damp weedy location. The species is a vigorous one and at El Paso it was extremely difficult to capture, owing to its habit of seeking shelter by retiring to the thickest portion of the mesquite or tornillo bush on which it was found. In such surroundings a net was useless and work with the hands paid a penalty of thorn stabs sufficient to deter any but an enthusiast. It was impossible to flush specimens into the open, as the insects merely shifted their position to another portion of the bush. There is a considerable amount of variation in the shade of the dorsum of the head, pronotum and anal area of the tegmina, face, 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., gen and ventral portion of the lateral lobe of the pronotum, and of the caudal femora; these portions being pale ochraceous in one speci- men, very dull ochraceous in several others and warm red brown in another. The majority have these areas umber-brown. The red- brown specimen is from Clin and all the ochraceous individuals from the sandhill country. The previous records of this species are from Dallas and Bonita, Texas; Mountain Park, Oklahoma: Mesilla Park, New Mexico, and Lerdo, Durango, Mexico. Melanoplus atlanis (Riley). Three males and two females of this widely spread species were taken in weedy spots in irrigated land along the Rio Grande below El Paso on July 10 and 11. A single male was taken on July 14 at Wootens, Otero County, New Mexico, at an elevation of about 7,000 feet, while a series of six females was taken in meadow-land at Cloud- croft, July 14-15. As previously noticed by the authors” in regard to Arizona material of this species, the series before us show uniformly greater: size than is true of specimens from the eastern United States, agreeing with material from Colorado and northern New Mexico. in addition to that previously recorded from Arizona. Melanoplus aridus (Scudder). This interesting species, which has a very considerable vertical range, is represented by five males and one female taken at El Paso (July 11, 1 &), in Dry Canyon, Sacramento Mountains (July 13, 1 o'), Florida Mountains (July 19, 2 o&, 1 2) and at Albuquerque (September 14, 1%). A pair of this species from Fort Wingate, New Mexico, taken August 28 by John Woodgate, have also been examined. At Albuquerque the species was taken on river bottom-land, at El Paso on weeds in field along river bank, while in Dry Canyon and in the Florida Mountains at elevations from 5,000 to 5,500 feet in the juniper and pifion zone, the species occurred among bush oaks (Florida Mountains) and on mesquite (Dry Canyon). In both of the latter situations adults of the species were very scarce, but a number of immature specimens, presumably of this species, were noticed. The male from El] Paso is larger and lighter in color than the other specimens of that sex, while the Albuquerque individual is very dark in color. The latter specimen resembles closely in general color tone 2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p. 396. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 representatives of the species from northern Arizona. This is the first record of the species from Texas. Melanoplus altitudinum (Scudder).** Two females of this species were collected in James Canyon, Cloud- croft, July 14-15, one being from the overgrown slope of the canyon, the other from a weedy spot at the mouth of the canyon. The indi- vidual from the slope of the canyon is somewhat smaller than the other specimen. The previous New Mexican records of the species are from northern New Mexico (Scudder), Taos Peak, 13,000 feet (Scudder), ridge between Sapello and upper Pecos River (Scudder, Cockerell) and Cloudcroft (Rehn). Melanoplus femur-rubrum (De Geer). A series of seven males and seven females of this widely distributed species were taken in cultivated ground at Albuquerque, September 14, a single male also being collected at El Paso, July 11, in bottom- land along the Rio Grande. Melanoplus calidus Scudder. One of the most characteristic grasshoppers of the mountain meadows and of underbrush in certain portions of the forest-land around Cloud- croft is this striking species. Scudder originally described this insect from Gilman’s Ranch, Eagle Creek, White Mountains, New Mexico, at an elevation of 7,000 feet; Scudder and Cockerell later recording it from the South Fork of Eagle Creek. The species was found to be plentiful on July 14 and 15, although in the morning before ten o’clock it was very hard to find. The series taken consists of twenty-nine males and twenty females. Fig. 15. — Melano- In size there is great uniformity in the male plus calidus sex and but little variation in the female, and then Scudder. Dorsal . ! : view of apex of chiefly in the length of the tegmina. Compared abdomen. (x 4.) with Scudder’s measurements the specimens are generally smaller, picked individuals giving measurements as follows: % The great difficulty of separating some of the brachypterous species of Melanoplus from representatives of the genus Podisma and the close resemblance existing between Melanoplus altitudinum and Podisma dodgei was responsible for an erroneous determination made by the senior author (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 571). The specimens from Raton, New Mexico, and Prescott and Copper Basin, Arizona, there referred to M, altitudinum, are really Podisma dodgei, as a careful re-examination of all the available material in the two species shows. A series of Coloradan P. dodgei and Wyoming and New Mexican M, altitydinum have been used for comparison. 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Seudder’s Meas. ee —-— of ci of Length of body, . . . . . 20 mm. 16.2 mm. 17.2 mm Length of pronotum, — 4 me 4 a Length of tegmen, . . . . 6 x : ll fet Length of caudaltegmen,. . . 10 2 fore “ 1662 2 g ? g Length of body, . .. +, 21,75°amm, 18.2 mm. 25-— min Length of pronotum, . . . — 5 “ 5 . Length of tegmen, . . . . 6 ya: ty Gil ORY Sas Length of caudal tegmen, 10 eS te e: 12 % The great length of the body in the last measured specimen is in part at least due to distension. The tegmina are quite uniform in the males, while in the females 6.3 mm. is the greatest length found. The caudal margin of the pronotum is subtruncate in a few individuals, and very slightly and broadly obtuse-angulate in the great majority. In color the general tone varies Fig. 16.— Melano- plus calidus Seudder. Lateral outline of apex of abdomen. ( 4.) from gray-brown to umber-brown, but the pattern varies but little, while the pale yellowish stripe is more marked in some specimens than in others. This species is apparently very close to M. quadratus Scudder from South Fork of Eagle Creek, 8,100 feet, White Mountains, New Mexico; at least the two descriptions are very similar and specimens are determined with con- siderable difficulty. Melanoplus differentialis (Thomas). This destructive species was found swarming on irrigated land along the Rio Grande below El Paso, July 11, two males being taken, while at Albuquerque it was found plentiful in high weeds on cultivated land on September 14, a pair being collected. Melanoplus bivittatus (Say). A series of five males and eight females was taken in the bottom- land at Albuquerque on September 14. The caudal tibie are quite black proximad in a number of individuals and some shade of glaucous distad in all but three specimens, which are more or less strongly yellowish on that portion of the tibie. The dark line on the dorsal portion of the lateral face of the caudal femora is distinctly marked in all the individuals. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 TETTIGONIDZ. DICHOPETALA Brunner. Dichopetala brevihastata Scudder. A single immature male taken on greasewood at an elevation of 4,800 feet at the mouth of Dry Canyon, Sacramento Mountains, appears to belong to this species, although the identification is attended with a little uncertainty owing to the immaturity of the specimen. Imma- ture specimens apparently of this species were found to be fairly com- mon when beating in the vicinity of the mouth of the canyon. =e HORMILIA Stal. Hormilia elegans Scudder. Two females of this species were taken at Deming, July 20, both attracted to light. One specimen of the species was found in the lunch-room of the railroad station and brought to us by one of the waiters. On comparing these specimens with the original measurements and with seven individuals from Florence, Arizona, it became apparent that specimens from the eastern side of the continental divide were larger than representatives from the western side. The following measurements may be of use when more extensive series are examined. Near Mesilla, N. y. M. Deming, Deming, Florence, (type; from N. M. N. M. Ariz. Seudde re Vile 2O.07.. » Mil: 2007. VII. 23. Length of body (exclu- : Q e) fe) sive of ovipositor), . 17 mm. 15 mm. 18 mm. 16.8 mm. Lengthoftegmen, . . 28 “ pa 31 " —- Length of wing Sd oe imate), a 6" oro" ao 26 7 Length of caudal fe mur Ss: .“ ye ee Bug AD a Florence e, Ariz. IX. 20. VII. 20. oy: 13 VII. 22. Length of body (exclu- : ; ( S sive of ovipositor), 18.2 mm. 19 mm. 15 mm. 15 mm, Length oftegmen,. . 26.5 “ 24 po is 25 - Length of wing (ap- proximate), Snot ee " i 25 25.5 ."* Length of caudal St es ss | ss 1G: -* Aas 17 Pe Florence, Ariz. vi 7 Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor), . . 15 mm, 17.8 mm Length of tegmen,. Ca ae de 25 ~ Length of wing (approximate yi aa: ie 2790p Lengthofcaudalfemur, .... .. . 19 " 21 i 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., One of the Deming females is a very pale buff, with the ‘“herring- bone’’ tegminal pattern but faintly marked. The other individual is in the green phase with the pattern a pale green, and no indication of the blackish suffusion on the sutural areas frequently seen in the species. The previous New Mexican records for the species were all from the vicinity of Las Cruces and Mesilla in the Mesilla Valley. ARETHEA Stil. Aretha constricta Brunner. A single male of this species was taken at Fort Wingate, New Mexico, August 28, 1908, by John Woodgate. The species has been recorded from Texas; near Organ Mountains, New Mexico; from an arroyo ten miles west of La Luz, Otero County, New Mexico; Tucson and Baboquivari Mountains, Arizona. SCUDDERIA Stal. Soudderia furcifera Scudder. A single female of this species has been examined from Fort Wingate, New Mexico, taken August 23, 1908, by John Woodgate. The only previous New Mexican records of this species were from the southern portion of the Territory, La Cueva, Organ Mountains, and Dripping Springs, Organ Mountains. AMBLYCORYPHA Stal. Amblycorypha huasteca (Saussure). A single male of this species was beaten from a tall green bush grow- ing in the bottom of Dry Canyon, Sacramento Mountains, at an elevation of 5,200 feet, in the pifion and juniper zone. This specimen is of considerable interest, as when compared with a series of eight males and two females from Shovel Mount, Burnet County, Texas, the tegmina are found to be appreciably longer, although the body and caudal femora are of about the same size. The dimensions of the Dry Canyon speecimen compared with an average Shovel Mount male and the original measurements of Saussure are as follows: Dry Shovel Mexico (type; Canyon. Mount. from Saussure), sh of 2 Lengthofbody, . . . . . 23.5 mm. 23- mm. — Lengthofpronotum,. . . . 7.5 “ 7 x —_— Length of tegmen,. . eS erupts 4 Bo.0- 34 mm. 5 Greatest width of tegmen, re Le “s 9.8 “ 11 a Length of caudalfemur, . . . 31 - B1.5 — 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 A sufficient series of the longer winged form may show the necessity of recognizing it as a geographic race. This is the first record of the species from New Mexico and one of the few from west of Texas. The senior author has recorded it from southern Arizona, and Snow has credited it to Oak Creek Canyon, Coconino County, Arizona. EREMOPEDES Cockerell. Eremopedes albofasciata Scudder and Cockerell. Four immature specimens, two of each sex, were taken at Aden, July 21, in grass prairie land; a single immature female from Deming, July 18, taken on rabbit weed, is also in the collection. The only previous record of the species was that of the type from Mesilla Park. ATELOPLUS Scudder. Ateloplus macroscelus* n. sp. Type: 2 ; El Paso, El Paso County, Texas. July 11,1907. (Hebard and Rehn.) [Hebard Collection.] Allied to A. notatus Scudder and A. schwarzi Caudell, but differing from both in the much more elongate caudal limbs and ovipositor and the different color pattern. Size medium; form moderately elongate. Head quite short but rather broad and deep; fastigium of the vertex rounding to the facial fastigium which it touches, surface of the same not appreciably sulcate ; eyes not prominent, subovate in outline; antennz slightly more than twice the length of the body, proximal joint rather large, slightly produced on the internal face. Pronotum with its dorsal length slightly more than twice that of the exposed dorsum of the head, the dorsum of the pronotum regularly arcuate in transverse section rounding into the lateral lobes; cephalic margin of the dorsum subtruncate, caudal margin very broadly and shallowly but distinctly obtuse-angulate emarginate; when seen from the side the dorsal line of the pronotum is nearly straight, no sellate tendency being present; lateral lobes of the pronotum very considerably longer than deep, the ventral margin obtuse-angulate with the caudal portion of the angle slightly arcuate- emarginate. Tegmina present as the merest pads, hardly visible caudad of the pronotal margin. Prosternal processes the merest obtuse-angulate shoulders, in no sense spines. Abdomen with a very blunt dorsal carina; terminal dorsal abdominal segment with a considerable median impression which is folded ventrad; cerci short, conical, acute; ovipositor about three-fourths the length of the ™ Maxpooxe/jc, having long legs. , 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Feb., caudal femora, moderately robust, somewhat arcuate proximad and distad, nearly straight in the middle, the proximal third more robust than the remainder, the apex acute; subgenital plate obtuse-angulate with a rather large and quite deep median V-shaped emargination, a pair of moderately distinct sub-parallel longitudinal caring present on the plate. Cephalic and median limbs of moderate length; cephalic femora equal to the pronotum in length, unarmed; cephalic tibiz armed dorsad with three spines on the outer margin, with six on each of the ventral ones; median femora very slightly longer than the cepha- lic, unarmed; median tibise with the dorsal margins armed with two. (cephalic) or four (caudal) spines, each of the ventrals with six spines. Caudal femora slightly longer than the body, moderately inflated in Fig. 17.—Ateloplus macroscelus n. sp. Lateral view of type. (xX 2.) the proximal half, slender distad, the greatest width contained nearly six times in the length, externo-ventral margin with a single spine, interno-ventral with five; caudal tibize about equal to the femora in length, all the margins spined, the dorsal ones with a number con- siderably exceeding that of the ventral series. General colors cream white and blackish-brown, generally mingled and marbled, with but little pattern aside from several rather darker longitudinal areas on the abdomen and a median obsolete V-shaped figure on the pronotum. The ventral portion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum is pure cream-white divided sharply but irregularly from the darker dorsal section. On the face, the pleura and the sides of the proximal portion of the abdomen the lighter color predominates or is more conspicuous on account of the marbling being coarser. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 Limbs marbled as is the case with the body, but a tendency toward broad annuli is noticed; caudal limbs with considerable blue-gray present in place of blackish-brown. Eyes wood-brown clouded with burnt umber; antennze, except for the proximal joint, vandyke brown; Ovipositor with the general pattern. Measurements. BeermeniaGr er fe Me Pg ew we) OP mm, OLE) Se 2 a UPA See ana mn |e. oi Ben ot chmiacremur, §:. . 2. 28. os Se ee DS # Perce Oviponitor, =.) fh oe .-seesy 8S a.) 8 The type and an immature paratypic female (July 10) were taken on greasewood on the mesa to the south and east of the Franklin Mountains. STENOPELMATUS Burmeister. Stenopelmatus oculatus Scudder. A single female of this species from Fort Wingate, New Mexico, taken October 15, 1907, by John Woodgate, has been examined. CEUTHOPHILUS Scudder. Ceuthophilus uniformis Scudder. Three females of this species were taken at Clouderoft on July 14, under the bark of a stump of yellow pine (Pinus ponderosa). The only previous New Mexican records of the species are from Beulah, San Miguel County, and plains of northern New Mexico, eastern slope. Elsewhere the species is found in Colorado, western Nebraska and eastern Kansas. Ceuthophilus valgus Scudder. A single male of this very interesting species was taken from the interior of a decayed log of Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga mucronata). This individual is slightly larger than Scudder’s original measurements and considerably larger than an individual from Beulah, New Mexico. The species has been recorded from Santa Fé, Beulah and White Mountain region, New Mexico, and also from certain localities in Colo- rado. Ceuthophilus paucispinosus Kehn. Two females of this species were taken in the Florida Mountains in November by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. The specimens are of average size and do not differ from individuals from the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, ‘This is the first record of the species from New Mexito, the 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., previous records being from the Huachuca Mountains and Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona, and without exact data from the southern portion of the same Territory. UDEOPSYLLA Scudder. Udeopsylla socorrensis (Rehn). This species, which was described as a species of Phrixocnemis, should be placed in the genus Udeopsylla, probably with U. jranciscanus and vierecki representing a new subgenus. The structure and arma- ment of the caudal tibiae are quite different from the type found in U. robusta, but with the small amount of material available it seems best to defer any division until an opportunity to examine a more extensive series presents itself. A single male of this species from Fort Wingate, collected May 12, 1908, by John Woodgate, has been examined. The only previous record for the species is that of the types from the Magdalena Mountains, New Mexico. GRYLLIDZ. ECTATODERUS Guérin. Eotatoderus borealis Scudder. A single nearly mature female of this species was taken from a dead: yucca on the greasewood slope between Alamogordo and Dry Canyon, July 13. Two adult females taken in the Florida Mountains in Novem- ber by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry have also been examined, as well as a male from Claremont, California, taken by Prof. C. F. Baker. The Alamogordo specimen has the lateral lobes of the pronotum quite blackish, but this is not the case with the Florida Mountain females, although present in the Claremont male. Its absence may be due to the fact that the specimens in which this coloration is absent were collected in alcohol. The previous New Mexican records of this species were from La Cueva and Dripping Springs, Organ Mountains. NEMOBIUS Scudder. Nemobius neomexicanus Scudder. Three specimens of this species, one adult male, one adult female and one immature individual, were taken at Alamogordo, July 16, in long grass under cottonwoods in the irrigated town park, where the Species was abundant. Both of the adults have the wings shorter than the tegmina, but otherwise they fully agree with an individual from Florence, Arizona. The species has been recorded from Las Cruces and Mesilla, New 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173 Mexico; Douglas, Cochise County, and Florence, Pinal County, Arizona; Los Angeles, California, and several localities in Lower California. Nemobius utahensis Scudder. A single female of this species, previously known only from Spring Lake and Salt Lake Valley, Utah, and Sedalia and Montevista, Colo- rado, was taken at Albuquerque, September 14, where the species was common in heavy weeds in the bottom-land. The capture of the species at Montevista, Colorado, is interesting when taken with the Albuquerque record, as the former locality is in the upper portion of the Rio Grande valley. GRYLLUS Linneus. Gryllus personatus Uhler. A single male of this species was taken at night from under a tin in the street at Alamogordo, July 12. A single female taken at San Marcial, Socorro County, New Mexico, July, 1907, by Otho Poling, has also been examined. Both specimens are macropterous. These are the first positive records of the species from New Mexico. Gryllus armatus Scudder. A series of five males and six females of this species was taken at Deming, July 19 and 20, where they were found attracted to electric lights. A single female was also taken, attracted to lights at Alamo- gordo, July 12. All the specimens are macropterous. The principal measurements of the Deming specimens are as follows: of of sf Length of tegmen, . 12.5 mm. 14 mm. 12.5 mm. 12.8 mm. 5 Length of caudalfemur 10.5 “ jd jt > Gas 10 us Length of ovipositor — — = Qy Length of tegmen, . 13 mm. 13.2 mm. 12.5 mm. 13 mm. Length of caudalfemur, 11 “ 10.5 “ 10:5: “ 10 : Length of ovipositor, — 13 . 13.8 “ 13 ta 2 g 2 Length of tegmen, . . . . 13.5 mm. 13) mm. 13.5 mm. Length ofcaudalfemur, . . . 10.5 “ IOS 8 10.2, “ Length of ovipositor, . . . 14 S 12:8...“ | i These are the first records of the species from New Mexico. Gryllus pennsylvanicus Burmeister. A single male of this species was taken from under a stone at night at Cloudcroft, July 15, while a female specimen was taken at light at Alamogordo, July 12. ‘ 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [I’eb., The previous positive New Mexican records of the species were from Santa Fé, Las Vegas, Gallinas Canyon, Fort Buchanan and Mesilla Park, May to August. Gryllus alogus Rehn. A series of nine males and six females are contained in the collec- tions examined in this connection. Of this series five males and three females were taken at Alamogordo, July 12 and 13, one male attracted to light, the remainder taken from a dead yucca; one pair was taken at FE] Paso, July 11, from a burrow, also inhabited by immature gryllids of other species, at the edge of the mesa; two males'and one female from desert hillside and grass prairie at Aden, July 21; a single male from Deming, July 19, attracted to light, and a single female from Fort Wingate, May 12, collected by John Woodgate. The Fort Wingate individual is quite small, no more than two-thirds the size of the other females, while the coloration of nearly all the speci- mens is uniformly darker than that of the type. The species appears to be closely related to the Californian G. vocalis. The measurements of the specimens examined are as follows: Alamogordo. ef of of of Length oftegmen, . . 9.5 mm. 10 mm. 11 mm. 10 mm. Length of caudal femur, 11.8 “ Ne Lees A es Length of ovipositor . — — — —- Alamogordo. of 2 2 — Length of tegmen, 9.8mm, 7 mm. §.2 mm. 8 umn, Length of caudal femur, i Pips Meal ta eee op Gellar re ie Length of ovipositor,. . — 12 = Moe -) El Paso. Lengthofteemen, ©: .) 3 la bh ad) ot ee Rengis at caudal femur’ ni % a te eee 13 d Length of ovipositor, 2 “0°. - 223 4 14 si Aden ey éh 2 Lengthoftegmen,, . . . . 9.5mm. 95mm 9 mm. Length ofcaudalfemur,. . . 11.5 “ al 3 12 ee Length of ovipositor, ©. . . — — 13255 Deming. Ft. Wingate. of 2 Pength of tegmen, 005,20. Ge ye ED benpthofcaudalfemur, o£. . ss w TB y" ees “c Beart Of OVIPORMILOT, ») 0.0 oe 10.2 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 175 The previous records are from Albuquerque, New Mexico, Huachuca Mountains and Phoenix, Arizona. CCANTHUS Serville. Ccanthus quadripunctatus Beutenmiiller. Three immature individuals swept from rabbit-weed at Deming, July 18, appear to be referable to this species. This is the first record of the species from New Mexico. Coanthus fasciatus Fitch. A pair of this species were taken from high weeds at 4,900 feet ele- vation in Dry Canyon, July 13. The limbs are brownish-yellow in both specimens, while the antenne are blackish toward the bases. The previous New Mexican records of the species are from Mescalero, Otero County, and Mesilla, Donna Ana County. 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Maren 2. Artuur Erwin Brown, Sc.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. Thirty-one persons present. The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers for publication under the following titles: ‘“ Arachnida from Costa Rica.”” By Nathan Banks (February 19). “Microscopical Image Formation.” By F. J. Keeley (March 2). Dr. JoHN MacFARLANE made a communication on irrito-contrac- tility in plants. (No abstract.) Marcu 16. ARTHUR ERWIN Brown, Sc.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-five persons present. The death of Prof. Percival de Loriol le Fort, a Correspondent, on December 23, 1908, was announced. Dr. Henry SKINNER made a communication on Antigeny or Sexual Diversity in Insects. (No abstract.) Corrections: Dr. G. C. CRAMPTON regrets that the following errors escaped him while reading the proofs of his paper entitled ‘‘ A Contribution to the Comparative Morphology of the Thoracic Sclerites of Insects”’ : In Figures 6, 7 and 8, the region labelled §, should be designated §,. In the explanation of Figure 12, instead of ‘‘sternellum,’’ read ‘‘ scutellum.’’ Page 35, line 29, instead of ‘‘katepimeral complex,’’ read ‘‘katepisternal complex.” Page 29, line 11, instead of Corydalis, read Chrysopa. The insect figured in Plate I is not Nemura, but Leuctra. William Welsh was elected a member. The following was ordered to be printed: 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177 MICROSCOPICAL IMAGE FORMATION. BY F. J. KEELEY. This subject is of importance to every user of a microscope, as a correct understanding of the optical laws which govern the formation of the image would assist in determining to what extent the true structure and size of the object under examination is correctly repre- sented by the appearances presented to the eye. We are confronted with two radically different theories of microscopical vision, which may be termed the diffraction and dioptric theories, although the former requires the presence of both diffracted and dioptric beams, while the latter deals principally with the effect of diffraction, but only such as arises in the instrument itself and not from the object under exami- nation. As the exponents of each seem to take partisan views and fail to give adequate consideration to the opposing theory, it appeared to be worth while to make a careful study of both in as far as possible an unprejudiced manner, supplemented by experiments, with the view of endeavoring to learn whether they are wholly irreconcilable. From 1771, when Benjamin Martin applied a low power achromatic objective to a microscope and explained that its superiority was largely due to the increased aperture available, until Tolles, a century later, realized the possibility and practicability of producing objectives with apertures in excess of the equivalent of 180°in air, the principal efforts of the opticians and their collaborators, the microscopists, was in the direction of increased aperture and improved chromatic corrections, and no serious doubts appear to have been raised regarding the dioptric theory, in the form in which it had been worked out for the telescope; but when the practical limit of aperture with available materials had been reached by all the leading opticians, more attention was paid to theoret- ical questions, and it began to be apparent that there were certain phe- nomena connected with image formation in the microscope which could not be satisfactorily explained by accepted theories. Abbe investigated this problem with characteristic acumen and evolved the theory which has since borne his name, and although immediately attacked and later somewhat modified by himself, although in a radical direction, 12 \ 178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, his theory has stood unrefuted up to the present time; but recently there has been a feeling aroused that, without further modification, it fails to fully account for all features of observed microscopical images. The old dioptric theory has accordingly been re-expounded and amplified, and it is unnecessary to explain it in detail, as this has been most admirably and completely done in Wright’s “Principles of Microscopy,”’ published in 1906, which, while characterized by inac- curacies in connection with such matters as the measurement of focus and aperture, and indicating a lack of acquaintance with the diffrac- tion theory, covers the ground from the dioptrie point of view so tho- roughly that I find but one point open to criticism, which is the employ- ment of bright points and lines, equivalent to self-luminous objects, in explaining the formation of the diffraction patterns termed “ anti- points.’’ This is not a condition which is met in practical microscopy except with dark ground illumination, but every skilled microscopist knows that this form of illumination, although advantageous for many purposes, particularly for increasing the visibility of isolated points and lines, is never equal to direct light in developing true images of structure, the elements of which are not separated by distances exceeding their own diameters. The decreased resolution has recently been explained by Nelson, and, in addition to this, false appearances intermediate between true structural elements may be produced by the coincidence of diffracted rays, which would not be visible* with direct light. In the rare case of opaque particles in a transparent medium, such as is furnished by a rock section containing minute crystals of mag- netite or pyrite, the phenomena observed at the margins of these erys- tals may be explained as just the reverse of those arising from a bright point image; but in the vast majority of all structures examined with the microscope there will be little difference in the illumination on opposite sides of a marginal line, possibly only a difference in color, and whether the margin be considered as imaged by slightly refracted rays or by slightly deflected diffracted rays, whether an image of the margin is produced at all or only an interference of ‘antipoints,” it is unques- tionable that in certain classes of objects at least, as my experiments have not covered the whole ground sufficiently to generalize, there is something visible corresponding to a limiting margin, which may be recognized and measured by a practiced eye, whether isolated when illuminated by a wide cone or flanked on both sides by diffraction bands with a narrow one. This fact had been impressed on me by Se . } 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179 previously made experiments, for when I first realized the effect that the size of the illuminated aperture should have on the apparent size _of an object, the theoretical basis for this conclusion seemed so sound that I started a series of measurements to establish a table of correc- tions for ‘‘antipoint”’ for future use. Failing to get any consistent results, or even any variations beyond the probable limits of instrumental error, in the course of micrometry of various objects at odd times, I finally made the following measure- ments with higher powers, adopting as most suitable objects two well-stained human blood corpuscles, mounted in balsam, and so marked that they could be found at any time, not only because they represented a class of objects frequently subjected to measurement, but also for the reason that they furnished an absorption image that should be particularly susceptible to dioptric law. Tull data are as follows: 1. April 18: Stand, Zentmayer Centennial. Objective, Zeiss 3 mm. Apochromat, 1.40 N. A. Condenser, Powell & Lealand Apochromat, 1.40 N. A., no diaphragm, focussed for greatest aplanatic aperture, about 1.20 N. A. Stage Micrometer, Rogers ‘‘A” Division, third one- thousandth inch, Zentmayer Filar Micrometer. Diameter of corpuscle No. 1, .00032050 inch; diameter of corpuscle No. 2, .00031745 inch. 2. April 18: Everything exactly as above, except that a diaphragm was inserted in the condenser, reducing the cone of illumination to .20 N. A. Diameter of corpuscle No. 1, .00031860 inch; diameter of corpuscle No. 2, .00031747 inch. Variation from first measurements, corpuscle No. 1, —.00000190 inch; corpuscle No. 2, +.00000002 inch. 3. April 19: Stand, Zentmayer Centennial. Objective, Bausch & Lomb one-eighth inch, .85 N. A. Condenser, Beck Achromatic, 1.00 N. A., diaphragmed to .20 N, A. Stage Micrometer, Rogers “A” Division, third one-thousandth inch, Zentmayer Vilar Micrometer. Diameter of corpuscle No. 1, .00031890 inch; diameter of corpuscle No. 2, .00031665. Variation from first measurements, corpuscle No. 1, —.0000016 inch; corpuscle No. 2, —.00000080 inch. 4. April 19: Stand, Watson Van Heurck. Objective, Beck one- eighth .90 N. A. Condenser, Bausch & Lomb Abbe Achromatic 1.00 N. A. diaphragmed to .50 N. A. Stage Micrometer, Fasoldt **A” Division, second one-thousandth, Bausch & Lomb Filar Micro- meter. Measurement of corpuscle No. 1, .00031609 inch. Variation from first measurement, —.00000441. 5. April 28: Stand, Zentmayer Centennial. Objective, Bausch & Lomb one-twelfth inch, W. I., 1.00 N. A. Condenser, Beck Achrpma- 180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, tic, 1.00 N. A. diaphragmed to .50 N. A. Stage Micrometer, Rogers “B” Division, tenth two-thousandth inch, Zentmayer Filar Micro- meter. Diameter of corpuscle No. 1, .00031770 inch. Variation from first measurement, —.00000280 inch. These measurements were made with the utmost care, the mean of ten readings of the filar micrometer being taken in each case, and between the readings both the object and lines of filar micrometer moved and the focus changed, so that each reading required independent adjustment in all respects. The actual value of the micrometer divisions was not determined until after all the readings on the cor- puscles were made, to avoid any possibility of unconscious mental bias. Fractions of an inch are employed because my best micrometers, those with the sharpest defined lines, are so ruled. It is easy to cal- culate the measurements to microns if desired, but this was useless in present case where the measurements had no value save for com- parison. It will be noted that the first two measurements, with illuminating cones of 1.20 and .20 N. A. respectively, agree far within the limits of probable instrumental error. In fact the small variation on cor- puscle No. 2 is entirely a chance result, and I have experienced such close results in but one or two other cases out of many hundreds of measurements. The measurements on the second evening, under still different conditions, strongly confirmed the previous results. The last two measurements, each of but one corpuscle, were made principally to test the accuracy of the stage micrometers used, and the greater variation shown, which in the fourth measurement approaches what I would consider the probable limit of instrumental error under the conditions, might be ascribed to the use of different stage micrometers. I doubt if this is entirely true, as all my micrometers have been so thoroughly and repeatedly compared and studied, that any division or divisions of any one of a half dozen or more might be used with little chance of serious error, the true value of each, as recorded in my note- book, being of course used in making the comparison, as well as the same marked position on the division, as all stage micrometers vary materially not only in different divisions but in different parts of same division. The best have a horizontal line on which all comparisons should be made. It is more likely that the comparatively large varia- tion in the fourth measurement is mostly due to the employment of the Bausch & Lomb instead of the Zentmayer Filar Micrometer. While the former is very accurately made, it has ruled lines instead of spider webs, and therefore does not admit of such accurate definition 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181 and placing of the lines, measurements being of course made between the interior edges of the lines, and the diameter of the latter allowed _ for in comparing with stage micrometer. In the fifth measurement, a slight error might occur from comparison with a different-sized division of stage micrometer, as owing to the variation in magnification over the field of ocular, even if errors of screw are immaterial, no filar micro- meter is likely to give exactly double the reading on two equal divisions that it will on one of them. This difference, if only centre of fieid is employed, is too small to be serious, but in very accurate measurements it is always well to compare with divisions of stage micrometer as nearly as practicable corresponding to size of object measured. From these data it will be evident that the unquestionable presence of “antipoint”’ phenomena need not be taken into consideration in con- nection with micrometry with white light, as a trained eye can select the same margins to measure under any ordinary conditions of illu- mination. This is not in the least contradictory to the theory, but demonstrates the possibility of overcoming a theoretical difficulty in actual practice. As anyone skilled at micrometry is likely to use a large cone whenever practicable, the only occasions when this question will be of importance will be when successive measurements must be made through covers of widely differing thickness. Owing to the impossibility of making any adjustment for this variation, it may be necessary to cut down the cone of illumination and depend on experi- ence to select the margins to be measured. In considering diffraction phenomena originating in the object, it will be well to first assume conditions under which the objective will be of greater aperture than the illuminating cone, and will therefore, when examined with ocular removed, exhibit a disk of light, the diop- trie beam, surrounded by an unilluminated space. The insertion of an object in the focus of the objective will result in this dark space show- ing more or less light which may be both refracted and diffracted by the object. If the latter has a fine structure, periodically arranged, this light reaching the outer zone of the objective’s aperture will be mostly of diffraction origin and will take the form of separated spectra. As is well known, the examination of such spectra will enable us to predicate in advance what will be the arrangement and distance of the structural elements visible, or if the objective is not of sufficient aperture to include at least the first order spectra, noimage of the struc- ture will be seen. Thus in arranging the illumination for the resolu- tion of a difficult object—for instance, Amphipleura pellucida in dots, with a suitable objective—the easiest way is to pay little attention to 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, the image seen through the ocular, but to remove the latter after focussing, and modify the illumination until two spectra at right angles, as well as the dioptric beam, are visible in the back of the objective. Then on inserting the ocular the resolution should be apparent at once, or by making any necessary spherical corrections by means of adjust- ment collar or tube length; but as long as both spectra are not seen, it is utterly useless to endeavor to effect resolution by altering the adjust- ment. If after satisfactory resolution be secured one of the spectra be obscured by an intruding point, only lines at right angles to the other spectrum will remain visible. Another well-known experiment is av ailable with any objective capable of resolving Pleurosigma angulatum with a very small central cone, in which case the six characteristic diffraction spectra, free from refracted rays, may be seen at margin of objective. A cover glass, on which have been marked with India ink six dots that will cover the diffraction spectra, may now be placed behind the objective, and no trace of resolution will be visible; but if the cover glass be rotated 30° so as to bring the dots between the spectra, the resolution will be as good as before. We here have a case where radically different re- sults are obtained without changing the character of the screen behind the objective, and any argument that it acts as a diffraction grating is invalid, because if this were the case it should so act and produce similar results in one position as well as the other. It is now evident that there is some connection between these diffracted beams and image formation in the microscope, and the question becomes whether the formation of the image is dependent on their presence, or whether they are merely accompanying phenomena which happen to appear con- comitantly with conditions which would permit of similar image for- mation in their absence. That they are actually image forming rays can be readily proved in several ways, the easiest being to throw the objective out of adjustment sufficiently that the rays from its outer zone, which will be the diffracted rays, are brought to a different focus from those of the dioptrie beam in the centre, and the two images can thus be examined successively by a slight change in focus. A more convincing method is that of Rheinberg, in which the rays from outer zone are refracted out of the optic axis and the two images can be examined or photographed simultaneously. Still a third method will shortly be referred to in connection with the case of an objective illuminated by a solid cone of light of its own aperture, which must now be considered. This is a condition we rarely meet in practical microscopy except 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 183 with low powers, as no wide-angled objectives have been made that are sufficiently well corrected to stand a full cone without breaking _ down, unless on objects such as deeply stained bacilli, where the image is formed principally by absorption and is practically a silhouette. There seems to be no reason why such images should not be regarded as dioptric, although there must be some diffracted rays from the margins which are undoubtedly utilized in the image. When the back of the objective is entirely filled with light, the study of diffraction phenomena becomes difficult, as even with particularly suitable objects the diffraction beams are eclipsed by the brighter dioptric beam. As we open the iris of the condenser, however, it can be seen that the diffracted beams expand to the same extent as the dioptric beam, finally overlapping it and each other, until when the aperture of the objective is entirely filled with dioptric light it must unquestionably be similarly filled with diffracted rays. Unfortu- nately, there seems to be no way in which we can completely separate the beams derived from the two different sources, and the best expe- dient I could devise to obtain some idea of the conditions present con- sists in the use of a semicircular diaphragm in the condenser, so oriented that the left side of the back of objective is completely filled with light up to its margin, while the right side receives no direct rays whatever. Thus we have full cone conditions on one side, while the other will receive only refracted and diffracted rays, or if certain suitable objects are employed nothing but diffracted rays, whose behavior we can study separately. For this purpose a binocular microscope should be employed with a specially short mounted objective, say a sixth of about .80 N. A., the back lens of which will come close to the Wenham prism. All the direct light from the fully illuminated left half of the objective will now pass up the right-hand tube of the microscope, while the diffracted beams from the right-hand half of objective will be reflected up the left tube. Assuming that P. angulatum is again the object, as it fur- nishes spectra singularly free from all indications of refracted light, and oriented longitudinally across the field in a right-and-left direction, on examining the back of objective, the previously dark space on the right will be found practically filled by three of the characteristic spectra of the object, and the other three will be present, although invisible, in the illuminated half, where they will occupy positions near the margin, as they can only be derived from central or nearly central dioptric rays. The diffracted beams in right half of objective, being derived from the dioptric beam which completely fills the left half, 1s4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, will extend from close to the centre of objective to beyond its margin, and correspond im all essential respects to those present in a fully illuminated objective, as such widely diffracted beams must be derived from dioptric rays which pass through that portion of the objective’s aperture diametrically opposite to them. It is true these beams would be expanded if the full aperture was illuminated, but the expan- sion would be principally outside the margin of objective and, as far as present experiment is concerned, be immaterial. The following results demonstrate that three such spectra as we are considering will produce an image identical with that resulting from the whole six, and the conditions may be summed up as follows: Through the right-hand tube of the binocular, the image will be produced by a full dioptric beam, supplemented by diffracted beams corresponding to those resulting from a small central illuminating cone, while through the left-hand tube it is derived from diffracted beams alone, corresponding to those present with a full cone of illumination. On examination, it will be found that both images are fairly well defined, but that the resolution of the fine structure is noticeably sharper and more distinct in the diffraction image through the left tube. It will also be noted that the diffraction image is blue in color, and before going further it will be well to fully understand how the colors of such images are to be accounted for. The diffracted beams seen at back of objective correspond to any other diffraction spectra and include light of such wave lengths as enter into their formation. The images resulting from their recombination will accordingly have the same color as the light supplied to the microscope, as modified by absorption in passing through the object, provided complete spectra are included within the aperture of the objective; but should part of the spectra be cut off at its margin, the diffraction images will corre- spond to color sensation produced on the retina by light included in that portion of the spectrum admitted, and will accordingly depend on two factors: the distance between the elements of the object and the aperture of the objective. Under the conditions outlined in pres- ent experiment it has already been noted that the diffraction image of P. angulatum is blue, which is due to the red ends of its spectra being cut off at,margin of the objective’s aperture. If Navicula Lewisiana or a coarse N. rhomboides be substituted only the violet end of the spec-. tra will be admitted and the unresolved image be similarly colored. On the other hand, Pl. jormosum, whose spectra will be completely admitted, will appear just as white in the diffraction as in the directly 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 185 illuminated image. Intermediate forms may appear green or even of a yellowish cast, but never red. The agreement in color of the images seen through the left tube with what would be predicated from the examination of spectra admitted, is further evidence that they are due practically exclusively to dif- fracted rays, but still further experiment is required to demonstrate that they are free from refracted rays. The spectra here seen, and which have previously been considered, consist of an infinite number of over- lapping images of the aperture in the substage diaphragm, each produced by light of a different wave length; hence only the extreme ends are practically pure colors, the middle portions of the spectra consisting of a jumble of colors sometimes producing the effect of white light; but if a narrow slit diaphragm be inserted in the condenser we can secure a spectrum that corresponds in sharpness to that from an ordinary spectroscope. This may be enlarged by the use of a low power objective in the draw tube, focussed on the back focal plane of the first objective as when using an Abbe apertometer. The microscope may now be used as a spectroscope, and by allowing the light supplied to it to pass through some coloring matter which has well-marked absorp- tion bands, these will be visible in the spectra at back of objective. A solution of Eosin, which will be needed for a later experiment, will likewise answer here. It should be of such strength that when placed in a glass trough and examined with a spectroscope of low dispersion, it will show a black, well-defined band in the green adjoining the yellow, but allow the remainder of the spectrum to pass freely. On placing this trough in the path of the light used to illuminate the microscope, which should be an intense one, it will be noted that the absorption band in the spectrum derived from the diatom structure is perfectly black, furnishing a demonstration that it is practically free from refracted rays; for if it contained scattered refracted rays, as has been claimed, the absorption band would not appear black, but of same color as the light illuminating the object, which in this case is visually a bright red. If we now examine the diffraction image produced under these con- ditions, taking the precaution to so adjust the slit diaphragm that the red end of diffraction spectrum is cut off by the margin of the objec- tive’s aperture, will find that it is just as blue with this visually red light as it was with white light, owing to the fact that Hosin transmits the blue rays freely; but the midrib of the diatom, and particularly any granular incrustation, such as may usually be found at places between the valve and cover-glass, will be tinted red, indicating that 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, refracted rays or complete diffracted beams enter into their image formation. Three important questions have now been settled: Firstly, that the diffracted beams from certain structures are free from refracted rays; secondly, that sharp distinct images may result from such diffracted beams exclusively; thirdly, that where such beams are sufficiently separated from the dioptric beam to permit of their being eclipsed by a suitable screen, no image of the elements producing them will be visible. Returning to the conditions of the previous experiment, we will substitute for the diatom a well-stained blood slide, preferably patho- logical, containing large eosinophilous leucocytes. As this is mounted in balsam, the corpuscles would be scarcely visible were they not stained, hence the image must be produced principally by absorption and little refraction can be expected. There must be some diffraction at the margins, but the diffracted beams thus produced will be slightly deflected, and for all practical purposes indistinguishable in their effect from refracted rays. After examining the image through right tube, and noting that practically nothing can be seen save by con- trast of color, even the granules of the leucocytes being ‘‘ drowned out”’ by the wide cone of illumination, the eye should be rested for several minutes in a dark place, to recover its sensitiveness not merely to faint images, but, what is particularly important in this case, to color sen- sation, which will have been impaired by the brilliant red color of the stained blood. When this has been done, the image through left tube may be inspected, and as anticipated it will be found exceedingly faint. Mere sketchy outlines of the corpuscles will be seen, of a red- dish tint, but what will most impress the observer will be that the granular texture of the leucocytes will be quite distinctly imaged and of a bluish-gray tint. It is hardly necessary to state that this indicates diffraction origin of the image if the diffracted beams are deflected sufficiently to be partly cut off at margin of objective, as the distancing of the granules would indicate should be the case. It has already been shown why the visually red Eosin stain presents no serious diffi- culties in the way of a contrasting diffraction image. In these experiments the position of the semicircular diaphragm might be reversed so as to give the diffracted beam the advantage of the direct tube, but in a good Wenham binocular it makes little differ- ence which tube is used. I may be particularly fortunate in this respect, but among my own binoculars this is the case, and in at least two of them the difference in definition between the two images is not ve 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 greater than is commonly found between that of two objectives of identical construction from the same maker. Right here it may be _ well to mention two other fallacies regarding the Wenham binocular which seem likely to be perpetuated in microscopical literature, having even found a place in Spitta’s recent valuable and generally accurate work on the microscope. One of these is, that the beam passing up the left tube produces a larger image (unless this is countcracted in the ocular) because it has to travel farther on account of the two reflections in the prism. As I many years ago explained, the path of the beam through the prism is but slightly over one and a half times ° the length of the path of direct beam alongside the prism. As this distance is in glass of at least 1.50 R. I. the ray emerges from the prism as if it had traveled only two-thirds as far in air, and the optical tube length is practically identical in both tubes, the difference not reaching a millimeter with an ordinary well proportioned prism. The other fallacy is that such binoculars are not suited for higher powers than about a half inch, while they really work well with objectives up to an eighth inch or higher, if the latter are mounted, as Wenham himself recommended, in short mounts, so as to avoid parallax between back lens and prism. If anyone doubts the immense advantage of stereo- scopic effect with high powers, let him attempt with a monocular to demonstrate the anatomy, particularly the position of the unextruded proboscis, in a glycerine-mounted specimen of the motile condition of our too common pest, the San José scale, which I have never seen cor- rectly figured, and then note the difference when a binocular is em- ployed. The sculpturing on spores and capillitium of Myxomycetes, spores of ferns, ete., afford other good tests of its efficiency. Returning to diffraction phenomena, I almost hesitate to refer to the two experiments by which Wright seems to think he has demolished the Abbe theory, as their fallacy is so self-evident that it must have been at once recognized by every microscopist having more than the most elementary acquaintance with the subject. The assumption, in the first experiment, that when the aperture of objective is fully illuminated there are no diffracted rays present, because they cannot be seen, is absurd, and needs no further consideration; but anyone desiring to know just what is the character of the diffracted beams resulting from any particular structure under the conditions specified, may secure the information by employing a pinhole diaphragm in a freely moving carrier connected with substage condenser. A circle should be drawn on a piece of paper to represent back of objective, and the diffracted beams visible plotted in with a red and blue pgneil. 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Diaphragm may then be moved slightly and the diffracted beams again recorded on same drawing. This can be repeated until the illu- mination from the pinhole has traversed every portion of the objective’s aperture, or until the patience of the observer is exhausted, when, if the diaphragm be removed and the objective fully illuminated, it will be absolutely certain that all the diffracted beams represented on the composite sketch will still be present within the aperture of the objec- tive. Twenty years ago Abbe published a paper dealing specially with fully illuminated apertures. The other experiment described, which states that the image of an Abbe diffraction plate, illuminated through a narrow central aperture, and examined under a one-inch objective, becomes invisible when sunlight is used as the source of illumination, would be equally falla- cious if true, as the glare of such light might prevent any image being seen, but its presence could be demonstrated by receiving it ona ground » glass screen or by photographing it. But even the facts are here mis- | stated. I did not doubt that the image might be obscured by the — blinding effect of direct sunlight, and merely carried out the experi- ment to demonstrate that the image would appear on the screen of a camera, which from photomicrographie experience I knew would be the case; but I found not only that the lines were well defined on the ground glass of the camera, but also were equally distinct when exam- ined directly through the microscope. Although Wright’s description of the experiment had been followed in every detail, the conditions were likewise varied in every possible way that might lead to the results claimed. Ashade prevented the sunlight from reaching any part of the microscope except the mirror, but in addition it was wrapped in several folds of a heavy focussing cloth, preventing the possible entrance of any light save the narrow central beam, which was modified in size first with the iris and then by a specially made pinhole diaphragm, much smaller than could be secured with the iris, or with the diaphragm accompanying the Abbe diffraction apparatus, recom- mended by Wright for the purpose. The disk of the sun was focussed sharply in the plane of the lines and also above and below; the con- denser removed and sunlight merely restricted by the minute and larger diaphragms tried; eyepieces from two-inch to one-fifth inch employed; the fine one-inch objective at first used removed and replaced by the poorest one of this power in my collection, a cheap single system affair of low aperture; but it was useless to change the conditions, as under any of them the image remained just as sharp and distinct as it would have been with lamplight, and the only result 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189 of an hour’s experimenting was a tired eye and the conviction that it was absolutely impossible for anyone with eyesight good enough to * use the microscope at all to perform this experiment with the results claimed. Nevertheless, devoid as it is of the slightest basis in either fact or deduction, it is offered as one-half of all the evidence necessary | to refute so well considered a theory as that of Abbe. As it should succeed under the dioptric theory, it indicates the inadequacy of that theory alone to account for microscopical image formation. One more experiment, of the many made, may be worth mention- ing. For this will be required an objective that will stand full cone illumination, and a Nobert test plate or other series of rulings will supply the object. No objective of more than very low power and aperture will fully fill the specifications, which would require resolu- tion with a full cone, equal to that with oblique light, but an old Spen- cer one-half inch of 70°, which approaches perfection more closely than | any other objective I have seen, was found to answer the purpose. If illuminated with a cone completely filling its aperture, it will be found that the seventh band of the Nobert plate is well resolved, and if the aperture of the illumination be cut down as far as the iris will close, so the dioptric beam seen at back of objective will not exceed one-twenty-fifth of the diameter of the back lens, the third band, which is just twice as coarsely ruled as the seventh, will still be easily and distinetly resolved. Now the aperture of the illuminating cone has been cut to one-twenty-fifth, and by a strict interpretation of the dioptrie theory the resolution should be impaired to a similar extent, but it is found to be one-half as great as with the full aperture. This will be answered by the statement that the image is now formed by refracted rays, outside the dioptric beam. Very well, if that is the case, then one-half of the aperture of the objective is sufficient to resolve the third band, and it can therefore do no harm if we contract the aperture just a little, say 10 per cent., by means of an iris back of it. It will be found, however, that as soon as this is done the lines com- pletely disappear. In fact, just as soon as two minute diffracted beams, visible at margin of objective, are partially eclipsed resolution is at an end. This experiment, dealing with the “‘mystery of the dark space” which led Abbe to evolve a new theory, is introduced not to demon- strate that the unilluminated portion of an objective’s aperture assists in image formation, which every microscopist must already know, but to call attention to the fact that it does so in a definite manner. Under the explanation given by the advocates of the dioptric theory 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[Mareh, alone, different results should be secured according to the character of the object. In the ease of structure that could refract but little light the resolution would be cut down to 10 per cent. or less, owing to the large “antipoint,’’ which would decrease in size and permit of greater resolution as the power of the object to refract rays increased, until in exceptional cases resolution practically equal to that with a full cone should be attainable. On the contrary it will always be found that, without regard to the character of the object, the resolution with central light will be just about one-half that with a full cone, or in other words, will correspond to the diffracted beams admitted by the objective. In the absence of suitable rulings, the fact referred to may be demon- strated with diatoms or any other objects that may be at hand in- sufficient variety, by noting the finest structure resolved under the two conditions of illumination, and then carefully counting the elements of the structure resolved in a given space. On a Moller 60 diatom test plate in styrax, the markings on all its forms having been accu- rately counted and recorded, it was found that the above objective with full cone, resolved Grammatophora serpentina, 48,000 per inch, and with central light reached its limit at the third Navicula lyra, 24,800 per inch, confirming the results from the rulings. . This objective, it may be mentioned, will resolve with oblique light, Navicula Lewisiana, with over 58,000 markings per inch, and thus go considerably beyond the usually accepted theoretical limits for its aperture. The recorded aperture of the objective, measured when purchased many years ago, was .57 N. A., and the markings of the diatom noted as varying from 57,000 per inch near the ends to 59,000 at centre of valve. After this resolution was found to be unmistakable, both measuremerits were repeated. The extreme rays entering the objective were determined by an Abbe apertometer placed on revolving stage with vernier and illuminated by edge of small lamp flame across the room. Two readings to tenth degrees at each “end reaction” agreed exactly, and the results, calculated by taking sine of the half angle multiplied by the refractive index of the apertometer, gave a numericalfaperture of .588 which represents the outside limits. A portion of the diatom valve, about half way between centre and end, which had been noted as being sharply resolved from raphe to margin, was then accurately counted under a high power, and the mean of a number of closely agreeing counts at slightly different points proved to be 58,800 per inch. The number in a full thousandth inch was counted to avoid the possibility of error in a smaller distance. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 On glancing down the tube at back of objective when diatom was resolved, this result was at once accounted for, as only the blue and _ violet of the diffracted beam, with the merest tint of green, was ad- mitted, and it therefore became apparent that for an objective as perfectly corrected as this one, we must use the column calculated for the “F”’ line, and not that for the ‘‘ E”’ line, which is generally accepted as more nearly representing the effect of white light. It is hardly necessary to add that the resolution was effected with light from an ordinary microscope lamp, without color screen or other aid, as I never test an objective under any conditions, as to illumination or mounting medium, that will differ from those under which it will be used in routine work. It will be noted that the performance of this objective, when correctly interpreted, is strongly confirmatory of the Abbe theory. Before proceeding to draw a conclusion from these heterogeneous and rambling notes, collated from records of work at odd times during past couple of years, I wish to reiterate the impartial attitude assumed in undertaking consideration of the subject. If there was any preju- dice, it was in favor of at least a partial acceptance of the dioptric theory. When Wright’s book was received and read, although recog- nizing many of its fallacies and rendered suspicious by its: commen- dation of such old and discredited devices as the tandem microscope, better known here as ‘‘megamicroscope,”’ and the insertion of a stop in the axis of the objective or Ramsden disk of the ocular to produce dark ground illumination, which equals the Abbe diffraction appara- tus in its ability to conjure up “optical nightmares,”’ I was neverthe- less profoundly impressed, and after re-reading it several times and performing some of the experiments with which I had been previously unacquainted, concluded that the Abbe theory must undergo at least some modification; and if I no longer hold that view, it is principally as the result of experiments which were inaugurated with the idea of demonstrating exactly the reverse of the conclusions I was com- pelled to draw from them. Much will of course depend on just what is understood to be included in Abbe’s theory, on which various writers are by no means agreed. In his own papers Abbe appears to assume a thorough acquaintance with optical science on the part of his readers that few of us possess, hence he makes little reference to known facts and theories, but occasional passages show that he did not neglect to give them full consideration. In the start he unquestionably recognized the effect of absorption and refraction in producing the image, and his theory 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March, requires the presence of both dioptric and diffracted beams. Fur- thermore, he lays stress on the fact that diffraction in the aperture of the objective will result in every point being imaged by a “ disper- sive circle” (the ‘‘antipoint’’ of Gordon) of greater or less size accord- ing to circumstances, and recommends the examination of a brightly illuminated object through a pinhole one-two hundred and fiftieth of an inch in diameter in a card or piece of tinfoil, to secure an idea of what must be the appearance of the best image that could be pro- duced through a microscope magnifying five thousand diameters, even if the construction was perfect. If his later application of the diffraction theory to the images of coarser details, earlier termed “absorption images,’”’ could be inter- preted as a denial that any refracted rays, outside the dioptric beam, entered into the image at all, then indeed some modification is neces- sary, as most objects unquestionably refract light outside the dioptric beam; and not only do the simplest laws of refraction require that these rays find a place in the image, but there is no other way of accounting — for what becomes of them. It is more likely, however, that Abbe regarded this fact as self-evident. At any rate, the important work he undertook was not to refute the dioptric theory, but to supplement it by accounting for phenomena which it then, as now, failed to ex- plain. He has done this in so eminently satisfactory a manner that it would appear that his theory, in all essential details, must be accepted, unless someone can bring indisputable experimental proof of the formation of a microscopical image that goes beyond its possibilities. Any experiment that merely demonstrates failure to fully realize the possibilities of the Abbe theory, on account of interference with image formation due to diffracted rays arising in the aperture of objective, or anywhere except in the object itself, is not pertinent, as this unavoidable limitation was evidently fully recognized in evolving the theory. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193 APRIL 6. ArtHuR Erwin Brown, Sc.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. Forty-six persons present. The Publication Committee announced the reception of a paper entitled: “Polychztous Annelids from Monterey Bay and San Diego, Cali- fornia.”” By J. Perey Moore (April 6). The Recording Secretary read a short history of the Academy, prepared for publication in the Founders’ Week Memorial Volume. ,; APRIL 20. ARTHUR ERWIN Brown, Sc.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. Eighteen members present. The death of Dr. Persifor Frazer, a member, April 7, 1909, was announced. Dr. H. A. Pitspry made a communication on barnacles, with special reference to certain recently found commensal forms. John Gribbel and Mrs. Elizabeth B. Gribbel were elected members. The following were ordered to be printed: 13 ‘ 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, ARACHNIDA FROM COSTA RICA. BY NATHAN BANKS. During the past few years the writer has received large series of spiders and daddy-longlegs from Costa Rica for identification. Most of these were collected and sent by Prof. J. Fid. Tristan, of San José. For a few years the late Dr. Paul Biolley sent me several lots, but soon turned the whole matter over to Prof. Tristan. Most of the specimens were collected at or near San José, but there are a con- siderable number from the Pacific slope of the country. The majority of the species are of course already recorded by the Biologia Centrali-America, but about 70 species are new and about 20 more not treated in that work. A few species recorded from Costa Rica in the Biologia are not in the collections sent me. Many of the Costa Rican records in the Biologia are based on collections from Dr. Biolley and Prof. Tristan, although not expressly so stated in that work. The collection is similar to most tropical collections of spiders—a large number of Attidee, Epeiride, and Clubionide, few Drasside and Thomiside. The number of Phalangida is troly remark- able. The web-building species show a considerable number that also occur in our country, but of those not building webs there are very few that extend into our borders. About seven or eight are species commonly found in houses in the tropics of America. Altogether there are 288 species, 65 of which are Epeiride, 48 Attidee and 33 Phalangida. Records without any name are all from Prof. Tristan; elsewhere the collectors are given, ‘B. and T.” signi- fying “Biolley and Tristan.” Some species were collected by Mr. Picado; a few by Messrs Lankester and Maxon. THERAPHOSIDA. Eurypelma longipes Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 21, 1897. Machuca. Eurypelma seemanni Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 26, 1897. Atenas, August (Picado), and Pozo Azal de Pirris (Pac.), 150 m., April (Biolley). . ~~." _——— se = —. — ' es | 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195 Eurypelma vagans Ausserer. Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien,.1875, 197. Uricuajo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and T.), and San Joaquin. Tapinauchenius reduncus Karsch. Zeitschr. f. ges. Naturw., LIII, 387, 1880. Turrijal, San José; Pacaca; Cangrial de Aserri; Rio Reventazon, near Santa Clara (Pac.), December (Biolley) ; Turrialba; and San José. Spherobothria hoffmanni Karsch. ; Zeitschr. f. ges. Naturw., LII, p. 536, 1879. Herran; and San José, in the houses and in trunks of old trees. Schizopelma bicarinatum Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 28, 1897. Pacayas, N. de Cervantes (Atl.), March, 1,500 m. (Biolley). Acanthopelma rufescens Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., IT, 34, 1897. Esparte (B.). Ischuothele guianensis Walckenaer. Hist. Nat. Apt., I, 23, 1837. E] Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 230 m. (B. and T.); and Embou- chure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Hapalopus pentaloris Simon. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1888, 216. San José, under stones (B.); Aserri, February (B.); Atenas (Picado), and Salinas de Albina (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Fufius atromentarius Simon. Ann. Soe. Ent. France, 1888, 213. Machucea. Pachylomerus rugosus Karsch. Zeitschr. f. ges. Naturw., LIII, p. 388, 1880. San José; and Santa Maria Dota, January, one with nest from the ground. Metriopelma zebrata n. sp. Carapace red-brown, clothed with golden or tawny hairs, most dense on the sides near margin. Legs, sternum, and venter black, black-haired, but the legs with some long tawny hairs. Abdomen black, with four nearly vertical golden bands on each side, reaching up to a middle golden area on dorsum; many long tawny hairs on the abdomen. Legs long and slender; with many spines on the hind pairs; tibie I and II of male without spurs, but with the two pairs of spines, 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, as in the other species of the genus. Metatarsi I and II scopulate on apical half; tarsus IV with scopula divided by a row of hairs. Length 33 mm. From Jesus Maria, Costa Rica (Biolley), and San Domingo de San Mateo (Maxon). Metriopelma morosus nu. sp. Black; carapace reddish, venter black, cox and sternum dark red- brown. Clothed with fine red-brown hairs and long, erect bristles, hind legs with many spines, tarsus IV with scopula divided by a row of hairs; the long hairs on abdomen more tawny. Legs long and slender; tibize I and II each with two pairs of spines below, as in the other species of the genus, no spurs. Length 25 mm. From Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria, Platanal, Costa Rica, January (Biolley and Tristan). El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., January (B. and T.), and Uricuajo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and T.). Differs at once from the two known species by the shape of bulb of palpus. FILISTATIDZ. Filistata hibernalis Hentz. Spiders U. S., 23, 1875. San José, in the houses; and Tiribi. OONOPIDZ. Dysderina plena Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 143, 1895. La Palma. SCYTODIDZ. Scytodes championi Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 51, 1899. From El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and Ei Scytodes fusca Walckenaer. Ins. Apt., I, 272, 1837. Huacaste. Scytodes intricata n. sp. Cephalothorax yellowish, with black markings as indicated in the figure, very heavy behind; legs densely banded and spotted with black, the bands narrow, often oblique and sometimes connected to the spots; mandibles each with a black stripe curved outward near ~~ = * — — OO ee 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 197 the tip. Abdomen densely streaked with black, a larger median black spot behind middle, and behind this the abdomen is pale with a few triangular black spots near the spinnerets, venter black on base extend- ing back each side, median area pale; tips of coxe black, sternum mostly black, a pale median stripe and some spots each side; vulva shows two plates each side similar to S. longipes, but farther apart, and not narrowed at base. Cephalothorax rather longer than in many species. Length 6.5 mm. Specimens from Tegas de Cartdgo (Tristan and Biolley), Tiribi (T.), San José (T.), Guayabo (Alfaro), Turricares (T.), Cartago (Picado), La Palma (T.), Surubres (B.), and Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.) (B. and T.). DRASSIDZ, Eshemus tropicalis n. sp. Cephalothorax yellowish, A. M. E. on black spots; legs rather more brownish on basal joints; abdomen brown, venter paler brown; sternum and spinnerets yellowish. P. M. E. oval, about one diameter apart, closer to oval P. 8. E., which nearly touch A. 8. E.; A. M. E. one diameter apart, closer to the A. 8. E. Sternum one and one- fourth times longer than broad, pointed behind. Legs rather long, a couple of small spines under tibiz I and II, all femora with several spines above. Readily distinguished from FE. pedestris by the P. M. E. well separated, and by the color of the legs, etc. Length 4.5 mm. From Chiral Paraiso, Costa Rica (Tristan and Biolley). CLUBIONID&. Trachelas morosus n. sp. Cephalothorax, mandibles, and sternum red-brown; cephalothorax granulate, sternum nearly smooth, maxille without apical process, rounded at tip. Legs yellowish brown, leg I more red-brown, espe- cially at base; abdomen dark brown, hairy, without scutum. By these characters it would be near the 7’. spirifer of the Biologia, but differs at once in the shape of the style to the palpal bulb, which here is short and stout; the tibial process is quite large and long. Length 7 mm. One male from Aguas Caliente, Costa Rica (Picado). Trachelas bispinosus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I], 79, 1899. La Palma; Tablazo; Santa Maria Dota; and Chiral Paraiso (B. and T.). | 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Trachelas similis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am, Arachn. Aran., II, 80, 1899. Tejar de Cartsigo. Corinna pictipes n. sp. Cephalothorax dark red-brown, almost black, mandibles the same, sternum also; abdomen black, with a median triangular yellow spot, behind clothed with some yellowish hair; cephalothorax with some golden hair. Legs variegated; coxze pale, trochanters with black spot in front and behind; femora black near base and near tip each side; patelle dark near tip; tibia mostly brown, apical half of I and tip of IV pale, metatarsi and tarsi mostly pale brown. Cephalothorax nearly twice as long as wide, narrowed behind, above with a curved transverse furrow in front of the dorsal groove; the posterior eye-row is slightly procurved, the eyes almost equidistant; the mandibles large and slightly porrect; about six fine teeth on lower margin of | fang groove; palpi long, very hairy and black, except the basal joint; the sternum is plainly longer than broad, and shows each side near — coxze_I a distinct oval depression; abdomen elongate; legs slender, with few spines. Length 8 mm. From Tejar de Cartaigo, Costa Rica (Tristan). Corinna modesta n. sp. Carapace, sternum, and tips of legs red-brown, basal part of legs yellow-brown, mandibles nearly black; abdomen dark brown, paler beneath. Clypeus plainly higher than A. M. E.; six teeth on lower margin of the fang groove; sternum and legs not granulose; four pairs of spines under tibia I, no apicals, two under metatarsi, three pairs under tibia III; vulva with two circular cavities in a hard plate, this plate is punctate in front and on the sides. Length 10 mm. From Santa Maria, Costa Rica (Tristan). Corinna mucronata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 69, 1899. San José; La Palma; Escazii; Tablazo (B.); and Cartadgo (Picado). Megalostrata formidabilis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 106, 1893. Santa Maria Dota; Cartago; and San José. Clubiona tristani n. sp. Carapace yellowish brown, darker in eye-region; mandibles red- brown; legs yellowish, metatarsi and tarsi darker. Abdomen black above, a pale median area to the middle, and a series of pale chevrons behind; venter pale. A. M. E. barely, if any, larger than the P. M. E., 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 not one-half diameter apart and still nearer to the laterals; P. M. E. fully two diameters apart and about as far from the laterals; legs with long erect hairs, tibiae I and II with 2-2-2 spines beneath, last apical, small; metatarsi with a pair at base; metatarsi and tarsi scopulate on legs I and II. Tibial spur of male palpus similar to that of C. tricuspis, but narrower and somewhat different at tip, as shown in the figure. Length 10 mm. From Tablago, Costa Rica (Tristan). Clubiona tigrina Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 238, 1898. San Joaquin Heredia Espinach; Santa Maria Dota; Tiribi; and Eseazii. Clubiona tumivulva n. sp. Cephalothorax bright yellowish, more brownish in front, mandibles yellow-brown; legs and sternum pale yellowish, abdomen gray above, on posterior part with black marks, a median herring-bone mark and some spots on the upper sides, black. Legs I and II with a scopula below tarsi and metatarsi, and on the apical part of tibia. Vulva with a very broad median tongue, behind this the black area is greatly swollen out. Length 10 mm. From Hatillo, Costa Rica (Picado). Differs from C. tigrinus by shape of vulva. Chemmis frederici Simon. Hist. Nat. Araign. (éd. 2), II, 215, 1898. Santa Maria Dota; Tejar de Cartégo; San José; and Fortuna. Chiracanthium ferum Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 228, 1897. Cartidgo. Pelayo insignis n. sp. Cephalothorax yellowish, eye-region black, also the clypeus, extend- ing back on each side a short distance; mandibles black; legs and palpi yellowish; abdomen yellowish, a black stripe on each anterior side, and a median black stripe, forked behind; behind it are two broad black chevrons, and then an apical spot, venter pale, with a broad median band from the lung-slits to the ventral furrow, extended slightly at each apical corner, and then a broad band from the furrow to the spinnerets, extended each side to the spinnerets. Posterior eye-row a trifle recurved, the P. M. E. farther from each other than from the equal P.S. E. Tibia I and II with 2-2-2 spines, last small, apical. Ventral furrow of abdomen much nearer to spinnerets than toybase. Length 4.5 mm. 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Volean Poas, April, Costa Rica. The markings of abdomen are very characteristic. Strotarchus minor n. sp. Cephalothorax and legs yellow-brown, head darker; mandibles red- brown; abdomen above and below gray-brown; sternum yellow-brown ; maxille and lip black, tip of palpus black. Legs long and slender, with few weak spines beneath, 2-2 under tibie I and II; vulva with large transverse concavity in front, behind is a chitinous ridge, and behind that is a curved dark line each side. Length 8 mm. From Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan), Aysha minuta Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., IJ, 99, 1900. San José. Aysha simplex Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 227, 1897. Anyphena delicatula n. sp. Cephalothorax yellowish, irregularly marked with blackish each side; eyes on black spots; abdomen pale, with many large grayish spots above nearly covering the dorsum; legs pale, slightly marked with black; sternum and venter pale. P. M. E. over one diameter apart, fully as far from the equal P. 8. E.; A. M. E. plainly smaller than A. S. E. Tibie and metatarsi I and IJ with 2-2 spines beneath; abdomen rather short and broad, the ventral furrow at about middle of venter. Length 5 mm. One female from Tablago, Costa Rica (Tristan). Anyphena plana Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 97, 1900. La Palma; and Poas Volcan. Anyphena simplex Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 124, 1894. San José. Teudis elegans n. sp. Cephalothorax brown, a median pale stripe from back of pars cepha- lica to tip, and a lateral pale stripe, much broken up in front; man- dibles red-brown; legs yellowish, densely marked with small black spots, almost forming a band near the base of tibia, extreme bases of tibie (especially III and IV) are very pale. Abdomen brown, with four triangular median black spots from the middle to tip, the 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201 basal one is divided; venter pale; sternum dark, with pale median area. Posterior eye-row procurved, eyes equal; P. M. E. less than diameter apart, fully diameter from the laterals; A. M. E. very small; legs slender, tibie I and II with 2-2 spines beneath, no apical pair visible; metatarsi I and II with one pair of spines beneath; ventral furrow at middle of the venter. Length 5 mm. From Tablago, Costa Rica (Tristan). Teudis gentilis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 199, 1896. San José. Teudis bicolor n. sp. Cephalothorax pale yellowish, legs and palpi pale, mandibles pale as also the sternum; abdomen olive-brown, above and below without markings. Eyes rather close together, posteriors equidistant; A. M. E. close together, and as near to larger A. 8. E. The metatarsi I and II scopulate, and with one pair of long basal spines, and two laterals; all spines very long; legs long and slender; abdomen rather elongate. Length 10 mm. From Aguas Caliente, Costa Rica (Picado). Sillus putus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 200, 1896. Tablazo. Sillus longispina Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 104, 1900. From El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and Ads Eutichurus frontalis n. sp. Cephalothorax pale yellow; mandibles black, paler on base; legs pale yellowish, tips of tarsi black; maxille black; sternum yellow; abdomen yellowish gray above and below. Cephalothorax rather broad and high in front, no dorsal groove; eye-rows broad; A. M. E. slightly larger than the 8. E., posterior eyes subequal, the P. M. E. ‘ as far apart as from the P. 8. E.; legs slender; mandibles high, not porrect; one spine under tibia I, a pair under base of metatarsus 1; last joint of upper spinnerets long, but not as long as in BE, feroz; vulva shows a large elliptical cavity. Length 8 mm. From Aguas Caliente, January, Costa Rica (Picado). HERSILIID 43. Tama mexicana Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 107, 1893. ‘ La Verbena; Surubres (B.); and San José, on the branches of trees. 202 PROCEEDINGS OF ‘THE ACADEMY OF [April, AGALENIDZ. Agalena costata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 337, 1902. Tejar de Cartago (B. and T.); and Santa Maria Dota, Agalena penetralis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 337, 1902. Turrialba; Poas Voleano; Tiribi; Tablazo, September; Tejar de Cartago (B. and T.); La Verbena; and San José (Picado). Tegenaria sp. : Immature specimens from Tablazo and Fortuna. Metafecenia albolineata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 356, 1902. : Tiribi. DICTYNIDZ. Dictyna parietalis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn,. Aran., I, 171, 1896. San José, 5th July (Picado); and Tejar de Cartago. ULOBORIDA. Uloborus geniculatus Olivier. Encycl. Méthod., IV, 214, 1789. La Verbena. Uloborus spernax Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 265, 1902. Orosi, 6th July (Picado). Uloborus plumipes Lucas. Explor. Algér. Anim. Art., I, 252, 1849. Orosi, 9th July (Picado). Uloborus signatus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 264, 1898. Ila Verbena. PHOLCIDZ. Physocyclus dugesi Simon. Ann. Sec. Ent. France, 1893, 320. Santa Maria Dota; Tejar de Cartaigo; Paraiso; and San José, a house spider. Modisimus inornatus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 149, 1895. La Palma. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203 THERIDIIDZ. Theridium fordum Keyserling. Spinn. Amer. Therid., I, 23, 1884. Santa Maria Dota; Tejar de Cartdgo, July; Tiribi; La Verbena; Anonos, September; Fortuna; Escazii; Turrialba; La Bolea (Picado) ; Punta Arenas (Biolley); San Joaquin Heredia Espinach; San José, March; and Uricuajo (Pac.) (B. and T.). Theridium oblivium Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 207, 1896. Tejar de Cartago (B. and T.); La Palma; and La Verbena. Theridium teniatum Keyserling. Spinn. Amer. Therid., I, 12, 1884. Turrialba, Tablazo; and Escazii. Theridium mixtum Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 206, 1896. Turrialba; Orosi, 2d July (Picado); and San Joaquin Heredia Espinach. Theridium compressum Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 383, 1902. Orosi, 19th July (Picado). Theridium florens Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 205, 1896. Tejar de Cartaégo (B. and T.); Fortuna, with cocoon; Cartdgo, July, with nest; and San José (Picado). Theridium rufipes Lucas Explor. Algérie, Zool., III, 263, 1849. Santa Maria Dota; and San José (B.). Theridium fordulum n. sp. Cephalothorax pale yellowish, a median black stripe over clypeus through eye-area, and back where it tapers to a point; sides with a broad black stripe. Abdomen dark brown, mottled with brown and black and many silvery white marks, these silvery marks faintly out- line a median folium on the anterior part of the dorsum, from its ends a bright silvery line extends down on each side, behind on the middle is an interrupted silvery line to tip. Venter with a black mark, narrowed behind, sternum black, with a median pale streak. Legs pale, heavily marked with black, the joints with broad black bands at tip, and the rest of femur, tibia and metatarsus more or less dotted with black; the hind femora are mostly black beneath, mandibles 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, pale, each with an inner dark line. Abdomen high and rounded. Metatarsus I about as long as tibia plus patella I. Length 2.5 mm, Chiral Paraiso, Costa Rica (Tristan and Biolley),. Theridium biolleyi n. sp. Cephalothorax pale, with a broad median black stripe from eyes to base, widened and then narrowed before middle, and with a lateral extension each side, margin narrowly black; legs pale, with rings and marks, mostly at middle and tip of joints, except tarsi. Dorsum dark gray and white, with black patches mostly to outline a pale median stripe; sternum dark, pale on each anterior side; venter pale, with some small white spots, and a pair of larger submedian black spots. Legs long, very bristly, tibia I a trifle shorter than the meta- tarsus I; abdomen moderately high, rather long. General structure as in 7’. tepidariorum; vulva shows two small openings as figured. Length 4 mm. | From Tablazo, Costa Rica (Biolley). Theridium rostratum Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 204, 1896. Tejar de Cartégo (B. and T.). Theridium thorelli Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 132, 1894. Ahaya (Picado); and Volcano Poas. Theridium picadoi n. sp. Cephalothorax brown, a broad dark-brown stripe on each lower side. Abdomen generally pale, with a large black spot on each anterior side, a smaller one behind it; on the dorsum behind the middle is a large black spot, emarginate in front. Sternum yellow-brown, with a median black streak, venter with a median black stripe, and the pos- terior of the side-marks reaches down on the venter. Legs dull yel- lowish, femora suffused black, with a paler spot above the tibia and metatarsus with a dark ring at tip; mandibles yellowish, each with two dark lines in front. Femora of legs rather heavy ; metatarsus I hardly as long as tibia plus patella 1; abdomen not especially high, rounded above. Length 3 mm. From Orosi, Costa Rica, 18th July (Picado). Anelosimus studiosus Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, 274, 1850. Tejar de Cartago (B. and T.); Aguas Calientes (Picado); Chiral (B. and T.); Anonos; Tablazo; and Eseazii. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 Dipena micratula n. sp. Cephalothorax pale yellowish, rather darker on the sides, eyes sur- rounded by black, palpi pale yellowish; legs yellowish on femora, rest greenish; abdomen greenish gray, a black spot above the spin- nerets and a black median stripe on venter;sternum yellowish. Cepha- lothorax high; eyes rather large, A. M. E. larger than others; clypeus concave; abdomen short and broad, and high; legs slender, but short, finely hairy, palpi as figured. Length 1 mm. Orosi, Costa Rica, 5th July (Picado). Dipena proba Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 294, 1899. Fortuna (B. and T.); and Chiral Paraiso (B. and T.). Teutana grossa Koch. Die Arachn., IV, 112, 1838. Cartdgo (Picado); and Turrialba, August. Steatoda americana Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 377, 1902. Anonos, September. Lithyphantes hermosa n. sp. Cephalothorax and legs reddish, femora more purplish; abdomen purplish, with two oblique white bands each side, and a pale area behind near tip; venter purplish, with a white crescent-like mark in front of the spinnerets; sternum reddish. Legs short; abdomen broadest and rather highest behind. Vulva showing two circular orifices, fully their diameter apart. Length 3.2 mm. Punta Arenas, Costa Rica (Biolley). Argyrodes americanus Taczanowski. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., X, 62, 1873. ; Tejar de Cartago (B. and T.); La Verbena, March; Anonos, Sep- tember; and Orosi, 2d July (Picado). Argyrodes maculosus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 258, 1898. Santa Maria Dota. | Neriene maculoga n. sp. Cephalothorax orange, eyes on black spots, legs pale yellow, cox and mandibles orange, sternum also orange; abdomen brown, a faint ‘paler median area, which, behind the middle, is more definite and margined by two black streaks to tip of abdomen, rest of the dorsum spotted with white, most of the spots on the upper sides; venter dark, -with a few white spots, and each side a little beyond ends of jung- 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, slits is a larger white spot. Vulva as figured for N. convera and emarginata; a pair of cavities separated by a median septum, which behind shows a short tongue. Abdomen of female rather broad, pointed behind, much like a Luropis. Length 3 mm. From Cartago, Costa Rica, Ist July (Picado). A male that may belong to the species is from Orosi, 2d July. Neriene gamma Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 419, 1902. San José. Neriene bisignata n. sp. Cephalothorax and mandibles yellowish-brown; legs paler, posterior sides of cephalothorax rather darker, eyes on black spots, sternum, venter and palpal organ black; dorsum of abdomen mostly white, a median black stripe and some lateral and apical marks as figured. Legs very slender, especially the tarsi; palpus with a slender, curved, basal hook, an apical pointed process and a more slender style, pointing | toward the process. A female has the abdomen marked the same, but the cephalothorax is dark brown. Length 3 mm. From Aguas Caliente, January (Tristan), and San José, in Bromelia ‘(Picado), Costa Rica. Neriene postica n. sp. Cephalothorax pale yellowish in the middle, dark on sides; sternum black; abdomen greenish gray, with some cretaceous white spots, and dark marks as figured, the tip conical and jet black; venter black, a white spot each side at base of the spinnerets; legs greenish yellow. Cephalothorax narrow, head high; posterior middle eyes very large, situate on tubercles, one and one-half diameter apart, about one diameter from the laterals. Length 2.5 mm. From Orosi, 5th June, Costa Rica (Picado). Frontinella communis Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, 28, 1847. La Palma. MIMETIDZ. Mimetus rapax Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 296, 1899. Turrialba; and Escazii. EPEIRID A. Tetragnatha alba Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 432, 1902. San José (B. and T.); La Bolea (Picado); and Aguas Calientes (Picado). _) 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207 Tetragnatha antillana Simon. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1897, 868. _ San José; La Verbena; San Joaquin; and Tejar de Cartigo. Tetragnatha guatemalensis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 8, 1889. San José; and Santa Maria Dota. Tetragnatha mexicana Keyserling. Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, 1865, 854. La Verbena. Tetragnatha confraterna n. sp. Cephalothorax pale, with indication of a broad stripe over head, divided by a pale median line. Abdomen dark, rather swollen at base, and at tip above is slightly projecting; legs of male very pale, of female darker. Anterior side-eyes plainly smaller and well separated from the posterior side-eyes; anterior median eyes larger than all others. Mandibles porrect, elongate; in female nearly as long as the cephalo- thorax, the outer corner below with a strong tooth; the male mandibles are about as long as the cephalothorax, slightly divergent, toothed as in the figure; the tibia and patella of palpus of equal length. Length 10-12 mm. From Machuca (Biolley), Escazii (Tristan), Tiribi (Tristan), and Esparte (Biolley); all Costa Rica. Tetragnatha tenuissima Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 9, 1889. Tejar de Cartago; and Orosi (Picado). Tetragnatha tropica Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 11, 1889. Guanacaste (Lankester). Tetragnatha tristani n. sp. Cephalothorax pale yellowish, abdomen rather silvery above; venter and sternum blackish; legs pale, greenish yellow, tips of tibia and metatarsi darker; 8. E. touching, the lower one much the smaller; abdomen not very slender; mandibles not very long, nor much porrect, a tooth above before tip, not very long, and three subequal teeth on inner margin. It runs to 7’. digitata in the Biologia, having the tibia of palpus extremely short, but differs in the mandibles. Length 4 mm. San José (Tristan). SL 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {April, ; Agriognatha bella Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 213, 1896. Machuea (B.). Dolichognatha tuberculata Keyserling. Spinn. Amer. Epeirid., 265, 1893. Turrialba. Azilia guatemalensis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 12, 1889. Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Nephila clavipes Linné. . Syst. Nat. (XII), 1034, 1767. Rio Reventazon, Plaines de Santa Clara, December (B.); and Em- bouchure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Metargyra debilis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 5, 1889. La Palma. Leucauge moerens Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 185, 1896. Turrialba. Leucauge fragilis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 6, 1889. Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Leucauge hortorum Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., V, 477, 1847. Santa Maria Dota; Tejar de Cartaigo (B. and T.); La Verbena; and Cartago, Sth July (Picado). Leucauge acuminata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 5, 1889. Turrialba (Picado). Pseudometa bella n. sp. Cephalothorax yellowish, with a median black streak from eyes to near base, its anterior part geminate by a pale line. Legs pale yel- lowish, tips of tibie darker; sternum black; abdomen whitish on sides, in middle above is a broad blackish stripe, including a pair of pale spots ; venter black in the middle, white on sides, and a white dot each side near the spinnerets. Length 3 mm. From Santa Maria, Costa Rica (Tristan). 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 209 Pseudometa alboguttata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 2, 1889. _ Tablazo. Pseudometa deco.orata Cambridge, Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 3, 1889. Orosi, in Bromelia karatos, 2d July (Picado). Argiope argentata Fabricius. Ent. Syst., I, 414, 1793. Salinas de Albina (Pac.), January (B. and T.); El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., January (B. and T.); Uricuajo (Pac.), January (B. and T.); Chiral Paraiso (B. and T.); San José (B.); and Punta Arenas (B.). Argiope personata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 110, 1892. Chiral (B. and T.); and San Jesus. Cyclosa walckenaeri Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 47, 1889. Chiral Paraiso (B. and T.); and El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., January (B. and T.). Cyclosa conica Pallas. Spicil. Zool., I, 48, 1772. San José. Cyoclosa caroli Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, 24, 1850. Tejar de Cartigo; San Joaquin Heredia Espinach; and Orosi, 6th July (Picado). Cyclosa index Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 51, 1889. Aguas Calientes, July (Picado); La Fortuna; Cartégo; Santa Maria Dota; and Chiral Paraiso (B. and T.). Mangora trilineata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 14, 1889. Orosi, 2d July (Picado). Mangora spinula Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 480, 1903, Orosi, 9th July (Picado). Mangora picta Cambridge. Biol, C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 14, 1889. - Orosi (Picado). 4 l4 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Eriophora purpurascens Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 33, 1889. San José (B.);and Surubres, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., February (B.). Eriophora edax Blackwall. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), XI, 30, 1863. San José, Punta Arenas (B.); Surubres (B.); and Hatillo, 9th June (Pieado). Eriophora minax Cambridge. Biol. C. Amer. Arachn. Aran., I, 112, 1893, © San José; Anonos, September; Atenas, August (Picado); Embou- chure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.); and Surubres, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., February (B. and T.). Eriophora bivariolata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 27, 1889. San José; and La Verbena. Eriophora nephiloides Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 32, 1889. San José, 9th October (Picado); and Tiribi. Epeira pallidula Keyserling. Sitzungsb. Nat. Ges. Isis, Dresden, 1863, 124. Turrialba. Epeira anguinifera Cambridge. Bjol. C, Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 514, 1904. Turrialba. Epeira fuscovittata Keyserling. Sitzungsb. Nat. Ges. Isis, Dresden, 1863, 129. La Verbena; El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), January, 250 m. (B. and T.); Surubres, February. Epeira scutigera Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 243, 1898. San José; Aguas Calientes (Picado). Epeira vulgaris Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., V, 469, 1847. San José, very common housé spider; Escazii; Uricuajo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and T.). Epeira solersioides Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 25, 1889. E] Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., January (B. and T.). | | | . 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 211 Epeira minima Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 471, 1904. Eseazii. Epeira domiciliorum Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., V, 469, 1847. San José. ~ Epeira detrimentosa Cambridge. Biol. C. Amer. Arachn. Aran., I, 26, 1889. San José (B.); El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., January (B. and T.). Epeira globosa Keyserling. Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, 1865, 820. El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., January (B. and T.). Epeira incerta Cambridge. Biol. C. Am, Arachn. Aran., I, 23, 1889. San José, abundant house spider; Fortuna (T. and B.); Cartdgo, 8th July (Picado); Tiribi; La Verbena; Surubres (B.); Aguas Calientes (Picado); Anonos, September; Machuca (B.); San Joaquin Heredia Espinach. Epeira gravabilis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn, Aran., I, 33, 1889. Volean Poas, March. Epeira microsoma n. sp. Male; cephalothorax yellowish, eyes on black spots; legs yellowish, femora and tibie darkened on apical half; abdomen yellowish brown, with an indistinct, broad, dark brown median area, containing a pair of small yellow spots; sternum pale. Abdomen twice as long as broad ; legs not thickened, and without groups of spines. The male palpus shows a curved black piece at apex, and on the inner side a plate with two prominent black teeth. A female (probably of this species) has the legs and body more unicolorous, sternum darker; abdomen nearly round. The smallest Epeira known to me. Length o 2 2.2 mm. From La Palma, on bushes, Costa Rica (Tristan). 2 mm.; Epeira anastera Walckenaer. Ins. Apt., II, 33, 1842. La Verbena, in nest of a mud-dauber wasp. Epeira smithi Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 280, 1898. ' Santa Maria Dota. ‘ 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Epeira bifida Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 507, 1904. La Verbena, in nest of mud-dauber wasp; Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.), in nest of a Hymenopteron. Metepeira labyrinthea Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., V, 471, 1847. San José; and Anonos, September. Metazygia gregalis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 22, 1889. San José, very abundant (B.); La Verbena; Tiribi. Larinia directa Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., V, 478, 1847. Machuea (B.); Surubres, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., January (B. and T.); and El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), (B. and T.). Mahadiva 11-variolata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 53, 1889. Aguas Calientes, July (Picado). Acrosoma gracilis Walckenaer. Tabl. des Aran., 65, 1805. Uricuajo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and T.). Acrosoma obtusispina Keyserling. Sitzungsb. Nat. Ges. Isis, Dresden, 1863, 76. Tiribi; Machuca (B.); Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.); El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., January (B. and T.). Acrosoma inequalis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn Aran., II, 535, 1904. La Verbena, near San José. Acrosoma triserrata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 534, 1904. Tablazo. Acrosoma patruelis Koch. Die Arachn., VI, 130, 1839. Turrialba; Orosi, 2d July (Picado). Acrosoma fidelis n. sp. Cephalothorax yellowish, legs more reddish; abdomen clear yellow above, darker on sides and behind, tips of spines black. Abdomen about twice as long as broad, not very much broader behind, where it is furcate, each corner terminating in two small equal spines, one above the other; on each side of dorsum are two spines, one small beyond 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 middle, the other one larger before middle, none in front. Length 6 mm. From Tablazo, September, Costa Rica (Tristan). Differs from nearly all the species which have two spines at each posterior corner in lacking spines at anterior corners. A. bisicata Walck. s/n seems allied, has ten spines. Acrosoma 12-spinosa Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 63, 1890. Machuea (B.); Pitahaya, August (Picado); Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.) Acrosoma sexspinosa Hahn. Die Arachn., II, 18, 1834. Surubres (B.); Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.); January (B. and T.). Acrosoma mammillata Butler. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1873, 427. Esparta (Pac.), 50 m., January (B.). Gasteracantha kochi Butler. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1873, 169 Punta Arenas (B.); San José, abundant on coffee plantations ; Guade- lupe, July (Picado) ; San Joaquin Heredia Espinach; Hatillo, 8th June (Piecado) ; Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Tricantha tricornis Simon. Hist. Nat. Araign. (I ed.)., 293, 1864. Tablazo. SPARASSIDA. Strophius hirsutus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 87, 1891, Turrialba. Heteropoda venatoria Linn¢. Syst. Nat. (XII), 1035, 1767. Punta Arenas (B.); Surubres, near San Mateo (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Selenops mexicanus Keyserling. Spinn. Amer. Laterg., 223, 1880. San José, in houses; Escazii; Pacaca; San Joaquin Heredia Espin- ach; Uricuajo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and T.); El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), January (B. and T.); Canorejal de Asseri (Pac. ), 800 m., April (B.). 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Selenops bifurcatus n. sp. Cephalothorax yellow; eyes on black spots; abdomen brown; legs yellow, banded with black; sternum and venter pale. Length o’, 10mm. Known by the forked apophysis of the tibia of male palpus. A female is about of the same size; the vulva is very similar to that of S. mexicanus, but narrower. Uricuajo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and T.). Sparassus obscurus Keyserling. Spinn. Amer. Laterg., I, 255, 1880. ; Surubres, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., February (B. and T.). Sparassus audax n. sp. Male, pale yellowish; abdomen with some black marks above more or less in lines; tips of tarsi and of palpi darker; venter sometimes showing a median black area. Female, more yellowish brown; abdo- men more spotted, a faint, basal, median line; venter with a broad, black middle area; mandibles blackish, with two black lines; tarsi and metatarsi infuscate. Anterior eye-row straight, M. E. large; legs very long. Differs from S. simoni by lack of black at tips of femora and tibiz, and from all males by shape of the palpus. Length 2 15 mm., o 12 mm. Punta Arenas (B.); Santa Maria Dota (T.); San José (T.), Chiral Paraiso (B. and T.); Orosi (Pieado); El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.) (B. and T.), and Surubres, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m. (B. and T.), February. Sparassus crassus n. sp. Wholly pale yellowish; mandibles and venter pale; legs very long and slender. Easily known by the extremely heavy tibial apophysis, as shown in the figure. Length co’, 10 mm. San Joaquin Heredia Espinach, February (T.) Epicadus granulatus n. sp. Eyes arranged as in this genus; carapace with a raised point at the dorsal groove. Abdomen high; dorsum hard, and with many small granules and tubercles of irregular size, also small ones on the cephalo- thorax. Legs I and IL equal; no median apical spine to metatarsi; tibie I and IL with 2-2 spines, metatarsi I and II with 2-2-2 spines; legs roughened and granulate. Length 18 mm.; abdomen high 13 m, Surubres (Biolley), Costa Rica. THOMISIDZ. Xysticus advectus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 71, 1890. Cartdgo (Picado). 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 Synema affinitatum Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 82, 1891. Tablazo; La Palma. Synema maculeosum Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 81, 1891. La Palma, on the shrubs. Bassania emula Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 249, 1898. Turrialba. Runcinia magna Keyserling. Spinn. Amer. Laterg., 125, 1880 Uricuajo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and T.). Misumena asperata Hentz. © Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., V, 447, 1847. Cartago (Picado). Apollophanes punctipes Cambridge. Biol: C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 79, 1891. Los Anonos, September; Tiribi; San José (Picado). PISAURIDZ. Enna velox Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 232, 1897. Pacaca. Thaumasia nigrinus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 310, 1901. Herbesan, San José, February (B.); La Verbena; San José. Lycootenus bogotensis Keyserling. Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, 1877, 684. Esparta (B.); Surubres, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., February B.), under stones on bank of river. Cupiennius sallei Keyserling. Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, 1877, 685. Pacaca; Surubres, near San Mateo (Pac.); 250 m., February (B.). Cupiennius minimus pn. sp. Cephalothorax brown on central region, paler on the sides, abdomen with large broad folium above, sometimes (in two specimens) truncated behind by a broad pale spot. Venter pale, no median stripe; legs mottled with blackish above, no speckles beneath. Abdomen is much 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, broader than in C. foliatus; vulva as figured. It is the smallest species, only 12 to 14 mm. long in female. Sta. Maria Dota, Costa Rica. Cupiennius foliatus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 307, 1901. Turrialba; La Palma. Cupiennius getazi Simon. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1891, 110 San José; Turrialba, May. Cupiennius griseus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 307, 1901. Tablazo; Sta. Maria Dota. Trechalea convexa Cambridge. Biol. Cent. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 233, 1898. Sta. Maria Dota; Turricares, February; Tiribi; Pacaca; Uricuajo (Pac.); Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.) (B. and T.); El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), January (B. and T.); Surubres, near San Mateo (Pac:), Feb- ruary (B.), under stones. CTENIDZ. Ctenus sinuatipes Cambridge. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XIX, 84, 1897. Aguas Calientes (Picado); La Palma; San José, in houses; San Joaquin Heredia Espinach; La Carpintera, 1,500 m., October (Alfaro) ; Estacion de Turrialba (Maxon); El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), January, 250 m. (B. and T.). Ctenus spiralis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., IT, 112, 1900. Surubres, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., February (B. and T.). Ctenus incolans Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 111, 1900. Huacas (Pac.). Ctenus supinus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 110, 1900. La Verbena. Ctenus convexus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 114, 1900. Pacaca; Sta. Maria Dota. 1909.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 Ctenus peregrinus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 110, 1900. San José, on the walls of houses; Turrialba; Pacaca; Tejar de Cartago. Acanthoctenus spinipes Cambridge. Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, 1876, 695. Tiribi; San José (B. and T.); Salvinas de Attina (Pac.), January (B. and T.). LYCOSIDZ&. Sosippus agalenoides n. sp. Cephalothorax brown; a very narrow, median pale line, sides nar rowly pale, mandibles jet black on front, a narrow line of yellow hair each side, palpi black at tip; legs pale yellowish, tarsi and metatarsi blackish, sternum and coxe pale yellowish. Abdomen pale grayish yellow above, with a brown median stripe from base to tip, not out- lined by pale, but with a few pale spots on anterior sides, and behind this it is dentated; venter wholly pale. Length 22 mm. From Punta Arenas, Costa Rica (Biolley). Differs from S. mezxi- canus in larger size, different abdominal markings, rather broader cephalothorax, and in the shape of the vulva. Sosippus mexicanus Simon. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1888, 206, El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Arctosa trifida Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn, Aran., II, 330, 1902. Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria, January (B. and T.). Arctosa minuta Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., IT, 331, 1902. Tiribi; San José; RicbGuchurts du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), ene (B. ind Tt). Lycosa insignis Cambridge. - Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 272, 1898. Punta Arenas (B.); San Joaquin Heredia Espinach, in the pastures, Lycosa longitarsis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 327, 1902. Guanacaste (Lankester); Atenas (Picado); San José; San Joaquin Heredia Espinach. Lycosa brevitarsis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am, Arachn. Aran., II, 327, 1902. San José; Sta. Maria Dota. 4 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Lycosa signiventris n. sp. Cephalothorax brown, head black; a pale narrow median stripe - rom head to base, side margins narrowly pale, a short curved pale stripe each side under dorsal eye reaching forward; mandibles with tawny yellow hairs, except black along inner side, showing a broad median black stripe, each side tawny; legs pale brown to middle, rest darker, femora with a black mark below at tip, a narrow one at base of tibize and middle of tibia and beyond nearly black; tibise IL and IV pale beneath, with a black mark at base and at tip; coxe and sternum pale, the former infuscated. Abdomen pale above, with a larger, black, basal spear-mark, followed by many small dots and many lateral dots and marks; base of venter to furrow pale, beyond covered with a large, deep-black mark, having each side of the middle a clear pale elongate spot. Length 27 mm. From San Joaquin (Tristan). The common name is “ Pica caballo.”’ Lycosa subfusca Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 325, 1902. Huacas (Pac.). Lycosa morosina n. sp. Cephalothorax with a broad bright yellowish-brown stripe on middle, black in the eye-region, brown on sides, with indications of some pale spots near margin; palpi yellowish, basal joint brown; legs dark brown on femora, yellowish beyond; mandibles yellowish brown, with some yellowish hairs. Sternum black, coxe blackish; abdomen dark brown, a black mark over base followed by a broad pale yellowish mark, not extending far each side; venter black on sides, pale in the middle with a median black stripe from vulva to spinnerets. Legs long and slender, especially leg IV, anterior eye-row procurved, much narrower than second row, three pairs of spines under tibie and metatarsi I and II. Vulva with two cavities in front, and a basal plate behind. Near to L. dilatata of the “Biologia,” but the vulva is very different. Length 8 mm. One from Turrialba, August, Costa Rica (Picado), Lycosa brunnea Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 325, 1902. Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Lycosa tristani n. sp. Cephalothorax brown, a broad pale median stripe, slightly broad- ened a little behind the eye-region, then tapering to tip; abdomen brown on middle, with a broad median spot of yellowish hair, with a 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 219 median dark spear-mark in front and some spots behind, venter with rather golden yellow hair, and a basal dusky streak, sides darker; sternum pale, but with a broad dark streak through the middle; legs yellowish, marked with brown, golden hair around eyes, and some in front of the brown mandibles. Anterior eye-row procurved, and shorter than the second row; legs slender, especially the hind tarsi. ii Male has the sternum and coxe black; legs mostly black, tarsi, meta- tarsi, and apical half of the tibia pale; venter as in the female; the tibia of the palpus is enlarged. Length 8 mm. From Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan). Lycosa biolleyi n. sp. Cephalothorax brown, with three pale stripes, the lateral rather narrow, the median broad and not constricted, narrowed between dorsal eyes, and here it contains a median black line; mandible red-brown; legs yellowish, faintly maculate with brown and blackish, quite distinct on the hind femora. Abdomen black above, paler beneath. Cephalothorax rather long; anterior eye-row a little nar- rower than the second row; legs long and slender, metatarsi IV about HH as long as the cephalothorax; tibie# I and II with 2-2-2 spines. Vulva very characteristic. Length 10 mm. : From Tablazo, Costa Rica (Biolley). Pardosa falcifera Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., IT, 318, 1901. . Tejar de Cartigo; San Isidro; Sta. Maria Dota; Turrialba, August | (Picado); La Palma, very common in the grass. Pardosa uncatula Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 319, 1902 Tablazo. Pardosa prolifica Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 317, 1902. La Bolea, January (Picado); Cartago (B.); San José; Tablazo. OXYOPIDZ. Peucetia viridans Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., V, 195, 1845. San José; Punta Arenas (B.); Jesus Maria (B.); Uricuajo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and T.); El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), 250 m., January (B. and T.). Oxyopeidon putum Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., I, 140, 1894. Anonos, September. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, ATTIDA. Phidippus chrysis Walckenaer. Ins. Apt., I, 454, 1837. Pitahaya, August (Picado). Phidippus marmoratus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am, Arachn. Aran., II, 276, 1901. La Verbena; Tiribi; San José, nests on leaves of trees; Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Phidippus funebris Banks. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (3), I, 280, 1898. San José (B.); Tablazo, September; Tiribi. Phidippus disjunctus Banks. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (3), I, 281, 1898. La Bolea, June (Picado). Phidippus incontesta n. sp. Cephalothorax and mandibles dark red-brown; abdomen brown, with metallic scales, several black spots each side. Leg I blackish, except on metatarsus and tarsus which are pale yellow; other legs yellowish-brown, darker at tips of joints; leg I with fringe of black hair beneath. Sternum red-brown; venter paler reddish-brown; man- dibles brown; rather porrect, with a large straight tooth near inner base. Second row of eyes half-way to dorsal eyes. Length 6 mm. From Tablazo, Costa Rica (Tristan). Phidippus luteus Peckham. Occas. Papers Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisc., III, 40, 1896. San José, a young specimen. Dendryphantes qnaneuotatus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 271, 1901. Aguas Calientes (Picado). Dendryphantes digitatus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 269, 1901. Chiral Paraiso. Dendryphantes globosus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 265, 1901. La Palma. Dendryphantes bispinosus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 266, 1901. Sta. Maria Dota; Chiral Paraiso. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221 Dendryphantes lanceolatus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 266, 1901. La Verbena, March. Dendryphantes octonotatus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 263, 1901. _ Fortuna (B. and T.); Aguas Calientes (Picado); Hatillo (Picado) ; Turrialba. Dendryphantes comptus n. sp. Cephalothorax red-brown, a broad white stripe on each side, margin red-brown; abdomen red-brown in middle, the sides of which are indented three times behind, upper sides white, lower sides with brown stripe; venter red-brown in middle, sides pale; sternum red-brown. Leg I brown, pale on tarsus and base of metatarsus; other legs yellow, femora with a brown streak each side, and brown bands at tips of patella, tibia, and metatarsus. Length 3 mm. From Aguas Calientes, Costa Rica (Picado). Dendryphantes pallens Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 272, 1901. La Palma. Sidusa spiralis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 217, 1901. La Verbena, March; Tablazo. Sidusa tarsalis n. sp. Cephalothorax dark red-brown, abdomen blackish, with an oblique white streak on each anterior side, and behind is a broad oblique white mark each side, not meeting in middle; venter blackish; sternum dark red-brown; legs with the femora and tarsi dark red-brown, the other joints pale reddish, especially pale on legs I and II; in legs III and LV the tibia and base and tip of metatarsi dark; palpi pale reddish- yellow except the dark brown basal joint; mandibles red-brown. Length 8.5 mm. . Salinas de Albina (Pac.), January (Biolley and Tristan). Sidusa sulphurea Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 218, 1901. Orosi, 2d July (Picado). Sidusa conspecta Peckham. Occas. Papers Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisc., III, 42, 1896. Tiribi. a TS 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Sidusa femoralis n. sp. Head black; behind are two large oval yellow spots, leaving a median black stripe. Abdomen with a broad median black stripe from base to tip, tapering behind and there indented from the sides; the sides pale grayish, with some black streaks; venter pale, mottled with black ; sternum red-brown. Leg I mostly red-brown, tarsus yellowish; leg IL more mottled, the patella yellowish above; legs III and 1V with mostly dark femora, rest pale, tips of tibia and metatarsus black. Length 3.5 mm. From Poas Volcano, April (Tristan). Sidusa nigropicta Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 212, 1901. Aguas Calientes (Picado). Sidusa parvula Peckham. Occas. Papers Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisc., II, 44, 1896. Aguas Calientes (Picado). Sidusa albicincta Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 215, 1901. Turrialba. Sidusa opima Peckham. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisc., 1895, 71. Orosi (Picado) ; Chiral Paraiso. Sidusa fulvoguttata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 214, 1901. San José; Tiribi. Sidusa marmorea Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 211, 1901. La Verbena. Cyrene interrupta Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., IT, 239, 1901. Tejar de Cartégo; Anonos; Orosi (Picado). Cyrene dolosa n. sp. Cephalothorax red-brown, eyes on large black spots, a pale median stripe, and the side margins pale; the red-brown stripes are nearly black under the base of the abdomen. Abdomen pale, four black spots each side, the middle area very pale, some small blackish streaks on the sides; venter pale, spinnerets black, and the black continued as a stripe on venter to near the middle where it ends in a sharp point; sternum pale; legs pale, more reddish on tibie and patella; mandibles 1909.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 reddish. The spines on legs are as in C. flava, but none above on tibia III and IV; the vulva is nearer to C. pratensis. Length 8 mm. From Punta Arenas (Biolley) and Uricuajo (Pac.), January, 200 m. (Biolley and Tristan). Cyrene delecta Peckham. Occas. Pap. Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisc., IIT, 68, 1896. San Mateo (Pac.). Cyrene magnifica n. sp. Cephalothorax black, a broad marginal white stripe each side, and a white spot in the middle; abdomen black, a curved basal white band, and behind on each side are two large white spots; and in the iddle line are three white spots, the last over the spinnerets is the largest. Venter with four narrow pale lines in the middle area, and a white spot each side near base; sternum and legs black, with black hair, the latter with some white hairs beneath, which form white bands on the middle of the tibiae and metatarsi III and IV; palpi pale yellowish, with white hair. Length 15 mm. From San Mateo, Costa Rica (Biolley). It is the largest species of the genus known to me. Cyrene fusca Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 238, 1901. San José. Cyrene formosa n. sp. Black, clothed with deep black hairs, a white median stripe extend- ing out each side in front to the dorsal eyes, a narrow white band above anterior eye-row, and the clypeus broadly white, a marginal white stripe. Abdomen black, with black hair, a median white stripe, crossed in front by a white band, and a broad basal white band, which extends back each side, the posterior sides white; the sides white with many elongate black dashes; venter black in the middle; sternum pale brown; legs red-brown or black, with black hair, the tarsi and metatarsi are pale, hind femora below, and the basal half of tibia pale. No fringes on legs; patella and tibia of male palpus with white hair above. Length 9-10 mm. From Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan). Cyrene pratensis Peckham. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc, Wise., 1885, 70. San José, Cyrene bicuspidata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 238, 1901. Pacaca. ob BS OE ey « See ay es ee 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Thiodina retarius Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, 288, 1850. Huacas. Marpissa melanognatha Lucas. Hist. Nat. Canaries, Arachn., 29, 1839. Punta Arenas (B.); San José (B.), (Picado). Marpissa magna Peckham. Occas. Pap. Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisc., II, 87, 1894. Guanacaste (Lankester). Marpissa minor Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., IT, 250, 1901. Turrialba. Phanias marginalis n. sp. Cephalothorax dark red-brown, a transverse patch of white hair just behind dorsal eyes, the margins of cephalothorax broadly snow- white. Dorsum of abdomen pale brown, a darker brown basal spear- mark, and some dark chevrons behind, also an indistinct lateral dark streak; sternum red-brown, venter pale brown. Legs pale brown, femur I dark, other joints darkened at tips; patelle of palpus snow- white. Length6mm. _ San José, Costa Rica (Tristan). Plexippus paykulli Aud. et Savy. Descript. Egypte (éd. 2), XXII, 172, 1827. Huacas; La Verbena, March; Surubres (Pac.) (B.); Congrejal de Asseri (Pac.), 800 m., April (B.). Metacyrba teniola Hentz. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., V, 353, 1895. Turrialba. Messua desidiosa Peckham. Occas. Pap. Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisc., III, 93, 1896. San Joaquin Heredia Espinach. Nagaina incunda Peckham. Occas. Pap. Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisc., III, 54, 1896. Orosi, 20th July (Picado). Ashtabula nigricans Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 257, 1901. Anonos, September; La Bolea (Picado). Zygoballus tibialis Cambridge. ; Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 292, 1901. San José, 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225 Martella lineatipes Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 175, 1900. La Verbena. Sarinda pretiosa n. sp. Cephalothorax and abdomen black, mandibles and palpi red-brown; cephalothorax with two pale yellowish transverse marks above, just behind cephalic part; abdomen with two transverse white marks rather before middle, and on lower sides is another; venter with a pale band behind the vulva; coxe and legs pale, I and II striped with black, tarsi I black, femora III and IV black, patelle wholly pale, tibixe and metatarsi striped with dark. Tibia I and II with 2-2-2 spines, metatarsi with 2-2 spines. Length 3.5 mm. From Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan). Lyssomanes spinifer Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 184, 1900. Surubres (Pac.) (B.); Aguas Calientes (Picado); San José, July (Pieado). | Lyssomanes convexa n. sp. Pale yellowish green throughout, eyes on black spots, no other marks. Tibia I with but outer lateral spine, which is toward the tip. Vulva near L. elegans, but the apertures much closer together, and the basal part longer. Length 8 mm. One female from Navarro, Costa Rica (Maxon). PHALANGIDA. Cynorta albipunctata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 556, 1904. San José, under stones (B.); Tejar de Cartigo, under trunks of trees (B. and T.); La Verbena; La Bolea, July (Picado); Tablazo; San Isidro; La Palma. Cynorta biguttata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II] 557, 1904. Sta. Maria Dota; Tiribi; Cartaigo (B. and T.); Fortuna Cervantes; San José, under stones in dark places. Cynorta marginalis n. sp. Dorsum a beautiful, uniform, deep, dark brown, shining, narrowly margined each side by a reticulate greenish-yellow stripe; no V-mark, hind margin of the shield and of the three other segments narrowly greenish yellow. Legs yellowish, more or less reticulate with brown, the tip of femur, and tibia, and whole of patella dark brown; man- dibles pale, venter black. Dorsum smooth, a pair of minute tubertles 15 1 OOO ee - ~ 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, in front, and behind a pair of rather large tubercles, but with rounded tips. Legs long and slender. Runs to C. conigera in the Biologia, but tarsus IV has 11 joints; differs however much in other ways. Length, body 6 mm., femur II 12 mm. Several specimens from Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan), Cynorta longipes Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 557, 1904. San Isidro; Tablazo, September. Cynorta lata n. sp. Very dark red-brown, a yellow Y-mark enlarged at each anterior end, a transverse line behind, mandibles and legs not very pale, tarsi paler. Dorsum minutely granulate, posterior tubercles low and blunt, posterior segments each with row of granules; body very broad, over cox IV nearly as broad as long; basal joint of mandibles spinulose above; legs very rough, but the granules are blunt and none enlarged ; trochanter III has a little process behind, a larger one on trochanter IV, a short, stout spine above at tip of coxa IV; tarsus I with 6 joints, II with 11, III with 7, and IV with 8 joints. Venter dark brown; cox granulate, cox IV only toward tip. Length 8 mm., femur IV 6 mm., femur IT 7 mm. Santa Domingo, San Mateo, Costa Rica, August (Tristan). Cynorta conigera Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 559, 1904. El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Cynorta pictipes n. sp. Black, a narrow yellow V-mark, some lines at sides, and following this a faint scallop behind and passing behind the posterior tubercles ; many small yellow dots scattered over the abdomen; mandibles, palpi, and venter black; legs yellow, femora on apical half black, patelle wholly black, tibiz on apical half and most of the metatarsi black, several black spots on trochanters. Dorsum smooth; posterior tuber- cles thick and heavy, acute, but not very high; coxa IV at tip with one small tubercle; legs very short; tarsus I with 6 joints, II with 9, III with 7, IV with 8 joints. Length, body 5.5 mm.; femur II 5 mm. From Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan). Cynorta longispina Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 558, 1904. Uricuajo (Pac.), 200 m., January (B. and T.). Cynorta posticata n. sp. Dorsum rich deep brown, a narrow white line each side, not reach- bis 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2nd ing either end of body, each end of line turned up or down a short distance; sometimes the line is broken over cox III. Three posterior segments mostly white, the last with a large white triangle each side at base; legs and mandibles pale yellowish, heavily reticulate with black. Venter red-brown, granulate. Dorsum smooth, posterior tubercles rather large; legs long, tarsus I with 6 joints, II with 17, III with 9, and IV with 10 joints. Hind legs of male with femur and tibia slightly curved, the metatarsi sinuate, and at base above with a series of over 20 teeth. Length 6 to 7 mm. From Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan); nine specimens, all agreeing in the peculiar coloration. Cynorta bipunctata Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 556, 1904. “oy Fortuna; La Palma; Turrialba. Cynorta pedalis n. sp. Very dark red-brown; a yellow Y-mark as usual, the anterior ends of which terminate in large spots, each with several dark dots, a yellow oblong behind at region of tubercles, and a line from it to each side yellow. Legs yellowish; the trochanters very bright yellow, the femora more or less distinctly banded with dark at base, before middle, beyond middle, and at tip; the tibie with indistinct bands at base, middle, and tip; the metatarsi with four bands as on the femora; hind tarsi pale yellow, others darker. The dorsum is mostly smooth, the tubercles practically absent; legs spinulose ; femur IV more strongly so, but hardly with teeth, no large tooth at tip of coxa IV. Tarsus I with 6 joints (three enlarged), II with 11, III with 7, and IV with 8 joints. Hind femur about as long as body. Length 6 mm. From San Isidro, Costa Rica (Tristan). Cynorta tristani n. sp. Dark red-brown, marked with yellowish; a Y-mark as usual, the sides and posterior margin narrowly yellow, many small dots above, some forming two transverse rows. Legs pale, densely marked with black. Dorsum smooth, two large posterior tubercles, and on pos- terior segments a few small granules; legs slightly roughened. Venter mostly smooth, cox I, II, and III, slightly granulate, and a row of teeth on their posterior borders. Legs not very long; tarsus I with 6 joints, II with 14, III with 8, and IV with 9 joints. Length 5 mm. El Higuito, Jesus San Mateo (Pac.) (Biolley and Tristan). The posterior tubercles are much shorter than in C. longispina, to which it is otherwise much related. 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {April, Vonones lateralis n. sp. Dorsum with a large brown spot in middle of sides, in front and behind reticulate greenish-yellow, many yellow spots here and there, and also scattered yellow granules, the posterior tubercles large, hardly acute and bearing small spinules, basal joint of mandibles spinulose above. Legs yellow, more or less marked with fine black lines. Pos- terior segments brown, with yellow dots, four larger dots on the last segment. Venter rufous, granulate, a prominent quadrangular yellow spot on each hind coxa near the tip. The cox above end in three small teeth, the trochanters on inner side with two teeth at tip; hind femora with a series of teeth above and below near tip as in Erginus, no teeth longer than the width of the joint. Length 6.5 mm. Several from Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan). CYNORTINA n. gen. Gonyleptide, subfam.:Stygnine. Spiracles distinct, hind cox free at apex, much broader than a ventral segment; eye-tubercle broad, with two short blunt projections between eyes; legs short, tarsi I with 3 joints, II with 7, III with 6, IV with 6 joints; palpi not very long, joints cylindrical, and each with a few spiniform bristles. Cynortina tarsalis n. sp. Very dark brown, the tips of the cox, trochanters, femora, and tibia pale, also tips of femora and tibie of palpus pale. Dorsum smooth, a few low granules in transverse rows on the dorsal shield, lateral margin of shield with a submarginal row of stronger granules, a few small ones on hind margin and on each of the posterior segments ; legs without granules, except under all femora, and patella and tibia IV; all legs with fine short hairs, coxa IV below has a small tooth lying close to venter, hardly discernible. The palpus has four spines on outside of femur (two near base), and one on inner side near tip; patella one on inner side; tibia two on outer side, three on inner side; tarsus with two on each side; claw fully one-half as long as tarsus. Length 4 mm. La Palma, Costa Rica (Tristan). Meterginus signatus n. sp. Dorsum dark red-brown, a large yellowish patch each side over coxe II and III, and another behind, reticulate, over cox IV, the two each side are indistinctly connected, no yellow V-mark, nor borders to segments. Venter red-brown; legs yellow, reticulate with blackish. Dorsum smooth; posterior tubercles small, rounded, wide apart; basal joint of mandibles granulate above, second joint in the male is 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 greatly enlarged, swollen above and in front, in the female normal, femur of palpus with a row of ten teeth below, much smaller in the female; legs long, rough; hind pair longer, no teeth on femur IV of male, coxze LV ends in one tooth above, hind femur nearly two-thirds as long as body. Tarsus I with 7 joints, first four enlarged, II with 15, III with 10, IV with 11 joints. Length, o 8 mm., 2 6.5 mm., femur LY;o', 25.x0m: From Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan). Meterginus inermis n. sp. Red-brown, mandibles paler, trochanters rather bright yellowish, rest of legs brownish, two large connected spots each side of the cepha- lothorax, the Y-mark indistinct, and a faint transverse line behind. Dorsum smooth, no tubercles; eye-tubercle very broad, smooth; legs spinulose, hind femora with several rows of blunt teeth, largest below, with many scattered rather larger granules; a series of granules under femur of palpus; second joint of mandibles large, but not much swollen above; legs rather long, hind pairs plainly larger than others; femur IV nearly as long as body, tarsus I with 7 joints (4 enlarged), II with 14, III with 8, and IV with 8 joints. Length of body 6 mm., of femur IV, 5 mm. From Tablazo, Costa Rica, September (Tristan). Erginus subserialis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 564, 1904. Uricuajo (Pac.), 250 m. (B. and T.), and El Higuito, near San Mateo (Pac.), January (B. and T.). Erginus parvulus n. sp. Dark red-brown, a few yellow dots each side, and a line across behind the tubercles; legs pale yellowish. Dorsum mostly smooth, a few granules; eye-tubercle spinulose each side; basal joint of mandi- bles very much spinulose above, the second joint is greatly swollen above. Posterior tubercles large, acute, and less than their length apart; posterior segments granulate along the edge. Legs spinulose; cox III with a little cusp behind, IV with a very large spine at tip, trochanter IV with a small one on inner side at tip; femur 1V about as long as body, much roughened, on inner side near the middle is a series of six teeth, none as long as width of joint, and on outer side near tip is a series of five teeth, none as long as width of joint; patella and tibia IV also much roughened. Tarsus I with 6 joints (3 enlarged), LI with 7, IV with 7 joints. Length 4 mm. From San Isidro, Costa Rica (Tristan). ? | 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Erginus sinuosus Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 563, 1905. Tablazo, September. Hernandria spinosa n. sp. Pale reddish-brown, legs and palpi paler; eye-tubercle with two small spines above. Dorsal shield with two pairs of small tubercles, and a larger apical pair; the second of the posterior segments with a larger, yellow, median spine; longer than those on dorsal shield, small spines on the edges of these segments; dorsal shield with two deep transverse grooves. Legs moderately slender, with rows of short spine-like granules, the patell slightly enlarged; coxe I, II and 1V granulate on upper sides, coxa IV with a large spine at tip above; tarsi III and IV very broad and flattened, and at tip an apical process over the claws; tarsus I with 5 joints, II with 11, III with 6, IV with 6 joints. Palpi with spines, tibize with two long and one short (apical) on outer side, two long and two short on inner side, tarsus with two long and two short each side, claw as long as tarsus. Length 5 mm., | femur IV 4 mm. : From Santa Maria Dota, January (Tristan), Costa Rica. Palpinus levis Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 577, 1905. La Palma. Metapachylus rugosus n. sp. Red-brown on body and legs, palpi, mandibles and trochanters pale yellow, in the male the legs are more yellowish. Body very much roughened, a large spine on eye-tubercle curving forward, a small one at each anterior corner of the cephalothorax; dorsal shield with lateral row of granules, and about 8 transverse rows of spine-like granules on abdomen, and the last segment with two rows of granules, each granule is tipped by a hair; ventral segments also with rows of granules, hardly as large as those above; legs also roughened, except on the metatarsi and tarsi, many granules on coxe, trochanters and femora are tipped by bristles; tarsus I with 3 joints, II with 7, III with 5, IV with 6 joints. Femur of palpus with three spines beneath (two basal), tibia and tarsus with two each side. In male the legs are very much longer, especially the hind pair, of which the femur, tibia, and meta- tarsus are each longer than the body, and metatarsus IV has above four granules of which one is apical. Length 4.5 mm., tibia [V 6 mm, From San Isidro, San José, Santa Maria Dota (Tristan), Uricuajo (Pac.), 200 meters (Biolley and Tristan), Atenas, 2d June (Picado), and La Bolea (Picado); all Costa Rica. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231 Mitopus australis n. sp. Pale brown, mottled with black, middle of eye-tubercles white. Dorsum densely minutely granulate, two little elevations on the anterior margin, each with three or four little teeth; eye-tubercles spinulose, three first abdominal segments each with a submedian pair of sharp spines, next two with four spines, last with two; each segment with a few minute spinules, and on anterior border of abdomen a curved series of minute spinules; legs with rows of very: prominent spinules, and at tips of femora and patellz are several larger spinules; coxze minutely spinulose, each spinule bearing a black hair. Femur, patella, and tibia all thick and heavy, metatarsi and tarsi very slender, femur I longer than width of body, IL as long as body. Length 4.5mm. From San José, Costa Rica (Tristan). Phalangium ornatipes n. sp. Body brown, paler below, dorsum darkest in front, a paler median stripe which expands to sides at middle of length; palpi pale, brown on base of femur, patella, and base of tibia; trochanters of legs pale yellowish, also extreme bases of femora, rest of femora brown, patella brown, with a pale streak above, tibia brown on base, paler beyond, metatarsi and tarsi pale. Eye-tubercle smooth; a cluster of small spines each side on front margin; palpi very short. Dorsum with eight transverse rows of six spine-like tubercles, the median pair of each row much larger than others, cox slightly granulate, a small white spine at anterior tip of each coxa, except I where it is on the posterior tip. Legs rather short. Length 7 mm. From La Fortuna Cervantes (Tristan), Costa Rica. Liobunum biolleyi n. sp. Anterior part of cephalothorax brown, tubercle and middle part black; abdomen black; coxze and venter pale brown, trochanters and rest of legs black, tips pale, a prominent yellow spot at tip of hind coxa; two golden yellow spots each side near apex of abdomen above, and sometimes a yellowish spot each side in front of these; palpi brown on base, tarsus pale yellowish, mandibles pale. The cephalothorax is pitted, and a narrow pitted band on base of the abdomen, then a large area, densely pitted, occupying most of dorsum, and the posterior segments each with a pitted band; cox# and sternum granulate, venter less strongly so; eye-tubercle with a few minute spicules above in front; legs very long and slender. Length 6 mm. From Congrejal de Aserri (Pac.), 800 meters, April (Biolley). : 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Liobunum ocoriaceum Cambridge. Biol. C. Am, Arachn. Aran., IT, 582, 1905. Turrialba. Liobunum tristani n. sp. Dark brown, anterior part of the cephalothorax paler, a yellowish mark on each side of the abdomen behind, one or two dots on the pos- terior dorsal segments; palpi and mandibles wholly pale yellow; coxe and trochanters black, the suture white, and a white (or yellow) spot at apex of hind coxa; rest of legs brown, patelle rather darker; sternum and yenter dark brown or black, each side at base of the abdomen is more yellowish. The cephalothorax is pitted, a pitted band on basal part of abdomen, then a large square pitted area occupy- ing most of dorsum, and the posterior segments each with pitted band; coxe and sternum densely granulate; venter with a row of granules on each segment; legs only finely granulate, of moderate length, eye- | tubercle with a few spicules in front above. In the male the body is broader and flat, of a rather uniform brown, densely pitted; eye- — tubercle with more prominent spicules; palpi rather long, tarsi slightly curved. Length, 2 6 mm., co‘ 5 mm. From Fortuna Cervantes (Biolley and Tristan), San José, and La Verbena, near San José, ‘‘on the stones near the river, thrive in dark places” (Tristan); all Costa Rica. Liobunum annulipes n. sp. Marmorate with brown and yellowish; eye-tubercle pale; a narrow brown line reaches to front margin, some pale median spots behind; coxze mostly brown, an irregular pale patch near base of each; ster- num pale at base, dark on tip, venter pale, densely mottled with brown. Palpi pale, except a brown band at base of tarsus. Legs pale, with many brown bands, many of these brown bands contain a white mark; trochanters mostly brown. Dorsum pitted as usual, eye-tubercle smooth, coxe granulate, venter slightly granulate; legs quite long, especially the second pair. Length 7 mm. From Tablazo, Costa Rica, “on the ferns” (Tristan). Liobunum foveolatum Cambridge. Biol. C. Am. Arachn. Aran., II, 583, 1905. Tablazo. Liobunum frontale n. sp. Dark brown, cox and trochanters same color; legs paler at base, darker beyond, then pale toward tips; in front of eye-tubercle is a white spot extending to front margin; palpi brown, tarsus pale; 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 233 mandibles pale; sternum yellowish. Dorsum pitted as usual, coxe granulate, but sparsely so on hind pairs; sternum and venter with few granules; eye-tubercle smooth; legs very long, finely granulate; palpi slender, tarsus very long and slightly curved. Length 4 mm. From Embouchure du Rio Jesus Maria (Pac.), January, Costa Rica (Biolley and Tristan). Liobunum laterale n. sp. Pale brown, cox and trochanters a little darker, rest of legs paler, at tip of coxa IV is an indistinct pale spot; a black streak each side near middle of dorsum; venter pale yellowish on the extreme upper ends of the basal three segments; palpi and mandibles pale. The dor- sum is densely pitted, with a narrow pitted band on base of abdomen, and on posterior segments; the coxe are densely granulate, the ster- num and bands on ventral segments less strongly so; the eye-tubercle with very minute spicules above; the patellz of the palpi have a very distinct process from the inner tip; legs not very long. The male is similar to the female, with longer legs, the abdomen flat and short, with the two dark streaks; palpi with the process to patella, the tarsus slender and curved. Length, 2 5 mm., & 4 mm. From Chiral Paraiso, July (Biolley and Tristan), Fortuna Cervantes, and Huacas (Pac.) (Tristan); all Costa Rica. Liobunum intermedium n. sp. Dark brown above, pale brown beneath, cox and trochanters pale brown, legs pale at base, darker near middle, and pale toward tips; palpi mostly pale; mandibles pale yellowish; a golden yellow spot at tip of coxa IV, no golden spots behind (as in L. biolleyi). Dorsum pitted as usual; eye-tubercle minutely spinulate; cox granulate, sternum and venter less so; legs of female rather short, of male much longer; patella of palpus with an inner projection at tip in both sexes. Length, 2 5mm., o' 4mm. From Fortuna Cervantes (Tristan and Biolley), Pacaca, and Turricares, February (Tristan); all Costa Rica. Liobunum coxalis n. sp. Body reddish, coxze and trochanters deep black, legs pale, but base near trochanters is black, eye-tubercle black, palpi and mandibles pale yellowish. Dorsum (c) short and broad, densely pitted; eye-tubercle smooth ; coxa granulate, venter and sternum slightly so, sternum very broad; palpi of moderate length, the patella with a minute tooth at inner tip; legs not very long. Length 2.5 mm. 4 From Tejar de Cartago, Costa Rica (Tristan). ee, = 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, SOLPUGIDA. Ammotrecha stolli Pocock. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XVI, 97, 1895. San José, 2d May (Picado). EXPLANATION OF Puates V anv VI. Ptate V—Fig. 1.—Sidusa femoralis. Fig. 2.—Phidippus incontesta. Fig. 3.—Selenops bifurcatus. Fig. 4.—Lycosa tristani. Fig. 5.—Clubiona tristani. Fig. 6.—Sidusa femoralis. Fig. 7.—Cyrene formosa. 4 Fig. 8.—Metriopelma zebrata. Fig. 9.—Phanias marginalis. Fig. 10.—Sparassus crassus. - Fig. 11.—Cyrene dolosa. Fig. 12.—Sparassus audaz. Fig. 14.—Dendryphantes comptus. Fig. 15.—Trachelas morosa. ; Fig. 16.—Metriopelma morosa. x Fig. 17.—Sidusa tarsalis. Fig. 18.—Strotarchus minor. | Fig. 19.—Clubiona tumivulva. Fig. 20.—Lycosa signiventris. Puate VI—Fig. 21.—Sarinda pretiosa. Fig. 22.—Neriene bisignata. Fig. 23.—Neriene postica. Fig. 24.—Scytodes intricata. Fig. 25.—Epicadus granulatus. Fig. 26.—Theridium biolleyi. Fig. 27.—Cupiennius minimus. Fig. 28.— Pelayo insignis. Fig. 29.—Dipena micratula. Fig. 30.—Pseudometa bella. Fig. 31.—Neriene postica. Fig. 32.—Corinna modesta. Fig. 33.—Sosippus agalenoides. Fig. 34.—Tetragnatha confraterna. Fig. 35.—Lycosa biolleyi. Fig. 36.—Echemus tropicalis. Fig. 37.—Teudis bicolor. Fig. 38.—Cyrene magnifica. Fig. 39.—Epeira microsoma. Fig. 40.—Anyphena delicatula. Fig. 41.—Lyssomanes converus. Fig. 42.—Lycosa tristani. Fig. 43.—Lycosa morosina. Fig. 44.—Lithyphantes hermosa. Fig. 45.—Epeira microsoma. Fig. 46.—Tetragnatha tristani. Fig. 47.—Corinna pictipes. Fig. 48.—Teudis elegans. Fig. 49.—Eutichurus frontalis. Fig. 50.—Neriene postica. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 POLYCHETOUS ANNELIDS FROM MONTEREY BAY AND SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA. BY J. PERCY MOORE, PH.D. In this paper are recorded the results of a study of the California Polycheta belonging to the Museum of Leland Stanford Junior Uni- versity, which were submitted to me at various times by Profs. Harold Heath and W. K. Fisher of that institution. Descriptions of a few new species from San Diego have been published already in these Proceedings for 1904, pp. 484-503. The localities at which the collec- tions were made are limited to two, namely: the vicinity of Monterey Bay, at about the middle of the California coast, where Mr. M. H. Spaulding collected in 1903 and 1904, chiefly at Pacifie Grove, and San Diego, chiefly on a sand-bar in the bay, near the southern boundary of California, where Prof. E. C. Starks collected during 1902 and 1903. At both places the collecting was nearly limited to the littoral zone between tide limits, though a few dredgings were also made. A few specimens collected at Pacifie Grove by Prof. Heath and presented to this Academy some years ago are also mentioned. In all cases where nothing different is stated it will be understood that the specimens were taken between tides and by one of the two gentle- men who made the bulk of the collections. Also, unless otherwise stated, the types of new species are in the Museum of Stanford Uni- versity. A set of cotypes and duplicates has been added to the col- lection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The total number of species mentioned is 64, of which 21 are con- sidered to have been previously undescribed. While this must rep- resent a small part only of the Polychwte fauna of that region the records are important because they are in nearly all cases material extensions of the known ranges of the species. Searcely anything has hitherto been published concerning the Polychwta of the coast of the southern half of California or of the Pacific coast of Mexico and a rich field for faunal investigation remains. When these collections were placed in my hands for study it was hoped that Prof. H. P. Johnson’s projected paper on the Polychwta of California would be available for their determination, but this much-desired publication has been unavoidably delayed. 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, SYLLIDZ. Syllis elongata Johnson. Pionosyllis elongata (Johnson), Proc. Bos. Soe. Nat. Hist., XXIX, pp. 403-405; Pl. 6, figs. 67-70: Pl. 7, fig. 71. Dredged at Delmonte wharf, vicinity of Monterey Bay, July 12, 1904. A fine specimen 40 mm. long, with 193 segments, the last 28 or 29 of which are much distended with sperm and elongated to three times the length of the preceding 29 segments. The notocirri are more tapered and acute than represented in Johnson’s figure. This species is very sicnder and in general aspect closely resembles Syllis gracilis Grube. At least the dorsalmost seta of many of the middle segments has the appendage coalesced with the stem to form bifurcate sete as in that species. Probably it should be placed in Verrill’s subgenus Synsyllis. It certainly departs widely from the type of Pionosyllis in the form of its sete and its strongly moniliform tentacles and cirri. — The posterior region is so much enlarged that it seems probable that it _ separates at maturity. | Trypanosyllis intermedia sp. nov. (Plate VII, figs. 1 and 2). An imperfectly known species resembling T. gemmipara Johnson in general aspect, but readily distinguished from that species by the much longer appendages of its sete. Length of the anterior 80 segments of an incomplete specimen, 18 mm.; maximum width between tips of parapodia, 2 mm. Prostomium quadrate, silghtly wider than long, with a median dorsal furrow. Eyes small, red, dorso-lateral; the anterior slightly farther apart and less than one-eighth the width of the prostomium; the pos- terior pair about one-twelfth the width of the prostomium and separ- ated from the anterior by an equal distance. Palpi about as long as prostomium, projecting forward and widely divergent. Tentacles all missing. Anterior end of body broad and strongly depressed, becoming gradually less so posteriorly. Segments all extremely short and crowded, especially anteriorly, where they are slightly biannulate. Pygidium unknown. Parapodia uniramous, short, stout and slightly notched distally. Neurocirri short, cylindrical, rounded distally, and arising from middle of ventral face of neuropodia, the end of which they scarcely reach. Notocirri arising from prominent cirrophores immediately above the base of the neuropodia; styles very readily detached and only a few remaining so that their relative length is unknown, those remain- ing rather stout, swollen beyond base and thence tapered to the blunt 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 end, the longer ones about equal to total width of worm and with about 20 short articles, the shorter two-thirds as long with about 15 articles. Acicula three, tapered, with the ends blunt, slightly flattened and just perceptibly enlarged. Sete few (about 9-11), all subacicular, colorless, with rather strongly curved stems acutely beveled at the end, smooth, with a slight shoulder for attachment of the appendage (Plate VII, figs. 1 and 2); length of appendages varying from one and one-third times (on posterior parapodia) to more than twice (on anterior parapodia) the distal thickness of the stems, their distal ends hooked and conspicuously bifid, the teeth being much more widely separated on posterior sete, on which also the marginal fringe is much less developed. The single incomplete specimen was taken at “point above Third Beach,” vicinity of Monterey Bay, July 12, 1904. PHYLLODOCIDZ. Phyllodoce medipapillata sp. nov. (Plate VII, figs. 3 and 4). The two examples upon which this species is based differ greatly in appearance and degree of contraction, one being robust, the other very slender. Length of type 100 mm., maximum width of body 1.8 mm., total width including parapodia 3.5 mm.; number of seg- ments 201. Length of cotype 170 mm., width of body 3.5, total width including parapodia 8 mm.; number of segments 240. Prostomium rather thick, depressed, broad, slightly cordate behind; about as wide as long, the greatest breadth at the eyes about one- third of the length from the posterior end, the sides very strongly convex at this point; anterior border broadly rounded, projecting slightly beyond tentacles, Eyes circular, their diameter about one- eighth to one-tenth width of prostomium, at the widest part of which they are situated, separated by about one-half its width. The tentacles, which arise from a shallow annular depression, short conical, diverging equally in both directions, about as long as one-third width of prosto- mium. Nuchal organs everted as prominent knobs between sides of prostomium and peristomium just below eyes. A minute nuchal tubercle, about one-third diameter of nuchal ergans, occupies the posterior emargination of the prostomium, Peristomium and somite II coalesced, achwtous, nearly concealed above by the prostomial lobes, between which the nuchal tubercle projects; below forming a smooth, somewhat swollen lip. Except in the character of its parapodia III is similar to succeeding segments. Tentacular cirri all short, with distinet cirrophores and rather stout NEE Ney ee ee eee ee ye rt 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, styles tapering to delicate tips. On the type they reach to the fol- lowing segments; that of I to VII, dorsal of II and III both to IX, ventral of Il to VI or VII. On the cotype, which has the anterior segments much contracted, each reaches about three segments farther caudad. The body of the type is slender, slightly depressed, flattened ventrally, widest in anterior fourth, and tapers regularly caudad; the length of the segments varies from one-fifth the width anteriorly to two-thirds width posteriorly. As noted above the cotype is much contracted and consequently much stouter. Pygidium unknown. Parapodia (Plate VII, fig. 3) uniramous, prominent, strictly lateral, posteriorly equaling width of somites. That of I a tentacular cirrus (neurocirrus) only; of II dorsal and ventral tentacular cirri (notocirrus and neurocirrus); III the first setigerous. Typical parapodia consist of somewhat flattened neuropodia supported by a single, stout, tapered aciculum and divided at the distal end into a low, entire post-setal lip and a slightly more prominent presetal lip divided by a notch into supra-acicular and subacicular lobes, to the dorsal border of the latter of which the slightly curved end of the aciculum is adherent. Foliaceous notocirri begin on IV and foliaceous neurocirri on III; both are prominent and the former strongly imbricated on the dorsum of the parapodia. Notocirrophores prominent, erect, well separated from the neuropodia, more than half as long as the latter and equally broad. Styles not strongly asymmetrical, with basal auricles only slightly, developed, those of anterior segments nearly regularly ovoidal, with bluntly rounded ends and about two-thirds as wide as long. Farther back they increase in size and become more slender (twice as long as wide) and more acutely tipped, without any trace of the truncate end seen in so many species, though the tips of some are slightly recurved. On middle somites they approach nearer to the ovate-lanceolate form usual in Fulalia rather than the form usually characterizing Phyllodoce. In the posterior third they again become shorter and broader—much like poplar leaves—with rather abruptly acuminate tips. Rather firmly attached, of thin, membranous tex- ture and with a striated border of colored glands. Neurocirri attached by low, broad cirrophores to the bases of the neuropodia. Styles all very large and foliaceous and projecting one-third or more of their length beyond the neuropodia. On the first few segments they are very broad and subelliptical, but soon become more acute and asym- metrical and gradually much more elongated and slender. Sete (Plate VII, fig. 4) all colorless, in fan-shaped supra- and sub- 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 acicular fascicles of (in the type) from eight (on IV) to twenty-six (on XXY), decreasing to eleven or twelve at CL, the cotype bearing about one-third as many more. Stems slightly curved and slightly enlarged distally to form an oblique socket, each side of which bears a small brush of hairs, none of which is enlarged. Appendages very long, slender, tapering, slightly curved, with a border of minute serrations; their length is from more than one-half to nearly the depth of the neuropodia and they vary little in the different regions. Proboscis of type fully extended, clavate, 7 mm. long, 1.8 mm. in distal and 1.2 mm. in basal diameter. Orifice surrounded by nineteen rather prominent, compressed ovoid papillae. Greater part of surface smooth, with six very obscure longitudinal ridges becoming gradually more roughened toward the base. Papillee confined to basal one-sixth or less, arranged in six longitudinal rows on each side separated by dorsal and ventral intervals, of which the former is the greater and about equals the width of the papillated areas. The papille are slightly flattened and the posterior face is brown. Each row contains from nine or ten (ventral) to twelve (dorsal), the increased number resulting from a few papille placed irregularly at the anterior end of the more dorsal rows. In addition to the paired series, about four or five very small papillee form an irregular dorso-median row. Except for the greater contraction the proboscis of the cotype is exactly - similar. Color of type confined to a brownish tinge on the dorsum and notocirri; cotype uniform purplish-brown. Type locality, vicinity of Monterey Bay, M. H. Spaulding. The cotype was taken at San Diego by E. C. Stark. Phyllodoce (Carobia) castanea Marenzeller. Carobia castanea v. Marenzeller, Denkschr. K. Acad. Wissensch., Wien, XLI (1879), Math-naturw. Cl., 2d Abth., pp. 127, 128, Tab. ITI, fig. 2. A much contracted specimen which agrees very closely with v. Marenzeller’s description was dredged by Mr. Spaulding on July 12, 1903, at Delmonte wharf, near Monterey Bay. Length 21 mm.; segments 160. Prostomium regularly subovate, about as broad as long, truncate posteriorly with a very slight median emargination; no anterior constriction or furrow. Eyes very large, dorso-lateral, about one- fourth diameter of prostomium and about an equal distance apart. Tentacles lateral and ventro-lateral, near anterior end of prostomium, directed almost laterad and very little forward, acutely subulate, thickened toward base, the dorsal pair as long as prostomium) the ventral two-thirds as long. 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {April, Tentacular cirri very much crowded, slightly flattened, very short, the longest (dorsal of II) about four times length of prostomium and reaching VII, the shortest (ventral of Il) about twice prostomium, the remaining two subequal and about two and one-half times prosto- mium. Peristomium and II coalesced and scarcely visible from above. There may be a minute nuchal tubercle, but this is uncertain. Pygidium a minute ring bearing a pair of short, subulate cirri. Notocirrophores low and broad, styles rather thick and easily detached, in this specimen carried nearly erect over the parapodia; broadly foliaceous, nearly uniform in size and shape throughout, triangular ovate, about three-fifths as wide as long with rounded apex and oblique but not auriculate base, the markings arranged bipinnately from a central axis. Neurocirri foliaceous, subquadrate elliptical, all free surfaces evenly rounded, very broadly attached to venter of neuropodium and carried posterior to the latter, scarcely reaching beyond end of neuropodium. Aciculum single, stout, tapered, straight. Sete in spreading, vertical series, colorless, transparent, rather stout, with curved stems rather abruptly enlarged distally, the margins of the socket bearing a single series of rather long hairs. Appendages short, their length not exceeding one-third depth of parapodia, very delicate, broad at base but rapidly tapering to a tenuous tip; marginal serrations scarcely visible. Six supra- and ten subacicular setz on middle parapodia. Color pale reddish-brown, brightest on notocirri and anterior dorsum of body. Female with immature eggs. POLYNOIDZ. Halosydna pulchra (Jolinson). Polynoé pulchra Johnson, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (3), Zoology, I (1897), pp. 177-179, Pl. VI, figs. 34, 43a; Pl. VIU, figs. 50-506. Three specimens occur in the collection, two certainly from the Monterey Bay region, the other unlabeled but probably from the same place. Of the first two one was commensal on the holothurian Sticho- pus, the other on Cryptochiton. The latter is a fine specimen with milk-white elytra marked with a small, round, clear-cut black spot over the area of attachment. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg, Ofver. K. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., XII (1855), p. 385. Two small specimens were taken at San Diego, others in the vicinity 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 241 of Monterey Bay, at “big tide pool, Lighthouse Point,’”’ on June 28, 1904, and at ‘point above Third Beach,” on July 12, 1904. All of the specimens are dark colored, with heavily mottled elytra. Halosydna reticulata (Johnson). Polynoé reticulata Johnson, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (3), Zoology, I, pp. 170, 171; Pl. VII, figs. 32-41a, Pl. VU, figs. 47-470. Eleven specimens from San Diego occur in the collection and only two from Monterey Bay, where they were dredged on July 9, 1904. These specimens exhibit considerable variation. Some are almost pigmentless and of a nearly uniform pale yellow, gray or brown; others are thickly mottled with deep brown on the elytra and barred on both dorsal and ventral surfaces of the body. Usually a brown spot or ring is present on the elytra over the point of attachment. The elytra differ greatly in the degree to which the surface is roughened with conical projections and in the number of marginal cilia. The latter appear to be gradually lost with increased age and size. They are plentiful on the elytra of small specimens and on newly regenerated elytra, fewer on those of medium size and frequently totally absent from larger specimens, as is the case with the two from Monterey Bay. As a result of loss and regeneration the elytra of some specimens are of very unequal size. The labels give no information concerning commensalism. Lepidonotus c#loris Moore. Lepidonotus celoris Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, pp. 412-414, Pl. XXIII, fig. 12. A solitary specimen of small size was dredged at Delmonte wharf, Monterey Bay, on July 12, 1904. Lepidasthenia gigas (Johnson). ; Polynoé gigas Johnson, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (3), Zoology, I, pp. 172-175; Pl. VU, figs. 33, 42b; Pl. VII, figs. 48, 49. Three examples from San Diego. One has the parapodia much entangled with Terebellid tentacles and probably came from the tube of the Amphitrite with which Johnson states that it lives commensally. Notopodial sete are more usually present in the anterior parapodia, and the first parapodium bears a single seta of a form intermediate between the typical notopodial and neuropodial types. One specimen 89 mm. long and having 83 somites has the elytra arranged in symmetrical pairs, except on somite LXV, which bears the right one only, the left side bearing a notocirrus; there are 39 pairs on the segments numbered 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 17, 19, 21, 25, 27, 28, 30, 16 ‘ ———E Ee ee 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 31, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 48, 52, 54, 55, 56, 58, 60, 61, 62, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72. SIGALEONIDZ. Sthenelais fusca Johnson. Sthenelais fusca Johnson, Proce. Cal. rae Sci. (3), Zoology, I, pp. 185-186; Pl. IX, figs. 60-61), Pl. X, figs. 64, Two examples from San Diego as one from Chinatown Point, August 12, 1904. One specimen is 110 mm. long with 172 pairs of elytra; the other is about the same size, but the number of elytra was not counted. The first mentioned has a caudal regenerating region of about a dozen segments, so that it is probable that the species reached a considerably larger size than the original description indicated. The first pair of elytra is pale and without markings, the others are of a darker brown, thickly and finely mottled with a reticular pattern of black. The pygidium, which was not described by Johnson, bears a pair of subanal cirri about as long as the last six or seven segments and of slender, tapered form. The distal papilla of both rami of the parapodia are frequently more numerous than indicated in Johnson’s figure. Peisidice aspera Johnson. Peisidice aspera Johnson, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (3), (Zool.), Vol. I, pp. 184, 185; Pl. IX, figs. 56-59; Pl. X, figs. 63a-d. A single specimen with twenty-one pairs of elytra, dredged at Del- monte wharf, vicinity of Monterey Bay, on July 12, 1904, represents this species in the collection. AMPHINOMIDZ. Eurythoe californica Johnson. Eurythoé californica Johnson, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (3), Zoology, I, pp. 184, 185; Pl. IX, figs. 56-59, Pl. X, figs. 63-63d. This species is represented in the collection by about a dozen speci- mens from San Diego and a single one from Monterey Bay, collected on July 12, 1904, from the “‘ point above Third Beach.”’ Johnson gives no account of the proboscis, and as one of the specimens has it protruded the following brief description is added. It is about 3 mm. long and 1.8 mm. in diameter, subcylindrical, but slightly compressed and slightly wider distally than at the base. It terminates in a firm elliptical disk, with a vertical slit open ventrally and a central depression in which the mouth lies; surrounding this disk is a low annular fold. The cuticle is everywhere smooth, without papille, jaws or teeth of any kind. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 243 HESIONIDZ. Podarke pugettensis Johnson. Podarke pugettensis Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXIX (1901), pp. 397, 398; Pl. 3, figs. 23-25. About fifty specimens collected at San Diego are stated to have been “parasitic on starfish.” The occurrence of this species on a starfish (Lwidia) in the vicinity of Port Townsend has been already reported in these Proceedings for 1908 and it seems probable that this habit is general. The reference by Harrington and Griffin in their paper on Puget Sound Inverte- brates to “‘the curious Ophiodromus, an annelid that lives between the arms of the starfish [Asterias] and is colored so as to resemble the surface of the latter,” probably relates to this species. The appendages of some of the dorsalmost sete of the subacicular fascicle and the ventralmost of the supra-acicular fascicle are much longer and more slender than the others. NEPHTHYDIDA. Nephthys ceca (Fabricius) Oersted. Nereis ceca, Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandica, 1780, p. 304. This species is represented by six large specimens from the vicinity of Monterey Bay and by about twenty from San Diego, where it appears to be common and was taken from the littoral zone and down to a depth of fifty feet. The San Diego examples are of small to medium size and colorless or slightly marked with brown figures and bands on the prostomium and a few anterior segments. The sete of some specimens are long, of others short and one of the latter is filled with nearly mature ova. Those from Monterey Bay are much larger, measuring about 180 mm. in length and one counted having 152 segments. Three of them are very smooth and colorless, except that there is a brown or black “spread-eagle’’ figure on the prostomium and crossbars on a few an- terior segments. The others have the body of a deep purplish brown both dorsally and ventrally, the parapodia colorless. The free margins of the prostomium are thin and produced. The serrated sete form long flowing tufts, dusky at the base, as long as the parapodia or nearly equal to the body width. The annulated sete are short and small, except on anterior parapodia. Several specimens have the single caudal cirrus intact. The extended proboscis is rather slender clavate with ten bifid orifical papillae above and ten below and twenty-two longitudinal MEM te —_ o—, ee Oe te Gee te OR 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, rows of conical papille of usually five each, the unpaired dorsal and ventral papille being no larger than the others. No characters distinguishing these specimens from examples of the species from the Atlantic Ocean are obvious. NEREIDA. Nereis procera Ehlers. yee i ta Ehlers, Die Borstenwiirmer, 1868, pp. 557-559; Taf. XXIII, Ten specimens were taken in the vicinity of Monterey Bay, two bearing each of the following labels: Point about Third Beach; Big tide pool, Lighthouse Point, June 20, 1905, and June 28, 1904; dredged July 9, 1904, and dredged Delmonte wharf, July 12,1904. Of the three from San Diego one is 3 mm. in diameter and filled with large eggs. The parapodia and other parts exhibit no epitokous modification. Nereis (Alitta) vexillosa Grube. Nereis vevillosa Grube, in Middendorff, Reise in Siberiens, ete., II, 1851, p. 4; Taf. II, figs. 1, 5, 6 Taken at San Diego only; 14 small atokes and one small female epitoke. The largest of the atokes is 50 mm. long, and all of them have the notocirral laminze much less developed than on larger specimens. One exserted proboscis has paragnaths arranged as follows: I, three in a longitudinal series; II, tapering arcuate groups of three rows of small cones; III, transverse band in three rows ; IV, wider curved band, broader behind; V, absent; VI, four large cones in lozenge-shaped figure; VII and VIII, broad transverse band encircling ventral and lateral portion of basal ring, a tract of very small paragnaths in front of ventral part. The epitoke is filled with large eggs. The parapodia agree with Johnson’s figure, but the sete are arranged somewhat differently. Those of the dorsal rami are all of the ‘‘fish-bone”’ type, the stout compound sete belonging to the dorsal supra-acicular fascicle of the neuropodium. The paragnaths exhibit several peculiarities; their number is generally reduced, those of VI are coalesced into a single large one on each side; V is present as a single cone. Nereis (Alitta) virens plenidentata subsp. nov. Under this name I am recording provisionally a species of Alita that appears to be quite common on the sand-bars in San Diego Bay. The northern Pacific species, which is found from Ochotsk Sea and Alaska south nearly to San Francisco, seems to differ from Atlantic examples of A. virens in several respects, and particularly in having 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 more numerous paragnaths and a greater number of segments. Prob- ably it must be considered to be at least a subspecies under the name of brandti Malmgren. These specimens from southern California exhibit more extreme divergence in the same direction. Like both of the forms mentioned the paragnaths are reduced in number with age and increased size, but compared with specimens of the same size they are very much more numerous. For example a specimen 150 mm. long and 8 mm. wide between the tips of the parapodia and having 218 segments! has the hard, black, strictly conical paragnaths arranged as follows: I, 3 in tandem; II, small groups of 7-9 in two oblique rows; III, broad dense, transverse band of small cones chiefly arranged in longitudinal or somewhat oblique lines of six or seven each, with numerous shorter lines and small groups uniting them anteriorly; IV, dense, somewhat arched, dumbbell-shaped groups of small cones, from three to five across and tending to coalesce at their posterior ends with the lateral borders of III; V, a diffuse subcircular area spreading laterally to the level of VI and with a median row of four large paragnaths reaching anteriorly beyond the others; VI, a compact group of four or five large cones forming a lozenge-shaped figure; VI and VII coalesced and forming a broad zone encircling the basal ring of the proboscis below the level of VI and nearly joining V above, the numerous cones (from six to ten in the width of the band) increasing in size and becoming more distant anteriorly and dorsally. The tentacles are also longer and most of the specimens are note- worthy for the deep brown pigment deposited in the lamellar noto- cirrophores. The relations of this form to N. virens and brandti will be discussed fully at another time, when I hope to have for comparison specimens from other parts of the California coast. N. foliata Baird evidently applies to the northern form; N. chilensis Ehlers (= Thoosa Gayi Kinberg) is not at present recognizable, and there appears to be no name for this southern form. Nereis (Platynereis) agassizi Ehlers. a aaa Ehlers, Die Borstenwiirmer, 1868, pp. 542-546; Taf. XXIII, g. 1. A few small specimens were taken at San Diego and two at Monterey Bay, one of the latter dredged and one between tides at the “point above Third Beach.” ' A specimen of NV. virens from New Jersey of the same size has 130 segments. Se ee ™™”—<“—~—”—C that the three series of stout spinous sete gradually disappear, finally leaving only the ventral group of slender setze with a few small spines. Proboscis partially protruded on several specimens. It appears to consist of four principal divisions, each again bilobate and bearing from four to ten slender elongated processes with a continuous hem- like raised border, leaving a longitudinal groove on each. The lobes are often irregular and unequal and some specimens appear to have the proboscis divided into from five to eight fimbriated lobes. Color in alcohol dull creamy yellow, more or less marked with brown pigment which is most constant as three series of ventral spots, a subneural and paired infra-podal. Others have the gills or parapodia pigmented and others the dorsum marked with suffused spots or well- defined annulations, while “extreme forms may be deep chocolate brown. This species appears to be quite plentiful between tides in the -_ 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267 vicinity of Monterey Bay and was taken at Third Beach Point (which is the type locality) on July 6, and at “big tide pool”’ on June 20. A single example also occurs in the Starks collection from San Diego, also taken between tides. CIRRATULID A. Cirratulus spirabranchus Moore. Cirratulus spirabranchus Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 492, 493; Pl. XX XVIII, figs. 26 and 27. Cirratulus luxuriosus Moore. Cirratulus luxuriosus Moore, Id., pp. 493, 494; Pl. XX XVIII, figs. 28-31. Both of these species are quite plentiful between tides on the beach at San Diego. Tharyx multifilis sp. nov. (Plate IX, fig. 43). The type (a male) is 58 mm. long and has a maximum diameter at the end of the anterior third of 2.1mm. The segments number 240. A female is slightly smaller and more slender. Prostomium (fig. 43) a short shghtly depressed cone with a rather deep ventral longitudinal groove and just anterior to it a transverse one. No eyes visible, though there is a slight discoloration near the posterior border. A pair of swellings behind and above mouth are the nuchal organs, but there is no trace of appendages. Peristomium—probably representing three coalesced segments— a large, swollen, apodous region about twice as wide and long as the prostomium and marked with one or two partial furrows. Mouth large, with smooth lips. Remaining segments setigerous, the anterior region about six millimeters long, consisting of about sixty excessively short segments, twelve to twenty times as wide as long, depressed and somewhat widened. Behind this the body is nearly terete, slightly flattened below and composed of longer, feebly separated segments about six to eight times as long as wide. Segments all perfectly simple and uniannular. The body increases in diameter through the anterior third and then tapers gradually to the caudal end, terminated by a minute pygidium with its central anus surrounded by a welt-like rim. A narrow neural groove extends for the entire length and forks at the peristomium to embrace the mouth. Parapodia consisting of minute setigerous notopodial and neuropodial tubercles, the latter situated close to the ventral surface at the foot of the strongly arched dorsum. Immediately above the first arisés the pair of large clavate tentacular cirri, which have a diameter nearly a ge el ST SS ew — FY ee 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, equal to the length of the prostomium and a length of nearly one- third the body, grooved and crenulated for the entire length, narrow at the base and becoming gradually thicker toward the distal end. One specimen bears a pair of minute branchie on this segment; on the other they begin on the following segments. The branchie are very delicate extensile vascular filaments, which in all cases arise in actual contact with the dorsal side of the notopodium. In perfect specimens they probably occur on every segment except about twenty at the caudal end, but in both of the two here described they are small or absent on many of the middle ones. In the anterior depressed region they are more firmly attached and longer than elsewhere, occur regularly on every segment and form a crowded tangled mass. Sete perfectly simple, colorless, smooth, slender capillaries, forming small, spreading, fan-shaped notopodial and neuropodial tufts; except that the notopodials are longer than the neuropodials and the anterior longer than the posterior they are all exactly alike, the longest equaling one-half the body diameter. Color of male pale brownish, of female deep slate color. Since the type of the genus Heterocirrus has been shown to be an epitokous phase of Dodecaceria, the next available name for such forms as Heterocirris multibranchis and the present species is Tharyx Webster and Benedict. Dodecaceria paoifica (Fewkes) (Plate IX, fig. 44). Sabella Pacifica Fewkes, Bull. Essex Inst., XXI (1889), pp. 132, 133; Pl, Vit, Ges, 1, 2 More than a score of well-preserved examples of this species permit of the preparation of a description more complete than the original. Usual length 30 to 40 mm., but sometimes extended to nearly twice that length; maximum diameter about 1 mm.; number of segments from.90 to 110. Body generally terete, usually slightly enlarged in the middle and tapered a little each way, but often depressed and distinctly widened at the posterior end; irregular enlargements and constrictions often present at one.or two other points. When depressed the venter is flat, the dorsum convex. Prostomium and peristomium completely coalesced, together form- ing a subconical head about one and one-half times as long as wide, entirely without definite appendages, but with a pair of small dorsal spots which probably represent the nuchal organs. The anterior half, representing the prostomium, is a somewhat scoop-like, broadly rounded lip deeply excavated below and overhanging the mouth, Vea '@ 6 ein a Cmte Sih, omg al 1909. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 from thesides of which project a pair of small lobes probably repre- senting palpi; these lobes and the ventral surface of the lip are pale, in sharp contrast to the nearly black surface of the remainder of the head. The posterior or peristomial half is a simple naked ring. Several of the immediately succeeding metastomial segments are very short, but those following become gradually longer until they are one-fourth or one-third as long as wide, but caudally they again become very short and crowded and end in a simple pygidium with rather large central anus. The first metastomial segment (II) bears a dorsal pair of simple terete branchial filaments or notocirri which in extension are smooth and three or four times as long as the head and in contraction trans- versely wrinkled and much shorter; ventral to these is a pair of usually shorter and thicker neurocirri or prehensile tentacles which are grooved along the ventral face and transversely wrinkled. The latter vary much in length in different specimens, being in some less than the diameter of the body, in others more than three times the diameter. Notocirral branchie also occur on from seven to ten next succeeding segments (III to IX or XII). Of these the first three are commonly larger than that on II, and because of the dorsal position of the latter and the extreme shortness of the segments lie at successively lower levels in a nearly vertical series; the fifth and succeeding pairs arise immediately dorsal to the notopodial setze and on the same level as the fourth pair. Specimens from the vicinity of Monterey Bay have the fifth and rarely the sixth pair nearly as long as the more anterior, but on those from San Diego they are always much shorter like the remaining more caudal pairs, the last of which are usually mere rudiments. Parapodia very small, lateral notopodial and ventro-lateral neuro- podial tubercles separated by asmall interval. Small tufts of notopodial and neuropodial sete begin on II. On from eight to eleven segments they are all slender, finely serrate sete, most numerous and longest in the notopodia, in which they may be as long as their segment or longer. At from IX to XII two stout yellow spines, bifid and hooked at the end, appear in the neuropodium and a few segments caudad similar ones in the notopodium. They may be accompanied by and alternate with two or three minute capillary sete, but by about XX and all through the middle region spines alone are present, from two to four occurring in each fascicle and the neuropodial (Pl. LX, fig. 44) being decidedly stouter with the terminal prong slightly hooked, flattened and excavated. Notopodials straighter, less hooked and more flat- Mg a ee SE mr 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, tened distally. In the posterior fourth the spines of both fascicles become less stout, straighter and associated with capillary sete which gradually increase in length and finally displace the spines altogether. In the preserved state these worms are perfectly opaque and of a deep sooty black or sometimes a bluish black, especially deep and uniform in the San Diego examples, but some of them become more or less brown in the middle or anterior regions. Ventral face of prostomium, groove of prehensile neurocirri and bases of branchial notocirri pale. : About fifteen examples were taken at Third Beach Point, vicinity of Monterey Bay, on July 6, 1905, and about thirty at San Diego. Most of these are mature and contain nearly ripe ova or sperm balls. TEREBELLIDZ, Terebella californica Moore. Terebella (Schmardanella) californica Moore, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 496-498; Pl. XX XVIII, figs. 36, 37. This species is quite plentiful at San Diego, living in burrows in the beach at low water. Including the lot upon which the original descrip- tion was based, about thirty specimens occur in the collection. Several are packed full of eggs and some of them are much longer than the type, reaching 130 mm. The number of setigerous segments varies from 25 to 28. Amphitrite robusta Johnson. Amphitrite robusta Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXIX (1901), pp. 425, 426: Pl. 16, figs. 164-168. A single example taken at San Diego is a female stuffed with eggs. It is about 105 mm. long, the first eleven thoracic segments being 11 mm. long and equal to the greatest width of the thorax. Lanice heterobranchia Johnson. Lanice heterobranchia Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist. XXIX (1901), pp. 427; Pl. 17, figs. 172-174. San Diego. A single small macerated Lanice probably represents this species, with the description of which it is in accord, except that the terminal twigs of the branchiz are fewer. Pista elongata sp. nov. (Plate IX, figs. 45-47). Form rather slender and elongated, clavate, the somewhat thickened thorax followed by a constriction in the anterior abdominal region; posteriorly gently tapered to the pygidium. Length 160-192 mm., of which the thorax is 25-28 mm.; diameter of thorax5mm. Number of segments 176-240, 20 belonging to the thorax. Prostomium a prominent, stiff, broad and simply arched upper lip, 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 271 behind which is the broad, tumid crescentic tentacular ridge, bearing the very numerous tentacles in about eight transverse rows. Peristomium very short and obscure dorsally; ventrally prolonged into a prominent scoop-like fold bearing a tumid lower lip and produced laterally into a pair of rather prominent, broadly rounded wings. Next three segments short, somewhat depressed, and branch- iferous. A pair of prominent, rounded, lateral wings arise at a level somewhat more dorsal than those on the peristomium and conceal the greater part of the sides of Il. Remaining thoracic somites are much longer and subterete, 3 or 4 annulate, with prominent, glandular parapodial areas and the dorsal and ventral fields much transversely wrinkled. Ventral gland plates on II to XIII inclusive, but all rather inconspicuous and the first especially small. Abdominal segments very numerous, flattened and muscular below, arched and thin-walled above. Pygidium annular with a brownish thickened rim _ bearing a circle of about sixteen small, equal papille surrounding the large anus. Gills three pairs, on II, III and IV; except in one case all present and well developed, symmetrical, usually decreasing in size from before caudad, those of the middle pair arising at a slightly lower level than the others. Owing to their great contractility they differ much in form and appearance, but are strictly aborescent and more or less open according to the degree of contraction. When fully extended the stem is a smooth, tapering column having a length equaling or exceeding the thoracic diameter and bearing at the summit four or five main branches, each of which again divides about six times and terminates in slender tapered filaments. The plan of division is dichotomous but irregularities are numerous, and although the trunk cannot be traced through the crown, one branch of a pair is usually larger than the other and frequently a single long tapering filament occurs opposite the point of origin of a branch of any order. When contracted the branches appear short and cylindrical, with the fila- ments in crowded terminal tufts. The latter are readily detached and regenerated. Setigerous tubercles begin on IV and continue for seventeen seg- ments or to XX. They are large, prominent, well separated from the tori, somewhat flattened and bear broad fascicles of sete. The first pair (on IV) are smaller, and small papilliform cirri occur behind the setigerous tubercles of VI to X inclusive. Uncinigerous tori well marked and regular, retractile ridges separated from the setigbr- ous tubercles by an interval exceeding the diameter of the latter. q ———— I = « ne 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, The first six (V—X) with uncini in one row and having a length of about twice the segment bearing them, the others with uncini in two interlocking series and at first abruptly much longer, but the caudal three or four again shorter and shifting on to the venter behind the ventral plates. Abdominal tori small but prominent, latero-ventral lappets bearing a single series of uncini sunken below a raised border and terminating dorsally in a short cirrus-like projection. Setze pale yellow, numerous, arranged in two ranks in broad fas- cicles, those of one rank shorter, but all rather long, tapered, acute, bilimbate with rather broad but not extensive margins and entire, unfringed tips. Uncini deep yellow on thorax, paler on abdomen. On first six thoracic and all abdominal tori in a single series pointing forward, on XI to XX in double interlocking series. About 40 on V to VII, 50 on VIII-X, 80-85 on XI to XV and 50-60 on XVI to XX. Anterior abdominal tori bear about 70 uncini. On somites V, VI and VII they are large, with long tapered handle-like bases (Pl. IX, fig. 45) and a prominent anterior projection for muscular attachment; the beak is long and nearly straight, the crest composed of a single transverse series of large teeth and the guard large. These characters are most pronounced on V and gradually decline on VI and VII. On VIII to X the uncini are transitional to the typical form (Pl. IX, fig. 46), which on the posterior thoracic somites has the manubrium much reduced and chiefly replaced by a thin, translucent, ligamentous expansion, the base short and triangular, the beak strongly hooked, short and stout and the crest more elevated and composed of about three transverse series of teeth of diminishing size. Abdominal uncini (Pl. LX, fig. 47) still smaller with reduced convex bodies, acute, strongly hooked beak, high crest composed of numerous teeth and long filamentous anterior and posterior ligaments. Color in alcohol uniform dark brown. This species is founded on four specimens taken between tides at San Diego by E. C. Starks. It differs from the Alaskan species pro- visionally referred to P. fasciata in the much greater length and more numerous abdominal segments, in the smaller lateral wings, the absence of a post-branchial fold and espeeially in the form of the branchize. It is closely related to the Japanese species P. maculata Marenzeller which has a similarly elongated body, three pairs of simi- larly branched gills and uncini of similar form. The principal dis- tinctions are that the latter has larger and more numerous ventral plates and no distinct second pair of lateral wings. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 Pista (Scionopsis) alata sp. nov. (Plate IX, figs. 48-51). Form moderately stout, widest and somewhat depressed anteriorly, tapered regularly to caudal end. Length of type 63 mm., maximum width at X 9 mm. Number of segments 94, in addition to a few scarcely differentiated ones at the caudal end. Prostomium rather small but prominent, thickened, arched, its sides continued ventrad to nearly enclose the mouth, below which they end in a pair of short, thick lobes each bounded laterally by a slight indentation. Tentaculiferous ridge low and thick, bearing numerous tentacles arranged in a single transverse row in the medial and in two transverse rows in the lateral part. Tentacles numerous, rather short and thick, very slightly attached by a contracted base and deeply grooved or folded for most of their length. Many of the dorsalmost ones are short and imperfectly developed. Peristomium and two or three immediately following segments short, contracted and terete. Peristomium produced into a promi- nent ventral fold with a deep median emargination, on each side of which it spreads laterally as a great flaring wing reaching dorsally to the level of the setigerous tubercles. Somites II and III are distinct dorsally and ventrally but confounded laterally. The anterior margin of the former is produced on the ventral surface as a slight fold. Beginning at the sides of the ventral plate of III is a pair of conspicuous wings which extend obliquely up the sides of III and the anterior margin of IV and which are united across the dorsum of the latter by a transverse fold bearing a prominent median forward projection. Posterior to the branchial region the thoracic segments develop prominent glandular thickenings along the parapodial field, as a result of which they are wider than deep. Behind X the thoracie region tapers into the abdomen, the transition into which is somewhat abrupt. Annulation of the somites is obscure, only the posterior thoracic and anterior abdominal showing faint indications of subdivisions. There are fourteen well-marked ventral plates, the first on III, the last on XVI, behind which more obscure wrinkled and subdivided areas continue to the end of the thorax. The first five are short, about four or five times as wide as long. The others are very smooth, apparently very vascular and probably deep red in life, the relative width gradually increasing from equality to the length to double it, the greatest width in all cases being anterior, so that the entire series appears serrated laterally. By the sides of each is a pair of rough glandular areas which posterior to X VI become united with the gland- ular ventral areas, giving them an irregular polygonal outline and 18 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, roughened surface. Slight traces of similar structures continue on to a few anterior abdominal segments. Middle and posterior abdomi- nal segments are marked about the middle in the parapodial zone by a distinct, elevated, glandular ring, the remainder of the body wall being relatively thin and translucent. Pygidium slightly expanded and bent dorsad, the large anus surrounded by a raised border. Branchize two pairs, on somites II and III, when contracted par- tially protected by the lateral wings and dorsal fold. As in Scionopsis palmata Verrill they are very unequally, asymmetrically and irregu- larly developed. Both specimens have all four present. On the type the right anterior is much the largest and situated exactly in the median line, the left anterior is very small; those of the posterior pair are symmetrical in position and close to the median line, and intermediate in size between those of the anterior pair, that of the left side being slightly larger. The cotype has the anterior left largest, then the posterior right, the posterior left and the anterior right quite small. The well-developed branchie consist of a rather tall, column-like trunk which at once divides into several (3 to 5) main limbs which diverge and spread more or less horizontally. Each main limb consists of a tapering, strongly zigzag axis which may be traced to the tip and gives rise at each bend to similar lateral branches which also spread horizontally and divide into branches of the third order. Most of the latter bear two to six slender filaments which occasionally bifurcate or divide even farther and are usually (but not always) confined to one side of the branch. Thus is produced a very beautiful and charac- teristic plume-like structure more or less complexly branched according to the size of the gill and having nearly the form of a branch of certain species of the plant Selaginella. The main divisions of the large gill of the type specimen spread symmetrically and are so large that the second pair of gills is completely concealed beneath their posterior limbs, although these are much shorter than the anterior limbs. Setigerous tubercles occur on somites IV to XX inclusive, separated from the uncinigerous tori by a slight interval and nearly in line with them. They are nearly cylindrical but somewhat compressed antero- posteriorly. Thoracic uncinigerous tori begin on V and are raised on thickened glandular areas. The first two are longer than the others which are of nearly uniform length. Nephridial papille exist above those of VII to XVI at least. Abdominal tori are small but prominent and decrease in vertical extent caudad. All are distinctly bilobate, having the angles, especially the dorsal angle, produced, bent forward _ and free from uncini. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 Setz in prominent flattened fascicles, arranged in two series of about fourteen to sixteen each, those of the anterior row about one- half as long as those of the other. Rather stout (Pl. IX, fig. 48), pale yellow, slightly curved and tapered to an acute tip, bilimbate with well-marked, lanceolate, entire but striated blades rather wider on the convex side. Uncini in single series pointing forward on somites V to X and on all abdominal somites, in double interlocking series on somites XI to XX, 105 on V, 98 more crowded on VII, and about 65 in each row on XII. On abdominal tori their number decreases from before caudad, there being 32 on XXI, 250n XXXV, ete. Unceini of somites V to VII (Pl. IX, fig. 49) have the base prolonged into a slender manubrium with a thin membranous border and a prominent anterior angle, the beak is long and slender and the low crest formed of a few large teeth; guard slightly developed. On somites VIII to X the manubrium becomes gradually reduced and the remaining thoracic tori bear uncini of the form shown in fig. 50, which have the base short, without a manubrium, convex below, with slender ligament, well developed guard, stout beak, and high crest of several transverse rows of teeth. Abdominal uncini (fig. 51) are small, with short base convex below and provided with slender anterior and posterior ligaments, no guard and beak and crest nearly as in posterior thoracic uncini. The color has faded, but in life is probably chiefly translucent green or olive green, with scattered flakes of white and deep red blood spots behind the ventral plates and below the setigerous tubercles. Type locality, San Diego; E. C. Starks, collector. Two specimens, the type a female filled with large eggs. Thelepus crispus Johnson. Thelepus crispus Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., X XIX, p. 428; Pl. 17, figs. 175-178b. Common at both San Diego and Monterey; at the former between tides and at the latter above and below low water. At Monterey Bay specimens were taken at ‘‘big tide pool,’”’ June 28, 1904, point above Third Beach, July 12, 1904, and dredged at Delmonte wharf, same date. Young and half-grown examples possess numerous eyes, but full- grown ones are nearly or quite eyeless. All specimens examined by me have the deep end of the uncini narrower than in Johnson’s figure and the knob terminal with no projection beyond it. The uncini differ constantly from those of 7. hamatus in the prominence of the large crest teeth, while the row of smaller apical teeth is very dittle developed or absent. Those of 7. hamatus, on the contrary, have 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, the crest teeth less prominent but more numerous and subdivided. The tubes resemble those of 7’. cincinnatus ; sometimes they are covered with shell sand. Polycirrus sp.? (Plate IX, fig. 54). A much macerated Polycirrus, dredged at Delmonte wharf, Monterey Bay, on July 12, 1904, has uncini very closely resembling those of P. aurantiacus (Grube) Malmgren, but is too imperfect for description. Polycirrus californicus sp. nov. (Plate IX, figs. 52, 53). ° The type is 28 mm. long, about 1.5 mm. in maximum diameter and has 65 segments, 28 of which are setigerous. Prostomium large, projecting far forward as a long, narrow, highly arched lobe shaped much like the inverted bowl of a spoon, about twice as long as wide and equaling the first four segments. No eyes. Tentacles very numerous, forming a densely tangled mass which conceals much of the anterior end of the body, of two kinds, one very slender and delicate, slightly enlarged distally and arising from a pair of lateral areas, the other stouter with thin marginal expansions and arising from a transverse band near the anterior border of the tentaculiferous area. Peristomium a short, simple ring bounding the mouth; other seg- ments varying in size with the degree of distention of the ccelom, the anterior ones faintly biannulate and the intersegmental furrows usually rather obscure; dorsum smooth and strongly arched, a longitudinal furrow immediately above the setigerous tubercles. Venter with a deep neural groove bounded by prominent lateral muscular ridges supporting the parapodia. First ventral plate entire, equilaterally triangular, the apex forward, extending the entire length of the peristomium and somite IT, followed by eight short, oblong, ventral plates, each divided into equal quadrate halves by the deep neural groove, the first five reaching the full length of somites III to VII, the remaining three on segments VII to X being reduced in size. The last ten or twelve segments taper very rapidly to a minute simple pygidium. Ccelom packed full of small eggs. Setigerous tubercles begin on II and continue to X XIX (inclusive). They are small, project dorsad and laterad and bear small fan-shaped fascicles of delicate colorless sete arranged in pairs of a small simply capillary sete and a longer limbate one. After about XX the fas- cicles become much smaller and inconspicuous. Tori begin on XIV, at least no trace of uncini can be detected anterior to this segment. Te ae 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277 At first they are long, narrow ridges reaching nearly to the middle line and bearing a single series of about sixty uncini. Posterior to the setigerous region the tori are shorter and thicker and bear only about forty uncini. Uncini are small and delicate, the base with prominent posterior angle, the rostrum slender and acute and about half as. long as the base, crest with two large profile teeth. Anterior uncini (Pl. IX, fig. 52) have the base less produced and blunter in front than those from posterior tori (Pl. IX, fig. 53). The uncini closely resemble those of P. nervosus v. Marenzeller, but the latter has thirty-two setigerous segments and differs in the character of the tentacles, the ventral plates and other features. Besides the type there is one additional incomplete specimen, both having been taken at San Diego. AMPEHICTENIDZ. Pectinaria brevicoma Johnson. Pectinaria brevicoma Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXIX (1901), pp. 423, 424- Pl. 15, figs. 151-156. A single specimen taken at Delmonte wharf, in the vicinity of Monterey Bay, on July 12, 1904, agrees with Johnson’s description. The tube is constructed of coarse sand grains. CAPITELLIDA, Notomastus tenuis sp. nov. (Plate IX, fig. 55). A slender elongated worm, the single example of which is macerated in the middle but well preserved at the ends. The two pieces prob- ably represent a nearly or quite complete worm which is 118 mm. long and .8 mm. in diameter. Thoracic segments number 12 and abdominal 191. The thorax of 12 segments is clavate, the anterior half thickened, the posterior gradually narrowed, the abdomen abruptly expanded to equal the maximum width of the thorax, then tapering gently to the pygidium. Prostomium conical, pointed, with a few specks of pigment scattered along the sides; when retracted somewhat inflated and completely closing the mouth. Peristomium simple, achwetous. Thorax clavate, terete, smooth and scarcely iridescent, the intersegmental furrows faint; widest seg- ment about two-fifths as long as wide, narrowest two-thirds as wide as long, most of them equally and obscurely biannulate, the inter- annular furrow with a backward bend or inset into the succeeding one at the position of the lateral organs. Neuropodia and notopodia 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, represented by small linear depressed tufts of capillary sete, the notopodial sete fewer and less crowded. Anterior and posterior abdominal segments are relatively short (one-half to two-thirds as long as wide) and separated by deep inter- segmental furrows; in the middle macerated region the segments are stretched to about twice their diameter. Except at the posterior end, where the segments are somewhat angulated, the body is terete. Pygidium (possibly regenerated) a simple, short, subconical ring. No gills, genital pores, or lateral sense organs are visible. Abdominal tori are short and scarcely visible. The anterior noto- podia bear about ten and the posterior about six crochets, while anterior neuropodia have 16-18 and posterior neuropodia about 10 crochets. Crochets (Pl. LX, fig. 55) very small and all alike, with a distinct shoulder and a swelling neck bearing a very small head enclosed in a large hood. . | San Diego, Cal.; type only known. -Eunotomastus gordiodes sp. nov. (Plate IX, fig. 56). Evidently an elongated and slender species, but none of the speci- mens is nearly complete. The longest pieces are 60 mm. long and 1 mm. diameter. Prostomium a minute blunt palpode bearing a pair of nuchal organs. Peristomium a truncate, subconical, smooth segment slightly longer than somite II and somewhat constricted about the middle. A pair of small spots probably represent openings of the lateral organs. The thorax consists of seventeen setigerous segments in addition to the peristomium, terete, of nearly uniform diameter, slightly con- tracted toward the posterior end, very smooth and with faint and often obsolete intersegmental furrows. All of these segments bear small notopodial and neuropodial tufts of sete, the former separated by a distance slightly greater than the latter. A very faint depressed spot on each side of the segment somewhat nearer to the notopodia than the neuropodia seems to be the orifice of the lateral organ; and almost equally obscure pores at the same level and in most of the posterior intersegmental furrows may be genital orifices. Anterior abdominal segments scarcely differ from the thoracic, being similar in shape and proportions but less polished and iridescent, farther back they become longer but remain smooth and ill-defined. The largest number of abdominal segments on any one piece is ninety- _ five. Abdominal neuropodia form distinct ventro-lateral tori, some- what elevated and glandular, connected ventrally only by a glandular 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 line and bearing a series of crochets extending over about one-sixth of the body circumference. Notopodia similar but smaller, the first bearing capillary sete, the others crochets. Number of neuropodial crochets on XLX 12-14, on XXYV 32, notopodials on XXV 16. Posterior abdominal segments bear rather conspicuous tufted dorsal gills, each consisting of eight or ten short filaments arising close together from the posterior margin of the segment in line with the notopodia. The most anterior of these gills are small and some- what pectinate, farther back they increase in size until the filaments have a length of one-third to one-half the diameter of the segments. All setz are of the usual limbate, capillary form with very slender tips. The crochets (Pl. LX, fig. 56) have a distinct shoulder, a neck that gradually increases in diameter to a rather large head with stout beak and high crest enclosed in a short but much inflated hood. Each of the specimens is enveloped in a thin membranous tube covered by a single layer of loosely attached sand grains. Taken only at San Diego at low water by E. C. Starks; four speci- mens. As both this species and the type of Eunotomastus are known from incomplete specimens it is by no means certain that EF. gordiodes is correctly referred to this genus. Dasybranchus giganteus (Moore) (Plate IX, fig. 57). Notomastus giganteus Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 227, 228; Pl. X, figs. 24, 25. Specimens in this collection much better preserved than the type enable me to correct and amplify the original description and to correct the generic reference. The stout form and large size are of course not at all noteworthy in the genus to which the worm is now referred. Prostomium much retracted so that the tip alone is visible. Pro- truded proboscis subglobular, bulbous, with a rosette-like end pre- senting eight sulcated radiating lobes and proximad to this a closely granulated basal ring. All six specimens have twelve thoracic segments. Peristomium about as long as succeeding segments, achwtous and biannulate. Remaining thoracic segments setigerous, strongly biannulated and areolated on the surface. Notopodial and neuropodial fascicles both simple linear tufts borne on the posterior ring just behind a tenon- like inset of the anterior ring. Except on the first two or three setiger- ous segments the neuropodial fascicles are nearly twice as wide as the notopodial and separated by a ventral interval of nearly one-half the body diameter, the inter-ramal interval being slightly more than Ss ae 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, the inter-notopodial interval on anterior segments and nearly twice as great on XII. Abdominal segments about half as long as thoracic, usually irregu- larly biannulate, thickly glandular anteriorly but (except at the tori) becoming thin-walled posteriorly. Neuropodial tori extensive low ridges, reaching on anterior segments from above the middle level nearly to the neural line, but posteriorly scarcely half as long. They become more elevated dorsally and end abruptly in a prominence, above which is the small but distinct rounded ovoid lateral organ. The very small notopodial tori are dorsal and connected across the dorsum by a low transverse fold. Posteriorly they become very obscure. Branchize are retractile and usually obscure anteriorly; on middle and posterior abdominal segments they become conspicuous bushy tufts composed of numerous (about 20-30) filaments arising from the posterior end of the notopodial tori, or posteriorly, where the tori become obsolete, replacing them. Abdominal lateral organs are distinct only posteriorly where the tori become widely separated, appearing halfway between them as small rounded elevations, above and below which a few small papille are scattered. Thoracic lateral organs and genital pores were not observed. The original drawings of crochets of this species were made from imperfect specimens and a corrected representation is shown in fig. 57, Plate IX. Six specimens of this species, one of which is 6 mm. in diameter, occur in the Starks collection and were taken at San Diego between tides. Dasybranchus glabrus sp. nov. (Plate IX, fig. 58). Body moderately stout, terete, and thickest anteriorly where it is shaped much like a small earthworm; posteriorly more slender and gently tapered, subquadrate, flattened below. The type and only specimen is 45 mm. long with a maximum diameter of 2.4 mm. Thoracic segments 14, abdominal 157. Prostomium partially retracted within the collar-like anterior border of the peristomium, the exposed part bluntly rounded anter- iorly with a slight ventral longitudinal furrow. Peristomium a long, deeply biannulate segment (perhaps two seg- ments) as long as any two of those following; the first ring is marked by several shallow furrows. Entire thorax with firm, smooth, thickly ~ glandular walls, with very few markings; the segments all uniannulate ——eE——eE———————e ee ON EE a 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 and separated by deep intersegmental furrows. Thoracic notopodia and neuropodia bear short, equal, retractile linear tufts of sete, the neuropodia being about twice as far apart as the notopodia and the distance between the latter about equaling the interramal space. Lateral sense organs quite evident, slit-like pores near the caudal border of the segments and nearer to the notopodia than the neuro- podia. . Abdominal segments very short and much crowded, especially toward the anterior end; posteriorly they are obscurely biannulate and less crowded. Anterior abdominal segments are terete and have thick glandular walls much like the thoracic segments; farther back the walls become thinner and non-glandular and except in the region of the tori the surface is granular, and, chiefly owing to the separation of the tori dorsally and ventrally, the section becomes subquadrate. Anterior abdominal segments have no distinct tori, but bear a con- tinuous line of sessile crochets which appear to completely encircle the segment at the middle. After about the twelfth abdominal seg- ment a slight lateral or interramal break appears and gradually widens until the notopodia and neuropodia become well separated and distinct tori. The neuropodia of each pair remain, however, continuous across the neural surface, but except on a few anterior segments the notopodia are discontinuous and posteriorly become separated quite widely. Lateral sense organs are obscure on anterior abdominal segments, but on middle and posterior segments become distinct though small rounded eminences. Pygidium probably injured as it is divided into several very irregular lobes. Gills appear only in the posterior half of the body, usually as two, or sometimes three, short, hollow, sausage-shaped filaments issuing from a pore immediately dorsal to the neuropodium. Thoracic sete are exclusively of the usual tapering capillary form with narrowly bilimbate ends. Abdominal segments bear exclusively very numerous crochets of one form in both notopodia and neuropodia (Pl. LX, fig. 58). They are slender without a distinct shoulder, but with a subterminal enlargement that tapers to a small head with hooked beak and three small teeth in the vertex of the crest, the end enclosed in a somewhat inflated hood. The type was taken at San Diego Bay in December, 1902. This species differs from typical members of the genus in having two more than the usual number of thoracie segments. ‘ Se ee ee 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, MALDANIDZ&. Maldane disparidentata Moore. Maldane disparidentata Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 494-496; Pl. XX XVIII, figs. 28-31. This species occurs in the collections from San Diego only, but appears to be quite common there. One bottle contains, along with a specimen of this annelid, a small amphipod determined by Prof. 8. J. Holmes as Melita sp. which the label states lives commensally in its tube. From M. biceps, to which it is most nearly related, this species is readily distinguished by having more numerous and blunter teeth on the anterior division of the cephalic limbus, the last preanal segment uniannulate instead of biannulate, and the emargination on the ventral division of the caudal funnel entire instead of emarginated and slightly lobate. The fringed sete are of the bispiral type. Clymenella rubrocincta Johnson. Clymenella rubrocincta Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXIX (1901), pp. 418, 419; Pl. 13, figs. 128-133. The anterior half of one was taken between tides at San Diego. AMMOCHARIDZ. Ammochares occidentalis Johnson. Ammochares occidentalis Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., X XTX (1901), pp. 420-421; Pl. 14, figs. 140-142. A single example from San Diego. It is a beautifully preserved specimen 30 mm. long, with 22 setigerous segments. A fragment of a tube is formed entirely of particles of shells. Sclerocheilus pacificus sp. nov. (Plate IX, fig. 59). Form as in Scalibregma, clavate, the posterior two-thirds slender and of nearly uniform diameter but tapering slightly caudad; the anterior one-third abruptly swollen to three times the posterior diameter. Length 25-35 mm., maximum diameter 2.5-3.6 mm. Segments 60-72. Prostomium depressed T-shaped, the basal part about as broad as long and nearly half as wide as the peristomium, into which it is deeply retracted. Antero-lateral limbs blunt projections each about half as long as the width of the body of the prostomium. On each side of the posterior dorsal region is a broad, black oblique streak which appears to be constituted of two parallel rows of small pigment specks. At their anterior ends they are separated by one-half the width of the body of the prostomium, but diverge as they pass back- ward beneath the peristomial fold apparently into the nuchal organs. 1909. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. _ 283 Peristomium a short, simple, unsculptured ring incomplete ventrally where it reaches the sides of the mouth. Somite IJ also a simple ring, but bearing lateral parapodia and bounding the mouth behind. Suc- ceeding somites increase in diameter and become rapidly inflated; III, IV and V are biannulate, with the larger setigerous annulus posterior, the smaller annulus apparently arising in the intersegmental furrow; VI and succeeding somites of the anterior region have the setigerous annulus divided equally by a furrow that appears just behind the sete. Each of the three rings thus formed is divided by short deep furrows into a ring of tesselle or subquadrate areas which are much more conspicuous on the dorsum than on the venter. In the posterior region the interannular furrows become very faint or completely disappear, leaving well-marked simple segments, generally about one-fourth or one-fifth as long as wide and only very obscurely areolated. Pygidium a simple, slightly oblique ring which bears no cirri on either the type or cotype. Body walls very thin and readily ruptured. Proboscis partly everted as a smooth broadly trilobed disk. Parapodia merely obscure lateral swellings involving the entire length of the somites in the anterior enlarged region and bearing the two well-separated linear tufts of setee opposite to the middle annulus. Apparently there are no cirri, unless the minute knobs related to the sete fascicles prove to be such. Gills are totally absent. Sete colorless with a faint bluish luster, chiefly capillary, of various lengths, curved and slightly flattened distally. Anteriorly they are most conspicuous, forming fan-shaped tufts with linear bases, the neuropodial more spreading, the notopodial longer and curved dorsad ; the longest setee about as long as the segment. Posteriorly the sete are fewer and less slender. Short inconspicuous furcate sete (fig. 59) are paired with the capillary sete on all except a few anterior segments on which they cannot be seen. There are no stout sete on II. The type, a mature male, and a smaller cotype were taken at Third Beach Point, vicinity of Monterey Bay, by Mr. Spaulding on July 6, 1905. This species as described differs widely from the type of the genus, especially in the absence of stout-sete on II and the absence of neuro- cirri, though it is possible that the latter, like the caudal cirri, may be easily detached. On the other hand the absence of gills and the pres- ence of eye-spots are characters which approximate it to the type, S. minutus Grube. This species would also seem to indicate that the creation of Asclerocheilus as a separate genus is unnecessary. Pui 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {April, CHLORHAMID ZA. Brada sp. ? juy. Two small specimens dredged at a depth of forty feet at San Diego are considered to be the young of a species of Brada or possibly of a Trophonia in which the anterior sete have not yet elongated. ‘They are about one-half inch long, clavate, with well-marked, simple seg- ments, a few of which have been lost, thickly and uniformly covered with papille both dorsally and ventrally, those in the neighborhood of the parapodia scarcely longer than the others. All sete are short, only the notopodials of II being noticeably longer than the others. On other segments both notopodial and neuropodial tufts consist of a very few small, slender, tapered, flexible setze composed of numerous joints which are always considerably longer than the diameter of the seta. Neuropodials are no stouter than notopodials. The sete differ from any species of Brada or Trophonia examined by me, but the differences are such as might be expected in juveniles. Trophonia papillata Johnson. Trophonia papillata Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXIX (1901), p. 416; Pl. 12, figs. 122, 123. Two specimens dredged at Delmonte wharf, Monterey Bay, July 12, 1904. The larger one has the head protruded. The mouth is a transverse crescentic slit bounded below by a flat, slightly bilobed lip and above by the slightly arched and thickened prostomium which bears the two thick palps, grooved below, and above them eight tentacles in a trans- verse series; the latter are about one-fourth as thick as the palps and slightly exceed them in length. The small specimen is only 16 mm. long with 36 segments, badly abraded and nearly smooth except the anterior four segments which are encased in a coating of agglu- tinated sand grains. This may possibly be a distinct species. Trophonia capulata sp. nov. (Plate 1X, figs. 60, 61). This very distinct species is represented by the type only, which measures, exclusive of the cephalic sete, 108 mm. long, the cephalic sete being 9 mm. and the maximum diameter at the end of the first fourth 5.5 mm. Number of segments 136, the first achetous. Form elongated clavate, somewhat depressed at anterior end, subterete at middle, becoming gradually subquadrate posteriorly. Anterior half moderately stout, the posterior slender and gently tapered. Ccelom containing many large free eggs. Prostomium and peristomium completely retracted within first setigerous somite, leaving a small opening directed somewhat ventrad 1909.] _ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 and surrounded by prominent papilla, often arranged in groups, and encrusted with fine sand grains, a particularly prominent group of about four forming a small tuft supported on a narrow pedicle in the mid-dorsal line between the first pair of notopodial sete fascicles. Anterior end broadly rounded, the first few segments decidedly depressed but increasing in depth rapidly until by about VI they have become terete. These segments are short, crowded and some- what telescoped, so that each one somewhat overlaps the next anterior, especially dorsally where this feature is emphasized by the greater prominence of the cutaneous papilla. Remaining segments very regular, simple and smooth, with clean-cut though shallow furrows and from one-sixth to one-third as long as wide, becoming propor- tionately longer as the diameter decreases posteriorly. Pygidium a simple ring entirely lacking cirri. Integument thick and tough and more or less coated with a hard, adhesive layer of fine sand, beyond which the tips of only the larger papille project. On the venter and posteriorly the surface is nearly smooth and the incrustation thin, but on the anterior dorsal region it becomes rough and much thicker, forming, with the papille, projecting anterior margins to the segments and ensheathing even the larger papille nearly to theirends. The larger cutaneous papille are arranged as follows: On the dorsal field is a transverse row of six or eight projecting forward from the cephalic margin of each anterior segment. In the ventral field on each side of the neural line and generally near the middle of the segment is a single clavate papilla, replaced on more anterior segments by a group of two or three; from one to three more occur ventrad of the neuropodium. Surrounding the latter is an irregular ring of papillae composed usually of one or two dorsal and ventral, two to four anterior and usually three posterior, the middle one of the last group being much larger than the others and elevated prominently on a conical base. A similar ring surrounds the noto- podium, the postsetal group here also consisting of one or two of moderate size, and one very large one, often equaling the segment in length anteriorly and elevated on a base which may bear the smaller papille as well. Passing from before caudad all of these papillx gradually diminish in length, but their arrangement is constant. Except on the first two or three segments, on which they are more crowded, the parapodia consist of widely separated notopodial and neuropodial nearly or quite sessile tufts of setw. The former are fan-shaped fascicles of five to eight (the larger numbers on middle segments) flexible capillary set#. Those of the first four (II to V) 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, are elongated and directed forward, becoming in both respects less so from before backward; on II and III they are remarkably slender and silky and project far in front of the head to a distance of more than twice the diameter of the body; those of V scarcely equal the body diameter. On middle segments the fascicles spread more widely over the dorsum and scarcely exceed the length of their seg- ments. Posteriorly they appear relatively but not actually longer. Neuropodial sete are slightly coarser and fewer than the corresponding notopodials; those of the first three fascicles have filamentous tips and project forward like the notopodials, but are only about half as long; on other segments they curve dorsad up the sides of the body. Sete are all pale brown, soft and iridescent. As long as they project forward notopodials and neuropodials are similar, excessively slender, with straight acute tips and numerous cross fractures or nodes, which at the base of fully-grown sete occur five or six in a distance equal to the diameter, becoming gradually fewer until they are six or eight times as far apart. As they lose the filamentous tips the notopodial sets have the region of crowded joints toward the base much restricted (Pl. IX, fig. 61). Neuropodial sete in becoming shorter and stouter also acquire fewer and much longer joints, the terminal one becoming especially long and, beginning with V, with a distinctly hooked tip, which a few seg- ments farther back becomes much larger and provided with an acces- sory process (fig. 60), thus having the form of a halter-snap like the sete seen in certain species of Sthenelais. Color deep buff-gray and nearly uniform, Type locality, San Diego Bay, Cal., between tide limits. Flabelligera commensalis sp. nov. (Plate IX, figs. 62, 63). Form moderately slender, thickest in the cephalic fourth, thence tapering to caudal end but usually exhibiting irregular contractions or swellings ; more or less distinctly prismatic and somewhat compressed ; body-walls thin and delicate and more or less ruptured so that the viscera protrude. Type and largest complete specimen 50 mm. long and at the widest part (XX) 2.4 mm. wide and 3.2 mm. deep; this thickness, however, is probably in part due to an abnormal swelling. Number of somites 90; a second complete specimen 48 mm. long has 70 segments. Prostomium with its appendages capable of complete retraction within the collar and only incompletely exposed in these specimens. So far as observed it consists of a pair of thin membranous dorsal lobes, each bearing a dense tuft of thirty or forty slender tentacular eS 1909.] ' NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 filaments, the ends of which reach in extension scarcely beyond the ends of the collar sete. The palpi, arising immediately beneath the tentacles and above the mouth, are more than twice as long and four or five times as thick as the tentacles, blunt, slightly tapered and finger- like, not at all spatulate or flabelliform, the venter with a deep longi- tudinal groove, the margins of which are merely slightly crenulate and not lobed. Mouth a transverse slit or a more rounded opening with lobed margins normally hidden at the bottom of the collar. The collar region, reaching back as far as the first ordinary somite, probably represents the peristomium alone or perhaps both I and II. It consists of a short achetous posterior ring and a cylindrical or funnelform, thin membranous collar with small dorso-median, ventro- median and lateral incisions in its border, the whole being about as long as the three somites next following. It bears the broad fan- shaped conjoined fascicles of notopodial and neuropodial sets form- ing a close continuous series, which, like a palisade of stakes, build up the collar to double its own height. When the cephalic appendages are extended they are embraced by the peristomial collar and sete cage and when retracted are concealed within them, the sete of the two sides drawing toward the middle line. The collar, which clearly represents a pair of parapodia, is thickly studded with cutaneous papilla, those at the base of the sete being very numerous, much elongated and slender, with filamentous stalks bearing terminal knobs and often reaching the tips of the sete. Succeeding segments are much shorter, their length never exceeding one-third the width, and quite simple, with the intersegmental papille quite high between the parapodia but elsewhere very slightly developed. Anteriorly for a short distance the body is subterete or subquadrate, but for most of its length, owing to the position of the parapodia, is subtriangular in section, the somewhat truncated apex being ventral, the nearly flat base dorsal and the usually somewhat convex sides lateral. In places where the body is much distended this convexity or bulging may be sufficient to give to it a cross-section approaching the circular. As noted above the body-wall is thin, easily ruptured, and semi-translucent. Most of the surface is smooth and bears few and small papille, but on the dorsum and about the parapodia they become larger and more numerous, those on and near the notopodia being largest of all and, like the collar papill#, bearing very large terminal knobs, and when extended reaching to the tips of the sete and giving to the notopodia the aspect of erect tufts or tassels. The neuropodial papilla on the other hand are much shorter and, like those scattered over the dorsum, bear small terminal knobs. 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Parapodia are remarkable chiefly for the position of the neuropodia. The rami are rather large, widely separated and rather conspicuous papille. Notopodia situated at the extreme dorsal and widest part of their segments, except on the first few at the basal angles of the triangle. Owing to the slender papillae which they bear they have the form of graceful plumes or tassels bearing a few small capillary sete. Neuropodia are rather larger, stouter and shorter subconical tubercles, resembling the false feet of certain caterpillars, and bearing much smaller and less conspicuous papille and a single stout hooked seta. Except on the first eight or ten segments which are more or less subterete and where they are widely separated, the bases of the two neuropodia are nearly in contact at the neural apex of the compressed triangular body. Notopodial and collar sete (Pl. IX, fig. 62) are all of the capillary, soft, flexible, cross-fractured type, the former differing only in their much greater length. In addition to a few, scarcely apparent, rudi- mentary sets of the same type each neuropodium bears one (or rarely two) large and stout hook (fig. 63), deep brown and opaque at the end, but becoming paler toward the base and having an imperfect joint below the hooked end. These hooks are directed toward the middle line and are operated in pairs by powerful muscles, forming most effective organs of adhesion. Dorsal surface and notopodia more or less deep (sometimes purplish) brown, which color usually completely covers the collar and may extend somewhat down the sides of the body which, like the venter and neuropodia, is pale yellow, usually sharply contrasted with the brown of the dorsum which appears to be due to the sensory papille. The alimentary canal exhibits the gizzard-like stomach and looped intestine characteristic of annelids of this family. Unlike most species of the genus there is no mucous investment, at least on these specimens. The four known specimens were taken at Picnic Tables, near Monterey, Cal., on August 14, 1904, from among the spines of Strongylocentrotus purpuratus. The latter is undoubtedly a normal habitat, for which the structure of the worm admirably adapts it. The color, lateral compression of the body, position of the neuropodia and the stout neuropodial hooks would be especially useful in this situation. SABELLIDZ. Sabella elegans Bush. Sabella elegans Bush, Tubicolous Annelids from the Pacific Ocean, Harriman Alaska Expedition Reports, 1905, pp. 194, 195 (figures). Vicinity of Monterey Bay only; four specimens “big tide pool,” 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 June 20, 1905; one small example dredged Delmonte wharf, July 12, 1904. These specimens appear to belong to the above-named species, although Miss Bush’s species of Sabella are not clearly differentiated in the brief descriptions. The spots on the branchie are usually five, fairly regular in arrangement, but varying much in intensity and the degree to which they extend on to the gill filaments. The number of rachises varies from 18 to 22 on each side. The segments of one counted number 70, 8 of which are setigerous thoracic. Distylia rugosa Moore. Distylia rugosa Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 499-501; Pl. XXXVIII, figs. 38-41. Besides the type and cotype from which this species was originally described several additional specimens, all taken between tides at San Diego, occur in the collection. The specimens are of various sizes, the largest measuring in its contracted state 105 mm. long, of which the gills are 30 mm., and 11 mm. wide. In the different specimens the branchial rachises vary in number from 24 in one 40 mm. long to 68 on each side of the large specimen. In no case are any of the rachises forked. The branchial bases make about 14 turns. The eyes referred to in the original description are mere specks and dashes of pigment arranged in two series which may coalesce into more or less broken lines or be totally absent. Sometimes the branchie are of a nearly uniform wine brown with regular but obscure transverse pale bands; in other cases they may be light or dark brown, irregularly mottled with pale. The gill bases are uniform deep brown. At the dorsal end of each abdominal torus is a very deep and conspicuous brown spot, from which a narrow brown line runs along the torus for its entire length, ending in a small spot at the ventral end. The ventral plates are very deep purplish brown, the body elsewhere pale brown. The largest specimen has the collar region so relaxed that the'mouth parts are well displayed. The tentacles are narrowly lanceolate with a small divergent basal lobe and reach barely to the distal border of the branchial base. Pseudopotamilla brevibranchiata Moore. Pseudopotamilla brevibranchiata Moore, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 559-562; Pl. XX XVII, figs. 8-14. Two specimens taken at “big tide pool,” Monterey Bay, present several interesting divergences from the types. 19 ry 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, The branchial barbs are somewhat longer—four or five times the diameter of the rachises and diminished but slightly toward the distal end—and the dorsal branchial lappet is very prominent. Both speci- mens are filled with nearly mature eggs. One has nine setigerous segments, the other only six and the thorax shorter than the gills. The first has the eye-spots scattered through a wide zone and occa- sionally more than one on a rachis; the other has a single nearly black eye-spot proximad of the middle on most of the middle rachises. Both have the gills otherwise colorless. The tubes form a cluster of three and are nearly colorless, stiff and hard and covered with an incrustation of fine sand. Two other empty tubes dredged near the same locality probably also belong to this species. SERPULIDZ. Protula superba sp. nov. (Plate IX, figs. 64, 65). The least contracted specimen of this magnificent serpulid has i body 88 mm. long and the contracted gill-crowns 37 mm. long; iength of thorax measured along venter of mantle 37 mm.; width of thorax at anterior end 16 mm., at posterior end 12 mm.; depth at latter point 7 mm.; width of abdomen at middle 10 mm.; depth at same point 9 mm.; laaeth of branchial base 9 mm. cnet of one of the longest ahi 23 mm. Number of Prien segments 8 (7 setigerous), of abdominal segments 115-120. Another specimen is even larger but more contracted. The contracted branchial crowns form a pair of great compact brushes or plumes, the base and axis of which is a high spiral perma- nently wound into seven or eight close turns, stout and of firm texture throughout and triangular in section. They are readily detached, leaving a triangular scar on each side of the mouth. Leaving a short pedicel of attachment the branchiferous spiral begins on the dorsal side and bears in the one cotype on which they were counted no less than 320 radioles in a closely crowded series on each side. The basal ones are the longest and they diminish in length regularly to the apex at a rate that indicates that their tips reach a uniform level in full extension. A rather thick interbranchial membrane is connected with the outer faces of the basal ends of the rachises and unites them for about one-fifth of their length. The rachises are compressed triangular with the base directed outward and the apex toward the center; narrow membranous borders are appended to the basal angles and reach from the interbranchial membrane nearly to their 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 tips. A double rank of numerous pinne or filaments arises along the inner or apical face of the rachises and continues nearly to their tips; the longest of these scarcely exceed the greater diameter of the rachises and they diminish in length distally. Tentacles lanceolate, foliaceous, about as long as the diameter of the branchial bases, to the ventral side of which they are attached. Just within them, enclosing the mouth and about one-third as high as the interbranchial membrane, are the oral membranes, which like the tentacles are detached with the branchial crowns. Mouth trans- verse, its corners bounded above by a low rounded elevation, from between which a tongue-shaped process projects over the mouth. Ventral to it is a soft irregular lip, and below this again a much larger firm triangular lip. Thorax depressed, broader anteriorly than posteriorly and regularly tapered caudally. Segments eight, all but the peristomium setigerous ; intersegmental furrows obsolete. Thoracic mantle thin and greatly developed, embracing all of the sete tufts and extending beyond them to a width fully equal to that of the thorax. Though folded and somewhat tufted between the fascicles of sete the margin of the mem- brane appears to be entire and not scalloped. Its cephalic border is divided into a pair of dorsal setal lobes, enclosing the collar seta tufts, and a ventral pair of branchiallobes. The median notch separating the latter is wide and shallow, the lateral notches, on the contrary, being deep and narrow. The posterior fold or apron is thicker, has an extensive glandular area and projects only slightly as a broad median ventral lobe. There is a broad but shallow and rather ill-defined dorsal thoracic groove and an annular groove, somewhat distinct on the dorsum, separating the thorax and abdomen. Abdomen rather soft, broadly rounded laterally, slightly depressed, tapered gently to the pygidium and divided into dorsal, lateral or parapodial, and ventral or neural fields, the latter being marked by a broad, open fecal groove. Abdominal segments numerous, very short, much crowded, and distinctly indicated by the extensive tori only. Integument of dorsal and ventral surfaces more or less swollen and wrinkled, probably in part due to the preserving fluid. A cal- careous incrustation occupies a nearly circular area on the dorsum of the caudal end, which is bluntly rounded and terminated by a very short pygidium containing a large, vertical, slit-like anus guarded by somewhat tumid lips. , Thoracic set form seven compact flattened tufts, somewhat spread- ing distally, of very numerous sete; they project obliquely dorsad 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, and the collar tuft somewhat cephalad, the others caudad. The collar fascicle is subdivided into two, the others into three ranks closely united above but separating somewhat ventrally, the anterior rank being composed of smaller setee and separated from the others by a small membranous fold. All thoracic sete (Pl. UX, fig. 65) are similar, pale yellow, narrowly bilimbate, the more dorsal ones somewhat longer and those of the posterior rank slightly curved. Abdominal fascicles are much smaller, with seldom more than twelve shorter but otherwise similar sete. At the caudal end a certain number of segments bear much longer, very slender capillary sete without limbe. Thoracic tori are very difficult to discern, the long, somewhat irregu- lar series of very numerous uncini being nearly embedded in thick glandular areas below the set tufts. The narrow, vertical abdominal tori occupy the sides of the segments rather toward the venter. They are crowded fleshy folds slightly free and projecting at both ends, longer in the middle of the abdomen, becoming shorter toward both ends, and finally obsolete caudally. Uncini (Pl. IX, fig. 65) very numerous, not less than 350 on VIII, small, with the toothed margin very long, conspicuously elevated above and prolonged into a slender, blunt and slightly bifid or notched process below and bearing twenty to twenty-five long, slender, acute teeth, of which four or five smaller ones are on the inferior prolongation. No difference between thoracic and abdominal tori was perceived. At the ventral end of each abdomi- nal torus is a small group of simple spines which persist through the . caudal region after the uncini have ceased. All of the four specimens examined are quite colorless and totally ack pigment. The preserved worms bear a striking resemblance in form to the conventionalized classic torch with the vigorous and some- what divided flame represented by the gill plumes, which when living and extended must form a magnificent crown. Tube white, thick, massive, the walls often 5-6 mm. thick and the outer diameter up to 19 mm. The inner layers are hard and stony, the lining somewhat polished, the outer layers becoming chalky and the outer surface roughened by numerous growth lines. The older parts make several irregular open coils beneath and around stones, the newer portions extending freely horizontally into the water, in one case to a distance of 145 mm. Orifice perfectly terete, smooth, polished and thin. The type (No. 79, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci.), together with the tube and two other worms, were collected for the Academy at Pacific Grove, 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 near Monterey Bay, at a depth of 40 fathoms, by Prof. Harold Heath. A single example appears in the Stanford University collection, and was taken by a Chinese fisherman on a red-cod line in the vicinity of Monterey Bay on February 20, 1902. Several species of Protula have been described from the Pacific, and it is possible that P. atypha Bush or some of the other smaller species may be the young of this, but they have far fewer branchial rachises. Indeed this species departs from typical members of the genus in the large number of rachises and complexity of the gill-bearers or bases. Serpula columbiana Johnson. Serpula columbiana Johnson, Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., X XIX, pp. 432, 433; Pl. 19, figs. 199-204. “Lighthouse Point,” vicinity of Monterey Bay, in a big tide pool, June 28, 1904. Three medium-sized specimens with portions of tubes. The operculum is more slender and has a more finely serrated margin than the one figured by Johnson. One counted had 140 serrations and ribs and 38 pairs of branchial rachises. HERMELLID Zs. Sabellaria californica Fewkes (Plate IX, figs. 66a and 5d). Sabellaria Calijornica Fewkes, Bull. Essex Inst., XX (1889), pp. 130-132; Pl. VII, figs. 3 and 4. Only two specimens from San Diego are contained in the collection. In the vicinity of Monterey Bay the species appears to be more abun- dant, specimens being present from ‘“ Lighthouse Point,” June 28, 1904; “big tide pool,’ June 20, 1905, and Delmonte wharf, dretized July 12, 1904. The degree of pigmentation differs greatly, some being pale, Pekar deep brown, the latter type strongly prevailing. This species is readily distinguished from the next by the character of the opercular spines, which, with the exception of those of the con- cealed inner series, are opaque, dark brown or black. The exposed parts of the outer series are erect, of the inner and middle series recumbent, whereas in S. cementarium the yellow spines of all three series are more or less erect, those of the middle series being very prominently so. The exposed parts of both the inner and middle series of this species are placed at right angles to the slender stem or tendon. The long, pick-like spines of the middle series (fig. 66a) are very hard and the pointed, slightly hooked tips frequently interdigi- tate and cross in the middle, completely concealing the inner whorl. The latter (fig. 66b) are much more delicate, flattened, yellow, some- 7 i} : + 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF April, what chaff-like structures, the divided and densely fringed tips of which often embrace the ends of the middle series of spines. The tubes of this species Fewkes describes as forming great masses of agglutinated sand grains and shell fragments in the caverns of wave-worn cliffs. Those of S. cementarium, so far as known, occur singly or in small groups attached to shells and stones. Which one of these species, if either, was described by Baird under the name of S. saxicava it is impossible to determine from the brief description. So far as it goes the description fails to fit either, and it seems probable that a third species is represented on this coast. Sabellaria cementarium Moore. Sabellaria cementarium Moore, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 245- 253; Pl. XII, figs. 45-51. Two specimens among S. californica from ‘‘big tide pool,” Monterey Bay, June 20, 1905. EXPLANATION OF Puates VII, VIII, IX. Pirate VII.—Trypanosyllis intermedia—figs. 1 and 2. Fig. 1—End of seta from somite X, X 360. Fig. 2.—Same from somite L, x 360. Phyllodoce medipapillata—figs. 3 and 4. Fig. 3.—Parapodium from somite X, x 24. Fig. 4.—Seta from somite XXV, x 360. Eunice paloloides—figs. 5-7. Fig. 5—Compound seta from somite C, x 440. | Fig. 6.—Ventral view of mandibles, <_9. Fig. 7.—Dorsal view of maxille, X 9. Marphysa stylobranchiata—figs. 8-12. Fig. 8.—Simple acute seta from somite XXV, % 250. Fig. 9.—Simple pectiniform seta from same, & 440. Fig. 10.—Compound seta from same, * 440. Fig. 11.—Mandibles from ventral side, x 24 Fig. 12.—Maxille from dorsum, 24. Marphysa calijornica—figs. 13-20. Fig. 13.—Simple seta from dorsal portion of upper tuft of XXV, * 250. Fig. 14a and b.—Two forms of simple pectiniform sets from somite XC, x 440. Fig. 15.—Compound seta with appendage of moderate length from somite XXV, X 360. Fig. 16.—Hooded crochet from somite C, x 360. Fig. 17.—Ventral view of mandibles, * 9. Fig. 18.—Dorsal view of right mandible, x 9. Puate VIII.—Marphysa californica. Fig. 19.—Dorsal view of maxillz of left side in normal relation, x 9. Fig. 20.—Dorsal view of right maxille partly separated, 9. Drilonereis nuda—figs. 21-23. Fig. 21.—Parapodium C, anterior face, X 83. Fig. 22._Seta from middle of same, X 360. Fig. 23.—Dorsal view of jaws, X 24. Stauronereis moniloceras—figs. 24-29. Fig. 24.—Compound seta from parapodium XXV, 440. Fig. 25.—Tip of a coarser simple seta from XXV, X 600. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 Fig. 26.—Ventral view of mandibles, x 24. Fig 27.—Anterior (a) and posterior "by maxille of outer series, X 83. Fig. 28.—Anterior maxilla of middle series, X 83. Fig. 29.—Anterior (a) and middle (b) maxillz of inner series, X 83. Aricia johnsoni—figs. 30-33. Fig. 30.—Tip of stout neuropodial seta from somite X, <_ 600. Fig. 31.—Portion of slender neuropodial seta from somite L, X 600. Fig. 32.—Optical section of a portion of a notopodial seta from somite L, x 600. Fig. 33.—End of a fureate notopodial seta from somite C, x 600. Naineris robusta—figs. 34-37. Fig. 34.—Stout neuropodial seta from somite XXV, 250. Fig. 35.—Slender neuropodial from same, X 250. Fig. 36.—Face (a) and profile (b) views of a portion of a capillary notopodial seta from somite C, x 600. Fig. 37.—Two furcate notopodial sete from somite C, x 360. Naineris longa—figs. 38-42. Fig. 38.—Stout neuropodial seta from posterior series of somite XX, X 250. Fig. 39.—Slender neuropodial seta from anterior series of somite 5 xX 250. Fig. 40.—Notopodial seta from somite XX, x 83. Fig. 41.—Neuropodial spine from posterior series of a middle somite, * 250. Fig. 42.—Furcate notopodial seta from middle region, & 360. Prats IX.—Fig. 43.—Tharyx multifilis—Anterior end of cotype, X 9. Fig. 44.— odecaceria pacifica—Neuropodial spine from somite LXXYV, X 250. Pista elongata—figs. 45-47. Figs. 45-47.—Uncini from somites V, XIV and XXV respectively, * 250. Pista alata—figs. 48-51. Fig. 48.—Limbate seta from somite XV, X 250. Figs. 49-51.—Uncini from somite V, XV and XXX respectively, X 250. Pol Fabry calijornicus—figs. 52, 53. ig. 52.—Uncinus from XX, * 440. Fig. 53 —Uncinus from Xxxv, xX 440. Fig. 54.—Polycirrus sp. —Anterior uncinus, X 440. Fig. 55.—Notomastus tenuis—Anterior abdominal crochet, < 440. Fig. 56.—Eunotomastus gordiodes—Neuropodial crochet from somite XXV, x 360. Fig. 57.—Dasybranchus giganteus—Corrected figure of crochet, 360. Fig. 58.—Dasybranchus glabrus—Neuropodial crochet from somite XXV, x 360. Fig. 59.—Sclerocheilus pacificus—Quarter view of a posterior furcate seta, x 440. Tro ia capulata—figs. 60, 61. ig. 60.—End of neuropodial seta from somite XXV, * °50. Fig. 61.—Notopodial seta of same, * 56. Flabelligera commensalis—figs. 62, 63. Fig. 62.—Collar seta, * 56; a, portion of same, 250; 5, distal end of a sensory papilla from collar, * 56. Fig. 63.—Neuropodial hook from somite XXV, xX 83. Protula superba—figs. 64, 65. ag 64.—Shorter limbate seta from somite VIII, x 56. Fig. 65.—Uncinus from somite XXV, * 360. Sabellaria cali ornica—figs. 66a and b, Fig. 66a.—Palea of middle series of operculum, 33. Fig. 66b.—Same of inner series, X 33. 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, May 4, Artuur Erwin Brown, Sc.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. Sixty-five persons present. The Publication Committee reported the reception of a paper entitled ‘‘The Vegetation of the Salt Marshes and of the Salt and Fresh- water Ponds of Northern Coastal New Jersey,” by John W. Harsh- berger, Ph.D. (April 24). The deaths of Charles Hartshorne, October 30, 1908, and of Dr. Joseph Thomas, January 28, 1909, members, were announced. Mr. Stewarpson Brown made a communication on a botanical trip to the headwaters of the Saskatchewan and Athabasca Rivers,. British Columbia. (No abstract.) May 18. ARTHUR ERWIN Brown, Sc.D., Vice-President, in the Chair. Forty-one persons present. The presentation of a paper entitled ‘“‘The Occurrence of Bufo columbiensis East of the Rocky Mountains,” by Robert T. Young (May 5), was reported by the Publication Committee. The death of Dr. C. N. Peirce, a member of the Council, May 15, was announced. Pror. GILBERT VAN INGEN made a communication on the so-called Clinton Iron Ore of Bloomsburg, Penna. (No abstract.) Mr. Epcar T. Wuerry spoke of the silicified woods of the New Red. (No abstracts.) Scolithus linearis Burrows with Orifice Complete—MR. BENJAMIN SmirH LyMANn remarked that Scolithus linearis, so abundant at many places in the Pennsylvania Cambrian quartzite, was long supposed to be a fucoid plant; and even so late as thirty years ago was in a well- ~ known valuable text-book called a plant, though at least fifteen years 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 earlier it had been correctly given as a worm-burrow in Dana’s Manual, where it was said to be common in the Potsdam sandstone. Walcott later found it to be Cambrian; and said, in 1890, he had never seen it in the classical Potsdam. Specimens were met with during a field excursion of the Minera- logical and Geological Section on October 17, 1908, which fully demonstrated with remarkable clearness that the Scolithus linearis is a worm-burrow in the sand of a sea-beach. In one of Mr. Bean’s Cam- brian quartzite quarries, called by him the Davis quarry, at the eastern end of the North Valley Hill and at three-quarters of a mile southwest of Valley Forge, many burrows of Scolithus linearis were found; and on one small slab, with burrows, numerous little circular ridges were instantly recognized by Mr. F. J. Keeley as the crater-shaped orifices of Scolithus holes precisely like those of sand-burrowing worms to be seen on our present sea-beaches at Atlantic City and elsewhere (Plate X). The highly interesting and useful, perhaps hitherto unique slab, 54 X 64 inches, was presented to the Academy by the finder, Mr. Alan G. Smith. It is well, however, to bear in mind, that further quarrying may, of course, disclose other equally perfect specimens that originated on the same ancient sea-beach. A somewhat similar burrow with a rather complete orifice was found by the late Ellis Clark “in the Siluro-Cambrian limestone of Lehigh County, about a quarter of a mile north of Helfrich’s Spring:” and is described by Prof. Frederick Prime in Report D2, p. 79, of the State Geological Survey, 1878. The fossil was submitted to Dr. Otto Torell, Director of the Geological Survey of Sweden, and at once recognized by him as belonging to his genus Monocraterion, and given the specific name of lesleyi. The genus is closely allied to Scolithus, but the straight tube “gradually expands at the top into a funnel- shaped cavity, corresponding to a like protuberance in the animal.”’ The smaller part of the tube is larger than our Scolithus; and in one specimen is three-eighths of an inch in diameter, with the funnel ex- panding, within a length of half an inch, to an inch or more in diameter. The following were ordered to be published: 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, THE OCCURRENCE OF BUFO COLUMBIENSIS EAST OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS. BY ROBERT T. YOUNG. High mountain chains, especially those whose crests extend above timber line, are more or less efficient barriers to the spread of animals. This is more particularly so in the case of species which do not migrate easily from place to place. The capture of Bujo columbiensis on the eastern slope of the Conti- nental Divide in Colorado is, therefore, of some interest. In August, 1902, I obtained a specimen of this toad on the eastern’ slopes of the Arapahoe Peaks, about 28 km. west of Boulder, Colo., at an altitude of about 3,100 m., and it has since been reported to me by Prof. Beardsley, of the Colorado State Normal School, from the eastern slope of the mountains west of Greeley. Cope’ gives this species as a characteristic of the Pacific Hpi! of the Western sub-region of the Medicolumbian region, included in the Transition of Merriam.? My records, however, show it to occur in the Hudsonian zone, far above the upper limit of the Transition, where it has doubtless migrated from its original habitat. There are several passes in northern Colorado over the Continental Divide which cross the mountains below timber line, affording possible paths of migration for toads from the western to the eastern slope. Further observations on the distribution of this species on both slopes of the mountains, taken from year to year, would doubtless be of interest as affording some data for a determination of the conditions and rate of migration of toads. 1 The Geographical Distribution of Batrachia and Reptilia in North America, Am. Nat., XXX, 886-902 and 1003-1026. ? Laws of Temperature Control of the Geographic Distribution of Terrestrial Animals and Plants, Nat. Geog. Mag., VI, 229-238. 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 ON THE SPINNERETS, CRIBELLUM, COLULUS, TRACHEH AND LUNG BOOKS OF ARANEADS. BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR. This paper presents observations on the ontogeny of the organs men- tioned in the title, together with notes on the anatomy of the cribellum and colulus and .with certain considerations on the broader mor- phological relations of these various organs. The embryos of the spiders examined were killed in Carnoy’s fluid (absolute alcohol, chloroform and glacial acetic acid in equal parts, with corrosive sublimate to saturation), an excellent fixative that makes it possible to cut with ease good series of paraffine sections; it has the disadvantage of frequently producing an extra ovat of yolk in the earlier stages. After fixation and hardening the egg membranes are readily removed with needles. In order to secure good surface views of the abdomen after the stage of reversion it is best to cut off the cephalothorax, and with a knife to remove a considerable portion of the abdomen itself so as to allow the stain (preferably Delafield’s hzematoxyline) to penetrate evenly. The adult spinning organs with the cribellum or colulus are best examined in balsam after dehydration and clearing, and after the dorsal half of the abdomen has been cut away. Of Theridiwm tepidariorum and Lozosceles rujescens 1 secured accurately timed stages by breeding females in captivity. The material of Theridium was collected by me at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, and that of Lozosceles, Evagrus and Filistata hibernalis at Austin, Texas. I am obliged to Mr. Nathan Banks for the determination of these species. 1. CoLuLus, CRIBELLUM AND SPINNERETs. The first question to be taken up is the matter of the morphological relations of the colulus and cribellum to the spinnerets. According to the classification of Simon (1892) two main groups of the Aranew are distinguished: the Aranewe theraphose and the Ara- new ver. The former include the families Liphistiide, Aviculariide and Atypide; of these the first are unique among all spiders in the possession of four pairs of true spinnerets (mammille), while most a <.! 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Aviculariide possess only two pairs,’ and the Atypide (the genus Brachybothrium excepted) possess three pairs. Almost all the Arane:e vere have three pairs of spinnerets.? These discrepancies in number make it somewhat difficult to homologize the pairs of different groups, a difficulty briefly mentioned by Stevenson (1908). The three pairs of spinnerets found in most of the Aranes verse are named in antero-posterior order: the anterior (inferior), the median, and the posterior (superior). Between the spinnerets of the anterior pair may be placed either a cribelium or a colulus, both of which are absent in the Theraphosz. The cribellum was discovered by Blackwall (1839), and has been most thoroughly described by Bertkau (1882) as a small transverse plate, sometimes halved by a median carina, this plate provided with the very numerous minute pores which are the openings of multicellular spinning glands, and the spinning plate enclosed in a chitinous frame. In species possessing it the fourth pair of metatarsi are each provided with a row of recurved hairs, called the calamistrum and also dicovered by Blackwall; the latter is used as a comb to draw out the silk issuing from the cribellum— an operation that can be clearly seen in the larger species of Filistata, though it is performed with great rapidity. In mature males the eribellum is more or less rudimentary, for which Bertkau offers the valid explanation that adult males do not spin snares. Blackwall and Bertkau correctly interpreted the cribellum as a modified and fused pair of spinnerets, while Thorell (1870), who called it the “infra- mamillary organ,”’ argued against such a comparison, though without cogent reasons. The colulus or hypopygium (Menge, 1843) is a conical projection or small tubercle occupying approximately the place of the cribellum in some of the families of the Aranesw verze which do not possess the - cribellum. It has no spinning glands and there is no calamistrum associated with it. Menge compared it with a rudimentary cribellum, but Bertkau argued that the colulus is a simple integumentary fold representing the region between tracheal stigma and cribellum. To decide with which of the three pairs of spinnerets of most Aranese the two pairs of most Aviculariide correspond, I have examined some ‘The exceptions are the genera Hexathele and Scotinecus with a third (most anterior) pair of very small spinnerets; and Anisapis and Diplothele with only one pair. ? According to Simon, l.c., less than three pairs are exhibited by the following: the Hadrotarsidw, Palpimanide (except Huttonia), the Zodariid genera Lutica, Hermipus, Mallinus, and the Archeid Mecysmauchenius—these named genera having only one pair. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301 early stages of the Aviculariid Evagrus—this being to my knowledge the first account of the embryology of any Theraphosid. The earliest stage possessing extremities found is shown in fig. 28, Plate XIV, a lateral view. Next to the head lobe is found the cheliceron (Chel.), then the pedipalp (Ped.), then the four pairs of thoracal legs (L. 1- L. 4). The abdomen is remarkable in possessing only two segments (1, 2), whereas in other spiders at a corresponding stage the abdomen would be richly segmented, and in having a huge caudal lobe (C. L.) projecting forward. The next stage available is that of fig. 29, a ventral view of the abdomen: the two pairs of lung books (Pul.) have formed, the nerve ganglia (N. C.) are clearly marked, and there are indications of three pairs of spinnerets. Of the latter the anterior (A. Sp.) are only faintly marked thickenings, and evidently belong to the fourth abdominal segment; the median spinnerets (M. Sp.) are rounded projections just median to and in the same plane with the largest posterior spinnerets (P. Sp.), therefore outgrowths of the fifth segment. Three successive later stages, shown in figs. 30-32 respectively, show that the anterior spinnerets have disappeared and that it is those of the fifth segment, the median and the posterior, that persist into the adult. Thus the fourth segment, as shown clearly in figs. 30 and 31, produces no respiratory organs, but originates a pair of rudimentary spinnerets that subsequently disappear. The two pairs of spinnerets of Evagrus, and of probably also other Aviculariids with that number, correspond to the median and posterior spinnerets of those araneads with three pairs; but the development shows that Evagrus retains in the embryo a slight trace of the anterior pair. This homology has been already suggested by Simon, on the basis of the relative position of the parts in the adult. In the next place we may consider the colulus, an organ that has received only the scantiest attention. It may be best studied in Sicariids where it attains its greatest size, and the following account applies to the genus Lozosceles. In an adult individual the form and position of the colulus is shown on ventral view in fig. 26, Pl. XIII. It is an unpaired conical projec- tion (Col.) between the anterior spinnerets (A. Sp.), its base conflu- ent with their bases and at some distance behind the tracheal stigma (7. St.). The transverse line in the figure which crosses it from left to right represents the border of askin-fold just dorsal to it and to the spinnerets, and this fold is deeply indented in the median line. Its free apex is directed ventro-caudad; its surface bears simple hairs like those on the ventral surface of the abdomen, and the small ¢ircles 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |May, indicate the insertion points of these hairs. A median section of it is represented in fig. 25, where the apex is at the left and the dorsal border uppermost. It is covered by a cuticula (Cut.), which is less thick than that of the adjacent body surface, beneath which is a hypodermis (Hyp.) considerably thicker than that of the rest of the abdomen. The interior of the organ is a blood-space (Bl. Cav.), shown by stippling, containing neither glands nor muscles, though muscles insert near its base. The colulus is equally developed in both sexes. Thus it is a simple integumentary extension with a large axial blood cavity. An organ of its volume must surely fulfill some important function. Its thickened hypodermis might suggest sensory nature. But I think it may be more likely a supplementary respira- tory organ, for which the combination of relatively thin cuticula and vascular space would speak, and furthermore the trachez are relatively poorly developed in this species. In Peucetia (Oxyopid) and Lathrodectus (Theridiid) it is about twice as long as broad, shorter and relatively broader in Dysderids and Argiopids. But in the Agalenids I have found the most interesting relations: in T'egenaria derhamii it is a plate about twice as broad as long, in Hahnia bimaculata a transverse plate eight times as broad as its antero-posterior length, while in Agelena nevia there are a pair of small plates completely separated in the mid-line by a little more than their diameter and inserted well anterior to the roots of the anterior spinnerets. The last case is interesting, for it exhibits the colulus in a distinctly paired condition, the first case of such a relation yet known. We have next to consider the ontogeny of colulus and spinnerets. Salensky (1871) first proved that the appendages of the fourth and fifth abdominal’ appendages become the spinnerets. He found the fourth appendages originate the anterior spinnerets, the fifth the posterior, and that the median spinnerets “do not develop from the abdominal feet, but appear between them”? (I cite from Jaworow- ski, for I cannot read the original Russian). This origin of the anterior and posterior spinnerets has been confirmed by Locy (1886), Morin (1887), Kishinouye (1890) and Korschelt (1892), while Barrois (1878), Balfour (1880) and Schimkewitsch (1887) erroneously held that the embryonic appendages disappear and that spinnerets are new for- mations. The most detailed and satisfactory account is that of Jaworowski (1895) of Trochosa. He found that after reversion each appendage of the fourth and fifth abdominal segments is bilobed, consisting of an outer sacculus (exopodite) and inner sacculus (end- opodite); on the fourth segment the exopodites become the anterior 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 spinnerets and the endopodites form a ‘rudimentary cribellum”’ (more strictly, colulus) that later disappears; on the fifth segment the exopodites become the posterior spinnerets, and the endopodites the median spinnerets. Wallstabe (1908) also found, in Agelena, that the median spinnerets arise by splitting off from the posterior pair. I am able on embryos of Lozosceles to essentially confirm the account of Jaworowski and to trace the colulus to its adult condition. Fig. 17, Pl. XIII, represents that stage before reversion, when the maximum number of abdominal appendages is present, and there are seen to be six pairs of them, on segments 2 to 7 inclusive. The two most posterior pairs are the smallest and are temporary, for in the next stage, figs. 18, 19, of the beginning reversion they have disappeared and only the four anterior pairs persist.* Later, fig. 20, the third and fourth pairs of these appendages become the largest. The process of reversion brings them close together in the mid-line, and an interesting and decisive condition is exhibited in the stage of fig. 21. The fourth pair of appendages (P. Sp.) are approximated, and on the median side of each is an elongated thickening of the hypodermis, the first indication of the median spinnerets (M.Sp.). Between the third pair of append- ages (A. Sp.) there is an undivided, so unpaired, thickening, the pri- mordium of the colulus (Col.). My observations differ mainly from those of Jaworowski in finding the colulus to be unpaired at the start, and in finding that the colulus and the median spinnerets behind it do not arise as saccular endopodites of the embryonic appendages, but as thickenings immediately mesial to the appendages. This is a rather important difference, for Jaworowski’s description would indicate a cleft condition of these appendages, such as is found in Crustacea, while I do not find-such a condition. In Lozosceles the colulus and the median spinnerets would seem not to be parts of the appendages, but immediately contiguous to them. Figs. 22-24 show successive later stages, with lengthening of the three pairs of spin- nerets and of the unpaired colulus, as well as the gradual extension forward of the largest pair of spinning glands. The colulus, accordingly, arises as a hypodermal thickening between the anterior spinnerets, and the median spinnerets from a pair of thick- 3 In the stage of figs. 18 and 19 there are eleven well-marked abdominal seg- ments exclusive of the caudal lobe. The largest number yet described for araneads is twelve, which with the seven of the cephalothorax makes a total of nineteen. The three most posterior of them together with the caudal lobe constitute a projecting tabdomen, such as has been described for Pholcus by Claparéde (1862) and Schimkewitsch (1887); this may be compared with that of Evagrus, fig. 28, Pl. IV. 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, enings between the posterior spinnerets. The only difference in Loxosceles is that the colulus has an unpaired origin; but this differ- ence does not hold in all cases, for in Trochosa (Jaworowski) the colulus has a paired origin, and we have seen that in Agelena the colulus is a paired structure in the adult. Evidently colulus and median spinnerets are homodynamous. I have examined the cribellum in Filistata, Hyptiotes, Uloborus and Dictyna. In the adult female of Filistata there is found a transversely oval plate between the anterior spinnerets, and somewhat anterior to them. This plate (fig. 34, Plate XIV) shows a pair of spinning plates (Cr. Pl.), provided with numerous fine pores, and these spinning plates are set in the much larger chitinous frame; on the anterior portion of this frame are inserted hairs (their insertion points indicated by the small circles), which hairs are plumose like these of the venter and differ from them only in their much smaller size. These relations are essentially such as Bertkau and others have described. But an im- portant relation seems to have been heretofore entirely overlooked. The paired spinning plates, the cribellum proper, are only the un- covered free surfaces of a pair of appendages, the remaining portion of which is sunk below the chitinous frame. Thus when one examines on a cleared balsam mount the cribellum from the ventral surface, one sees at a higher focus of the microscope only the frame and the spinning plates; but on deeper focus one finds a column of delicate parallel spinning tubules, too fine to be represented on the scale of our drawing, extending from each spinning plate to the anterior edge of the frame. The lateral boundaries of these columns or append- ages are shown in fig. 34 by the lines extending forward (upward) from the spinning plates (Cr. Pl.) to the upper border of the frame. Further, each spinning plate shows a slight line of division at its middle, from which point of indentation a line extends some distance forward; this subdivision is probably due to the presence of a muscle (as it is certainly in some other species), though I could not clearly recognize a muscle. In other words, the spinning plates are merely the free, uncovered apices of a pair of spinnerets, the greater region of which lie covered by the cuticular frame. Or the relation might be represented in another way: the cribellum of Filistata is a pair of spinnerets mesially approximated, their glands opening distally (on the spinning plates), and across and around these spinnerets has developed a cuticular frame. This interesting relation in Filistata is further explained by a study of the embryo shown in fig. 33, Pl. XIV; no one has previously de- 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305 scribed any developmental stage of the cribellum, for what Jaworowski described as a “rudimentary cribellum” in Trochosa was really a colulus. Fig. 33 represents a ventral view of the abdomen shortly after reversion, and the abdominal segments are well pronounced. The tracheal stigma (7. St.) is at the boundary of the third and fourth segments. On the fourth segment are found the anterior spinnerets (A. Sp.), and between them a pair of large thickenings (C7r.), the paired primordium of the cribellum. On the fifth segment are seen the posterior spinnerets (P. Sp.), and between them the median spinnerets as a pair of thickenings (WV. Sp.). The resemblance of the cribellum to the median spinnerets at this stage is very close, each consisting of a pair of elongate ectoblastic thickenings near the mid-line; and the cribellum is even larger than the median spinnerets. There can be no doubt in this case of the homodynamy of cribellum and median spinnerets. Fig. 36 shows a ventral view of the cribellum of a mature female of Hyptiotes cavatus, and fig. 35 a similar view of that of Dictyna volupis. In both of these there is a distinct pair of muscles (7.) passing from the spinning plate (Cr. Pl.) to the anterior edge of the cuticular frame. In these species the spinning plate is not paired, nor yet is the deeper portion composed of the ductules paired, in which points these species appear much less primitive than Filistata. I find the cribellum of Uloborus plumipes to be very similar to that of Hyptiotes. In Hypti- otes the tracheal stigma (7’. St.) is immediately contiguous to the frame of the eribellum, while in Dictyna (fig. 35) they are separated. Thus we come to the conclusion that the spinnerets, colulus and cribellum all develop from the fourth and fifth abdominal segments ; the anterior spinnerets and colulus or cribellum from the fourth, the median and posterior spinnerets from the fifth, as concluded by Jawor- owski. The colulus and cribellum arise as elongate thickenings mesial from the appendages of these segments, the appendages becoming the anterior and posterior spinnerets. Colulus and cribellum, as we have seen, are in their development homodynamous with the median spin- nerets of the segment behind them. Accordingly, colulus and cribel- lum arising in a similar position in corresponding segments must be considered essentially homologous organs, conformably with the view of Blackwall, whom Dahl (1901, 1904) has followed. The case of Filistata renders it a strong probability that the colulus and ecribellum correspond with the antero-median spinnerets of Liphistius. The cribellum is a less degenerate structure than the colulus, becaus® it still possesses spinning glands, is larger, and is more frequently paired. 20 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, These homologies might be shown tabularly as follows: SPINNERETS. sie baal gt : Postero- Liphistiide. |Antero-lateral. Antero-median.| Postero-lateral. nadine } Aviculariide. Posterior. Median, Aranee B | Colulus or E : Anterior. | aehelizens Posterior. Median. vere, 2. DEVELOPMENT OF THE TRACHEA. Loey (1886), the first to mention the development of these struc- tures, simply states that “upon the ventral surface appear the infold- ings, from which are formed the trachez.’”’ Schimkewitsch (1887) is mistaken in saying that Balfour (1880) demonstrated the origin of trachewe and lungs, for Balfour did not mention these organs. Schim- kewitsch briefly mentions a stage in Lycosa before hatching where the trachee are already branched. Kishinouye (1890). writes: “In the basal part of the second abdominal appendage, on the interior side, another ectodermic invagination is produced. It assumes the shape of a deeply invaginated tube and remains in this condition till after the time of hatching. The appendage itself is not invaginated and becomes from this time gradually shorter.?’ Purcell (1895) states that the ‘‘entapophyses connected with the second (tracheal) pair of appendages become each drawn out into a long tube, to or near the blind, inner end of which the middle pair of endosternites is attached in the adult. These long tubes are represented by the two large trunks which form the trachez in the Attidw, and by the medial pair of the four trunks which compose the trachez in most other Spiders (Agelenide, Drasside, Epeiride, Lycoside, etc.).’” The preceding references to the trachee are all brief and not illus- trated by figures. Simmons (1894) goes into the subject somewhat more fully; he finds the trachez arising before reversion behind the appendage of the third abdominal segment as a tubular, ectoblastic ingrowth, and the tube so produced to have an irregular folding of its * My friend Dr. Purcell’s brief but important preliminary paper deals mostly with the homologies of the trachez and entopoyhyses, on which subject he has now an extensive paper in press. I have not considered these relations In Loxosceles 1 find just latero-posterior to each appendage of the four anterior abdominal pairs a thickening which appears darker than the surroundings on stained surface views, these being marked z in figs. 20-24 of Pl. XIII. I have not determined whether these are apophyses or simple muscle insertions. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 wall, resembling to some extent the primary folds of the pulmonary invagination. After the stage of reversion he figures it as a simple tube without branching. The most recent paper is that of Janeck (1909); he did not see the earliest stages, but describes and figures a stage shortly after hatching with the beginning of the branching, and an advanced stage after reversion. Accordingly, no one has figured the earliest stages of the trachee, and our knowledge of their development is very fragmentary. In Loxosceles the conditions are as follows, as observed in surface views only. In the stages of figs. 17-19, Plate XIII, the appendages of the third abdominal segment (3) are simple rounded protuberances like those of the adjacent segments. Later, fig. 20, the appendage of the third segment becomes flatter and less distinct, and its elevated por- tion has taken on somewhat the shape of a quarter moon. At the stage of fig. 21, completed reversion, no elevated appendages are found in that segment, but at its posterior edge a transverse groove circularly enlarged at each lateral corner (7. St.). This condition persists through the stages of figs. 22 and 23, but at that of fig. 24 a pair of lateral tracheal branches, recognizable by being filled with air, and marked 7’r., are growing forward from the groove. The transverse groove is evidently the stigma leading into the vestibulum; and this stigma, developing at the posterior edge of the third segment, evi- dently arises behind the appendages of the segment. In the adult a larger median and four pairs of smaller lateral trachew extend for- ward from the vestibulum (fig. 27). A better knowledge can be obtained from the study of sections which I have made of Theridium. At the time of reversion (fig. 16, Pl. XIL) the abdominal appendages show much the same relation as in Loxosceles, though a narrow elevated ectoblastic ridge joins the second and third abdominal appendages (2. Ap., 3. Ap.). Sections of this stage (figs. 1, 2, Pl. XI) show the still heightened appendage (3. Ap.) of the third segment behind the pulmonary invagination and a distinct ecelomie sac (Cel.) appertaining to it. But in subsequent stages (figs. 5, 7, 9) the appendage of the third segment disappears, the whole becoming flush with the remainder of the surface of that seg- ment and without any process of invagination. It is not tmwtil after this appendage has disappeared entirely that the tracheal invagination takes place, and evidently as in Loxosceles behind the region where that appendage was. The first appearance of the traches is seen in fig. 12, Pl. XII; the pulmonary stigma (P. St.) is at the posterior edge of the second segment, the tracheal (7’. St.) not near this, as was the append- 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, age of its segment, but close to the spinnerets (Sp.) at the posterior edge of the third segment. The stigma (7’. St.) is a slight transverse groove, the trachea (7’r.) itself is a conical plug of ectoblast cells push- ing into the archiccelic space between hypodermis and mesoblast (Mes.). Successive later stages of the ectoblastic impaired ingrowth (7. St.) are shown in median section in figs. 13-15; in these stages it already shows the division into an outer vestibulum, transversely widened, from the middle of which extends forward a single tracheal trunk, all with a thin chitinous lining. Fig. 15 is the stage of hatching, aged fifteen days, and shows just behind the stigma the still solid primordium of the colulus (Col.). Thus the appendages of the third abdominal segment disappear entirely by merging with the circumjacent hypodermis and without forming any invagination. Quite independent of them and at the posterior margin of the third abdominal segment arises subsequently an unpaired ectoblastic inpushing, the vestibulum, from the middle part of which grows forward a little before the time of hatching a single | : tracheal trunk. I have not found any indications of folding of the : . : ; - ‘s tracheal wall like the pulmonary folding, such as Simmons described, and I would judge that the fold supposed by Simmons to be the trachea, represented in his fig. 8, is not a tracheal invagination at all, but merely the space dorso-posterior to the caudal lobe. Reference may be made, in passing, to the relative position of the segments in the adult abdomen. The pulmonary stigma marks the i posterior border of the second segment, the tracheal stigma (or, in it Dipneumonids, that of the second pair of lungs) the posterior border ; of the third segment, while the anterior and posterior spinnerets mark the posterior regions of the fourth and fifth segments respectively. In Lozosceles the third segment comes to occupy a large portion of the venter, as shown in figs. 22-24, P]. XIII. In Filistata (fig. 33, Pl. XIV) i} and Evagrus (figs. 830-32) the third segment is relatively much smaller After the stage of reversion the first abdominal segment cannot be distinguished externally from the second, and I am inclined to think it enters mostly into the composition of the pedicel. A considerable amount of work has been done upon the development of these organs since Salensky (1871) showed that they are derived from the appendages of the second abdominal segment. Bertkau (1872) found that new lamelle are added during the growth of the spider, each new one as an invagination from the region of the 3. DEVELOPMENT OF THE LUNG-BOOKS. lateral corner of the stigma. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 Locy (1886) figured and described two rather late stages, in the earlier _ of which “the lungs appear as oblong plates of cells, the large oval nuclei of which are arranged in parallel rows’’; ultimately there result bicellular interlamellar pillars. Schimkewitsch (1887) described briefly a single rather late stage before hatching, the single figure of which given by him by no means proves that ‘‘the lungs of the embryo of Lycosa saccata consist of true trachex disposed in bundles.”” Morin (1887) found the lungs to be formed from thickenings at the bases of the appendages of the second abdominal segment, these thickenings becom- ing the opercula. What Bruce (1887) has described as a pulmonary operculum and lung cavity seems to be nothing more, and Kishinouye has previously made the criticism, judging from his figs. LN XIX and LXXIX,! than the caudal lobe at the stage of reversion and the space between it and the body wall; his account has accordingly no value. Kishinouye (1890) found “in the basal part of the first abdominal appendage of each side, there arises an ectodermic invagination whose opening faces away from the median line... . Of the wall of the invaginated pocket, that which faces the distal end of the appendage is much thicker than the opposite wall, filling the interior of the appendage. The cells composing it become after awhile arranged in parallel rows. Each two of these parallel rows adhering together produce the lamelle of the lung-book. The external epithelium of the appendage which covers these lamellae becomes the operculum of the lung-book after it is depressed in height.’’ Simmons (1894) has given the fullest account up to his time, and the one most fully illustrated by figures. He described fully the method of invagination of the first abdominal appendage, found on its inner (mesial) surface a series of folds during this process of invagination, which folds he believed become the pulmonary lamellw. There is, however, a great hiatus between the stages of his figs. 6 and 7, and the early embryonic folds do not lie in the same position as the adult lamellae. Purcell (1895) found that ‘the earliest lung-leaves appear on the exposed posterior sides of the appendages before the latter have commenced to sink below the surface into the body, and completely outside of the basal sack,” and, like Simmons, he concludes these become the adult lamelle, but without tracing completely their later history. Wallstabe (1908) says he can corroborate Simmon’s results, but does not enter into details. Jaworowski (1894) presented a full account, well illustrated, but did not describe any stage earlier than one considerably later than revergion. He began with a stage where beneath the first abdominal appendage 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, there is a saccular invagination, from which proceeds dorsally a tube dividing into several branches; ‘it is, however, clear that the so-called lungs of the spider in the embryonal condition are repeatedly branched tracher.”’ These tracheal tubes ultimately disappear, and the de- finitive pulmonary lamelle arise from parallel outgrowths of the vesti- bule (Vorraum). Finally, the latest memoir, that of Janeck (1909) on Lycosa, is the most extensive, and he had not only an excellent series of stages, but he also made use of wax reconstructions. He describes thoroughly the infolding of the first abdominal appendage, finds that it develops a series of pronounced folds on its inner (mesial) surface, thus far essentially corroborating the observations of Simmons and Purcell, but, contrary to these writers, he finds these embryonic folds disappear. “Especially important is the demonstration that the folds of text figure 16, which many authors refer directly to the lung-leaves, have no— relation.at all to the lung . . . and the fold formation of these stages show themselves to be not even forerunners of the lung-leaves.’”’ The pulmonary lamelle arise as secondary folds from a compact lung mass, It will be seen that there are considerable differences of opinion, out of which it is hard to reach the true state of affairs. My observations are in entire disagreement with the conclusions of Schimkewitsch and Jaworowski, that the lungs arise as tubular trachee, and I believe that Jaworoski misinterpreted embryonic dorso-ventral muscles, Then neither of these authors described the earliest stages. With Pureell, | find folds appearing upon the posterior surface of the pulmo- nary appendages before it invaginates; but, in opposition to him and Simmons, and in agreement with Janeck, I find these folds are only temporary, and that the definitive lamelle arise from a disassociated solid cell mass. Locy, Morin and Kishinouye were correct, so far as their observations went. In Theridium, about the stage of reversion, the pulmonary stigma (P.St., fig. 1, Pl. XI) is present as an ectoblastic invagination just behind the appendage of the second abdominal segment, and on the posterior face of this appendage are present three folds (Lam. 1). These embry- onic folds may be called the primary lamella. Ina laterstage, shown in fig. 2 (asurface view of this stage is represented in fig. 16, Pl. XII), the pulmonary stigma (P. St.) has become deeper, and the primary lamellee (Lam. 1) more pronounced. Later, fig. 3, the pulmonary sac or chamber has become a narrow space by the further insinking of the pulmonary appendage. Two primary lamell can be still distinguished (Lam. 1) but they have become relatively smaller; fig, 4 is a section 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. dll of the same appendage but to one side of the stigma, where there is a - closed tube beneath the outer ectoblast formed by overgrowth in the manner described by Janeck. Fig. 5 represents a stage still later; the whole pulmonary appendage has become flattened down to the sur- face of the abdomen, the primary lamelle (Lam. 1) are not more than two in number and only slightly pronounced, while the anterior end of the pulmonary ingrowth is growing larger in the cephalad direction. In fig. 6, cut to one side of the stigma (so comparable with fig. 4 of an earlier stage), the anterior region of the solid ingrowth is divided into two parts, the beginning of the first two true or secondary lamelle (Lam. 2). The slightly later stage of fig. 7 is particularly instructive. The abdomen now makes a short angle with the cephalothorax, so that the layer of ectoblast (Ect.) most to the left in the figure is the lining of the cephalothorax. The pulmonary stigma (P. St.) occupies the same relative position as in fig. 5, but the pulmonary sac or cavity (P. Cav.), which is lined on all sides by ectoblast, has become more voluminous and anterior extensions of it lead into three secondary lamellae (Lam. 2). There is no longer any trace of the primary lamelle. These had become gradually shorter in the successive stages, shown in figs. 2, 3, and 5, being only faintly marked in the last. There is no trace of them in the stage of fig. 7; were they present they should show just above the stigma (P. St.) on the mesial (right) side of the ectoblastic operculum. The primary lamelle have not become the secondary lamellz (Lam. 2), for the latter are directed cephalad and arise, as we have seen, from the solid anterior portion of the pulmonary primordium, These results are in essential agreement with those of Janeck, though in the form studied by him, Lycosa, the primary lamelle are larger and more numerous, and by the fusion of their free ends with the mesial wall of the lung cavity give rise to a series of small cavities lined by ectoblast which ultimately close up. The primary lamellee do not become the lamell« of the adult, and, as Janeck has indicated, would seem to have no more morphological importance than the slight integumentary folds found on the mesial side of the proxi- mal portion of the cephalothoracal appendages. The history of the secondary or definitive lamelle is as follows. Arising from the solid anterior region of the lung tissue, as shown in figs. 6 and 7, these lamellae become larger and more cylindrical with narrower lamina (Lam. 2, fig. 8). Successive ones are formed from the solid mesial wall of the lung ingrowth, and in their growth they press into an archiccelic cavity (Bl. Cav.) between the ectoblast (Hct) and mesoblast (Mes.). In fig. 9, Pl. XII, three of these secondary lamelle 312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, (Lam. 2) are shown; each contains a narrow canal communicating posteriorly with the main pulmonary cavity (P. Cav.) and their wall is lined by a very flattened epithelium; where the nuclei are placed there is a heightening of the cytoplasm around them, and the figure shows clearly the biserial arrangement of the nuclei, at certain intervals bicellular pillars occurring between adjacent lamellie. The archiccelic space around these lamellz has become a vascular cavity (Bl. Cav.), shown by stippling. A cross-section of the lung region of this stage is shown in fig. 10; in the vascular cavity (Bl. Cav.) lie the lamelle (Lam. 2) which are seen to be flattened tubes. The last stage I have been interested to examine is that of fig. 11, one of about nine days (hatching usually takes place in the fifteenth day). Five lamelle are developed, but owing to obliquity of the section none are seen in their full length.* Mesial to them (to the right in the figure) there is an ecto- blastic layer (£ct.), from which further lamelle will be formed. The — relation of the bicellular pillars to the lamelle and to the blood cavity: (Bl. Cav.) is perfectly clear. Thus each lung-book arises in the region of the appendage of the second abdominal segment. Immediately behind this appendage devel- ops an ectoblastic invagination, the stigma and pulmonary chamber, and into this the appendage invaginates. There are temporary lamelle on the posterior surface of this appendage, and these come to lie within the pulmonary chamber, but they disappear entirely and from a thickened cell mass of the anterior region of the invagination the secondary or definitive lamelle develop. The appendage thereby forms both operculum and secondary lamelle. 4. GENETIC, RELATIONS OF THE TRACHEA AND LUNG-BOOKS oF ARANEADS. In the Aranew theraphose there are two pairs of lung-books and no traches, and this is also the case in the Hypochilide among the Ara- nee vere. Nothing is known of the development of these organs in these forms, except my observation that in Evagrus the lung-books are derivations of the second and third abdominal segments. All other Aranese verze with two exceptions have one pair of lung-books ° It will be noted that all the drawings on Plate XI are made to the same scale, yet in some cases, as on comparison of fig. 3 with figs. 2 and 5, the parts and nuclei of one embryo may be much smaller than in another embryo of approximately the same age. This is because there are great individual differences in the size of eggs, so of the size of the cells that compose them. The number of cells appears to be constant for a particular stage, but the size of the cells depends upon the size of the embryo. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 and an unpaired or paired (Dysderid) tracheal stigma; the excep- _tions are the Caponiide with four tracheal stigmata, but no lung-books, and the Pholcidz with one pair of lung-books, but with no trachewe or only very rudimentary ones (Lamy, 1902). There has been much discussion as to the genetic relations of these two organs. They have been so fully and ably compared by Lamy that it is not necessary to more than summarize his account. Since the time of Leuckart (1849) all writers on the subject seem to conclude an essential homodynamy of lung-books and trachew, save Berteaux (1889), who, however, reached quite an erroneous idea of the structure of the pulmonary lamelle. But three different opinions have arisen, namely, whether the lungs are modified trachexw, the trachese modi- fied lungs, or both derived from a common ancestral organ. That the lungs are modified trachee is held by Leuckart (1849), Ley- dig (1855), Bertkau (1872), Schimkewitsch (1884, 1887), Croneberg (1888), Schneider (1892), Sinclair (1892), v. Kennel (1892), Jaworow- ski (1894), Lamy (1902), and Janeck (1909). That the trachex are derived from lung-books is maintained by Lankester (1881), MacLeod (1884), Kingsley (1893), Simmons (1895), Laurie (1894), Wagner (1895) and Kishinouye (1890)—this group of naturalists being mainly influ- enced by the Limulus-ancestry theory. Finally, Weissenborn (1886) and Bernard (1893) hold that lung-books and trachew are divergent derivatives of a common ancestral organ, in the one case from trachee of the type of Peripatus, in the other from acicular glands of Annelids. In their adult condition lungs and trachex are both branched cavities lined by cuticulated hypodermis. In the lung-books the branches are flattened lamellw placed parallel, in the trachew the branches are usually cylindrical ramifying tubes. But sometimes the main tracheal trunk has no branches, and sometimes the branches are arranged in parallel bundles, all of which details have been described by Lamy; further, I have noticed in Lozosceles that the large median tracheal trunk is excessively compressed, quite as much as a pulmonary lamella. Further, trachee and lung-books may replace each other in both the second and third abdominal segments. Therefore there are no radical anatomical differences between the two. Ontogenetically both arise as ectoblastic invaginations, and there is a vestibulum in each case. But there are four differences in the develop- ment: (1) In the case of the lung-books the abdominal appendage invaginates and the wall of the part so invaginated bounds the main pulmonary chamber, while the external surface of the appendage becomes the operculum. In the case of the trachea the abdominal Se ee neni 5 tee 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, appendage does not invaginate, but disappears by merging with the surrounding ectoblast, the trachea arises after it has’ disappeared, the tracheal vestibulum is not formed from this appendage, and there is no operculum. (2) The pulmonary stigma arises immediately behind its appendage, but the tracheal stigma develops more or less behind the original position of the appendage of its segment. (3) The pulmonary lamelle arise from a thickened solid cell mass, which is not the case with the tracheal branches. (4) The trachee appear somewhat later in the ontogeny. Thus while the anatomical differences are not great the ontogenetic are considerable. The most important difference is that the lung- books develop from appendages. On the basis of this particular difference we must conclude that there is no complete homodynamy between the two sets of organs, but an incomplete resemblance. The trachea exhibits a simpler method of formation, but this in itself need speak no more for primitiveness than for degeneracy. The present evidence does not clearly indicate which is the more primitive. 5. LIMULUS AND THE ARACHNIDS. To one question, however, we may take a more decided stand—that, namely, of the reference of aranead lung-books to the branchize of — Limulus. Since Straus-Durekheim (1829) first insisted that Limulus is much more closely related to Arachnids than to Crustaceans, this view has grown steadily in support, especially in the hands of E. Van Beneden (1871), A. Milne-Edwards (1873), Barrois (1878), Lankester (1881), Patten (1890) and Kingsley (1893). And there can be little question that Limulus and the Arachnids are related, from the corre- spondence in segmentation, arrangement and number of appendages, endosternal and entapophysial structures, central nervous and vascular systems and other organs, all of which have been carefully compared by Lankester and Kingsley. The principal difference between the two has been considered the respiratory organs, and Lankester sought to obviate this by reasoning that the lung-books of Arachnids arose by the invagination of lamelligerous branchial appendages, and that the trachee are in their turn modifications of lung-books. This view seemed to be confirmed by the accounts of the development of arach- nidan lung-books as given for spiders by Kishinouye, Purcell and Sim- mons, and for the scorpion by Brauer (1895).° ® Brauer’s study did not determine the first origin of the pulmonary lamella, for there is a gap between the stages shown in his text figs. 15b and c. 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 Simmons insisted on the following points: (1) that primary folds appear very early on the posterior surface of the invaginating pul- monary appendage of the spider, resembling very closely in position the gill-leaf development of Limulus as described by Kingsley; and (2) that such folds become the pulmonary lamelle of the adult spider. But Janeck and I demonstrate that these primary lamelle of the spider are only temporary, with probably no more significance than the folds on the mesial surfaces of the cephalothoracal appendages, and they certainly do not become the definitive lamelle of the lung-book. The truth is that the secondary pulmonary plates of the spider do not arise from folds on the outer surface of an appendage, but in a differ- ent position from a solid cell mass after the appendage has invagi- nated. Therefore there is nothing in the ontogeny of the lung-books of spiders similar to the development of the gills of the Xiphosura, beyond that they are both connected with abdominal appendages; consequently no embryological ground for deriving the lung-books from gills. Further, objections of a theoretical nature may also be made against the derivation of the lung-books from gills. First, the direct change of a water-breathing organ into an air-breathing one would be almost without parallel; at least I cannot recall any instance of this kind in animals. Second, granted that Limulus is genetically related with arachnids, a view to which I subscribe, what reason have we for assuming that Limulus is the more primitive form? The only good anatomical argument for this view is that Limulus retains through life six pairs of abdominal appendages, and also a pair of nephridia. The general reason for the primitiveness of Limulus is its marine habitude, with the assumption that the ancestors of most groups must have originated in the seas. The latter assumption lacks all solid basis, and has been opposed by Simroth (1891) and myself (1906). But the true arachnids are essentially terrestrial, quite as much as the insects are, and though a few have taken to aquatic existence, such as the Hydrachnids and Argyroneta, all of them breathe atmospheric air. Further, true araneads occurred in the Carboniferous, in times as early as the first fossil traces of Limuloids, while terrestrial scorpions existed in the Silurian. These facts would indicate that the true arachnids originated on the land. It would, accordingly, seem to me that if Limulus be related to the arachnid stock, and this seems well estab- lished, that the former represents a line of descent that has taken secondarily to aquatic life; and for this view would speak also its exist- ence in shoal waters, and its behavior in laying its eggs close to the | 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, land. The position I have taken is in direet opposition to the general one as voiced by Korschelt and Heider, ‘that the Arachnida have developed from the Paleostraca by adaptation to land life.’’ 6. THe Taxonomic RANK OF THE THERAPHOS&, By quite general consent arachnologists consider the Aranes thera- phos to be more primitive than the Aranee vere. I do not know whether this conclusion has at any time been critically discussed, and in the present place I shall touch on it only briefly and tentatively, for I feel my knowledge of the families of spiders is too deficient for me to attempt to make any positive decision. The Theraphosz differ from the Arane vere in having the chelicera directed forward instead of downward, in possessing no traches, and in having no maxillary plates on the pedipalp (except in certain Atypide). We cannot say whether the character of the position of the chelicera is more primitive in the first case than the other. The lack of maxillary plates might or might not be due to degeneration, and we have seen that there is no good basis for deciding whether lung-books are more primitive than trachee. Thus these anatomical differences in themselves furnish no good answer to our question, The Liphistiids in their general structure appear decidedly primitive, with their four pairs of functional spin- nerets and their segmented abdominal terga; yet Simon (1908) in his recent description of the male of Liphistius birmanicus has shown that the palpal bulbus is much more complex than in other Therapho- sids. Excluding the Liphistiide, the other families of the Theraphose, namely, the Aviculariidee and the Atypidee, would seem to be degenerate in one respect, that of the spinnerets. For they possess neither colulus nor cribellum, and almost all the Aviculariids lack also the anterior spinnerets. The great length and appendage-like appearance of the posterior spinnerets in the Aviculariids might not be a primitive character, but be due to compensatory growth on account of the loss of the anterior spinnerets. The general small size and compact group- ing of the eyes might well be the result of the usual tubicolous mode of life. Further, there are certain Aranee vere (such as Filistata) which show the male copulatory bulbus less complex than in the Theraphose. In the loss of the spinnerets of the fourth abdominal segment, in the small size of the eyes, and in the occasional great volume of 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517 the body the Aviculariide at least would seem to be considerably modified. They might well be considered a modified branch which has to great extent replaced spinning by burrowing. Few of them construct true snares, and then only simple ones. Thus they might stand in somewhat the same relation to the Aranew vere, as the Ratite do to the Carinate among birds. While this hypothesis of the systematic rank of the Aviculariidee may appear reasonable, we can hardly at the present time decide the rank of the Liphistiide and Atypide, or indeed decide whether the Theraphose represent a homogeneous group. LITERATURE LIsT. Batrour, F. M. 1880. Notes on the Development of the Araneina. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. (2), 20. Barrots, J. 1878. Sur la développement des Araignées. Journ. Anat. et Physiol. 14. BENEDEN, E. vaAN. 1871. Dela Place que les Limules doivent occuper dans la classification des Arthropodes, ete. Ann. Soc. Entom. Belgique, 15. Bernarp, H. M. 1893. Additional Notes on the Origin of the Trachex from Setiparous Glands. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), 11. BertTeaux, L. 1889. Le poumon des Arachnides. La Cellule, 5. Bertrkau, P. 1872. Ueber die Respirationsorgane der Araneen. Arch. Naturgesch., 38. Idem. 1882. Ueber das Cribellum und Calamistrum. Jbid., 48. BLacKWALL, J. 1839. On the number and structure of the mammule employed by Spiders in the process of spinning. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 18. Graver, A. 1895. Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Entwicklungsgeschichte des Skorpions. 2. Zeit. wiss. Zool., 59. : Bruce, A. T. 1887. Observations on the Embryology of Insects and Arachnids. Baltimore. CLAPAREDE, E. 1862. Recherches sur l’évolution des Araignées. Utrecht. Cronesera, A. 1888. Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Baues der Pseudoscorpione. Bull. Soc. Imp. Natural. Moscou (2), 2. Dauz, F. 1901. Ueber den Werth des Cribellums und Calamistrums, ete. Sitzungsber. Ges. Naturf. Fr., Berlin. Idem. 1904, Ueber das System der Spinnen (Aranew). Sitzungsber. Ges, Natur-forsch. Fr. Berlin. Janeck, R. 1909. Die Entwicklung der Blittertracheen und der Tracheen bei den Spinnen. Jena. Zeit. 44. Jaworowski, A. 1894. Die Entwicklung der sogennannten Lungen bei den Arachniden, ete. Zeit. wiss. Zool., 58. Idem. 1895. Die Entwickelung des Spinnapparates bei Trochosa singoriensis Laxm., ete. Jena. Zeit., 30. KENNEL, J. v. 1892. Die Verwandtschaftsverhiltnisse der Arthropoden. Schriften Natur. Ges. Univ. Dorpat, 6. 4 Krxesiey, J.8. 1893. The Embryology of Limulus. Part 2. Journ. Morph., 8. Kisarnovuye, K. 1890. On the Development of Araneina. Journ. Coll. Sci. Japan, 4. Korscuevt, E.,und K. Herer. 1892. Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Entwick- lungsgeschichte der wirbellosen Thiere. 2. Jena. Lamy, E. 1902. Recherches anatomiques sur les trachées des Araignées. Thése. Paris. 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Lankester, E. R. 1881. Limulus an Arachnid. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. (2), 21. Laurie, M. 1894. On the Morphology of the Pedipalpi. Journ. Linn. Soc., London, 25. Levuckart, E. 1849. Ueber den Bau eo die Bedeutung der sog. Lungen bei den Arachniden. Zeit. wiss. Zool., Leypie, F. 1855. Zum feineren Bau der ea Miiller’s Arch. Locy, W. A. 1886. Observations on the Development of Agelena nevia. Bull. Mus. Zool. Harvard, 12. MacLrop, J. 1884. Recherches sur la structure et la signification de l’appareil respiratoire des Arachnides. Arch. de Biol., 5. MenceE, A. 1843. Ueber die Lebensweise der Arachniden. Neueste Schr. Naturf. Ges. Danzig, 4+ Mitne-Epwarps, A. 1873. Recherches sur |’Anatomie des Limules. Ann. Sci. Nat. (5), 17. Montcomery, T. H., Jr. 1906. The Analysis of Racial Descent in Animals. New York. Morin, J. 1887. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Spinnen. Biol. Centralbl., 6. Parren, W. 1890. On the Origin of Vertebrates from Arachnids. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. (2) rok: Purce.L, F. 1895. Note on the Development of the Lungs, Entapophyses, — Trachez and Genital Ducts in Spiders. Zool. Anz., 18. Satensky, W. 1871. (Development of Araneads. Russian.) Sapiski Ges. Naturf. Kiew. 32. ScurmkewitscH, W. 1884. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Araneen. Zool. ATU hs Idem. 1887. Etude sur le développement des Araignées. Arch. de Biol.. 56. Scunerper, A. 1892. Mélanges arachnologiques. Tablettes Zoologiques, Poitiers, 2. SIMMONS, O.L. 1894. Development of the Lungs of Spiders. Amer. Journ. Sci. (2), 48. Tufts College Studies, 2. Smon, E. ‘1892. Histoire Naturelle des Araignées. 2™¢éd.1. Paris. Idem. 1908. Etude sur les arachnides du Tonkin. Bull. sc. France et Bel- ue, 43. PE: H. 1891. Die Entstehung der Landtiere, Leipzig. Srvciamr, F.G. 1892. A new Mode of Respiration in the Miyrigpede Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), 9. Srevenson, C.W. 1908. Onthe Spinning Organs and Architecture of Evagrus, a Theraphosid Aranead. Biol. Bull, 15. Srraus-DurRCKHEIM. 1829. Appendix to Vol. 6 of French translation of Meckel’s Comparative Anatomy (fide Lankester). THoreELL, T. 1870. Remarks on Synonyms of European Spiders. Upsala. Waaner, J. 1895. Beitriige zur Phylogenie der Arachniden. Jena. Zeit., 29 WattistaBe, P. 1908. Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Entwicklungsgeschichte. der Araneinen. Zool. Jahrb., 26. WEISSENBORN, B. 1886. Beitrige zur Phylogenie der Arachniden. bid. EXPLANATION OF Puates XI, XII, XIII, XIV. All the figures have been made by the author with the aid of the camera r lucida, and in each the anterior region is directed upwards, In the lettering of E the plates the following abbreviations have been employed: 1-11, abdominal segments 1 to 11. A. Sp., anterior spinneret. i 16-11 ganglia of the preceding. Bl. ips blood cavity. 2 Ap-5 Ap., appendages of abdomi- Chel., cheliceron. ‘ nal segments 2-5. C. Ts caudal lobe. v4 An., anus. Ceal., ecelom. 1909.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319 Col., colulus. P. Cav., ectoblastic cavity of sung- Cr., cribellum. book. Cr. Pl., spinning plate of cribellum. Ped., pedicel of abdomen. Ect., ectoblast. P. Sp., posterior spinneret. H., heart. P. St., pulmonary stigma. L. 1-L. 4, ambulatory limbs 1-4. Pul., lung-book. Fd 6d. 4 G., ganglia of the pre- R&R. B., rectal bladder (stercoral pocket). ceding. Ros., rostrum. Lam. 1, primary lamella of lung-book. Sp., spinneret. Lam. 2, secondary lamella of lung-book. Sp. Gl., spinning gland. M., muscle. Tr., trachea. Mes., mesoblast. T. St., tracheal stigma and vestibulum. M. Sp., median spinneret. z., ectoblastic thickening of undeter- N. C., nerve cord. mined significance. Piate XI.—Theridium tepidariorum.—Oblique longitudinal sections through the lung-book region, all drawn to the same scale. Fig. 1.—About 98 hours. Fig. 2.—About 127 hours. Figs. 3, 4.—121 hours; fig. 3 through the stigma, and fig. 4 somewhat lateral to it, of the same lung-book. Fig. 5.—Of another embryo of 121 hours. Fig. 6.—Of another embryo of 121 hours, to one side of the stigma. Fig. 7.—145 hours. Fig. 8.—145 hours. Piatre XI1.—Theridium tepidariorum.—All the figures except 16 drawn to the same scale. Fig. 9. Longitudinal section of lung-book, about 150 hours. Fig. 10.—Oblique cross-section of lung-book of an embryo of the same age. Fig. 11.—Longitudinal section of a lung-book, the lamellx not shown in their full length, about 218 hours. Fig. 12.—Longitudinal section through pulmonary and tracheal stigma, 145 hours. Fig. 13.—Median section of tracheal stigma, 168 hours. Fig. 14.—Median section of trachea, about 218 hours. Fig. 15.—Median section of trachea, 15 days. Fig. 16.—Oblique dorso-lateral surface view of embryo of about 127 hours. Pirate XIII.—Loxosceles.—Figs. 17-24 are surface views of whole-stained: embryos drawn to the same scale, in figs. 17-19 the extra-embryonic area being stippled. Fig. 17.—Postero-ventral, 190 hours (8 days). Fig. 18.—Postero-ventral, 170 hours (7 days). Fig. 19.—Postero-lateral, 170 hours (7 days). Fig. 20.—Lateral, 218 hours (9 days). Fig. 21.—Ventral. Fig. 22.—Abdomen, ventral, 265 hours (11 days). Fig. 23.—Abdomen, ventral, 14 days. Fig. 24.—Abdomen, ventral, 20 days, the hypodermal hairs not drawn. Fig. 25.—Median longitudinal section of the colulus of an adult, its free apex at the left and its dorsal surface above. Fig. 26.—Ventral view of colulus and spinnerets of an adult female, from an unstained balsam mount, Fig. 27.—Adult vestibulum and roots of main tracheal branches, caustic potash preparation. Puate XIV.—Evagrus, Filistata, Dictyna, Hyptiotes.—Figs. 28-32 are drawn to the same scale. ‘ Fig. 28.—Evagrus, lateral view of embryo before reversion. aS )- 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, Fig. 29.—Evagrus, ventral view of abdomen shortly after reversion; the : dotted line in the upper portion of the figure indicates where the cephalo- thorax had been broken off and a part of the abdomen removed. Figs. 80-32.—Evagrus, ventral views of abdomina of successive later stages, fig. 32 of an embryo of 19 days Gus ust hatching) .* Fig. 33.—Filistata, ventral view of abdomen of ie shortly after rever- sion. - Fig. 34.—Filistata, ventral view of cribellum of adult female, balsam mount. — Fig. 35.—Dictyna ‘volupis, ventral view of cribellum and tracheal vestibulum — of adult female, balsam mount. > Fig. 36.—Hyptiotes cavatus, ventral view of cribellum of adult female, balesty or mount. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 THE POLYCHETOUS ANNELIDS DREDGED BY THE U.S. S. ‘* ALBATROSS” OFF THE COAST OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA IN 1904. I. SYLLIDE, SPHERODORIDZE, HESIONIDE AND PHYLLODOCIDE. BY J. PERCY MOORE. Until in 1904 the U. 8. Bureau of Fisheries, the University of Cali- fornia, and Stanford University joined forces in initiating an investi- gation of the marine biology of California upon a comprehensive scale, most of the faunal work done on the invertebrates of that region had been limited to the littoral zone, and much of it had been of a local or desultory character. Early in that year the Fisheries steamer “‘ Albatross”? was detailed to investigate the deeper waters off the coast of the southern half of the State. From March 1 to April 15 collections and physical obser- vations were made at 139 dredging stations in the region south of Point Conception, chiefly in the vicinity of San Diego and among the Santa Catalina and Santa Barbara Islands. Between May 10 and June 15, 128 dredging stations were established in Monterey Bay, making 267 in all. The full data relating to these stations have been compiled and published as Fisheries Document No. 604, Washington, 1906. Among the material gathered is a rich but rather indifferently preserved collection of Polycheta which was submitted to the writer for study, especially through the interest of Prof. Charles H. Gilbert, of Stanford University. Coming from the deeper waters, this collec- tion admirably supplements the shore collections from the vicinity of San Diego and Monterey Bay contained in the Stanford University Museum and already reported upon in these PRoceEpINGs. It had been expected that the bulk of the collections would be made up of known shore forms, but the large number of undescribed species encountered in the families already studied has dispelled that anticipation. Types of new species are to be deposited in the National Museum, and sets of cotypes and duplicates, as far as possible, also in the codperating Universities and this Academy. SYLLIDA. Syllis alternata Moore. 4 This species is the most common syllid in the collection and oecurs 21 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, at depths of from 33 fathoms to 1,400 fathoms and chiefly among the Santa Catalina and Santa Barbara Islands. The largest and best preserved specimens are 40-44 mm. long and have 125 to 137 segments, but some are only 12-20 mm. long. In some the eyes, and particu- larly the posterior pair, are enlarged until those on each side nearly meet. There are indications that this condition may be correlated with bathymetrical distribution, the approximation being most marked in the examples from the greatest depth and least in those from more shallow waters. When contracted the notocirri exhibit a distinct thickening above the base, when extended they taper nearly uniformly from the base, but in all cases the alternation in length is obvious. Some ex- amples have the anterior twenty or so segments each marked by a dusky band, not narrow and sharply defined as in S. armillaris, but. broad and ill defined. The accessory tooth of the seta appendages is frequently much worn or nearly obsolete, causing the tips to appear. simple. In no case do the appendages exhibit any tendency to unite with the stems, as in Pionosyllis elongata Johnson and other species of the Synsyllis group. The chitinous lining of the pharynx terminates in a thickened, some- what crenulated border, behind which is a circle of soft papillae and dorsally a large, blunt, conical tooth. In the retracted state the tooth lies in somite III, the gizzard in XI-X XVII, the cesophageal loop in XVIII and the cea in XVII and XVIII. S. californica Kinberg may be this species, but no certainty can be reached from the brief diagnosis. The Husyllis tubifex Gosse reported by Treadwell from near Monterey Bay is very probably this species. S. violaceo-flava Grube is another related species from the Philippines. Stations 4,326, off Point La Jolla, near San Diego, March 8, 280 fathoms, green mud; 4,400, between San Diego and San Clemente Island, April 8, 500 fathoms, green mud; 4,420, off San Nicolas Island, April 12, 33 fathoms, fine gray sand; 4,427, off Santa Cruz Island, April 14, 447 fathoms, black mud and stones; 4,430, off Santa Cruz Island, April 14, 197 fathoms, black sand and pebbles; 4,574, off Cape Colnett, Lower California, October 8, 1,400 fathoms. Syllis (Ehlersia) heterocheta sp. nov. Pl. XV, figs. 1-4. Described from the type only, a small complete specimen 9 mm. long, with a width, in the region of the gizzard, of body of .4 mm. and between tips of parapodia of .7 mm. Segments 80. Prostomium (Pl. XV, fig. 1) pentagonal, with very unequal sides, the posterior longest and nearly straight, the lateral shortest and 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 convex, the anterior meeting in a rounded apex; about twice as wide as long. Eyes three pairs, forming a triangular group on each side; the middle pair with distinct lenses and much the largest, but not more than one-ninth the width of the prostomium and situated about their diameter from its lateral border; the posterior also with lenses, di- rected dorso-caudad, about one-fourth the diameter of the middle pair and situated medio-caudad of them; the anterior’ mere specks of pig- ment without lenses situated in line with the posterior pair and equally distant from the middle pair. Behind the posterior pair is a large black blotch on each side. Palps prominent, projecting straight for- ward, separate to the base, about one and one-half times as long as the prostomium, broad at the base where they equal one-half the width of the prostomium, thence diverging slightly and tapering to the rather slender, bluntly rounded tips. Median tentacle arising posterior to middle of prostomium between middle pair of eyes, lateral tentacles close to base of palps laterad of anterior eyes; both slender, little tapered, subequal, reaching about one-fifth of their length beyond palps, strongly moniliform except at base, with twenty to twenty-two joints. Peristomium (Pl. XV, fig. 1) a short but distinct ring bearing two pairs of tentacular cirri similar to cephalic tentacles but with distinct ceratophores, similar to the cephalic tentacles; the dorsal equal to the latter and with twenty or twenty-one joints, the ventral two-thirds as long with fourteen or fifteen joints. Segments all distinct, short, uniannulate, slightly depressed, increasing in width to near the middle. Pygidium a broadly expanded, furrowed ring whose cirri have been lost. Parapodia (Pl. XV,'fig. 2) of a length generally about one-third the- width of their segments. Neuropodia thick, little compressed and little tapered, divided distally into a low postsetal lip which curves over and encloses the ends of the acicula, and a slightly longer presetal lip, the supraacicular portion of which is a small, blunt, projecting lobe forming the dorso-distal angle of the neuropodium, Posteriorly this lobe is much reduced and the postsetal lip becomes longer and more pointed. Neurocirri nearly free from base of neuropodia; their cirrophores small and indistinct; styles slender, tapered, blunt, longer than neuropodium and with a swelling on the dorsal side above the base. Posteriorly they become more slender. Notocirri strongly moniliform and very distinctly jointed (though the joints become cylindrical rather than spheroidal or ellipsoidal) even to the caudal ‘ ‘Omitted from the figure. ee eee ee oe 524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, end; cirrophores short but generally distinct. Those on II and V are the longest, about one and one-half times the dorsal tentacular cirrus and exceeding the greatest width of the body; they have twenty- four to twenty-seven joints; III and IV are slightly longer than the dorsal of I and have nineteen to twenty-two segments. The remaining notocirri are more or less regularly alternately longer and shorter even to the caudal end, the longer in general equalling about three-fourths the width of their segments and the shorter about three-fifths their width. Those in the middle of the body have about sixteen or seven- teen (fig. 2) and eleven to thirteen (fig. 2a) joints respectively. Acicula (Pl. XV, fig. 2) of anterior parapodia in a row of six or seven, the ends of which appear in a groove at the dorso-distal angle of the neuropodia. They are pale yellow, rather stout, tapered and end in blunt points, slightly knobbed and variously slightly bent or even hooked; middle neuropodia have three or four and posterior only two. Sete in rough, irregular subacicular fascicles of about seven rows of three or four each. They are colorless with rather long, curved shafts slightly enlarged at the distal end (Pl. XV, fig. 3) to form simple, oblique articulations roughened by a few minute points. Appendages of all except the sete of the dorsal row comparatively short (fig. 3), two to four times the length of the oblique end of shaft, scarcely curved and not hooked at the tip, which is a simple point below which is sometimes an obscure accessory tooth; margin strongly toothed. Sete of dorsal series and sometimes one or two of the next row more slender (Pl. XV, fig. 4) with very long, slender, straight appendages usually about four times the longest of the lower rows, with blunt ends (fig. 4b). and finer marginal denticulation (fig. 4a). Such sete continue to the caudal end and are similar on all segments. Many of the posterior parapodia also bear a single stout, nearly straight, spine- like simple seta, as long as the shafts of the others, in the dorsal part of the bundle; it is probably to be regarded as a prolonged aciculum. Proboscis (Pl. XV, fig. 1) protruded about one-third of its length beyond palps, broad cylindroid, diameter exceeding prostomium, cuticle thick, smooth and entire at orifice; dorsal tooth stout and blunt, probably from wear; behind this is a circular fold bearing eight (or nine?) distant, soft, rounded papille. Gizzard reaches from IX to XXI and has thirty-seven rings. Colorless in alcohol. The only specimen was taken at Station 4,423, off San Nicolas Island, April 13, 339 fathoms, gray sand, black pebbles, shells. Syllis (Ehlersia) anops Ehlers, from the Straits of Magellan, is a much more elongated species with the anterior and posterior dorsal 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 325 sete appendages differing in form. S. singulisetis Grube, from the Philippines, also belongs to the subgenus Ehlersia, but has only four eyes. Pionosyllis typica sp.nov. Pl. XV, figs. 5-7. Form moderately slender, widest in the region of the gizzard, from which it tapers regularly to the caudal end. The well-extended and complete type has 96 segments and is 31 mm. long and 1.2 mm. in diameter at XXV. : Prostomium small, somewhat sunken into peristomium, about one and two-thirds times as wide as long, the greatest width posterior, the sides and front broadly and regularly rounded. Eyes two pairs, dark brown, small, anterior pair close to lateral border and about midway of length of prostomium; posterior pair little more than one- half diameter of anterior and slightly behind and within them. A pair of faint ridges run from the posterior eyes to the posterior border of the prostomium, nearly completing with the eyes a V-shaped figure. Palps completely separated to base, bent somewhat ventrad, broadly triangular with rounded angles, about as long as prostomium and basal width about two-thirds length. Median tentacle arising between posterior eyes, about one and one-fourth times as long as prostomium and palps, slender and slightly tapered, divided into about twenty- four articles, distinct distally but obscure toward the base, not strongly moniliform. Lateral tentacles similar, arising from a slight depression just anterior to anterior eyes, nearly three-fourths as long as median and reaching nearly as far, divided into nineteen or twenty joints. Mouth rather large with prominent crenulated lips. Peristomium short and partly crowded beneath prostomium, but visible for entire width of dorsum. Tentacular cirri similar to tentacles, the dorsal slightly exceeding median tentacle in length, with about twenty-six joints; the ventral somewhat shorter, with twenty joints, Body segments nearly terete, remarkably regular but separated by shallow, inconspicuous furrows ;except for a few short anterior ones they are half as long as wide or more. From the maximum width at the end of the first fourth they taper regularly to the pygidium, which is a small ring and bears one of a pair of cirri as long as the last nine segments and resembling the posterior neurocirri in being scarcely articulated. Parapodia (Pl. XV, fig. 5) situated at ventral level of body, well separated throughout, slender, rather conspicuous in ventral view but largely concealed from the dorsum. The neuropodia are slightly com- pressed and taper slightly to the bluntly rounded and rather abruptly contracted end, which is divided into two small lips separated by a 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, deep cleft, from which the sets arise and into which the-tips of the acicula enter. Neurocirri arise obliquely from basal half of neuropo- dium, cylindrical or slightly tapered to blunt tips reaching well beyond end of neuropodium, especially on anterior segments. Notocirri arise from rather prominent but indistinct cirrophores immediately above base of neuropodia and all at same level. Styles all approxi- mately of one length, about two-thirds width of body, the anterior and alternate ones-scarcely longer than the others, but the alternate ones carried erect. Anterior notocirri -are somewhat articulated, similarly to the tentacles, but this character becomes more obscure toward the base and on more caudal cirri; most of them are rather stout, rather quickly tapered and more or less transversely wrinkled, rather than jointed. Near the caudal end they become much reduced in size. Acicula number from five or six anteriorly to two or three posteriorly; pale yellow, tapered, the ends blunt and very slightly knobbed (Pl XV, fig. 6). Sete generally about twelve or fifteen, in oblique, spreading, fan- shaped tufts; colorless, the stems long, slender, curved, the ends (Pl. XV, fig. 7) slightly enlarged, oblique, with four or five just per- ceptible teeth on the convexity of the front face and a slight shoulder behind. Appendages moderately long, varying from three times diameter of distal end of stem in ventral to five times its diameter in dorsal sete, except at the posterior end, where all are shorter. They (fig. 7) are of peculiar form with very oblique base, beyond which the width remains nearly uniform; distally abruptly truncated and ending in a stout oblique spur, above which is a delicate curved tooth often nearly worn away; a very fine marginal fringe ending in a more prominent tuft of hairs. This species stands closer to the type species than any of the three already described from the Pacific coast of North America. Johnson’s species, P. elongata, appears to be more properly referred to Synsyllis Verrill. Much confusion in the usage of the genus exists among authors. Station 4,430, off Santa Cruz Island, April 14, 197 fathoms, black sand and pebbles. ‘Two specimens. Pionosyllis gigantea Moore. About forty anterior segments of a specimen of this large species from an unknown locality. As noted above it is doubtful if this species really belongs to Pionosyllis. Trypanosyllis intermedia Moore. Owing to the deficiencies of the type the original description of this species is incomplete and may be added to here. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327 A complete specimen with 230 much contracted segments is 60 mm. - long, with a maximum body width of 3.2 mm. at XXX. Prostomium subquadrate, slightly wider than long; with a deep postero-median dorsal incision and furrow. Palps completely separated to base, slightly longer than prostomium, somewhat divided into basal and terminal portions; the former somewhat swollen and the latter slender and abruptly bent ventrad. Median tentacle five or six. times length of prostomium and composed of fifty-six very short joints; lateral tentacles about one-half as long, with thirty-five to thirty-eight Joints. Eyes on each side nearly or quite coalesced. Tentacular cirri arising beneath prostomium, the dorsal nearly equal to median tentacle, with fifty joints; the ventral slightly shorter than lateral tentacle, with about thirty-five joints. Notocirrus of II the longest, about one-third more than the median tentacle, with sixty-four to seventy joints; that of III scarcely shorter and of IV two-thirds as long as II. Following this the notocirrophores of odd-numbered segments are at a slightly higher level and bear slender styles as long as the width of their segments and with as many as sixty or seventy very short joints ; those of even-numbered segments have styles about two-thirds as long. _Pygidium a tapered ring bearing a pair of slender cirri as long as its diameter and with twenty-five to thirty Joints. A pharynx dissected had the circle of teeth in somite VIII; there are eighteen to twenty slender compressed soft papilla and apparently as many teeth, but the latter are so much broken that this cannot be determined with certainty. Gizzard in XVIII to XXIX with thirty- five distinct and seven or eight indistinct rings. The anterior thirty-five or forty segments are reddish-brown above with pale intersegmental lines. One specimen each from stations 4,417, off Santa Barbara Island, April 12, 29 fathoms, fine yellow sand, rock and coralline; and 4,420, off San Nicolas Island, April 12, 291 fathoms, gray mud and rock. Odontosyllis phosphorea sp. nov. Pl. XV, figs. 8-10. Epitokous, sexually mature examples, unfortunately much dis- torted and broken. ‘The type and largest specimen lacks some of the caudal segments and measures 23 mm. long, 2.56 mm. in maximum width between tips of parapodia and 1.5 mm. in width of body only. The anterior region of twenty-three segments is 4.6 mm. long, the middle of fifty-one segments provided with swimming notopodial seta is 17 mm., and only four segments of the posterior region remain, mak- ing seventy-eight segments in all. A smaller, more extended and _* “s ‘ ee ae peeseee* 2a : 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, posteriorly complete cotype is 18 mm. long, the anterior region being 5 mm. and the posterior 5.5mm. Segments 23 + 26 + 31 = 80. Form rather short and stout, widest at the middle, the ventral sur- face flat, the dorsal more or less arched, most so in the anterior region, which is nearly as high as wide; the middle and posterior regions depressed. ; Prostomium small, short, bent downward, subprismatic with rounded angles, about two-thirds as long as wide and deeper than long, the front abruptly vertical, somewhat excavated for the tentacles. yes two pairs, moderately large with large lenses, brown, occupying sides of prostomium, the anterior pair directed chiefly forward, the posterior upward. Though themselves distinct they are enveloped in an irregular curved, broad band of black pigment which occupies most of the lateral and posterior dorsal part of the prostomium., The three tentacles arise close together, the median more dorsal, from a depression in the middle of the frontal face, small, slender, unjointed, | subequal, somewhat exceeding length of prostomium. Palpi directed ventrad, thick, fleshy separated knobs. Peristomium achetous, largely concealed by prostomium, only a very short dorsal ring and larger lateral prominences showing. Two pairs of tentacular cirri, unjointed but transversely wrinkled, the ventral about as long as width of prostomium, the dorsal about one and one-half times as long. The nuchal fold arises from the dorsum of II and is a prominent, semicircular, deeply pigmented, free, mem- branous flap, with a basal width equal to one-half the segment and covering the posterior part of the prostomium as far as the anterior eyes. Somite II and remaining setigerous segments are uniannular and well marked by irregular furrows, differing in the several regions as indicated above. Pygidium a small, low, dome-shaped ring having a pair of short, thick fusiform cirri. Parapodia, owing partly to the contraction of the specimens, very — little prominent, those of the anterior and posterior regions uniramous (Pl. XV, fig. 8), of the middle region biramous (fig. 9). Neuropodia short, stout, with blunt ends, terminating in two short, thick, rounded lips, of which the postsetal is usually slightly the longer; both termi- nating dorsally at the acicula, which lie slightly below the dorsal border of the neuropodia. In the middle region the neuropodia (PI. XV, fig. 9) are somewhat longer than in the anterior region, but otherwise similar. The notopodia are low, flattened protuberances pushed out anterior to the seta tuft into a pointed, conical acicular process. In the posterior region the parapodia are neuropodial only and are gradually 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 reduced in size. Neurocirri arise from beneath the base and rather on the posterior face of the neuropodia, and have somewhat swollen bases and a small, slightly distinct distal piece reaching about as far as the end of the neuropodium. They are similar on all parapodia. Notocirri arising from low swellings (but not distinct cirrophores) on the dorsum well above the parapodia. Styles rather long, slender and unjointed, but more or less wrinkled. The first (on IJ) is longer than the others, about twice the dorsal peristomial cirrus and about one and one-third the width of the segment; that of III is less than two-fifths, of IV about three-fifths and of V about seven-eighths of that of Il; remaining notocirri are alternately longer and shorter, those in the middle region being respectively about equal to three- fifths and one-third the width of their segments. Neuropodial acicula generally two in anterior, three in middle region, moderately stout, straight, tapered, the ends slightly knobbed. Notopodial aciculum single, slender, gently tapered and curved, the distal end slightly knobbed and often bent at the end. Neuropodial sete entirely subacicular, in dense fascicles of several ranks, rather numerous, usually ten or eleven ranks of three or four each. They are colorless, rather stout, with curved stems becoming thicker distally and ending obliquely in a blunt, slightly roughened point (Pl. XV, fig. 10). Appendages short broad blades varying in length only from once to twice the width of the distal end of the stem, the longest occur- ring in anterior parapodia and the ventral part of the bundles, termi- nating in a prominent hook, well below which is a stout spur. In the posterior region a solitary slender, curved simple seta also occurs in each fascicle, but has not been detected elsewhere. ) A dissected proboscis exhibits the characteristic thick bow and fold of the chitinous rim, but the number and character of the teeth is not evident. The gizzard of the same specimen has sixty-seven annulations. Color pale yellow with a conspicuous spot on the prostomium, the nuchal fold and narrow intersegmental transverse lines black; in the middle and posterior regions every fourth one of the latter is much wider and denser, and at these deeply pigmented furrows the frequent fractures of the body-walls always occur; appendages colorless; eyes brown. The label reads: ‘‘ Phosphorescent annelids caught at surface, Avalon Bay, Catalina Island, evening, April 11, 1904, Albatross.”’ Professor William 8. Ritter writes that a phosphorescent annelid swarms at the surface of San Diego Bay. Doubtless this is the species here described. It is a frequent characteristic of species of this genus to be luminiferous. : 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {| June Syllid gen. et sp.? A small syllid, probably a true Syllis or Eusyllis, from an unknown station, cannot be identified, and its characters are put on record for the use of a future describer. Length 11 mm., segments 72. Prostomium nearly twice as wide as long, rounded laterally, slightly convex anteriorly and nearly straight posteriorly. Eyes very imper- fect (probably abnormal), represented by a minute speck of pigment — close to the base of the palp on one side, and a larger but stili very small eye with a lens on the other side. No trace of tentacles remains, but it seems very improbable that they should be normally absent in a syllid of this type. Palps projecting forward and curved downward pistally, free, broad, subelliptical, flattened, their length nearly equal to width of prostomium, and their combined width exceeding that of prostomium. Peristomium very short above, swelling to a broad lip at the sides and below. An incomplete, strongly moniliform, dorsal tentacular cirrus with seventeen joints remaining exists on one side, but the others are lost. . Body strongly arched anteriorly, but more flattened behind. | First twelve segments very short and separated by deep furrows, the others becoming longer until in the middle region they are one-fourth as long as wide. Pygidium a very short ring with a slight median lobe, bear- ing a pair of very long, slender, moniliform cirri as long as the last twelve segments and consisting of more than forty joints; in addition there is a very minute unjointed median cirrus. Parapodia small, the neuropodia cylindroid, little compressed, — truncate, the distal end divided into nearly equal, short, thick, rounded presetal and postsetal lips. Neurocirri rather slender, tapered, un- jointed, blunt, reaching slightly beyond end of neurocirri. Notocirri arising from prominent swellings and small cirrophores well above neuropodia; very long, flexible, very strongly moniliform, alternately longer (on odd-numbered segments) and shorter (even-numbered segments). At the anterior end mostly lost; on middle segments the short ones exceed the width of their segments and have thirty-five or forty joints, the long ones are twice the width of their segments and have fifty to fifty-five joints. Even near the caudal end they are not much shorter, the longest having forty or more joints and the short ones twenty-five or thirty. Acicula three or four in a row ending at the dorso-lateral angle, pale — yellow, tapered to blunt, slightly knobbed tips. Sete few, seldom | | 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 exceeding ten or twelve and oftener fewer, colorless, transparent, with rather stout, curved stems, terminating in enlarged, oblique ends which appear to be quite smooth. Appendages usually about twice as long as the oblique end of stem, with straight, simple points and strongly developed marginal fringe. Parapodia of the last thirty segments at least bear a single simple spine which projects prominently from the dorsal part of the bundle. It has about twice the thickness of the compound set, is very slightly curved and ends in a blunt point. The most posterior project very prominently to quite the length of the compound set; further forward they are less conspicu- ous, and anterior to XL none can be detected. Proboscis retracted and on account of the opacity and pigmentation of the anterior end difficult to see. It appears, however, to have a smooth margin. Gizzard in XV to XXII, with thirty-four rings. Color anteriorly pale brown owing to numerous granules in the integument, passing through yellow into a nearly colorless posterior end. Autolytus sp.’ A single example of a stock regenerating behind and incomplete from the loss of many of the appendages. Length 16 mm., width between tips of parapodia 1.4 mm.; segments 85 with a narrow regenerating bud of 13 segments. Prostomium broadly ellipsoid, anterior and posterior borders nearly straight, sides prominently convex; with the palps as seen from above the outline nearly circular. Eyes two pairs with lenses, the anterior nearly black, diameter about one-fifth width of prostomium, located midway of the length of prostomium at its lateral borders, looking outward and a little downward and forward; posterior brown, about one-half diameter of anterior, with which they are in contact on the dorso-postero-median side. Palps completely coalesced to tips, but having a depressed median line and barely perceptible distal emar- gination. Median tentacle lost, but one lateral tentacle present, arising just above base of palp nearly in line with anterior eye, coarse, little tapered, its length six or seven times prostomium and palps, but much twisted and probably incomplete. Peristomium bearing large cirrophores, but only the ventral style of one side remaining, this being one-half the length of the lateral tentacle. Anterior segments imperfectly separated, the furrows shallow; width increasing for about twenty segments to the gizzard region and then nearly uniform to the end. A wedge-shaped median elevation with apex at the peristomium extends over the first six or 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, seven segments, and is bounded by the divergent epaulettes which ex- tend caudad from the peristomium and have pigmented borders. The regenerating region is quite small, barely a mm. in length and about one-fourth that in width, and ends in an unsegmented blunt pygidium without cirri. Parapodia, as usual in the genus, short, thick, ventral in position, - lacking free neurocirri which become coalesced with the neuropodia to form opaque ventral swellings; neuropodia terminating in short, thick, presetal and postsetal lips. Notocirri with large cirrophores, often as large as the neuropodia; styles unjointed, coarse and similar to the tentacle, very easily detached and many missing. That of II very long, about twice the lateral tentacle and reaching to about XX; that of III about one-half as long; the others much shorter, the longest about one-half III or about width of body. Acicula four (on one parapodium studied), tapered to blunt points. Sete forming rather dense tufts, colorless, the shafts rather stout, — strongly curved, distally enlarged and near the articulation denticu- lated on both faces. Appendages little longer than oblique end of shaft, triangular with bidentate ends, the anterior tooth larger an somewhat hooked. No teeth visible at end of retracted proboscis, cesophagus scarcely looped; gizzard in XX-XXVIII, apparently about thirty-three rings. No color. The single specimen comes from an unknown station. SPHARODORIDA. Although at least five generic names have been applied to the few known species of this very small family, it seems that the forms possess- ing compound setz still lack proper generic designation. Indeed, if the synonymies published by European authors be correct, all of these names are based upon a single type species. As each was originally proposed for a single species, there is no difficulty about fixing the types. Three names were proposed in 1843: EHphesia Rathke for E. gracilis Rathke (n. sp.), Spherodorum Oersted for S. flavum Oersted (n. sp.) and Bebryce Johnston for P. peripatus Johnston (n. sp.). Hphesia was previously used by Hiibner in 1816 for a genus of Lepidoptera, and Bebryce is preoccupied by Bebryce Philippi, 1842. Nothing in the descriptions of the types serves to differentiate them; they all certainly have simple setze and lack spherical organs other than those directly related to the parapodia. Two years later Johnston, discovering the earlier use of Bebryce, substituted Pollicita, but admits the prob- 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333 able identity of his type species with Spherodorum flavum Oersted. Perrier in 1897 proposed Hypephesia for species with simple sete, naming H. gracilis as the type. Levinsen employs Ephesia to include both typical species with simple sete like E. gracilis Rathke and forms with compound sete like E. peripatus Claparéde (non Johnston), while Spherodorum is retained for those species which bear several series of spherical append- ages with granular contents and which have the sete compound, like S. claparedii Greeff. St. Joseph, on the other hand, prefers to sepa- rate the genera on the basis of sete characters, ranging under Ephesia species with simple setze and under Spherodorum those with the sete compound. Finally Perrier recognizes the three generic types apparent in the family, retains Levinsen’s application of Spherodorum but divides his Ephesia, unfortunately applying that name to the FE. peripatus group and giving a new name (Hypephesia) to the typical FE. gracilis with simple sete. It is evident, therefore, that Spherodorum is the proper name for the papillated forms with simple setz only, and, so far as I am aware, no distinct tenable generic names are in existence for the two types with compound sete. The present collection includes a species of each of the three types known in the family, but all are provisionally placed in the genus Spherodorum, a proceeding that may be justified because the known number of species is so smal] that no confusion will result from plac- ing all in a single genus, because increased knowledge of the species of the family may make known forms possessing intermediate characters, and because the relationships of the Sphzrodoride have been so variously conceived that it is possible that other generic names have been overlooked. Spherodorum papillifer sp.nov. Pl. XV, figs. 11, 12. Moderately slender, tapering both ways, the greatest width nearer the anterior end, subterete, but somewhat depressed and flattened below. Length of type 30 mm.; maximum diameter at end of anterior two-fifths 1 mm.; segments 102. Other specimens one or two milli- meters shorter. Anterior end blunt, the prostomium and peristomium retracted and difficult to distinguish, the former a very short, simple, slightly domed lobe studded with papilla and without definite appendages, though three papille longer than the others may represent the tentacles and a pair of mammilliform papilla the palps. Peristomium a simple} not clearly differentiated ring surrounding the mouth and bearing a pair “ -— — 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, of small globoid cirri. On the dorsum is a <-shaped group of con- spicuous black eye-spots which extend on to somite II. Typically there seem to be two pairs, but frequently there is an additional pair of spots or a median spot anteriorly. Segments short and uniannular or slightly and irregularly annulated, mobile and irregularly contracted in the different regions; posteriorly becoming very small and tapering into a minute pygidium which bear a pair of spherical cirri with small apical papille and in addition a minute median cirrus or papilla. ‘Surface, particularly toward the ends of the body, bearing numerous small, pointed or somewhat clavate retractile papillae which are evidently of a sensory nature and become larger in the neighborhood of the parapodia. Parapodia (Pl. XV, fig. 11) rather inconspicuous, lateral, probably uniramous. They consist of a slender, conical setigerous neuropodium roughened with small, conical, sensory papillee becoming longer towards its distal end, which terminates in an especially prominent one or postsetal lobe. A much stouter process arising from the postero- ventral region of the neuropodium, having nearly the structure of the sensory papille, is undoubtedly the neurocirrus. Quite distinct from and well dorsad of the neuropodium is a spherical prominence (noto- podium?) bearing on the middle of the distal face a small clavate cirrus. The spherical body is largest and most conspicuous on middle segments, but the distal cirrus is larger, both relatively and absolutely, at the ends. These organs are enveloped in a thick cuticle and the interior is filled with a snarl of slender, elongated bodies and opaque brownish granules, giving to the entire organ its characteristic opacity. A short distance farther dorsad is a clavate papille similar to that borne by the spherical body but more slender and elongated, especially on middle segments. Neuropodial aciculum single—a rather stout, yellowish, tapered spine ending in a simple, blunt, somewhat projecting point. Sete few, about four to six, projecting unequal distances in an irregular fascicle in each neuropodium (fig. 11). All are simple, colorless, rather stout, the shafts straight or nearly so, the ends expanded into a blade- like extremity with a knife-like edge rising into a slightly curved point and passing at the base into a slightly differentiated lateral spur. They exhibit little variety in shape or proportions (PI. XV, fig. 12). Proboscis unknown. Color nearly uniform pale yellow, faded, the eye-spots deep brown. Six specimens from station 4,400, off San Diego, April 8, 500 fathoms green mud, 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335 One is a female filled with large eggs distinctly visible to the naked eye; the others, including the type, appear to be males. Spherodorum brevicapitis sp. noy. Pl. XV, figs. 13, 14. Although considerably larger this species closely resembles S. papiullifer in general appearance. The type and only specimen, much contracted and distorted, is 39 mm. long, with a maximum diameter without parapodia of 1.6 mm., and has 96 segments. Owing to the partial protrusion of the proboscis as a soft bulbous structure the prostomium is crowded dorsad. It appears as a very slight, scarcely distinguishable lobe, bearing scattered papille, of which five, though still small, are larger than the others; three of these are very close together near the anterior margin of the lip; the others are separated by a considerable interval on each side. Peristomium likewise indistinct—a short achetous ring bearing a minute mammilliform papilla on each side. A pair of rather large, widely separated pigment spots, the remains of a pair of eyes, lies partly on this segment but chiefly on III. Owing to the condition of the specimen little can be determined about the normal appearance of the segments. The cutaneous papilla, however, are less numerous and smaller than in S. papillijfer. They are scattered fairly uniformly over the surface, becoming more numerous on the parapodia. Pygi- dium a minute ring bearing a pair of low, broad, mammilliform papill, besides at least two small, simple papille. Parapodia (Pl. XV, fig. 13) in general similar to those of S. papillijer, but the parts more widely separated and the neuropodia more slender and cylindrical with a conical apex, rather than simply conical, and- ending in a small postacicular lobe. Neurocirri small, subconical processes arising from the posterior ventral side of the neuropodia just at the base of the terminal cone. Spherical organ prominent, with a thinner cuticle than in S. papillifer, and the papilla borne on the ventral side of the base instead of on the outer surface. Dorsal papilla (noto- cirrus) well above spherical organ, small, claviform, with a widened base. Aciculum single, rather more slender than that of S. papillijer, but similar in form, colorless, the blunt-pointed tip projecting freely. Sete in irregular fascicles of usually eight or nine, rather prominent, all compound or semi-compound, becoming widened and flattened distally and then tapering into a hooked tip or appendage which is articulated to the stem by an oblique joint, the absence of which would leave these sete very similar to those of S. papillifer (Pl. XV, fig. 14). ———— 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Proboscis—see above. Color slightly yellowish; opaque from pres- ence of sperm-balls with which ccelom is packed. Type only, from station 4,395, off Santa Catalina Islands, March 31, 2,045 fathoms, blue-gray mud. Spherodorum spherulifer sp. noy. Fragment of caudal end of a species related to S. claparedii Greeff, but with the large spherical bodies more numerous. It is dark brown and very opaque. Each segment bears on the dorsum two or three pairs of large, and alternating with them smaller, spheroidal bodies, all partially united at their bases into a somewhat irregular trans- verse ridge. The smaller numbers are at the posterior end, and they increase regularly as far as the piece extends to the middle segments. Several similar but smaller bodies occur on the venter. Neuropodia generally similar to those of S. brevicapitis, but the very extensile neurocirri and postacicular lobes are much larger, a papilla appears to be absent from the notopodial organ and the first (a smaller one) of the transverse series of dorsal appendages may be the notocirrus of each segment. Sets compound, similar to those of S. brevicapitis, but with the joint more distinct and the appendage somewhat longer. The single specimen, included among some invertebrates presented to the Academy by Professor Harold Heath, was taken from a deep- sea fish-line in Monterey Bay on July 16, 1902. HESIONIDZA. Podarke pugettensis Johnson. About a dozen specimens with up to fifty-eight segments and except for the eyes devoid of pigment. One is regenerating the caudal end. Many have the proboscis, which has not been described, protruded. It measures about 1.5 mm. long and half as wide, the basal two-thirds swollen, bulbous and smooth, the distal portion subcylindrical or trun- cated conical and more or less compressed; terminal orifice a vertical slit surrounded by eight or ten faintly marked small papille. The first mention of this species in literature is under the name of Ophiodromus by Harrington and Griffin as a parasite on Asterias in Puget Sound. San Diego Bay, Beacon No. 3 Shoal, March 1, 1904. PHYLLODOCIDZ. Phyllodoce mucosa Oersted. This species, already recorded from the North Pacific, appears to be common off southern California. Most of the specimens are well 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597 preserved and agree closely with typical examples of the species taken in the North Atlantic at Labrador and Greenland, as well as with the figures of Malmgren and other European authors. The only apparent difference is that the Pacific examples may have one or two more papil- lz in some of the rows on the proboscis, most of them having 11 or 12 in the upper and lower and 13 or 14 or rarely 15 in the middle rows. None shows any trace of a median dorsal series, but the other papille are prominent and generally have a conspicuous brown spot on the posterior face. The form of the prostomium is very changeable and may be pyramidal, ovate or deeply cordate, but is always more or less emarginate posteriorly. The nuchal papilla is minute and inconspicu- ous. Several specimens are regenerating lost caudal ends and one is filled with eggs. Seven specimens from station 4,599, off San Diego, April 7, 245 fathoms, fine gray sand and rock; and one from each of the following: 4,445, Monterey Bay, May 11, 66 fathoms, green mud; 4,476, same, May 16, 39 fathoms, soft green mud; 4,482, same, May 17,43 fathoms, soft green mud; 4,485, same, 108 fathoms, soft green mud and sand; 4.519, same, May 26, 35 fathoms, hard gray sand; 4,548, same, June 7, 46 fathoms, coarse sand, shells and rock. Phyllodoce medipapillata Moore. The median dorsal series of proboscidial papille is always well developed and quite as conspicuous as the others. Besides this charac- ter this species is distinguished from the related P. mucosa by having the sete appendages much shorter and the notocirri ovate-lanceolate instead of truncated as in that species. The large specimen is just 100 mm. long with 201 segments. , A single example was collected at each of the following stations: 4,420, off San Nicolas Island, April 12, 33 fathoms, fine gray sand; 4,460, Monterey Bay, May 12, 55 fathoms, green mud, gravel; 4,558, Monterey Bay, June 9, 40 fathoms, rock. Phyllodoce ferruginea sp. nov. PI. XV, figs. 15-18. Two complete specimens of nearly equal size. The type measures 46 mm. long, .7 mm. in maximum width of body and 1.2 mm. between tips of parapodia; 148 segments. Very slender, nearly linear, widest about end of anterior third, somewhat depressed. Prostomium (Pl. XV, fig. 15) regularly elliptical, about five-sixths as wide as long, slightly depressed, slightly truncated at both ends and with a very slight posterior median emargination, strongly convex above. Eyes one pair, brown, very large with prominent lenses, 22 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, their diameter nearly one-third width of prostomium, situated just posterior to middle of length close to posterior borders of prosto- mium and looking dorso-laterad. Frontal tentacles arising by re- stricted bases, widely separated on antero-lateral borders of prosto- mium, long, slender and subulate, tapered regularly from above base to slender tip; the dorsal one and one-half times or more the length of prostomium, the ventral about as long as prostomium, Study of additional material may modify the last statement, as some of the tentacles of both specimens have evidently suffered injury and one (type) has two, the cotype one, in regeneration as small knob-like buds. The cells of the prostomium form a small rosette-like radiation anterior to the eyes, but there is no indication of a median tentacle. Peristomium completely crowded beneath prostomium, projecting as lateral lobes merely, from the upper part of which arise the two pairs of tentacular cirri. No nuchal papilla. Posterior lip prominent. Somites II and III very short but distinct, except that ventrally the former coalesces with the prostomium to form the lower lip. Tentacu- lar cirri (fig. 15) all unusually long and slender, regularly tapered, with well-developed cirrophores. The peristomial arises at about the level ofythe foliaceous notocirri and reaches to about XII; the dorsal of II is at a higher level and reaches XVII; ventral of II at a very low level and equals peristomial; that of III at nearly the level of succeeding notocirri and reaches XIV. Three or four small sete arise from a small tubercle between the cirri of II and a fully developed neuropodium occurs on III. Anterior segments all very short and distinctly biannulate; farther back they become nearly half as long as wide. Pygidium a rather long ring, but cirri wanting. Parapodia (Pl. XV, fig. 16) unusually small, projecting very little from side of body, the neuropodium flattened, with postsetal lip obso-. lete and presetal lip large and broadly rounded distally with a very slight notch, from which the point of the aciculum projects (fig. 17). Neurocirrus very strongly foliaceous, broadly subovate, several times larger than neuropodium on all somites, completely concealing them from behind and bending dorsad until on most somites it meets the notocirrus; arrangement of veins radial. Notocirrophores prominent, somewhat flattened domes, two or three times as large at the neuro- podia on middle segments. Strongly foliaceous, thin, imbricated but covering only a small part of the sides of the body, of moderate size but very large in comparison with the neuropodia, broadly cordate with apex bluntly rounded (usually broader at the end than the one figured) and base deeply excavated, with deep yellow-brown veins forming a dense bipinnate figure; rather easily detached. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 Aciculum single, nearly colorless, straight, tapered to a point like a sharpened pencil which projects slightly beyond the acicular notch (fig. 17). Setz rather numerous, in broad, fan-shaped fascicles only obscurely divided into supra- and subacicular groups; 8 + 11 on somite X, 9 + 12 on XXV and L, 7 + 9 on C of type. They are colorless with moderately long stems scarcely reaching beyond the border of the neurocirri of middle segments, slender and gently curved, rather conspicuously inflated at the ends (Pl. XV, fig. 18) to form a socket bounded by lateral ranks of slender teeth connected anteriorly by a row of much smaller teeth. Appendages rather long, equalling or generally exceeding depth of neuropodia, very delicate with striations and marginal denticulations not visible under the magnification shown. Color generally rusty, the body pale with little color, the cephalic appendages and neurocirri deeper and the notocirri very brilliant yellowish brown which contrasts strongly with the paler body and gives the worm its conspicuous coloring. Proboscis unknown. Station 4.550, Monterey Bay, June 7, 50 fathoms, green mud, rock. In form of the prostomium and other features this species approaches P. citrina Malmgren. Phyllodoce (Carobia) castanea Marenzeller. A small example 26 mm. long with 106segments. Like the specimen previously reported from Monterey Bay this one has notocirri some- what more elongated than those of Marenzeller’s Japanese types. The color is paler and more yellowish than in the specimen above mentioned, though, like it, this is a female with eggs. There is no trace of a nuchal papilla and the flattening of the tentacular cirri is very obvious. Phyllodoce polyphylla Ehlers, from South Georgia, is probably closely related to this species, though Ehler’s figure exhibits no setigerous lobe on II, which is very obvious in this specimen. The minute dorsal tentacles shown by the type of P. polyphylla are probably merely the result of these being in process of regeneration after having been lost, as I have seen precisely similar conditions in several species. Station 4,496, Monterey Bay, May 19, 10 fathoms, fine gray sand and rock, Anaitis polynoides sp. nov. Pl. XVI, figs. 19-21. Owing to the closely imbricated manner in which the large notocirri overlap the slender body this species bears a superficial resemblance to an elongated Polynoé or even more to a Sthenelais. The single speti- men is complete, but the posterior one-fourth of the body has evidently . 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, been recently regenerated—being abruptly unpigmented and of smaller size. Form slender, depressed, the segments scarcely exceeding one-third of total width between margins of notocirri or tips of parapodia. From the maximum width at the end of the anterior fourth the extreme outline tapers slightly forward and regularly and continuously caudad. Length 44 mm.; maximum width of segments 1.6 mm.; total width 3.8mm. Segments 88. Prostomium very short, broad and depressed, decidedly bent down- ward. In the figure (Pl. XVI, fig. 19) the prostomium is represented as pressed upward somewhat, but in the position in which it naturally rests the anterior outline is regularly semicircular and the length (exclusive of the posterior prolongation) about one-half the width. From the slightly convex posterior margin a median prolongation fits into a deep depression in the peristomium and bears a knob-like nuchal cirrus having a diameter about equal to the eyes. Eyes one pair, con- spicuous, circular, brown, about one-ninth or one-eighth the width of the prostomium and widely separated by an interval of about five times their diameter, close to the posterior margin of the prostomium. Frontal tentacles very short, subconical with small terminal append- ages, very widely separated and somewhat reflexed on sides of prosto- mium; the dorsal about as long as one-third width of prostomium and separated by about twice their length; the ventral somewhat longer, nearer together and reflexed so that they are concealed in dorsal views. Peristomium somewhat tumid laterally, but excavated dorso-medially for the nuchal projection and papilla, almost indistinguishably coalesced with, II which is similarly tumid laterally but lacks a median depression. Tentacular cirri four pairs, rather short, thick, blunt, and stiff. The first (or peristomial) pair scarcely longer than width of prostomium and not reaching beyond IV; dorsal of II with a much larger cerato- phore and reaching VII; ventral of II equal to peristomial and that of IIL (notocirrus) similar to dorsal of II and reaching VIII. Podous segments well defined, very regular, the anterior very short, but soon becoming one-third as long as wide, slightly convex above, flat below, with a shallow neural groove. Posteriorly the segments taper to a very minute pygidium bearing a pair of relatively stout, eylindroid anal cirri, the combined width of which equals that of the pygidium and the length the last five or six segments. Parapodia (Pl. XVI, fig. 20) begin on III, strictly lateral, prominent, — their length exceeding one-half width of body, toward the ends becom- 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 ing smaller but otherwise unmodified. Strictly uniramal, the neuro- podia compressed, with obsolete postsetal lip and prominent, foliaceous presetal lip divided by an acicular notch into a larger, broadly-rounded, supra-acicular lobe and a somewhat shorter subacicular lobe obliquely tapered to a blunt point. Notocirrophores large, those of all except most anterior segments flattened and auriculate (fig. 20), Notocirrostyles beginning with IV, thin and membranous; typically broadly lunate-reniform, the exter- nal border squarish, very regularly, closely and broadly imbricated, covering and concealing the parapodia and posteriorly the entire dorsum, but leaving the middle of the segments exposed anteriorly. Toward the anterior end the styles approach a circular form and become gradually smaller until practically the entire dorsum is left uncovered. The notocirrus of III is the last tentacular cirrus, while the neurocirrus of the same segment differs in no respect from those following. Neuro- cirrophores prominent swellings at base of ventral side of neuropodia. Neurostyles (fig. 20) oblong elliptical, with the broad distal end sub- truncate, foliaceous, about equalling the neuropodia in size and reach- ing to or, on anterior parapodia, beyond their ends. Aciculum single, stout, pale yellow, gently curved, with simple bluntly pointed tip. Set (Pl. XVI, fig. 21) colorless, numerous (about 30, equally divided between supra- and subacicular groups on middle segments), in a broad, fan-shaped fascicle. Shafts slender, slightly curved, slightly enlarged at the end; the very asymmetrical socket prolonged on one side into a great spine with a few small teeth on its base; the other side bearing a shoulder for articulation of the append- age which is supported by a thin, scale-like process slightly fimbriated at the end. Appendages long, about equal to the depth of the neuro- podia, slender and delicate with the margin very finely but distinctly denticulated. The form of the articulation resembles the Lteone type. Color generally, including prostomium and four anterior segments, under parts, parapodia, lateral parts of notocirri and posterior fourth of body, pale yellowish or yellowish ashy; exposed part of dorsum rich purplish-red with a fine blue-green iridescence. Inner thirds of notocirri rich brown, together forming a pair of broad stripes extending continuously for the anterior three-fourths and becoming darker anter- iorly. Tentacular cirri except colorless tips, largely of a somewhat darker brown. Eyes dark brown. Proboscis unknown. The type is a female containing half-grown qva which largely fill the eazlom and enter the cavities of the parapodia and notocirrophores. ‘ kaw 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Station 4,548, Monterey Bay, June 7, 46 fathoms, coarse sand, shells and rock, Eumida tubiformis sp. noy. Pl. XVI, figs. 22, 23. All of the specimens are contracted and in this state are depressed and stout, with the segments much crowded, particularly at the anterior end. The type, a female with 137 segments, is 67 mm. long, with a maximum body width of 3.1 mm. and a width between tips of parapodia of 4.5 mm, A male with 104 segments is 37 mm. long, and a small portion of the anterior end of a very large example measures 7 mm. between the tips of the sete. Prostomium in the several specimens varying in degree of contraction and proportions, in the type and most of the others being nearly twice as wide as long, subelliptical, slightly concave posteriorly and with a tentaculiferous prominence in front, the prominent lateral ocular lobes resting upon the peristomium. One specimen has the prostomium subtriangular and only about one-fourth wider than long. In life it would probably be broadly cordate. Eyes one pair, very large, about one-fourth, or somewhat less, the width of the prostomium, with large lenses looking upward. Immediately behind and below them are the small nuchal sense organs. Frontal tentacles arising close together on front of prostomium separated by a distance of about one-fourth width of prostomium, all subulate with basal half thickened and beyond that abruptly tapered to very slender tips, subequal or the ventral pair somewhat longer, slightly exceeding one-half width of prostomium. Median tentacle arising from a slight depression between lenses of eyes, not abruptly thickened at base, more slender and slightly longer than frontal tentacles. Peristomium much shortened, crowded beneath prostomium, not visible as a distinct segment from above; somites II and III also much shortened and crowded. Tentacular cirri with well-developed cirro- phores and large stout subulate styles shaped like the median tentacle but very much larger. Dorsal and ventral of II widely separated, the ventral being at nearly the level of the notocirri of succeeding somites. The single pairs of I and III lie opposite the interval between those of II, the peristomial being at the higher level. That of I reaches VI, ventral of II reaches VIII and dorsals of II and III reach IX. Body of very uniform diameter, being perhaps widest at about XL, thence tapered very gradually and regularly caudad. Owing to the manner in which the notocirri are imbricated an aspect of rather strong depression results, but the body is really very little depressed. ‘Seg- 1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343 ments arched above, flattened below with a slight neural ridge, dis- tinetly biannulate dorsally with small intersegmental rings. Pygidium a very small, slightly thickened and rugous ring. Normal setigerous parapodia (Pl. XVI, fig. 22) begin on ILI, but a small tubercle bearing a few sete lies between the cirri of II. They arise at the ventral level of the segments and are prominent, being from more than one-third to one-half the width of their segments. Neuropodium somewhat compressed, supported by a single aciculum, the postsetal lobe nearly obsolete, presetal well developed, divided by an acicular notch into a supra- and a subacicular lobe, both rounded on anterior but bluntly pointed on posterior parapodia. Neurocirri broadly foliaceous, ovate with bluntly pointed tip and oblique base attached to a low cirrophore, reaching to or beyond end of neuropodium which they exceed in width and overlap and conceal from behind. They are relatively much larger on anterior somites where they equal one-half the notocirri, diminishing to one-fourth the notocirri posteriorly. Notocirrophores low and broad. Notocirro- styles (Pl. XVI, fig. 22) of moderate size, broadly foliaceous and im- bricated over bases of parapodia, leaving most of the dorsum of body exposed. They are broadly cordate with blunt apex and nearly symmetrical base, the anterior ones broader, often wider than long and blunter, the posterior tending to more acute, cuneate, longer, less cordate forms, with the length as much as one and one-third times the width. Aciculum single, yellow, stout, tapered, straight or slightly curved and ending in a simple blunt point at the acicular notch. Sete in a single vertical series spreading fanwise and only very slightly separated at the acicular notch into supra- and subacicular groups. On the type they are distributed as follows: somite X, 13 supra- and 21 sub- acicular; XXV, 14 and 25; L, 11 and 24; LXXV, 11 and 17; and C, 8 and 14. : They are nearly colorless, with slender slightly curved stems scarcely enlarged at the ends (Pl. XVI, fig. 23) to form an imperfect asymmetri- cal socket, the best developed side of which is broadly rounded and provided with a uniform series of slender teeth. Appendages_ of moderate length, very uniformly about one-half depth of neuropodium, rather broad at base but tapering to a slender tip with scarcely dis- cernible marginal denticulation. Color uniform dark brown, yellowish brown or pale yellow with a few irregularly scattered dusky or black blotches, one of which my be on the prostomium. 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ~ {June, Proboscis of type 8.5 mm, long, 2.4 mm. in diameter at orifice; of largest specimen 16 mm. long, 3 mm. in diameter at base and 4 mm. at orifice. It is somewhat trumpet-shaped, gradually widening to the somewhat flaring distal end which is surrounded by a circle of 18 to 20 low, rounded, soft papillae more or less incised at the base and in some eases cleft in two. When protruded the proboscis has a slight spiral twist and is marked by three narrow, raised longitudinal lines on each side, the dorsal and ventral intervals between those of the two sides being one-third more than the lateral intervals between those of the same side. The general surface is marked with fine irregular wrinkles and usually, but not always, with minute granulations which are slightly more conspicuous along the raised lines. Stations 4,430, off Santa Cruz Island, April 14, 197 fathoms, black sand and pebbles, six specimens, two of which (including the type, a female filled with large ova) are mature; 4,423, off San Nicolas Island, April 13, 339 fathoms, gray sand, black pebbles, shells, one young specimen, in which the longest (second dorsal) tentacular cirri each bears a symmetrical swelling on its anterior face near the middle. Eulalia nigrimaculata sp. nov. Pl. XVI, figs. 24-26. Two complete specimens considerably contracted have the follow- ing measurements: Type 33 mm. long; maximum width near middle body only 1.5 mm., extreme width between tips of parapodia 3 mm.; number of segments 89; female with eggs. Cotype 36 mm. long with 90 segments. Prostomium subglobose, slightly depressed, nearly circular in out- line as seen from above; profile strongly convex, sloping downward anteriorly; sharply differentiated from peristomium. Eyes one pair, brown, with well-developed lenses, large, nearly one-fourth width of prostomium, midway of the length and close to the lateral margins of which they are situated. On the type the right eye is enormously and abnormally enlarged and occupies the most of that side, to the dis- placement of the dorsal right tentacle. Frontal tentacles widely sepa- rated, the dorsal just outside of line of lateral border of eyes, the ventral slightly nearer together ; length of dorsal equal to prostomial width, with swollen fusiform basal half and abruptly contracted filamentous distal half; ventral similar but with much shorter terminal filament. Median tentacle (present in type only) arising between eyes, slightly longer than frontal tentacles, with less swollen base and regularly tapered. Peristomium and II coalesced, forming a short distinct ring above, crowded forward beneath the prostomium, at the sides of which the peristomium appears. Mouth large, bounded by a nearly smooth 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 posterior lip. Tentacular cirri much crowded, the peristomial and that of III (notocirrus) arising almost between the dorsal and ventral cirri of II, the former at the higher level. All have short but distinct ceratophores and prominent, regularly acuminate styles with slender tips. They are slightly flattened in the type, much more strongly flattened, apparently as a result of accidental pressure, in the cotype. The longest (dorsal of IT) reaches to XII, those of I and III reach to IX and the ventral of II to VI. A conspicuous tuft of neuropodial setz occurs between the two cirri of IT. Setigerous segments sharply defined by deep furrows; very short anteriorly but increasing until in the middle region they are at least one-third as long as wide. Slightly depressed and little more convex above than below. Behind the middle they gradually diminish in size to the pygidium, which is a very short and small ring, the cirri of which have been lost. Parapodia rather short, scarcely exceeding one-third width of their segments but with conspicuous spreading tufts of sete which begin on Il. Neuropodia (Pl. XVI, fig. 24) strongly compressed, subovate; postsetal lip rudimentary; presetal lip well developed, foliaceous, symmetrical, terminating in a blunt point but altogether lacking a notch, though there is a slight posterior groove in which the end of the aciculum rests (fig. 25). Neurocirri (fig. 24) rather thick, very large, especially anteriorly where they have an area of about four times the neuropodium, but diminishing to twice the neuropodium posteriorly. They are narrowly palette-shaped, the excavated portion attached to low cirrophores on the ventral base of the neuropodia, the broad end outward and bent dorsad behind and extending far beyond the neuro- podia, which they completely conceal from behind and serve the pur- pose of postsetal lobes. They are crowded with deep-brown or on the margins often nearly black glands. Notocirrophores (fig. 24) large and prominent, erect, more or less dome-like with a restricted area for attachment of the styles. Styles thin and membranous, easily detached, somewhat imbricated and concealing the parapodia; anter- iorly ovate with rounded ends, on middle segments broadly ovate- cuneate with pointed ends and posteriorly becoming elongated; the base oblique and asymmetrical with a shallow sinus for attachment. Internal structure finely reticular with slightly developed veins and glands. Aciculum single, colorless, tapered, ending in a rather acute point. Sete forming a very broad undivided, fan-shaped fascicle, very numer- ous for the genus (30 on X, 48 on XXV, 40 on L and 36 on LXXV), 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, projecting about one-fourth of their length beyond the neurocirri. Stems colorless, of moderate length, nearly straight, little enlarged at the distal end (Pl. XVI, fig, 26) where they terminate in a small shoulder and a socket bounded on each side by a fringe of long delicate teeth. Appendages very delicate, about as long as depth of neuropodium with barely discernible marginal teeth. Proboscis (only partially protruded) cylindrical, 5.5 mm. long and .6 mm. in diameter, surface thickly covered with small, blunt, flattened, slightly retrorse papille, separated by considerably more than their length. Color gray-blue or bluish-plumbeous with a metallic blue iridescence and brownish suffusions and marked with a few conspicuous gradrate black spots, especially on the ventral surface, either widely scattered singly or aggregated in groups. Notocirri uniform orange yellow. » Neurocirri yellowish with dark brown or blackish margin. Station 4,454, Monterey Bay, May 12, 71 fathoms, green mud and — sand. Eulalia levicornuta sp. noy. Pl. XVI, figs. 27-30. Only one small specimen measuring 43 mm. long is complete, with 221 segments. The type is much larger, being 70 mm. long for 172 segments and lacking perhaps the caudal one-third and 100 segments; its maximum width of body at C--CXX is 1.2 mm., between tips of parapodia 1.8 mm. Another very much macerated and incomplete specimen referred here somewhat doubtfully has 240 segments and is 94 mm. long, and less than 1 mm. wide, having therefore nearly the proportions of a slender lumbriconereid. Form very slender and elongated, nearly linear, but tapering gently both ways from ‘about the end of the anterior third. Prostomium (Pl. XVI, fig. 27) about as wide as long, moderately depressed, semiovate with truncate ends or subtriangular with rounded basal angles and truncated apex, usually sharply differentiated from the peristomium, but in one specimen almost continuous with it dor- sally. Eyes one pair, small, about one-seventh of posterior width of prostomium, close to its postero-lateral angles, separated by three to three and one-half times their diameter, dark brown, with small lenses. Frontal tentacles situated on the sides of a distinctly separated anterior segment of the prostomium, subconical, their length about one-half prostomium. Median tentacle a minute, slender, conical papilla situated on line between anterior border of eyes and having a length of from one to one and one-half times their diameter. Peristomium a complete ring entirely posterior to the prostomium 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347 and usually free from it all round, scarcely wider than prostomium, dorsally elevated into a convex platform-like area which in one case overlaps the prostomium and partly covers the eyes. Mouth small with nearly smooth posterior lip. Somites II and III similarly well differentiated with similarly elevated dorsum. Tentacular cirri arising from large cirrophores, the styles rather stout, tapered and short; the peristomial pair about as long as prostomium and reaching to III; ventral of II equal to peristomial and above its base a tubercle bearing a small tuft of sete; dorsal of II about twice as long and reaching VI or VII. Somite III bears a fully developed setigerous parapodium and its tentacular notocirrus is equal to that of II. Anterior somites are uniannulate and very distinct, becoming less well differentiated farther back as small interpodal annuli appear. The raised dorsal field gradually merges with the general convexity of the back. The venter is flat. They very gradually increase in size to or beyond C, and taper thence caudad. Pygidium a dome-shaped ring about twice as long as the last setigerous segment, bearing a pair of somewhat flattened, subcylin- drical cirri resembling the posterior notocirri but rather larger than they, together with a minute median cirrus (described from one speci- men, station 4,451). Parapodia (PI. XVI, figs. 28, 29) small, little prominent and scarcely exceeding one-fourth the width of their segments, but becoming relatively longer and more prominent posteriorly. Setigerous neuro- podia begin on II; they are slender, only slightly compressed, and little tapered to a bluntly rounded presetal lip divided by a slight acieu- lar notch into two equally rounded lobes, of which the subacicular is usually somewhat longer; postsetal lip scarcely developed. Neurocirrophores broad and low, the styles (Pl. XVII, figs. 28, 29) subelliptical, little excavated for attachment, thick, more or less foliaceous, broadest and relatively largest on anterior parapodia, where they considerably exceed the neuropodia and extend somewhat beyond them. Posteriorly they are relatively smaller and narrower, but often so much longer that fully one-fourth of their length projects beyond the neuropodia, but they always tend to diverge from the latter and not to bend dorsad behind them. Notocirrophores (Pl. XVI, figs. 28, 29) of anterior somites rather small, of middle somites low but nearly as wide as the length of the neuropodia, Styles generally foliaceous but comparatively small, carried nearly erect, little imbri- cated and covering but a small part of the sides of the parapoglia. On anterior somites (fig. 28) they are regularly ovate with broadly res ao Se 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June, rounded distal end and searcely excavated base; on middle segments larger, more broadly ovate, with bluntly pointed tips and nearly straight symmetrical bases; while posteriorly they become again smaller and tend toward a cuneate form. They all exhibit strongly marked internal striations arranged in a partly bipinnate, partly radiate pattern. On some specimens the styles are contracted and much thicker, the anterior ones being nearly cylindrical, and all are opaque and of a more or less deep brown color, Greatly extended speci- mens have the notocirri all erect and widely separated. Aciculum single, rather slender, of the form usual in the genus, with the bluntly pointed tip projecting slightly from the notch. Sete (Pl. XVI, fig. 30) arranged in the usual fan-shaped vertical fascicles of one series, of a rather small number, as follows in the type: on X 7 supra- and 5 subacicular, on XXV 5 + 11, on L9 + 11, on LXNXV 11 + 12, on C7 + 14 and on CLXX 14 in all. They have remarkably — long, slender shafts with slightly enlarged symmetrically cleft ends — forming the socket, each side of which is prolonged obliquely into a prominent elongated tooth flanked on each side by a fringe of delicate spinules. Appendages (fig. 30) rather short, usually one-third to one- half depth of neuropodium, but on one specimen (station 4,431) rather longer, broad at base and tapered and gently curved to a delicate tip, the marginal denticulations and oblique striations fine but distinct. Proboscis of a cotype protruded 2.5 mm., .4 mmi. in diameter at distal end, terete, gradually increasing in diameter distally, the entire surface covered so thickly that they touch each other with crowded, granulated, slightly flattened, rounded papille, at least three irregular circles of which at the distal end are of much larger size. Color of type (female filled with eggs) faded to a uniform pale g eidaraen drab or light olive. Another specimen is nearly uniform brown and still another pale yellow with a thin brown line of granules across each segment and the head, tentacular cirri and parapodial cirri deep brown with aggregations of similar granules. One specimen from each of the following stations: 4,418, off Santa Barbara Island, April 12, 238 fathoms, gray sand; 4,420, off San Nicolas Island, April 12, 291 fathoms, gray mud, rocks; 4,430 (type), off Santa Cruz Island, April 14, 197 fathoms, black sand and pebbles; 4,433, off Santa Rosa Island, April 15, 265 fathoms, gray mud. This species belongs to the bilineata-gracilis group and, with the exception of the Hawaiian species 2. navaica Kinberg, appears to be the first of that group to be described from the Pacific. As is the case with £. gracilis Verrill, specimens in different states of contraction differ considerably in appearance. _ 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 349 Eulalia (Sige) bifoliata sp. nov. Pl. XVI, figs. 31-4. Described from a single imperfect anterior end consisting of the head and 57 segments, having a length of 18 mm. and a maximum diameter between tips of parapodia of nearly 2mm. Contracted and rather stout, strongly arched above, flat below and little tapered in the length of the piece. Prostomium (Pl. XVI, fig. 31) about three-fourths as long as wide, somewhat depressed, subpyramidal with a straight, inclined profile, greatest width in posterior half, posterior border nearly straight, entire, bounded by a deep furrow separating the peristomium. No anterior furrow behind tentacles. Eyes circular with prominent lenses, brown, large, about one-fourth width of prostomium and situated at its greatest width, about one-half their diameter anterior to posterior border and close to lateral border. Frontal tentacles situated rather close together at the truncated apex of prostomium, separated by little more than one and one-half times their diameter, somewhat macerated and imperfect, but their length approximately one-half prostomium or slightly less. Median tentacle situated between anterior border of eyes at centre of prostomium, much smaller than frontal tentacle, but macerated so that the exact size is not certain. Immediately behind each eye is a faint brown spot. Peristomium scarcely visible above, forming a swollen lower lip and small lobes beneath eyes. Remaining segments short, uniannulate. Tentacular cirri with distinct cirrophores, all styles lost except the -ventral of II on one side, which is rather short and stout, conical, about one and one-half times length of prostomium and reaching to V. A-small tuft of sete on II. : Parapodia (PI. XVI, figs. 32, 33) small and little prominent, their length about one-fourth width of somites on anterior and one-half on posterior (middle) somites, but strongly compressed and deep. Postsetal lip obsolete; presetal greatly developed and _ foliaceous, divided by a deep acicular notch into a much smaller subacicular lobe, rounded at the end, and a larger supra-acicular lobe prolonged into an acuminate but blunt tip frequently much longer and more slender than those figured. Neurocirrophores (figs. 32, 33) rounded swellings at base of neuropodia; styles strongly foliaceous, thin, quadrant-shaped, with the dorsal angle prolonged similarly to the supra-acicular lobe, but usually extended far beyond the latter. Though of large size they do not exceed the neuropodia of middle segments, the subsetal lobes of which they completely cover from behind, reaching slightly dowsad of the acicular notch, their nearly straight dorsal border being parallel 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, to the axis of the supra-acicular lobe and serving as a postsetal support to the sete. Notocirrophores (fig. 33) low and flat, moderate in size, immediately above notopodium. Three or four only of the notostyles remain. They are strongly foliaceous but rather small, scarcely or not longer than the neurostyles and about one and one-half times as wide as they, broad ovate or suborbicular with nearly straight, truncate, scarcely excavated base, opaque brown with granules chiefly arranged in radial lines. Aciculum single, pale yellowish, with colorless base, straight, regu- larly tapered to a simple point, which enters but does not project beyond the acicular notch. Sete (PI. XVI, fig. 34) numerous (18 supra- and 27 subacicular on X XV), forming a broad, spreading, fan- shaped fascicle, the shafts colorless, long, with about one-third of their length projecting beyond the margin of the neurocirrus, slightly curved, little enlarged at the end, where they terminate in a prominent shoulder and a pair of high, tapered processes finely denticulated at the ends which bound the socket. The only perfect appendage seen has a length of about three-fifths the depth of the neuropodium and is slender and finely denticulated. Proboscis (dissected) tubular with smooth non-papillated lining; orifice surrounded by a circle of apparently eighteen soft papille. This species has the smooth proboscis, prolonged neuropodia and neuropodial cirri and form of set characteristic of the subgenus Sige, features which appear in the descriptions of no known Lulalia from the North Pacific or the west coast of South America. Type from station 4,522, Monterey Bay, May 26, 149 fathoms, gray sand and shells. EXPLANATION OF PLatTes XV AnD XVI, Piatre XV.—Syjllis heterochata—figs. 1-4. Fig. 1.—Anterior end, * 56. Fig. 2.—Parapodium XXV with one long and one short seta in place; a, short notocirrus from XXVI, x _ 56. Fig. 3.—End of short seta from XXV, x 600. Fig. 4.—Same of long seta, X 250; a and b, articulation and tip of append- age of same, X 600. Pionosyllis typica—figs. 5-7. Fig. 5.—Parapodium with dorsalmost and ventralmost sete represented, x 24. Fig. 6.—Tips of two acicula, 400. Fig. 7—End of a seta from XXV, X 600. Odontosyllis phosphorea—figs. 8-10. Fig. 8.—Parapodium X without sete, 56. Fig. 9.—Parapodium L with bases of notopodial sete only, x 56. Fig. 10.—Distal end of middle seta from L, x 600. 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351 Spherodorum papillifer—figs. 11, 12. Fig. 11.—Parapodium X with sete, X 98. Fig. 12.—Seta from X, x 440. Spharodorum brevicapitis—figs. 13, 14. Fig. 13.—Parapodium X (the parts may be abnormally separated owing to distention of body walls) without sete, x 56 Fig. 14.—Average seta from somite X, * 440. Phyllodoce ee 15-18. Fig. 15.—Anterior end, x 56. Fig. 16.—Parapodium XXY with dorsalmost and ventralmost seta shown, x 56. Fig. 17.—End of neuropodium showing tip of aciculum, 500. Fig. 18.—Profile and front view of region of articulation of seta from XXV, 1h) 440. + Piate XVI.—Anaitis polynoides—figs. 19-21. Fig. 19.—Anterior end, from the dorsum, * 24 Fig. 20.—Parapodium of X XV, anterior view, dorsalmost and ventralmost sete shown, < 24. mg 21.—Profile and rear views of articular region of two sete from somite « 360. Eumidia tubi ormis—figs. 22, 23. Fig. 22.—Anterior aspect of parapodium L, showing dorsalmost and ventral- most set in place, « 24. Fig. 23.—A seta from somite XXV, * 360. Eulalia nigrimaculata—figs. 24-26. ! Fig. 24.—Anterior aspect of parapodium L, with dorsalmost and ventral- ) | t most set in place, * 24. Fig. 25.—Outline of neuropodium showing tip of pcan x 56: ees 26.—Two views of articular region of seta from X, 440, Eulalia levicornuta—figs. 27-30. Fig. 27.—Anterior end, X 24. Fig. 28.—Anterior aspect of parapodium XXV, * 56. Fig. 29.—Same of parapodium LXXV, with dorsalmost and ventralmost sete in place, * 24. seta from XXV; a, front view of articulation of same, » 440. Butta’ b hiksiata—Sos. 31-34. Fig. 31.—Head from dorsum, < 24. Fig. 32.—Posterior view of ’ parapodium XXXII, without notostyle or sete, * 56. Fig. 33.—Anterior view of parapodium XXXIX, without sete, * 56. . Fig. 34.—Profile and rear views of articulation of seta from XXXII I, x 440. ee C—ie ie See a a ema tlie la a a Se, cermeysisamme 352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF SAN DOMINGO, WITH A LIST OF THE SPECIES, INCLUDING A NEW HAWK. BY A, E. VERRILL AND A. HYATT VERRILL. During the winter and spring of 1906 and 1907, the junior author visited San Domingo on a collecting trip, mainly for the mammals, birds and reptiles, and especially for specimens of Solenodon parodoxus, of which an account by him has been published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History and elsewhere.t’ He had already ob- tained a large and interesting collection when an attack of ype fever unfortunately put an end to his work. The avifauna of San Domingo is remarkable for the number of species peculiar to the island, many of which are confined to special, isolated localities. Many species are met with only at certain seasons, while others, usually very rare, are abundant in places where their food plants occur, during the season when these plants are in fruit. The birds comprised in the accompanying list were obtained by the junior author? in the Dominican Republic (Santo Domingo), between December 21, 1906, and April 13, 1907. The list includes numerous species not hitherto recorded as taken in San Domingo, two of which were undescribed forms. Many species of migratory North American birds were obtained there for the first time, so that the list gives valuable data as to the winter habitat of many northern birds. A few species previously recorded from the island were not ‘observed, while several, such as the flamingo, spoonbill and certain herons, were seen, but were not secured on account of their shyness and the nearly inaccessible places which they frequent. The difficulties to be overcome in collecting in San Domingo are very creat; birds are comparatively scarce and many species are exceedingly shy from constant hunting by the natives. It is quite probable, therefore, that a number of species yet remain to be discovered in the more remote and inaccessible swamps and mountains. Although practically the entire republic was covered by this trip, 1 Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. XX, » P- 68, pl. IV; Amer. Journ. Science, vol. XXIV, » PP: 55-57 (cut), 1907; Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. New York Gi A. Allen), vol. XXIV, art. XXIII, pp. 505-517, figs. plates XXVIII to X XXIII, 1908. 2 The notes on habits, ete., are taken from his field notes, made at the time. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353 localities were designated by districts as follows: Sanchez; Samand; San Lorenzo; El Valle; La Vega; Miranda. Each of these districts included the surrounding country for a radius of from twenty to thirty miles. Sanchez, situated at the head of Samand Bay, proved the most profitable collecting ground, for it affords a great variety of country and vegetation. The town is built close to the shore of the bay on a steep hillside. Directly back of the town a range of moun- tains, which rises to a height of 3,500 feet, is covered with a dense tropical forest, with the exception of the lower slopes, which are cleared and partially under cultivation. West and south of the town are extensive mangrove swamps, extending inland for twenty-five to thirty miles and stretching across the bay to the mouth of the Barracota River. Samana is also situated on the northern shore of Samana Bay, about 16 miles east of Sanchez, and is surrounded by rolling hills, forest-clad mountains, and broad and fertile valleys. The fauna was much like that of the Sanchez district, but birds were by no means so abundant. A few miles east of Samana, and half way across the bay, is a large, wooded Key, known as the Cayo Levantado, and here several rare species, as well as several migrants hitherto unrecorded from San Domingo, were obtained. San Lorenzo is an abandoned banana estate on the southern shore of Samand Bay, almost directly opposite Samand, and ten miles dis- tant. It is situated on a small bay of its own (San Lorenzo Bay), into which the Caiia Honda River empties, and this bay and river are fringed with extensive and deep mangrove swamps. The hills and mountains back of San Lorenzo are of limestone formation, and are remarkable for their isolated, conical forms and numerous caves. Between the hills are wide, partly swampy valleys, some of which are covered with dense forests, while others are open and grassy. This proved an excellent collecting ground, and many species occurred here which were not seen elsewhere. El] Valle is a small interior village, some twenty-five miles inland from San Lorenzo. It is built on a wide and beautiful prairie. These prairies or savannas are often swampy and are covered with a luxuriant growth of coarse high grass, with numerous clumps of trees and dense underbrush scattered over them, In many places deep ravines, or arroyos, intersect the savannas, and these are invariably filled with dense forest growth. The forests in this vicinity are almost impenetrable on account of the sharp saw- grass, which cuts the skin like a knife and even penetrates strong clothing and leather leggings. It is quite different from the saw-grass of the southern United States, inasmuch as it climbs over the trees, 23 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, often completely covering them to a height of twenty to thirty feet. The El Valle district proved rich in species, and here were obtained a number of unrecorded forms, as well as the two undescribed species. La Vega is a good-sized town, about seventy-five miles from Sanchez, and is the inland terminal of a railway from the latter town. It is built in the midst of the splendid Vega Real (Royal Valley), an immense inland plain, surrounded by pine-covered mountains and with numer- ous wooded ravines and river beds. Several rare species were taken here, while in the pine forests of the mountains such species as the trogan and white-winged dove were found. Miranda is a small village nearly forty miles inland from La Vega, and situated in the heart of the wild and unsettled mountains of the island. The birds were very searce in this locality, but several species not observed elsewhere were obtained here. The climate of San Domingo is healthy and the usual tropical fevers and malaria are almost unknown. Typhoid fever, however, is at times prevalent in the interior. Although the annual rainfall is great on many portions of the island, especially at Sanchez and Samand, yet it was no greater than in the majority of the Antilles, and during the months of February, March, and April the island suffered from a prolonged drought. The temperature is variable, ranging from 85° during the day to 48° at night. This extreme variation at sea level is due largely to the easterly and northerly winds which pre- vail during the night, while during the daytime they blow mainly from the west and south. In this connection the following table may be of interest: San Lorenzo, December 29 to January 13: Average temperature—Day (9 A.M.), 84°; night, 60°. Average number of rainy days, 4. Average of barometric readings, 30.10; 30.25. El Valle, January 13 to January 19: Average temperature—Day (9 A.M.), 82°; night, 53°. Average of rainy days, 4. Average of barometric ‘readings, 30.15; 30.25. Sanchez, January 20 to January 28: Average of temperature—Day (9 A.M.), 83°; night "59°. Average of rainy days, 4. Average barometric readings, 30.20; 30.25. Sanchez, February 26 to March 11: Average temperature—Day (9 A.M.), 85°; night, 55°. Average of rainy days, 4. Average of barometric readings, 30.20; 30.25. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359 Samana, January 29 to February 25: Average temperature—Day (9 A.M.), 88°; night, 63°. Average of rainy days, 3/5. Average of barometric readings, 30.20; 30.25. La Vega, March 11 to March 18: Average temperature—Day (9 A.M.), 88°; night, 68°. Average of rainy days, }. Average of barometric readings, 30.15; 30.20. List oF BIRDS OBTAINED AND NOTES ON THEIR HABITs. _ . Colymbus dominicus, San Domingo Grebe. Yabon River, San Lorenzo; Yaqui River, Miranda; rare. 2. Podilimbus podiceps, Pied-billed Grebe. Camu River, La Vega; rare. 3. Sterna maxima, Royal Tern, “ Gavidta.”’ Abundant in all the harbors. 4. Pelecanus fuscus, Brown Pelican. The most abundant seabird all around the coasts. 5. Fregata aquila, Frigate-bird. Common in the mangrove swamps of San Lorenzo. 6. Querquedula discors, Blue-winged Teal. Common in the swamps and rivers. 7. Aythia marila, Scaup Duck. One flock found in San Lorenzo Bay. 5. Nomonyx dominicus, Masked Duck. Colorado River, Sanchez; rare. 9. Dendrocygna arborea, Tree Duck, “ Yaguisa.’’ Common in all swamps. This bird is frequently found feeding on the fruit of the royal palm, far from any,water. 10. Guara alba, White Ibis, ** Céco.” Abundant in all swamps and much hunted by the natives for food. They are excellent eating. 11. Plegadis autumnalis, Glossy Ibis. One specimen taken at Colorado River. 12. Ardea cewrulea cerulescens, West Indian Little Blue Heron, ‘ Garza.” Very abundant in all swamps, along the rivers and in damp meadows and savannas. At Samana this species frequents the shores and water front of the town, where they act as scavengers and are exceedingly tame and unsuspicious. 356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June, 18. Butoroides virescens maculata, West Indian Green Heron, ‘‘Cangrito,'’’ “ Martin- or.”’ Very abundant and tame. Found wherever there was a pond, brook or even a roadside mud puddle. 14. Aramus giganteus, Limpkin, ‘ Carrara.” Common in savannas throughout the country, but acldpms seen, although frequently heard. 15. Ionornis martinica, Purple Gallinule. Not rare at San Lorenzo and in the vicinity of Sanchez. 16. Gallinula galeata, Florida Gallinule. Common in the mangrove swamps and damp savannas. 17. Fulica americana. American Coot. Not rare in the swamps and rivers. 18. Actitis macularia, Spotted Sandpiper. Exceedingly common everywhere. 19. Ereunetes pusillus, Least Sandpiper. Rare; one specimen taken at Sanchez. 20. Gallinago delicata, Wilson’s Snipe. Abundant at San Lorenzo and at El Valle, where in the broad wet savannas I found the best snipe shooting I have ever seen. The natives had never seen the bird except in flight, as they are unable to shoot them on the wing. 21. Egialitis vocifera, Killdeer. Common at El Valle; Sanchez; Samand and La Vega. 22. Hgialitis semipalmata, Semipalmated Plover. Common at Samana. 23. Egialitis wilsoni, Wilson's Plover. Common at Samand. 24. Arenaria interpres, Turnstone. Common on the small sandy cays in Samana Bay. 2%. EEdicnemus dominicensis, “ Boukaru.” Formerly common on all the interior savannas, but now rare. This strange bird is often kept domesticated for the purpose of ridding the native huts of roaches and other vermin. The eggs are dark chocolate- brown, marbled with blackish. It breeds readily in captivity. The natives have a peculiar method of capturing this bird alive at night. They stand naked in the long grass of the prairies frequented by the birds and wave fire-flies about their heads with one hand. The birds approach to capture the flies and are readily captured with the free hand. 7 SS ¢ 1909.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357 26. Nycticorax violaceus, Yellow-crowned Night Heron, ‘‘ Rey Congo.” Very common in the swamps and along the larger rivers. 27. Numida meleagris, Guinea Fowl. Introduced and now common in the interior of the country. Affords excellent shooting. 28. Columba leucocephala, White-headed Pigeon, ‘* Paloma.” The commonest of the pigeons throughout the country. These fine birds are extensively hunted and sell for from 10 cents to 25 cents per pair. At certain seasons—May to September—these pigeons appear in huge flocks. At other times they are shy and suspicious, and are seen only singly or in pairs. They feed extensively on the fruit of the mangroves. 29. Columba corensis, Squamated Pigeon, *‘ Paloma Torcaz."’ Fairly common in the mangrove swamps and dense forests of the interior. 30. Columba inornata, West Indian Pigeon. Rarer than the preceding species and found in the same localities. 31. Zenaidura macroura, Mourning Dove. Rare; a single specimen was obtained near La Vega. 82. Zenaida zenaida, Zenaida Dove, “ Tértola."’ Abundant along the river banks of the interior where they feed on the seeds of a yellow-flowered, poppy-like plant. 33. Melopelia leucoptera, White-winged Dove, ‘‘Rollén.” Rare; confined to the pine forests of the mountains of the interior. 34. Geotrygon martinica, Key West Quail-dove, ‘‘ Perdiz."’ Only one specimen, obtained on Cayo Levantido, in Samand Bay. 35. Geotrygon montana, Ruddy Quail-dove, “ Perdiz Colorado.” Abundant in damp, dark, open woodland throughout the republic. Particularly fond of the impenetrable saw-grass thickets, into which it runs at the first sign of danger. Large numbers are trapped by the natives for food. They were sold in the markets of El] Valle for three cents a pair. 36. Accipiter fringilloides, ‘San Nicolo,’’ * Harpén.”’ Rare; found in all parts of the island, but obtained only at Miranda. 37. Rupornis ridgwayi, Ridgway’s Buzzard, “ Guaragudjo.”’ Rare; taken only at Miranda, but seen flying over in other localities. 38. Buteo tropicalis, *p. nov., Tropical Buzzard. This fine new hawk, of which two specimens were obtained, is eon- fined to the southern side of Samand Bay. They are a sluggish, ee ii tt a a men 358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, heavily flying bird and will sit motionless for hours on the dead trees of cleared land waiting for rats and lizards. Their note resembles that of Buteo latissimus. The nest is built on dead trees, preferably Ceibas, at a great height from the ground. Description.—Male, type, San Lorenzo, January 12, 1907. Above, sooty-brownish with a rich, metallic, purplish gloss. Scapulars and tertials, as well as upper wing-coverts, narrowly edged and tipped with ashy-gray. Neck and shoulders streaked, and each feather edged, with rich ferruginous. Upper tail-coverts rusty-white, barred with sienna-brown. ‘Tail rusty-ferruginous, the feathers white at base and tips, and with a subterminal bar of dusky-black, broadest on the outer feathers. About seven to nine distinct, dusky bands on upper surface of tail. Under surface of tail pale, rusty-white without bars. Forehead, lores, orbital region and a patch on crown, pure white; the last partially concealed by dusky tips to the feathers. A distinet ‘“‘mustache”’ and a narrow superciliary stripe of black. Primaries and secondaries rich brown, broadly tipped with and crossed by five bars of black. Outer webs of first five primaries, and about one-half of the inner webs of same, dusky with purplish reflections. ' Below white, tinged with buffy on chest, crissum and thighs; the chin and throat narrowly streaked with dusky. Chest thickly streaked — with ferruginous, thickest on sides and almost confluent, forming there a more or less distinct ferruginous patch. Feathers of belly broadly tipped with dusky, with a “dumbbell-shaped” spot near the base of each feather, forming a distinct, dusky zone across the abdomen. Flanks dusky brown, each feather spotted with white. Thighs barred with ferruginous. Lower tail coverts buff. Under wing coverts buffy-white streaked with sienna-brown, and with a large triangular dark-brown patch near carpal joint. Eyes, pale yellow; feet and legs, yellow; cere, pale green; bill, bluish. Immature birds much resemble the adults, but lack the rich purple gloss of upper parts, and the tail is brownish-gray, crossed by about ten distinct, dusky bands. Length, 19 to 21 inches. Wing, 14 to 14.50. Tail, 7.50 to 8. 39. Falco dominicensis, Dominican Sparrow-hawk. Not uncommon in the interior and on the northern coast. 40. Falco sparverius, Cuban Sparrow-hawk. Rare. Taken only at Miranda. Falco columbarius, Pigeon Hawk. Not common. Obtained at Miranda. 4 — —— oa 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359 42. Pandion haliaétus, Osprey. Abundant around the mangrove swamps, but very shy. 43 Strix glaucops, San Domingo Barn-owl, “Lechuisa.” Common, but seldom seen during the day. 44. Speotyto dominicensis, San Domingo Burrowing-owl, ‘ Tuct.” Common on the dry prairies between La Vega and Santiago, as well as in the vicinity of Azua on the southwestern coast. 45. Conurus ehloropterus, Parroquet, ‘‘ Periquito.”’ Rare and confined to certain localities, as El Valle and Matanzas. They feed on the fruit of the royal palm and are hunted by the natives for food. 46. Amazona sallei, Salle’s Parrot, ‘* Cotorro.”’ Common throughout the island, but particularly abundant during the months of January and February when the seeds of the ‘“‘Guama”’ trees are ripe. Large numbers are killed for food and many are taken from the nests and tamed. They are very gentle in captivity and are splendid talkers. 47. Crotophaga ani, Ani, “ Juidio.”’ Abundant everywhere. The native name—‘Judio” or Jew— refers to the heavy, roman-nosed beak. 48. Coccyzus minor, Mangrove Cuckoo, *‘ Montéro.”” Abundant in some localities and entirely absent in others near by. This bird was particularly common at San Lorenzo and El Valle, but was never seen at Sanchez, sixteen miles distant, although it was quite common at La Vega and throughout the interior. 49. Coceyzus maynardi, Maynard's Cuckoo, Rare. One specimen obtained at San Lorenzo. 50. Saurothera dominicensis, San Domingo Cuckoo, ‘* Bobo," Abundant in all portions of the republic. They are very tame and stupid, as implied by the native name of “ Bobo,’”’ meaning a fool. This bird is eaten by the natives as a cure for stomach troubles. 5\. Hyetornis fieldii. Met with only between Miranda and La Vega. 52. Temnotrogan roseigaster, San Domingo Trogan, ‘* Papa gayo.” Common in the pine forests about La Vega and Miranda, but very shy and difficult to obtain. They perch motionless in the pine trees, and their colors blend perfectly with that of the pine needles and red- dish bark. ‘ 53. Ceryle aloyon, Belted Kingfisher. Common near water everywhere. Breeds. ALL LO 2 =~ ee 360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 54. Todus subulatus, Tody, ‘ Barrancali.”’ Abundant at all localities visited. Very tame and unsuspicious, On one occasion one of these birds actually alighted on my gun-barrel, as I stood motionless near a small stream. ‘The note of this bird is a frog-like croak. The nest is built in holes in the banks of streams; eggs pure white. 55. Todus angustirostris, Narrow-billed Tody, ‘‘ Barrancali chico,” The habits and note of this species are similar to the preceding, but it is not so common and is very local in its distribution. I found it more common than subulatus at San Lorenzo and El Valle, but did not meet with it at all at Sanchez, and saw but one or two individuals at Samana. In the interior it was about as abundant as subulatus. 56. Picumnus lawrencei, Lawrence’s Pigmy Woodpecker. This odd little bird is rather rare, although possibly its cnpateal scarcity is due to its quiet and retiring habits and dull coloring which render it inconspicuous. It was not known to any natives I met, and was obtained only at Sanchez and Samana. 57. Melanerpes striatus, Woodpecker, ‘‘ Carpintéro ”’ This is the most abundant and destructive bird on the island, It is seen everywhere and there is hardly a palm tree in the republic that is not riddled with its holes. It feeds on fruits, oranges, and cacao- pods and frequently ruins the crop. Fortunately its increase is kept down by a fatal provision of nature in the shape of a parasitic worm which infests the throat and head. This worm matures at the season when the young woodpeckers are able to leave the nest, and after that time it is practically impossible to find an adult Melanerpes alive. The ground beneath the nests is often strewn with dead and dying adult birds, their throats and crops so distended with the disgusting parasites as to render them incapable of flight. 58. Chordeiles minor, Cuban Nighthawk. Common on the open savannas of the interior. 59. Antrostomus carolinensis, Chuck-Wills-Widow, *‘ Quiere Bebér.”’ Not rare in the more open portions of wooded hillsides and on open savannas. Sanchez; La Vega; El Valle. 60. Cypseloides niger, Black Swift, * Golondrina negro.” Common in the interior and at Samana. 61. Cypselus phenicobius, Swift. Common along the Camu River at La Vega. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 62. Chetura zonaris, Collared Swift. This large swift is common at La Vega and in the interior, but usually flies at such an elevation that it is very difficult to shoot. 63. Lampornis dominious, ‘‘ Zumbador.” This humming-bird is common throughout the island. 64. Mellisuga minima, “ Zumbadorito.”’ This tiny atom of bird life is very common at all points visited. It is remarkable for its loud and penetrating song, which it gives forth hour after hour, as it perches on some slender twig or on the topmost leaf of some palm tree. 65. Sporadinus elegans. . I found this handsome humming-bird at all points visited, but most abundant at El Valle. It loves dark woods and swamps and dashes suddenly into sight, only to flash off almost before the gun can be raised to shoulder. 65. Tyrannus dominicensis, Gray Kingbird, “ Pe Tigre.” Very common everywhere. 67. Pitangus gabbii, Gabb’s Petarchy. Rare; found only at Miranda. 68. Myiarchus dominicensis, Dominican Crested Flycatcher, ‘* Manuelito.”’ Common in most localities. 69. Blacicus hispaniolensis, Hispaniola Flycatcher. Common in most. places. 70. Lawrencia nanus. Extremely rare; found at Miranda only. 71. Elaina cherriei. One specimen taken at Miranda. 72. Corvus leucognaphalus, Crow, ‘‘ Cuervo.” Abundant in the mangrove swamps, but so frequently hunted for food that they are shy and suspicious. At San Lorenzo immense flocks of this crow flew back and forth from their roosts in the mountains to their feeding grounds in the swamps, at morning and evening, but always at a great elevation. Their note resembles. the words ‘Quiero casa carrajo,”’ and the natives firmly believe that they can understand and converse in Spanish. Their calls certainly more nearly resemble human speech than anything else. 73. Corvus solitarius, Solitary Crow, ‘' Céo.”’ \ Rarer than the preceding and confined to the interior, The habits and notes are much the same as of the last. ; 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June, 74. Ieterus dominicensis, San Domingo Oriole, ‘ Sigua calandre.”’ This bird, which is a charming songster, is common at all points visited. It is found in small flocks, the young males, females and males keeping in separate flocks. 75. Quiscalus niger, Black Grackle, ‘‘ Chinchiling.” Abundant at all points visited, although mainly found in the vicinity of houses and settlements. It is a noisy creature, continually uttering its loud, liquid ery of ‘Chiniling-ling-eeee.”’ 76. Quiscalus sp?. Among the Quiscali obtained were a number which to me appear distinct from niger,as they are much larger and heavier, with relatively stouter bill and feet. The note is quite distinct from that of niger, and the natives state that they are different. Dr. Hartert, of Tring, thinks, however, that the difference is merely sexual. 77. Loximitris dominicensis, Dominican Grosbeak. I found this pretty species abundant in certain localities near La Vega. They were always found in large flocks in open pasture land, and in habits, flight and notes much resembled the American Gold- finch. They fed on wild guava fruit. They are shy, restless birds and are usually found in flocks of a dozen to twenty individuals. Some- times they will remain until the intruder approaches within a few yards, while at other times they take flight long before one can approach within gunshot. They are fond of perching on dead or partly dead bushes and trees in open prairie or pasture land, near rivers or on the edges of thickets, and invariably fly into the latter or across the former when disturbed. 78. Loxigilla violacea, Violet Loxigilla, “‘ Prieto’ (male), ‘‘ Chichigua ” (female). Abundant in all parts of the island. 79. Tiaris bicolor, Grassquit, “Juana Martica.” Common in most places. In a few localities entirely replaced by T’. lepida, as examples at El Valle and in some spots near La Vega. 80. Tiaris lepida, Yellow-faced Grassquit. Abundant at La Vega, El Valle and other localities, but entirely absent from the vicinity of Sanchez and Samana. Si. Ammodramus savannarum intricatus. This new species, described by Dr. Ernst Hartert from specimens obtained by me at El Valle, is very common on the broad grassy savannas of that region. They are difficult to shoot as they flit up from the dense grass, to disappear in it again almost instantly. The 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363 note is short, weak and insect-like, and greatly resembles that of our ~own Grasshopper Sparrow. 82. Euphonia musica, Musical Euphonia. All the specimens of this rare species which I obtained were killed from a single tree near Sanchez. It was never seen or heard elsewhere. The first specimen was taken on February 26. It was feeding on a parasitic vine with greenish-white berries, resembling mistletoe. A few moments later several additional birds arrived and commenced feeding, although none had ever been seen there before, and the tree was one from which I secured birds daily. For several days thereafter the Euphonias could always be found on this tree, although none were ever seen elsewhere. They are quiet, slow moving birds and crawl about in the deliberate, parrot-like manner of others of the genus. The song is very clear, liquid and musical, closely resembling that of the White-throated Sparrow. 83. Spindalis multicolor, Painted Tanager. This rare and beautiful bird is a good example of the class of birds common at one season and very rare at others. Not a single bird of this species was seen previous to January 22, 1907, on which date I obtained a single female at Sanchez. No others were seen until Feb- ruary 26, and then, in a single week, over sixty specimens were secured Within a radius of one hundred yards. After the last date no others could be found. All these specimens were feeding on the reddish-purple berries of a parasitic plant. They are very curious birds in their habits, and quite different from any other species with which I am familiar. They arrive and depart from their feeding grounds so suddenly and silently that one must watch constantly in order to see them. While feeding they are also silent and stand almost motionless in one spot until all the berries within reach are consumed, when they dart suddenly to another spot and repeat the operation. The males are fond of pereh- ing in dense thickets or among clumps of thickly growing air-plants, singing their feeble, insect-like song. They are very shy and at the least movement or noise cease their notes and remain motionless, and if discovered at once dash into the thickest growth, where it is impossi- ble to follow them. 84. Phenicophilus dominicanus. Rare; only found at Miranda. 85. Phenicophilus palmarum, “ Cuarto Ojos.” ‘ This beautiful tanager was abundant everywhere. Its habits resemble those of a vireo more than those of a tanager. ie ee t * 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, 86. Calyptophilus frugivorus. Rare at most places visited. La Vega and Miranda only. 87. Progne dominicensis, San Domingo Martin. Common near the coasts. 88. Petrochelidon fulva, Cuban Cliff-swallow, ‘‘ Golondrina.” Common at most localities visited. 89. Hirundo sclateri, Sclater’s Swallow, ‘‘ Golondrina vérde,”’ This most beautiful species was met with only at La Vega, where — it was abundant along the Camu River. %. Dulus dominicus, ‘Sigua palméra.” This odd bird is excessively abundant throughout the island. It is gregarious and breeds in colonies in huge nests, which are usually placed in the royal palms. They are noisy, restless creatures, and the cries from a nest of these birds during the breeding season can be heard for half a mile. I was unable to determine whether each — female had a compartment in the huge nests, or if they deposited their eggs and sat upon them at random. I am inclined to think the latter is the case, however, as the eggs are scattered through the nest, with no apparent attempt at order, and I do not believe that even the parent birds could identify the young, that scramble back and forth throughout the nest. The old nests are torn down bodily by the birds and often huge piles of old nesting materials are scattered on the ground beneath the palms where they breed. When they wish to destroy a nest, several hundred birds will seize hold of the structure and by pulling and tug- ging will sueceed in tearing it from its support. They are curious, inquisitive creatures and always gather about and protest vigorously at the report of a gun. . 91. Vireo calidris, West Indian Vireo, ‘‘ Quien fiie’’; ‘‘ Juan Chivi.”’ Common everywhere. The two local names refer to the note. The first, meaning ‘“‘ Who Goes There,” is very appropriate, as the bird always becomes restless at one’s approach, and repeats the short, perti- nent query over and over, at times being answered by another vireo in notes that resemble the words “Juan Chivi.” 92. Cereba bananivora, Banana Creeper, “ Sigua.” Common in most places. 93. Mniotilta varia, Black and White Warbler. Abundant migrant. “4. Parula americana, Parula Warbler. Very common during migrations. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365 95. Dendroica tigrina, Cape May Warbler. Abundant. Among the large series of specimens of this species which I obtained, there appear to be two forms; one, the common North American bird; the other, more richly colored, with distinctly chestnut breast, deep-yellow wing-bars, and rich—almost orange— yellow breast and belly. As young birds in nestling plumage, as well as females containing eggs ready for the nest, were obtained, I consider it possible to separate the resident bird from the northern form as a local variety or subspecies. 96. Dendroica cerulescens, Black-throated Blue Warbler. An abundant migrant. 97. Dendroica coronata, Myrtle Warbler. Very common during migrations. 98. D. maculosa, Magnolia Warbler. A rare migrant, one specimen taken at Samana. 99. D. dominica, Yellow-throated Warbler. A common species. 100. D. vigorsii, Pine Warbler. , Common in pine forests of the interior where it breeds. 101. D. palmarum, Palm Warbler. An abundant migrant. 102. D. discolor, Prairie Warbler. A common migrant. 103. Seiurus aurocapillus, Oven Bird. An abundant species during the migrations. 104. §. motacilla, Large-billed Water-thrush. Common during migrations, but confined to the vicinity of salt water. 105. 8. noveboracensis, Small-billed Water-thrush. Common, but seen only near fresh water. 106. Geothlypis trichas, Maryland Yellowthroat. Common. 107. Microlegia palustris. Said to be common in various parts of the country, but only met with once, at El Valle. . 108. Setophaga ruticilla, American Redstart. ‘ Abundant during migrations. ' 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF. (June, ~@ 109. Mimus dominicous. San Domingo Mockingbird, ‘‘ Ruisenor.”’ An abundant and charming songster. 110. Mimocichla ardesiaoa, ‘“‘ Calindre,”’ ‘‘ Cafélo,’ “ Flotéro.” A common but shy inhabitant of woods and thickets, this bird is more frequently heard than seen. Its note is a charming, flute-like whistle. 111. Turdus alicie, Alice’s Thrush. A rare migrant. One specimen taken near Sanchez. 112. Myiadestes montanus, ‘ Jilguero.’’ Not uncommon, but, like the other members of the genus, shy and - retiring. The mournful, flute-like song of this bird is often heard in the mountainous districts. It is very difficult to see or shoot the pate a Sanchez and Miranda. . na : -_ | | 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 367 i BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. : Soalpellum (Arcoscalpellum) columbianum n. sp. Figs. 1, 2. The capitulum is much compressed, more than twice as long as wide, white under a very thin smooth pale yellowish cuticle; occludent border straight, carinal border evenly arched; greatest width about median. There is no sculpture aside from indistinct growth-lines. The scutum has parallel occludent and internal margins, and is rather | narrow, with apical uriko. The tergum is long, triangular, its occludent margin short, arched, | apex slightly recurved; the scutal and carinal margins are very long and nearly straight. | : | | : : ‘ ; A NEW SPECIES OF SCALPELLUM FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA. : The carina is very long, with well-developed parietes of nearly equal width; dorsal face very narrow throughout, and deeply guttered, the high bordering ribs about as wide as the intervening groove or gutter. It is more curved near the apex, which is situated high, about at the upper sixth of the carinal side of the tergum. At its base the carina intrudes between the umbones of the carinal latera. The upper latus is roughly trapezoidal, the scutal and carinal . borders parallel, upper border oblique, basal border convex. ' The rostrum is minute, oblong, slightly contracted in the middle. y The rostral latus is rather low, triangular, the upper and lower i margins converging toward the rostral apex. The inframedian latus is narrowly subtriangular, spreading above, narrowed towards the base. The umbo is near or at the lower third. The carinal latus is subtriangular, the umbo projecting at the base of the carina, far below the bases of the other plates. The carinal border is straight above, becoming concave near the base. The peduncle is short, covered with scales, of which there are about 16 rows of about 10 scales each. They are not regularly arranged. Length of capitulum 8.5, width 3.4, diameter 1.3 mm.; length of earina 7.25 mm.; length of peduncle 3 mm. (fig. 1). Length of eapituluin 7.7, width 3.3 mm.; length of carina 6.8 mm.. of peduncle 4 mm. (fig. 2). : Lowe Inlet, British Columbia. Type (fig. 1) No. 38,697 U.S. Nat. 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July, Mus. Cotype No. 1,843 A.N.S.P. (fig. 2). A third specimen, from Burrard Inlet, is in the collection of Rev. George W. Taylor, Biological Station, Wellington, B. C., who collected the specimens. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. This species is known by three specimens of about equal size, which were preserved dry; hence no examination of the internal organs has been attempted. It is related to Scalpellum soror Pils.’ from deep water (634 fathoms), near the Galdpagos Islands, but differs from that species by the more lengthened capitulum, the larger and somewhat differently shaped upper inframedian and carinal latera, the more com- pressed: carina and shorter peduncle. The carina of S. columbianum reaches farther up on the tergum than is usual in Scalpellum. S. sanctipetrense Pils.? is a broader species than S. columbianum, with a narrower inframedian latus, having the umbo at its upper third. It was taken at San Pedro, California, in 50 to 75 fathoms. SS. gravel- tanum Pils., another Californian species, is larger than S. columbianum, the inframedian latus smaller with apical umbo. ? Bulletin 60, U. S. National Museum, p. 42. 2 L.c., p. 39. 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369 NOTE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF FULGUR. BY BURNETT SMITH. On the whole the marine gastropods are singularly free from indi- vidual abnormalities or deformations, and this rule holds good for the two large conchs (Fulgur carica Gmelin and F. canaliculatum Say) which are washed upon our Atlantic Coast in such large numbers during the winter storms. As far as the writer knows there is no record of an abnormal individual of F’. carica. F. canaliculatum, on the other hand, has furnished a small number of deformed specimens which have found their way into museums. Some of these have been described and figured. Dejormations of the Shell in F. canaliculatum.—In the museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia there are two ab- normal shells of this species. In the first of these the branchial siphon has grown in such a way that its direction is almost at right angles to the axis of coiling of the spire. From an examination of the exterior of the shell it is impossible to state with certainty the causes of this condition. Whether it is the result of accident or of some truly pathologie condition cannot be determined.’ The second specimen, collected at Longport, New Jersey, was figured and de- scribed by the present writer.? In this case the deformation can be traced to a break in the shell which occurred at a relatively early stage in the ontogeny. The result of this has been a complete change in the whorl form and sculpture, the tubercles and shoulder keel disappear and we have a smooth, rounded whorl very similar to that of F. pyrum Dilw. In this connection it is interesting to note that paleontological data points to the descent of F. pyrum either from F.. canaliculatum or from some very closely allied form, and further- more that this descent was marked by the almost complete disappear- 1A Remarkable Monstrosity of Fulgur canaliculatum,’’ C. W. Johnson and H. A. Pilsbry, The Nautilus, July, 1895, p. 25, fig. 1. 2Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., June, 1902, p. 507, and April, 1905, p. 458, Pl. XXXI, fig. 10. 24 4 —— ro. errr renee inate o oh Oe ee 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July, ance (through acceleration) of the shoulder keel and the assumption of a smooth, rounded whorl outline. In other words we have here a striking parallel of an evolutional process which has taken place slowly during geological time and resulted in the change of one species into another, with a change which has been caused by accident in the growth of an individual. In this Longport specimen the animal when washed ashore fortu- nately possessed the soft parts intact. A carefull examination of these disclosed no unusual condition other than the fact that the mantle was rounded instead of angulated. The mantle edge was in no way peculiar and the penis, which in the normal male underlies the shoulder angle, was fully developed and exactly similar to that found in other individuals. In fact no peculiarity of the soft parts could be detected which would account for the causes of the change in shell growth. Abnormality in the Sojt Parts of F. canaliculatum.—In the specimen just described the absence of a shoulder angle in the mantle and in the shell does not seem to be connected in any way with the underlying repro- ductive organ. Fig. 1 shows the character of the normal, pig 9 Pulgur can- backward folded penis which aliculatum Say. lies immediately below the Disgren eeae undeveloped male shoulder angle. Inasmuch, _ reproductive or- then, as we have noted an *” Fj individual with abnormal shell but with normal ig. 1—Fulgur can- : ye : aliculatum Say. reproductive organs, it is of interest to call ig opi attention to another specimen collected by e normal male y : : reproductive or- the writer which has an entirely normal shell aces but whose reproductive organs are imperfect (fig. 2). In this case the penis is small, not being more than one- fifth the usual length. If this condition had been the result of an injury to the penis we might expect to find traces of its original con- dition at least around its base. This, however, is not shown for the base is small, having about one-half the normal width. We are there- fore justified, it is believed, in regarding this as an instance of arrested development in a particular organ. No other abnormalities in the soft parts were observed and, as stated before, the shell is in every regard similar to that of the normal individual. : The Penis of F. carica.—Some interesting points in the compara- 1909.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371 tive morphology of F. canaliculatum and F. carica are furnished } by a study of the male reproductive organ. 1 In the former species the penis is turned backward and folded (fig. 1). It likewise ) retains the same width at the distal end as | at the proximal, while in addition the terminal process is relatively large. In F. carica, on the other hand, the organ tapers gradually from the proximal to the distal end and the terminal process is very small (fig. 3). The penis though turned backward is not folded rigs dude enon at the turn as in F’. canaliculatum. Gmelin. Diagram Influence of the Soft Parts on Shell Form and showing the normal < : male reproductive Sculpture-—No one, of course, denies that all organ. the features of the gastropod shell, its form, size and ornamentation, are the result of changes in the lime-secreting soft parts. A shoulder keel, for instance, is caused by a permanent angle, while a spine represents the effect of a temporary elevation of the mantle. What is it though which produces this temporary bulging of the mantle edge? What is the physiological meaning of the spine? This is a question which has never yet been satisfactorily answered in spite of many ingenious suggestions. One view, often expressed, holds that the spines represent an activity of the mantle edge which is manifested at recurrent reproductive periods. This may indeed be true, but it is yet to be proved. To apply the discussion to the forms considered in this paper we may ask: Have the spines in Fulgur carica any connection with either copulation or oviposition? Though this question could prob- ably be solved at one of our marine laboratories, its solution has apparently never been attempted. In the absence, then, of definite information on the subject, it is believed that it is pertinent to outline ~ here certain objections which might be raised against the above theory. (1) If the spines are caused by oviposition there is a difficulty in explaining their equal development in both the male and the female. (2) If the spines are caused by the act of copulation there is likewise a difficulty in explaining their exact similarity in the two sexes. To extend our inquiry to Fulgur canaliculatum, it is first to be noted that this species has no true spines. In this form the spines have disappeared, their former presence being shown by the small tubercles which have been crowded back by acceleration into the early whorls. ee ee 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, It is difficult therefore to believe that spine production in Fulgur is the result of reproductive activity when we regard these two Atlantic Coast species, with equally well developed reproductive organs and with presumably similar habits of oviposition, the one spineless and the other spined. By an examination of the penis in the two species we can select no character in one which should produce a spine, or in the other case state why the protrusion of the penis should not produce @ spine. Considering now the shoulder keel, which seems to be the evolu- tional successor of the row of spines, we know by actual observation that the non-development of the penis in F’. canaliculatum does not necessarily affect the keel, while, on the other hand, an injured keel- less individual may possess the organ in its normal condition. From these facts we can be reasonably confident that the shoulder keel has no connection with reproductive activity. When it comes to— the spines, however, we can but say that there are no characters in the penis of F. canaliculatum which we can definitely correlate with the spineless condition of the shell, and in F. carica we can assign to the different form of the organ no cause for the development of spines. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373 THE VEGETATION OF THE SALT MARSHES AND OF THE SALT AND FRESH WATER PONDS OF NORTHERN COASTAL NEW JERSEY. BY JOHN W. HARSHBERGER. In a number of papers' of greater or less length, I have discussed the character of the vegetation of the New Jersey coast. The obser- vations recorded in these various brochures cover territorially the immediate coast from Bay Head in the north to Cape May in the south, and were based on field work and on the study of collections made for the several large herbaria in Philadelphia. During a resi- dence at Belmar, New Jersey, from August 12 to September 15, 1908, and July 7 to September 8, 1909, an opportunity was afforded of making collections, and of completing a survey of the vegetation of the New Jersey coast, begun in 1893, by a study of the coast from Manasquan Inlet north to Sandy Hook and along Sandy Hook Bay several miles westward from Highland Beach. On several railroad trips from Belmar to New York City, I was able, by a familiarity with the coastal flora for over a period of fifteen years, to extend my observations, while on the moving trains, as far north as the Hudson River, notably at Red Bank on the Navesink River, at Matawan on Matawan Creek, along Newark Bay—in fact, such obser- vations were made wherever undisturbed salt marshes were crossed by the Central Railroad of New Jersey and the Pennsylvania Railroad between Belmar and Jersey City. So that, although the description given in this paper is confined to the coast between Manasquan Inlet and Sandy Hook Bay, where collections and a field study were made, yet it can be said that, from the car-window observations,’ essentially 1 Harshberger, John W.: Plants for the Seashore, Garden and Forest, V: 45; An Ecological Study of the New Jersey Strand Flora, Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1900: 623-671; Additional Observations on the Strand Flora of New-Jersey, do., 1902: 642-669; Forest Growth at Wild- wood, New Jersey, Forest Leaves, 1X: 40, June, 1903; The Mutation of Hibiscus moscheutos, Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1903: 326; The Formation and Structure of the Mycodomatia of Myrica cerifera, do., 1903: 352-362; The Comparative Leaf Structure of the Strand Plants of New Jersey, Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, XLVIII: 72-89, with 4 plates. Pris has been the favorite method of Dr. Roland M. Harper in his study of the coastal flora of the Southern States. It is fairly satisfactory as extending the range of certain types of vegetation, but is unscientific unless checked by actual collections and study of a section of the plant formations investigated, as put into practice above. te il el ER OR COE 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., the same type of salt marsh vegetation exists as far north as New York City. Early in the field work it became apparent that my entire time and attention could be devoted to the salt marsh and pond vegetation of the region covered by this phytogeographic survey, for a study of the flora of the sea beaches and sand dunes, which are not extensive on the northern New Jersey coast, revealed the fact that the same association of shore and dune plants existed north of Manasquan Inlet as south of it as far as Cape May. The vegetation of the salt marshes, salt ponds and fresh water ponds of the northern New Jersey coast present so many features of interest that it was fortunate that my undivided attention could be given to its study, so that the dune flora will be mentioned in what follows only when necessary in elucidating Bip composition of juxtaposed plant formations. PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE REGION. No mention is made of the ponds which are characteristic of the - northern shore of New Jersey in the works that have been published on the physiography of New Jersey. Several of them at Ocean Grove and Asbury Park have been surrounded by embankments, and are used for pleasure craft and for winter and summer carnivals. Begin- ning at Manasquan Inlet in the south and traveling northward, one encounters the following bodies of water, which will be designated as open or closed to the ocean, and therefore fresh or salt 3 Manasquan Inlet (open and salt). Newberry Lake = Stockton Lake (open and salt, connected with Manasquan River). Wreck Pond (open and salt in 1908; closed during the summer of 1909 and fresh until August 13, 1909, when it was opened to let in the salt water). Spring Lake (closed and fresh). Como Lake (closed and fresh). Silver Lake (closed and fresh; pleasure lake). Shark River Inlet (open, with strong tidal movement to and from the sea; closed on July 23, 1909, by the formation of a sand bar during a southeast storm; opened again August 12, 1909). Sylvan Lake = Duck Pond (closed and fresh, but connected with sea at very high tides). ’ The following maps, published under the oy oe of the Geological Survey of New Jersey, will be found useful: Atlas Sheet No. 9, Monmouth Shore, 1902; Navesink Sheet, 1901; Long Branch Sheet, 1901; Shark River Sheet, 1903. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375 Fletcher Lake (closed and fresh; pleasure lake). Wesley Lake (closed and fresh; pleasure lake). Sunset Lake (closed and fresh; pleasure lake). Deal Lake (open by a closed sluice gate filled with sand and totally fresh). Whale Pond = Takanassee Lake (open by a made channel, but entirely fresh). Shrewsbury River (opening northward into Sandy Hook Bay and navigable to large excursion steamers). All of these ponds, whether fresh or salt, have had essentially the same physiographic history. They have all started as the outlets of larger or smaller streams, which flowed sluggishly seaward from a more elevated but still almost level interior. Upon reaching the immediate sea coast, these streams had to contend with the sand of the traveling beaches, which form an almost unbroken line for a thousand miles from Montauk Point, on the eastern end of Long Island, to Jupiter Inlet, in Florida. These sandy beaches never maintain the same relative position, but are moved about by the ocean currents and more fickle winds. Since the beaches have been inhabited by summer and winter residents attempts have been made to stop the movement of the sand by the construction of jetties, stone walls and revetments, with some degree of success, but in the past the action of nature’s forces were untrammeled. The continuity of such beaches is broken only by the action of a river. The Hudson River, flowing out of New York Bay, breaks the beach between the Navesink Highlands and Long Island. There has been a big contest for supremacy between the beach and the river. Coney Island has crept out like a crooked finger from the east, and Sandy Hook has traveled up several miles from the south. But the great river has kept open its channel to the sea, not- withstanding the fact that Fire Island Inlet has drifted to the west at the average rate of three miles in sixty years, or nearly 260{feet per annum. The encroachment of these bars threatens the channels which lead into the Narrows and New York Bay, so that until recently the largest steamers had to wait outside for the tides, while the least deviation from the channel insured their grounding. All of the rivers south of Sandy Hook have had a similar contest with the sand beaches. The Shrewsbury and Navesink rivers have had such a struggle to keep open their outlet to the sea.’ The sandy beach, however, succeeded in ‘Consult the facsimile made from a survey map by Ratzer in 1769 and pub- lished in England in 1777, where these rivers are represented as open to tha sea. Also the papers by Prof. Lewis M. Haupt (Annual Report State Geologist of New Jersey, 1905: 27-95; 1907: 72-81), where by photographs and diagrams the changes of the New Jersey coast line are well illustrated. e ee ja 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., closing the mouths of both rivers, which united together into a common stream, cutting its way past the Navesink Highlands and emptying into Sandy Hook Bay. Even to-day the low sand beach is so narrow that often the sea breaks entirely over it, and this is particularly true of the portion immediately in front of the Navesink Highlands, for here it is barely wide enough to accommodate double railroad tracks and a carriage road, protected as they are from the full force of the ocean storms and high tides by a sea wall of stone and piling. This narrow strip of sand, about six miles long, connects Sandy Hook with the mainland. All of the smaller streams have been obliged to meet the same sand encroachment; but many of them, unable to keep their outlets open, have been converted into salt ponds, and if shut off from the sea for any length of time they have been gradually trans- formed into fresh water ponds. Only two of the larger rivers have. been equal to the task of cutting through the barrier beach, viz., Shark River and Manasquan River. The outlet of Shark River several . years ago had been almost closed, except a narrow channel which one could step across at low tide; but in the summer of 1908 the river had a new lease of life, its inlet opened wider than ever, so that naphtha launches drawing several feet of water entered from the open ocean. During the summer of 1909, however, the sand barrier had traveled so far north that a southeast storm on July 23, 1909, completely closed the inlet. . We can arrange the inlets and ponds in a regular sequence, with reference to the stage which they have reached in their developmental history (see note 16), beginning as ocean inlets and ending in closed fresh water ponds. In an earlier paragraph I have arranged all the known bodies of water in geographic order. Their physiographic sequence is somewhat as follows: 1. Salt Water® (Active Tidal Flow). Manasquan River; Shark River (open until July 23, 1909, when it closed, to be opened by digging away the bar on August 13, 1909) ; Navesink and Shrewsbury Rivers; Wreck Pond (open and salt in 1908, closed by a sand bar and fresh during 1909 until August 13, when the inlet was opened to the sea). ° The only open inlet from Barnegat Inlet to Sandy Hook during the summer of 1909 after July 23, when Shark River Inlet closed, was at Manasquan. Later, on August 13, 1909, Wreck Pond Inlet was opened, and on August 12 that of Shark River. ® In all cases the character of the water was determined by a hydrometer that, read 0-50 degrees Beaumé. When the scale read 0 degrees the water was considered undoubtedly fresh. 1909. } NATURAL SCIENG@ES OF PHILADELPHIA. Byars 2. Fresh Water. (A) With Natural Surroundings—Wreck Pond (salt in 1908; fresh in 1909); Como Lake (sluiceway to sea); Sylvan Lake = Duck Pond (sluiceway to sea). (B) With Artificial Surroundings (pleasure lakes) —Spring Lake; Silver Lake. (C) With Protected Shores (pleasure lakes)—Fletcher Lake; Wesley Lake (sluiceway to sea); Sunset Lake; Deal Lake (sluiceway to sea, opened fifteen years ago); Whale Pond = Takanassee Lake (sluiceway to the sea). The vegetation will be considered in the sequence which follows the physiographic history of the bodies of water mentioned above. Wherever the tidal action is sufficient to keep the basins of the rivers in the first category filled with salt water, we have the level areas along their banks and the sand and muck islands formed by the action of the currents covered with a typic salt marsh vegetation. Satr MarsH ForMATION. The salt marsh areas in New Jersey with which we are concerned occur around the shores of Newark Bay, and extend for some distance along the Hackensack and Passaic rivers. There is no salt marsh on the banks of the Hudson River, and none at present in New Jersey on New York Bay. Salt marshes extend along Arthur Kill and inland along the shores of the rivers that empty into it. Raritan Bay has its marshes where there are indentations ‘and where small streams empty into it, and for several miles along both banks of the Raritan River there are extensive flats. The shores of the Navesink River, except a few islands near its mouth, are destitute of salt marshes; but the Shrewsbury River has low, swampy shores, covering some space between the highland and the shore. Then comes a stretch of sea coast extending from North Long Branch to Bay Head, along which the mainland is washed by the ocean waves; the beach is abrupt, the sand is coarse and there is no marsh, except on the banks of Stockton Lake, Shark River, Wreck Pond and Manasquan River. South of Bay Head the salt marshes back of the sand islands are very extensive, as described in previous papers. Three kinds of salt marshes may be distinguished in New Jersey. The first, and smallest in area, is that which is covered at every mean high tide. The second in area is rarely covered at ordinary tides, but so little above mean high water that even the slightest rise, due to wind storm or moon changes, results in a partial covering with water. The third type of marsh is that above mean high tide and more LL <<<. = = 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., or less completely covered with vegetation. All three kinds of marsh may be covered at the time of the Spring and Fall tides, and they are intersected by ditches, thorofares, and deeper boat channels, which give a characteristic appearance to the monotonous landscape. The following analysis of a machine-cut sod, 10 x 10 x 27 inches, weighing 121 pounds, was made by Dr. Jacob G. Lipman, of the New Jersey Agricultural College, from material taken August 13, 1907, on a Raritan marsh opposite Sayreville: Original Weight, <--< ® =,» + odak pounds, Dry Weight, ~. se See oa ae Moisture, 2. oS . S. S ABORR here Dry) Matier . kt a> wie ee Re ee Upper Portion. Lower Portion. Nitrogen, . es st COMBS per went. 0.635 per cent. Organic Matter, fa e238 % 21330. -. Bop Ge o> ee ee Oe. LBcLO see The spongy, fibrous character of the upper portion of the sod, ex- tending from twelve to eighteen inches and composed of roots and other vegetable matter, is gradually modified in its lower portion. The distinct root structure tends to disappear, and with the darker color the entire mass becomes more compact and resembles muck rather than peat. The proportionate amount of carbon and ash are both increased, while the proportion of organic matter is diminished.’ The development of the salt marsh vegetation was studied in a number of places. When the mud flats rise above the surface at any stage of tide plants begin to invade them. Such a bar, uncovered in the Shrewsbury River five or six years ago, according to a fisherman who lived in the neighborhood, is now covered by a dense growth of Spartina stricta maritima, a grass which has large root-stocks that ex- tend deep into the mud. At the end of each year the tops of this wiry grass die, and new shoots come up the next Spring; mud and other materials are held at the base of the stems until the surface is gradually built up, when the first type of salt marsh passes into the second. Gradually other plants come in that have a root system adapted to growth under the conditions provided by mud covered and uncovered alternately by tidal flow, until the zonal bat are of yar: which 7 Smith, John B.: The New Jersey Salt Marsh and its Improvement, Bulletin 207, New J ersey Agricultural Experiment Station, 1907. In one marsh the writer found the marsh soil above a gravel bed measured 82 cm. (= 324 inches), and in - subsequent paper he will describe the appearance and constitution of each sou stratum. 1909. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379 characterizes the long established marshes arises. This stage of _ development seems to mark the culmination of the salt marsh vege- tation. If the marsh rises above the level where the typic salt marsh plants can grow, a different kind of drainage of the marsh is established and the salt marsh plants are replaced by others. The decay of the remains of the salt marsh plants produces holes here and there over the surface of the marsh, which, in the parlance of the sea coast farmer, becomes “rotten.” . The composition of the salt marsh vegetation of the northern New Jersey coast can be illustrated best by a study of several typice kinds of marshes as they occur from Sandy Hook Bay south to Manasquan Inlet. The description and the sketches which accom- pany them will illustrate the similarities, as well as the differences, induced by a difference in the edaphic factors of the several localities. The salt marshes at Water Witch Park, a resort on the north slopes of the Navesink Highlands, along Sandy Hook Bay, along the channel edge of Plum Island, along the east front of the Highlands, a marsh island in the Navesink River, at Navesink Beach and at Normandie consist of Spartina stricta maritima (sp. gr. 1.017-1.0185) where a muddy bottom is found, but it disappears where sand and gravel form the river bottom. Associated with this salt grass in front of the Nave- sink Highlands are found Spartina polystachya, together with Atriplex hastata and Tissa marina, At Navesink Beach is a low mud island formed five or six years ago, but now completely covered with Spartina stricta maritima. ‘The second inner strip consists of the low salt grass Spartina patens, together with patches of Salicornia herbacea, as at Water Witch Park, Scirpus pungens at Navesink Highlands, with a few specimens of Solidago sempervirens and Salicornia herbacea, On the marsh island in the Navesink River, Spartina patens is associated with Distichlis spicata, covering nearly half an acre of the island, between which and the outer fringe of salt grass occur in mixed growth (sp. gr. 1.0180) Limonium carolinianum, Spartina patens, Plantago maritima, ® The edaphic conditions were determined during the summer of 1909 by means of a specific gravity hydrometer with a scale reading from 0.995 to 1.065, good to four decimal places by a secondary subdivision of the scale. An attached thermometer allowed readings to be made from —15° to +45° Centigrade. By means of this hydrometer the character of the submerging water, or water from holes dug in the marsh soil, which influenced the roots or bases of each marsh species, was determined. The results are given in specific gravities. Abso- lutely pure water (distilled) reads 1.0000 on the scale, and sea water taken from the surf at Belmar at 21.1° C. reads 1.0215, so that the figures from the different marsh habitats approach closely the first figure if the water is fresh or the second figure if more or fom saline. The specific gravities, as far as possible, are given in parentheses, leaving the detailed results for a subsequent paper. ed EN 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.. Salicornia mucronata, S. herbacea, Aster subulatus, Tissa marina, Sueda linearis and Chenopodium rubrum. At Navesink Beach Salsola kali has invaded this strip of Spartina patens, and at Nor- mandie Atriplex hastata and Sueda linearis (= Dondia americana) form almost pure associations, while at this place, between the low dunes and the last mentioned marsh strip, are found associations of Lathyrus maritimus, mixed with Solidago sempervirens and Cfnothera biennis. The third inner strip of salt marsh at Water Witch Park is com- posed of an association of Scirpus pungens, Gerardia maritima, Pluchea camphorata and Cyperus erythrorhizos, while the fourth strip of vege- tation is characterized by tall-growing herbs and shrubs, viz., Scirpus pungens, Panicum virgatum, Polygonum sagittatum, Hibiscus moscheu- tos, Eupatorium perfoliatum, Solidago sempervirens and Baccharis halimifolia, some which suggest proximity of fresh water conditions. The salt marsh along the upper portion of Wreck Pond shows a modification of the outer fringing strip of Spartina stricta maritima. - Along the north shore of the Pond edaphic conditions control the distribution of plants, for the fringing growth of Spartina stricta maritima (sp. gr. 1.014) is not continuous, but is more or less inter- rupted by tongues of Spartina patens, while in two places Scirpus pungens in two isolated associations is the character plant which touches the channel currents. Back of the tall salt grass is found an almost continuous strip of Spartina patens, in some places mixed with Scirpus pungens and Panicum virgatum. From the distribution of the plants and the direction of the shore lines, it would seem that the ocean currents are deflected against the north shore, where the salt marsh conditions are more typically found, while the fresh water of the river flows seaward along the south shore. This, however, is not the determining factor in the replacement of Spartina stricta maritima along the south shore by Spartina patens, for the north shore has a muddy bottom and the south shore a gravelly one. Plum Island Salt Marsh (Fig. 1). Plum Island is found lying between the southern end of Sandy Hook and the Highlands of Navesink. It is irregular in shape and consists of low sandhills surrounded by salt marsh, as indicated in Fig. 1, which also indicates the areas of marsh covered by this survey (I, II, III). Considering the com- position of the salt marsh at the locality marked I on the sketch map _ of Plum Island, we find the outer strip (sp. gr. 1.016) (Fig. 2) composed of a pure growth of Spartina stricta maritima (X), which is succeeded by 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381 @ pure growth (sp. gr. 1.0155) of Baccharis halimifolia (8), which wedges in between the outer strip and the third strip of Spartina patens (V), which in most places usually succeeds the outer one of the taller salt grass. Along the inner edge of the clumps of Baccharis halimi- Island Fig. 1—Plum Island in Sandy Hook Bay. Dotted areas represent sandy; T, thickets and trees; », salt marsh; numerals indicate areas treated of in this paper. folia (9) occur pure associations of Sweda linearis (8) and Sali- cornia herbacea (& ), as indicated in the sketch. ; Sand Dune Formation.—Low sandy stretches back of the marsh are covered with typic dune plants, including the marram grass, Ammo- i ee 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., phila arenaria (A), Cakile edentula (= C. americana), Myrica caro- linensis, and an extensive clump of Prunus maritima (P), with an oceasional cedar, Juniperus virginiana (JV). In places Myrica carolinensis and Hudsonia tomentosa cover extensive tracts in pure association, together with Lechea maritima. Thicket Formation (1 1).—The thickets on the more elevated sandy parts of this island consist of Juniperus virginiana (JV), Prunus maritima (P), Myrica carolinensis, Baccharis halimifolia, Fig. 2.—Portion of Plum Island Salt Marsh marked I in Fig. 1. X, Spartina stricta maritima; 9, Baccharis halimifolia; &, Salicornia herbacea; 8, Sueda linearis; V, Spartina juncea; dotted area = sand; A, Ammophila arenaria; 7? , thicket and forest growth. together with the poison ivy, Rhus radicans, while the prickly pear cactus, Opuntia vulgaris, is abundant in the sandy stretches between the trees. Plum Island is characterized by a number of salt lagoons. The vegetation surrounding these lagoons was studied at two places (II 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383 and III), as indicated in the sketch. The open water (sp. gr. 1.016) of the first lagoon (II) is completely surrounded by a circumarea (sp. gr. 1.016) of Spartina stricta maritima (X), in the midst of which arises an association of Spartina polystachya ($). This circumarea is in turn surrounded by a continuous one (sp. gr. 1.018) of Baccharis halimifolia (9), in front of which in two small associations (sp. gr. 1.020) oceur Spartina patens (V), together with Salicornia herbacea Fig. 3.—Survey of Salt Marsh on Plum Island, Sandy Hook Bay, marked II on the Sketch Map of the island. X, Spartina stricta maritima; $, Spartina polystachya; 9, Baccharis halimifolia; dotted area = sand; V, Spartina patens; &, Salicornia herbacea; P, Prunus maritima; A, Ammophila are- naria; 7, thicket of trees. (&). In one corner of the marsh (sp. gr. 1.0185), just back of the Baccharis halimijolia (4), is found an extensive association of Spartina patens (V), which touches the sandy slopes covered with Ammophila arenaria (A) and Solidago sempervirens. This dune strip merges into the thicket formation previously described, where Prunus maritima (P)oecupies the outer edge of tree growth (see Fig. 3). 384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., The second lagoon studied is a much smaller one, and is located on the map (Fig. 1) at the place marked III. As with the other lagoon, it is completely surrounded by a circumarea of Spartina stricta maritima (X), and it is fringed on one side by a broad strip of Spartina patens (V). Touching the tall salt grass on the other side (sp. gr. 1.003) are found Salicornia herbacea (=) and Limonium carolinianum (A), Atriplex hastata and Sweda linearis, while here and there occur clumps Fig 4.—Survey of Salt Marsh on Plum Island, Sandy Hook Bay, marked III in Fig. 1. X, Spartina stricta maritima; V, Spartina patens; &, Salicorma herbacea; A, Limonium carolinianum; ©, Baccharis halimifolia; %, Soli- dago sempervirens; A, Ammophila arenaria; 7, tree thicket. of Baccharis halimifolia (@), at least four such having been seen in the immediate neighborhood of this lagoon. This lagoon basin is sur- rounded by low sandy slopes, barren on one side, but covered with 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385 Ammophila arenaria (A) and Solidago sempervirens on the other, while a thicket where Rhus radicans is prominent occurs on the higher sand slopes (Fig. 4). The water of this lagoon, although it is near the center of the island, remains salt, because at high tides it is replenished by the entrance of sea water, which enters through a valley-like depres- sion running diagonally across the island. Salt Marshes along Shark River. Shark River (Fig. 5) rises inland about seven miles*from the coast. The inner line of its watershed is marked approximately by the New Jersey Southern Railroad, running between Farmingdale and Pine Brook near Eatontown. It runs seaward in two main branches, fork- ing from each other close to Shark River Bay. The southern branch rises in elevated country (100-164 feet contour) near Shark River Station on the New Jersey Southern Railroad. The northern branch rises near Centerville, and flows approximately southeast to join the other branch before they enter Shark River Bay, which is fresh at its head, but gradually becomes more salt near its narrow outlet to the sea, more or less surrounded by salt marshes or salt marsh islands (Fig. 5). The bay is about two miles long from east to west. The outlet is marked by the line of the New York & Long Branch Rail- road, which crosses by a trestle bridge. Below the trestle the river channel is scoured by the rapidly moving inflowing and outflowing tides, and its banks are lined with salt marshes now to be described. The close proximity of these marshes to Belmar enabled me to visit them frequently on foot and in a boat, and to construct a map which represents the distribution of the salt marsh plants (Tig. 5). The salt marsh vegetation of the south shore of the river, between the ocean and the trolley bridge, will be described in detuil first. The river channel (sp. gr. 1.0212) is fringed by Spartina stricta maritima (X) where the muddy shore is submerged at high tide (sp. gr. 1.0140). This grass also fringes the marsh island, which was originally formed by tidal action. Near the ocean front Spartina patens (V) forms a strip which is barely touched by salt water at high tide, while in differ- ent association and on the same level is found Scirpus pungens (Z) associated with Limonium carolinianum (A). These plants are backed by low dunes covered with Triodia cuprea, Ammophila arenaria, Strophostyles helvola, Lathyrus maritimus, Euphorbia polygonifolia, Cakile edentula, Cassia nictitans, Ampelopsis quinquefolia, Solidago sempervirens, Trifolium repens, T. hybridum and Xanthium echinajum. In the bend of the river between B Street and D Street, Belmar, the 25 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., salt marsh forms a V-shaped cusp; the sides and apex of this project- ing marsh are fringed with Spartina stricta maritima (X). Enclosed by this grass, as shown in Fig. 5, are found pure associations as follows : 1, Spartina patens (V), Salicornia herbacea (& ) and Limonium caro- is A a PER EE ae ee et a eee nN = N Say x Fig. 5.—Salt Marshes along Shark River. X, Spartina stricta maritima; V, Spartina patens; Z, Scirpus pungens; O, Distichlis spicata; 8, Baccharis halimifolia; J, Juncus Gerardi; *, Phragmites communis; &, Salicornia herbacea; II, Gerardia purpurea; dotted areas = sand with typic dune plants; T, tree thickets. lintanum in the low ground partially submerged at high tide; 2, Distichlis spicata (O), Salicornia herbacea (&), and Limonium caro- linianum in similar soil situations as the first associations and extend- 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387 ing around the head of a slough at this point of the shore; 3, Juncus ‘Gerardi (J), one patch of which surrounded a low dune covered with Panicum virgatum. A high dune spit projecting into the marsh was covered by Panicum virgatum, Xanthium echinatum, (Enothera biennis and Ammophila arenaria. The straight portion of the main shore, between this V-shaped marsh on the one hand and the marsh island on the other, is occupied by a narrow salt marsh, the vegetation of which consists of a frontal strip of Scirpus pungens (Z), out of which grow Baccharis halimijolia (¢) and Hibiscus moscheutos. This strip is continued by two pure associations of Spartina patens (V) (sp. gr. 1.0069) and Scirpus pungens (Z) re- spectively. A second shoreward marsh strip is occupied by fresh water marsh plants, such as Impatiens fulva (= I. biflora), Sambucus canadensis and Polygonum sagittatum, while the drier portions of this strip are characterized by Panicum virgatum. The second short offset between D and E Streets, Belmar, is noted for a projecting tongue of low marshland completely surrounded by a growth of Spartina stricta maritima (X) in full flower (August), while surrounded by the taller salt marsh grass is a lower flowerless growth of Spartina stricta mari- tima (X), with two associations of Distichlis spicata (O) and one of Spartina patens (V). Immediately back of this marsh tongue are found several strips of vegetation. In front is an irregular association of Spartina patens (X) in soil merely wetted by the rising tide, but seldom entirely submerged. Inside of this is a narrow association of Scirpus pungens (Z), succeeded in the drier shore soil by Baccharis halimifolia (6) and Hibiscus moscheutos (sp. gr. 1.0000), while in places in this strip occur fresh-water swamp plants, such as Cicuta maculata, Peltandra virginica, Scirpus robustus and Impatiens fulva (= I. bi- flora). Situated between the outer strip of Spartina stricta maritima (X) and the inner fresh water marsh strip occur longitudinally disposed three alternating associations, viz.: two societies of Scirpus pungens (Z), between which is found an association of Spartina patens (V) and Scirpus robustus. The gradual slopes of the shore above the marshland is covered with Panicum virgatum, Rhus radicans, Xanthium echinatum, Baccharis halimifolia (#), over which clambers Sicyos angulatus. Vegetation of the Marsh Island. The marsh island in Shark River with a slough at its western end is completely surrounded by Spartina stricta maritima (X), except in two places where the shore is a little more elevated. At one place 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., Baccharis halimifolia (#) and Panicum virgatwm in dry sandy soil above tide action forms the border growth, while on the opposite side of the island in wetter soil is found the edge of an extensive association of Juncus Gerardi (J), which here touches the river channel. An ex- tensive growth of Spartina stricta maritima (X) covers the western end of the island surrounding the slough marked on the map (Fig. 5). As this growth of salt grass is found in soil only covered at high tide in its development here, it is in marked contrast to its growth in the shore mud, which is never practically uncovered by tidal flow. Else- where in the center of the island occur associations of 1, Distichlis spicata (O) with Limonium carolinianum (A); 2, Juncus Gerardi (J); 3, Spartina patens (V), with and without Jva imbricata, while a small dune is covered with Panicum virgatum and Solidago sempervirens. Vegetation of the North (Avon) Shore of Shark River. Beginning at the beach front, where it covers a wide area of shore mud, and extending in a narrow strip to the trolley bridge, where it again widens, Spartina stricta maritima occurs as a border growth. Just back of the ocean dunes, this association surrounds several smaller ones of Spartina patens (V) alone, Distichlis spicata (O) alone, Scirpus pungens (Z) alone and Phragmites communis (* ), which grows at the inner edge of the marshland proper, as do Salicornia herbacea (& ) and Limonium carolinianum, while in a smaller growth of Spartina stricta maritima (X) back of the border strip grow Scirpus robustus and Baccharis halimijolia (9). Lying between this strip and the sandy shore, where Panicum virgatum is the character plant, is an extensive association of Scirpus pungens (Z). As the shore bluff comes within a few feet of the water’s edge for a considerable distance along the © north shore of the river, the marshland narrows until only the fringing growth of Spartina stricta maritima occupies the shore line, with a narrow strip just back of it of Spartina patens (V), which as elsewhere grows in the soil rarely exposed to the full tidal action. In a triangular corner formed by the bluff as one side of the triangle, the trolley road and the river as the other two sides, the marsh widens with a lagoon in its center. The shore growth of Spartina stricta maritima (X) is continuous with the growth of the grass which surrounds the water of the lagoon (sp. gr. 1.0180). Forming conspicuous elements of the vegetation of this triangle, and here as elsewhere to be distinguished by the color of the plants, are several associations of marsh species. One of the largest associations in contact with the bluff is composed of Scirpus pungens (Z), surrounding [va imbricata and Hibiscus moscheutos és 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389 (sp. gr. 1.0000), while Pluchea camphorata mixes its growth with the sedge, as does Juncus Gerardi (J), which surrounds a low sand dune covered with Panicum virgatum. In three isolated areas is found an association of Spartina patens (V), while back of Spartina stricta maritima (X) on the roadside of the lagoon occurs an association of Juncus Gerardi (J), at one end of which Limonium carolinianum enters the association. At the head of the lagoon, at the inner edge of the marsh soil, Cyperus erythrorhizos and Polygonum ramosissimum, which indicate beginning fresh water conditions, have established themselves. Outside of the influence of the salt water, where the inner edge of the salt marsh (sp. gr. 1.0000) owes its wetness to rains and fresh water springs, just in front of the river bluff occur plants of fresh water swamps, such as the shrubs Alnus serrulata, Pyrus arbutifolia, Clethra alnijolia and the herbs Vernonia noveboracensis, Eupatorium pur- pureum, Polygonum sagittatum, Osmunda cinnamomea, Sagittaria variabilis, Cicuta maculata and Lobelia cardinalis. TRANSITION TO FRESH WATER PONDs. Upper Wreck Pond.—We have seen that the appearance of Spartina patens indicates that the soil is only periodically flooded with salt water. Above the carriage road, where the forest approaches the water’s edge, Spartina stricta maritima gradually thins out, and its place as a border plant is taken by Scirpus pungens (sp. gr. 1.000), Scirpus lacustris and Spartina polystachya. But the persistence of this grass here, where the fresh water conditions are becoming pronounced, is perhaps explainable by the fact that the periodic entrance of salt water prevents the replacement of this grass entirely by typic fresh water vegetation, which is unable to survive a short exposure to salt water; while Spartina stricta maritima not only withstands salt water, but actually thrives in it, and also adapts itself to growth in water which varies its salinity within wide limits, becoming almost fresh when the inland rains are especially heavy or when the inlets of the streams are closed by sand bars during severe storms, as during the summer of 1909. During this summer the outlet of Wreck Pond was closed to the sea until, as indicated by the hydrometer, the water became entirely fresh, and yet Spartina stricta maritima and Spartina patens persisted in their usual habitats, flowering as usual, even when partially submerged by the overflow of fresh water during heavy summer rains.” However, before we reach the place where this change *This matter, as indicated by the sp. gr. hydrometer, will appehr in a later paper, but it should be emphasized here that salt water plants stand submer- gence in fresh water much better than fresh water plants in salt water. a 4 ; 390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., occurs. the following marsh strips may be recognized, beginning with the outer one, which consists of Spartina stricta maritima (sp. gr. 1.003). Then comes a strip of Spartina patens and a middle one of Panicum virgatum, filled in between with Spartina patens and S. polystachya, In the shoreward strip at the edge of the woods, where the salt marsh vegetation merges with the fresh water vegetation (sp. gr. 1.000), occur clumps of Cicuta maculata, Iris versicolor, Hibiscus moscheutos, Polygonum sagittatum, P. pennsylvanicum, P. arifolium, Eryngium virgimianum, Ptilimnium capillaceum, Hydrocotyle wmbellata, Lobelia cardinalis, Convolvulus sepium and Impatiens fulva (visited by hum- ming birds). The third strip may be considered to be the tension one, where there is a gradual blending of the salt water and fresh water vegetation. As one ascends the stream the salt marsh plants dwindle, until not a trace of them is left and the marsh becomes entirely a fresh water marsh, covered with plants which lower down merely fringed the inner margin of the salt marsh. Sylvan Lake is the receptacle for the fresh water of a small stream which rises in two forks in Mt. Prospect Cemetery, west of Ocean Grove (80 feet contour). These two branches unite in a small pond at Ocean Grove Heights, and the main stream flows seaward a distance of a mile, until it enters Sylvan Lake (Duck Pond of the survey map), which is about three-quarters of a mile long. As Sylvan Lake is shut off from the ocean by a low sand bar, with a timbered sluiceway still connecting it with the sea during high tides, it is sometimes supplied with salt water, which enters the pond by means of the usually dry sluiceway, which has been left as a means of keeping the water level of the lake within certain limits. We can divide the vegetation of the lake basin into two main divisions: (1) The vegetation uninfluenced or rarely influenced by salt water, and growing in the western part of the pond where the water is kept fresh by the stream which enters at this end, and (2) the vegetation influenced more or less directly by the sea water, when it enters by the sluice during exceptionally high tides, which may rise high enough to enter the pond only three or four times each year, and in the winter time, when the vegetation in the pond, and surrounding it, being in its winter state, would be very little injured by an overflow of salt water. Consequently the water of most of the pond, especially near the landward end, is fresh, while near the seaward end it is usually fresh, but brackish only after the sea water has entered the pond during some high side, enabling a few salt marsh species to persist, although generally subjected to fresh water con- ditions (see note 9). 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 _ One, therefore, notices the entire absence of such typic salt plants as Spartina stricta maritima, Distichlis spicata, Salicornia herbacea, S.mucronata, Limonium carolinianum and Sueda linearis, while the rem- nant of this true salt marsh vegetation left at the margin of the pond, owing to the occasional entrance of salt water, consists of such plants as Spartina patens and Juncus Gerardi. Vegetation in Proximity to the Ocean. The low ground margining Sylvan Lake at its seaward end is occu- pied by Scirpus pungens at the water’s edge, while back of it occur Spartina patens, Hibiscus moscheutos and Juncus Gerardi, together with Elodes virginica and Juncus canadensis. The tall reed grass Phragmites communis forms a pure association at this level, as does also Cladium mariscoides mixed with Solidago sempervirens. The cattail, Typha angustifolia, is found in small cove-like indentations of the shore, while Nymphea odorata with Panicum crus-galli occur in small sloughs found here and there along the outer shore line. The low sand levels above the marsh are covered with Myrica carolinensis, in association with Panicum virgatum, Baccharis halimifolia, Stro- phostyles helvola, Baptisia tinctoria, Vaccinium atrococcum, Ilex glabra and Prunus maritima, extending back to the edge of the woods behind what was formerly, before grading operations altered the original conditions, the dune complex of my earlier papers. ‘The following plants, Vaccinium atrococcum, Ilex glabra and Baptisia tinctoria, which enter the dune formation, may be considered to be elements which have invaded the formation from an inland pine barren source of supply. Vegetation Controlled by Fresh Water. Karly in my study of the flora of Sylvan Lake my attention was directed to the north shore, because the south shore of the lake had been altered too much by the encroachment of the building line of Avon-by-the-Sea. Only a few patches of the original vegetation was left, and so much altered as not worth a detailed study. Three strips of vegetation can be recognized along the northern shore of the lake, and in the description of them which follows the plants will be men- tioned in the order in which they were collected in walking from the western end to the eastern end. This plan is pursued because it was found impossible to recognize associations of the species, because they were so mixed together, especially in the second strip, as hot to be separable into distinct groups. 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., The lake is almost choked with a green alga, Cladophora flavescens, which has invaded the water lily associations and threatens to exter- minate them. Not only that, but the lake for boating purposes has been ruined by the floating masses of Cladophora which at times of low water form mats of algal felt, and unless copper sulphate is used to destroy this plant the lake will be converted gradually into a fresh water marsh. The water’s edge is margined generally by Panicum crus-galli and Scirpus pungens, with which in close association were found, but in varying abundance, Panicum virgatum, Scirpus pungens, Typha angustifolia and Nymphea odorata, which formed in most places the out- ward edge of this strip, growing in the shallow water in several places and extending its growth out over the surface of the lake. The only plant of the second strip which may be said to grow in pure association is Cladium mariscoides, which forms back of Panicum — crus-galli of the first strip a growth in some places 100 feet long, ex- tending back to drier soil. Associated with this sedge grow Polygala cruciata and Sabbatia angularis. The second strip, however, is charac- terized by the presence of Gerardia purpurea, Rhexia virginica, Drosera linearis, D. filiformis, Fuirena squarrosa hispida, Panicum virgatum, Polygonum sagittatum, Hibiscus moscheutos and Lobelia spicata. In a few wet places sphagnum occurs, and here grow Vaccinium macro- carpon and Drosera filiformis. FRESH WATER PonD FORMATIONS. When the sand bar formed across the end of an inlet has become permanent, the lake formed back of it gradually becomes converted into a basin holding nothing but fresh water (instance Wreck Pond in 1909, with salt marsh species), and the vegetation becomes eventually that found in fresh water ponds and along their margin. Three such fresh water lakes were studied carefully on the northern New Jersey coast, viz.: Como Lake, a small uncharted pond back of Como Lake’ and formerly part of it, and Silver Lake. Incidentally in this survey Bradley Lake and Wesley Lake at Ocean Grove and Sunset Lake in Asbury Park were visited, but it was found that the banks of these lakes were sodded with cultivated grasses and planted with shrubs for ornamental purposes, so that these lakes, although formed in a similar manner to the ones studied, are omitted from further con- sideration. Silver Lake.—Silver Lake is situated in the borough of Belmar and is entirely surrounded by summer cottages (Fig. 5). It is less than 1909. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393 half a mile long, and its banks have been sodded, the undergrowth has been removed and the tree vegetation, notably Pinus rigida, has been left, giving a park-like aspect to the surroundings. The authori- ties periodically clear the lake of all vegetation, in order to provide for the water carnivals which are held some time during the summer months. But yet the vegetation grows almost as rapidly as it is removed, and constant vigilance must be exercised to prevent the filling of the shallow lake basin. The most persistent of these plants is Potamogeton perjoliatus, which forms extensive associations here and there in the quieter portions of the lake. Another persistent plant is Elodea (Philotria) canadensis, which grows so fast as to choke portions of the lake. Upon this aquatic plant grow epiphytically, according to a study of microscopic material collected in the summer of 1908, a blue-green alga, Mastigonema sejunctum, which lives in tufts or soft mosses on the leaves of Llodea, as also a diatom, Gomphonema constrictum. The filaments of Mastigonema are rather rigid, straight and spuriously branched, and their apex is delicately hair-like, while heterocysts are found at the base of each of the branches. The diatom, Gomphonema constrictum, has wedge-shaped frustules in the girdle- view, and in the specimens studied they were attached by their inferior smaller extremities to a system of hyaline threads that form bound together a stalk, which attaches them to the Flodea leaf. The fresh water plankton of this lake was found to consist in September, 1908, of Spirogyra crassa (which lives over the winter), Anabaena flos-aque var. circinalis and Scenedesmus obliquus. The water silk, Spirogyra crassa, formed floating masses near the shore (found by me also in April, 1909), while Anabena flos-oque var. circinalis about the end of August was in such abundance as to suggest “the flowering of the mere.”’ Its beaded filaments formed most beautiful coils or spirals. Como Lake.—Como Lake will be treated in a few years like those at Asbury Park and Ocean Grove, as the building of summer houses is fast approaching it, so that these observations will preserve to botanic posterity the only statement as to the original flora which surrounded it. Following the south shore first, we can recognize four strips of plants, viz.: (1) the water strip; (2) the wet ground strip; (3) the dry ground strip; (4) the forest strip. The first two strips are practically the same, because the vegetation of the wet soil encroaches upon the water surface. The west shore is somewhat gravelly and sandy, and here I found, beginning at the western end of the pond and walk- ing eastward, the following characteristic plants: Agrostis Myemalis (= A. scabra), Polygonum sagittatum, P. acre, Cyperus erythrorhizos 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., (abundant), Panicum crus-galli (occasional), Scirpus pungens. Then at the eastern end, I noted in the water strip Juncus canadensis, J. debilis, Cyperus dentatus var. ctenostachys, C. erythrorhizos, Scirpus pungens, Polygonum sp., Panicum crus-galli. On a small rounded bar in the lake near the ocean grew in the summer of 1908 Panicum crus-galli, Polygonum acre, Cyperus erythrorhizos, C. Nuttallii. Where a small spring enters the lake, I found Nasturtium officinale, Polygonum acre and Spirogyra sp. The third strip on the south side of the lake consists of plants which occupy low sandy slopes. Such are Myrica carolinensis, Solidago sempervirens, Panicum virgatum, Strophostyles helvola, Rhus copallina, Baptisia tinctoria, Cyperus dentatus (proliferated sedge), according to my notes. . The seaward end of the north shore has been graded. Beginning at the edge of the improvements(?) and walking westward along the shore, the following strips of vegetation were recognized and studied: (1) the marsh strip at the edge of the water; (2) the dry sandy strip; (3) the forest strip. The marsh strip, proceeding westward, is charac- terized by Scirpus pungens, Polygonum acre, Cyperus erythrorhizos, Polygonum sagittatum, Gerardia purpurea, Ptilimnium capillaceum, Panicum crus-galli (nearly always at the water’s edge). A small — stream which enters between the pine woods showed in its expanded portion the white water lily, Nymphea odorata, and at the edge Panicum crus-galli, Polygonum sagittatum and P. acre. Passing a sharp bend of the shore the marsh vegetation increases in density with the asso- ciation of Scirpus pungens, Gerardia purpurea, Polygonum acre, P. sagittatum, Ptilimnium capillaceum, Hypericum canadensis, Bidens jrondosa, Hibiscus moscheutos, Scirpus cyperinus, Panicum crus-galli. The bur reed, Sparganium euycarpum, forms a small association at the western end of the lake, while in front of the trolley embankment, in water six inches deep, was found an association of Panicum crus- galli, Cyperus erythrorhizos and Glyceria obtusa. Here the marsh ex- pands into a triangular area, where I collected Polygonum sagittatum, P. acre, Cladium mariscoides, Scirpus pungens (abundant), Eryngium virginianum, Solidago tenuifolia, Panicum virgatum, Gerardia purpurea, Ptiimnium capillaceum, Iris versicolor, while in another portion of the marsh, alternating with the dry ground, grew Alnus serrulata, Aspidium thelypteris, Cladium mariscoides, Aster subulatus and Hibiscus moscheutos. The second strip, or that of the treeless dry ground, is characterized by its extensive clumps of Panicum virgatum, with which grows Poly- gala cruciata. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 Separated from Como Lake by a carriage road, and situated in the angle which this road forms with the main or trolley road, is a small triangular pond of fresh water, completely covered with a small- flowered variety of the white water lily, Nymphea odorata, with the margin of the pond fringed with a circumarea of Panicum crus-gallv. Como Lake proper has relatively no growth of water lilies, except as previously noted in a small embayment of the shore, where a small stream enters from the pine woods, and yet in the pond, cut off from the main lake by the construction of the carriage road, it is the domi- nant and exclusive plant. FRESH WATER SWAMP FORMATION. Como Swamp.—West of the trolley road is a swamp (Fig. 6) which occupies the area covered formerly by a western extension of Lake Como. but cut off from it by the construction of the wagon road. As this swamp is fed by a small stream about three-eighths of a mile long, there is a partially open channel running through the middle of it, and a small fresh water lagoon has been formed at one side by a choking of the former lake basin with vegetation. This extremely wet swamp illustrates the last stage in the conversion of a salt water pond with its salt marsh vegetation, first into a brackish pond with the suppression of most salt water plants (Sylvan Lake stage) and then into a fresh water lake with its characteristic vegetation (Como Lake stage), and finally the invasion of the shallow lake with vegetation peculiar to fresh water swamps (Como Swamp stage, Fig. 6). The channel (ditch) is blocked in its lower portion by sedges and grasses,in the midst of which we find an association of Potamogeton sp. (¢), Polygonum acre (*) and Scirpus pungens (+) surrounding a smaller association of Sparganium eurycarpum (= Fig. 6). On the north side of the ditch we find an association of Leersia oryzoides (+), Panicum crus-galli (|) and a few scattered clumps of Typha angusti- joa (2). A triangular-shaped association comprises Nymphaea (Castalia) odorata (©), Scirpus pungens (+), Panicum crus-galli (|), with a few scattered specimens of Scirpus lacustris (Q), and the arrange- ment of the plants suggests that the water lilies represent the original facies which has been invaded by other specis. The cranberry, Vaccinium macrocarpon (M), forms a pure association at the edge of the marsh, while nearby Juncus canadensis (~“\), Polygonum acre (° ), P. sagittatum (1), Nymphea odorata (©) are in association (see Fig. 6). Along the north edge of Como Swamp two other associations are found, one consisting of the admixture of Scirpus pungens (+), Poly- 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., | gonum acre (*), P. sagittatum (1), Xyris caroliniana (* ), Eryngium. | virginianum (E), Sabbatia angularis (A), while the other association | comprises Scirpus pungens (+), Rhynchospora glomerata (+), Poly- gonum acre (* ), Ptilimnium capillaceum (%), Juncus canadensis (C ). The swamp on the south side of the ditch is more extensive, surround- | ing a central lagoon with water lilies (©). Here also are found pure | associations of Typha angustifolia (2), Rhynchospora glomerata (7),, . b- 4 ; : : | , (4 Fig. 6.—Survey of Como Fresh Water Swamp. 1, thicket; ©, Nymphea odorata; &, Typha angustifolia; §, Potamogeton sp.; |, Panicum crus- j galli; =, Sparganium eurycarpum; +, Leersia oryzoides; 7, Polygonum sagittatum; +, Scirpus pungens; Q, Scirpus lacustris; E, Eryngium vir- I ginianum; *, Xyris caroliniana; $, Solidago tenwijolia; M, Vaccinium macrocarpon; G', Juncus canadensis; +, Rhynchospora glomerata; A, Sabbatia angularis; *, Polygonum acre; 9, Ptilimnium capillaceum. Scirpus lacustris (@), Ptilimnium capillaceum (¢) and several mixed associations of species, as illustrated in Fig. 6. The largest asso- ciation is west of the lagoon; here oceur Polygonum acre (* ) associated with Solidago tenuifolia (S) and Nymphea odorata (©). Another association is composed predominantly of Juncus canadensis (a) ae 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397 another of Scirpus pungens (+), while Panicum crus-galli (|) and Leersia oryzoides (+) fill the interspaces between some of the afore- mentioned groups of species. Hibiscus moscheutos occurs sparingly along the edge of the swamp. Bidens chrysanthemoides appears abundantly in the Fall of the year. RELATION OF SALT MARSH TO SALT WATER. Sodium chloride in solution is known to have strong plasmolytic properties, removing water from living cells, when these are subjected to its action, and hence causing the protoplasm to contract away from the cell walls. Ordinary plants are soon killed when exposed to the action of salt or salt water, and yet we have a group of plants, the so-called halophytes, which possess great powers of resisting the action of sodium chloride in solutions as strong as sea water. The sea beach plants are excluded from consideration, because Kearney" has shown that the salt content of the shore sand is a negligible quan- tity, and that some cultivated soils contain a larger percentage of common salt than the beach sand. so that of the strand plants the salt marsh species are the only ones which belong to the halophytic class of plants. Schimper" has called attention to the fact that any con- siderable amount of salt in the cell sap is detrimental to the plant, and that this fact explains the probable cause of the characteristic halo- phytic modifications, which have to do with reducing the transpiration current, which accounts for the abundant absorption of water with various salts of the soil in solution. Warming, however, replied that the reduction of transpiration would cause the increase of the salts in the cell sap, and he suggested a theory, which is now the current one, viz., that the protective contrivances, such as hairs, sunken stomata, succulency, ete., against strong transpiration are necessary in halophytie plants, because absorption of water from a salt solution is slow and difficult. In the absence of experimental data which will enable us to arrange the salt marsh plants of New Jersey into a series with reference to their greater or less power of resistance to salt water,” the following general © Kearney, T. H.: Are Plants of Sea Beaches and Dunes True Halophytes? The Botanical Gazelle, XXXVII: 424-436, June, 1904. " Schimper, A. F. W.: Ueber Schutzmittel des Laubes gegen Transpiration, besonders in der Flora Java's. Sitzb. Acad. Berlin, 1890: 1045; Die indo-malayische Strandflora. Botan. Mittheil. aus den Tropen, 1’ : 1-204. 2'This was written in 1908, During the summer of 1909 the writer hy means of a hydrometer (see previous note) made a detailed study of the various salt marsh plant habitats. 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug., observations may be made. Evidently, as it is exposed along the channels which it fringes to the full effect of salt water (sp. gr. 1.0185), the salt grass Spartina stricta maritima is the best adapted of all the species studied to the halophytie conditions under which such plants grow. Second in order of resistance to the detrimental influence of saline solutions should be mentioned Spartina patens, Salicornia herbacea, S. mucronata, Limonium carolinianum (sp. gr. 1.018)," Baccharis halimifolia, Distichlis spicata and Juncus Gerardi. While to a third group of still less resistant halophytic plants, I would include Typha angustifolia, Scirpus robustus, Gerardia purpurea, Solidago sempervirens and Atriplex hastata. Such plants as Hibiscus moscheu- tos, Cicuta maculata, Peltandra virginica, Panicum crus-galli and Sparga- nium eurycarpum, mentioned in the foregoing account, are plants indicative of fresh water marsh conditions, and are not to be included among the true halophytes. Without experimental data, which I will later supply in a detailed manner, with reference to the halophytism of all of the above-men- tioned plants, the observations of Ganong’ and Graves” have an im- portant bearing upon our study of the distribution of the vegetation of the salt marshes of northern New Jersey. Ganong has found that the root hairs of Salicornia herbacea can endure a 100 per cent. sea water without plasmolysis; those of Sueda maritima 80 per cent.; those of Plantago maritima 70 per cent.; while those of Atriplex patulum withstood 50 per cent. sea water. Graves found that the root hairs of Ruppia maritima could stand a 105 per cent. sea water with occasionally very slight plasmolysis, while with 110 per cent. sea water it was rather slow, but finally distinct. He also used solutions of 2.5, 3 and 5 per cent: sodium chloride with the following results. In the 2.5 per cent. solution, the leaves of Ruppia maritima did not plas- molyze; in the 3 per cent. solution they plasmolyzed in 4-5 minutes; in 5 per cent. solution in about 1 minute. Ordinary ocean water con- tains about 3.5 per cent. of salts, and it would seem, therefore, on a priori grounds, that the water of New Haven harbor does not contain as much salts as the 3 per cent. quantity of sodium chloride in the above experiment. It shows, however, that the adaptation of halo- phytic plants is within a narrow limit of salinity, and if the salinity ™ According to my hydrometer investigations, to be published later in detail, the sp. gr. of sea water is 1.0215 at 21.1° C. 4 Ganong, W.F.: The Vegetation of the Bay of Fundy Salt and Diked Marshes, Botanical Gazette, XXXVI: 161-186, 280-302, 349-367, 429-455. % Graves. Arthur H. The Morphology of Ruppia maritima, Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, XIV: 59-170, December, 1908. a 7 4) RR en Ol Bi a i ee, i, = 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 of the water varies within wider limits such plants are checked in their growth or completely exterminated. This was emphasized in our discussion of the salt marsh vegetation found in Upper Wreck Pond, and it accounts for the limitation of fresh water species when the water in which they grow reaches a certain degree of salinity. The study of the salt marshes, salt ponds and fresh water lakes of northern coastal New Jersey has developed many features of phyto- geographic importance. The origin of the lakes and ponds, it has been proved, is due to the advance of sand dunes across the outlet of various streams that have their rise some distance inland. Most of the larger streams, that have kept open their outlets to the sea, are lined for some distance from the ocean by salt marsh vegetation, which shows a number of characteristic plants in pure association. As the sand bar encroached upon the outlets of the streams the water became somewhat brackish, and the conditions favorable to the salt marsh species became: more precarious, one species at a time disappearing with the decrease of water saltiness. Finally, near the heads of several of the bays, and also in several of the smaller ponds, the water becomes more and more fresh, and we find a replacement of salt marsh plants by those accustomed to grow in or near fresh water streams. Similarly salt ponds have by a slow process of change been converted into fresh water lakes, and the vegetation has changed accordingly with the altered physiographic conditions. Instead of the vegetation of the New Jersey coast remaining of a fixed type, we can trace, by a com- parison of the several plant formations in various conditions of develop- ment, the stages through which the vegetation has passed in reaching its present aspect, and the age of these different associations of plants can be determined by comparing the marsh areas given on the present survey maps with those indicated on the older survey maps of the inlets made at various times in the past by engineers for harbor improvement.” The development has been a progressive one, and all in a certain direction from an original salt marsh vegetation to a fresh water and dry land flora. If at any time in this orderly sequence the sea should break through the barrier of sand, or remove it by the ordinary physiographic processes which are constantly active in the region, then there is a reversal of the orderly progression of one type See for this purpose the illustrated paper by Prof. Lewis M. Haupt, on “Changes along the New Jersey Coast,’’ Annual Report State Geologist of New Jersey, 1905: 27-95; 1907: 72-81, and for methods of using similar survey maps see Otto... Jennings, ‘‘A Botanical Survey of Presque Isle, Pa.,’’ Annals of the Carnegie Museum, V: 294-306 et seq. 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Aug., of plant formation to another and the original salt marsh conditions are restored. This reversal may be sudden, if the sand barrier is destroyed in a single storm, or it may be gradual, if by a shifting of the ocean currents the sand is removed slowly away from the outlet of the stream or lake, as has happened within the past two years at the mouth of Shark River, which was a few years ago almost closed from the sea, and closed completely by a southeast storm on July 23, 1909. In the sudden reversal by a heavy storm, all of the fresh water plant formations would be destroyed and the shore line would be made barren for a number of years, until by the usual methods of plant dispersal and invasion the salt marsh plants again take possession of the river banks, or line the shores of the bays and estuaries that may have been formed. If by the second method the reversal has taken place, then by the water becoming gradually brackish and finally salt, the fresh water plants will slowly lose their hold as the soil which they have occupied is invaded by the typic salt marsh plants. ae Man, however, has worked greater changes in the original vegetation of northern coastal New Jersey than all of the agencies previously outlined have produced. He has cut down the forests, spanned the rivers with bridges so as to disturb their natural flow, built railroads and wagon roads, constructed jetties and stone revetments, filled in ponds and ditches, spread kerosene over marshes to kill mosquitoes, and altered the drainage areas until in some places no trace of the original vegetation is left. 1909. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 ON THE TRUE STATUS OF THE GENUS CACOPOIDES. BY THOMAS BARBOUR. In August, 1907, a considerable collection of reptiles and amphibians was purchased from Mr. Alan Owston, of Yokohama, Japan. Most of the specimens were from the island of Formosa, from Hainan and from various localities in the Riu Kiu archipelago. A few specimens, how- ever, were from the Chinese mainland, some from Sian, capital of the province of Shensi, while others were from Antung in Manchuria. Among the specimens from this last locality was a peculiar “digger toad’”’ upon which I founded the genus Cacopoides. Dr. Stejneger, about the time of the description, rather doubted the probability of the specimen having come from Manchuria. I am assured, however, that the locality is correct by Mr. Owston, and from the specimens which were received with the toad there seems every reason to believe that it is authentic. Two typical Northern species of frogs, to wit, Rana nigromaculata and Rana amurensis, as well as a specimen of Amyda schlegelii, came in the same jar with Cacopoides. In October, 1908, the writer happened to be in London for a few days, en route to Brazil. The opportunity was taken to discuss the new genus with Dr. Boulen- ger at the British Museum. He had not at that time received a copy of the paper in which Cacopoides was deseribed. TV'rom my verbal description it seemed very probable that the new genus was identical with Boulenger’s Kaloula verrucosa. This species resembles the other closely in outward appearance and in coloration, and moreover had been reported recently by Wolterstorff from the neighborhood of Tsingtau in Shantung. The finding of an amphibian of the family Engystomatidae as far north as the province of Shantung immediately makes it evident that there was no particular reason to doubt the accuracy of the locality of Cacopoides borealis, which | must confess I did at first. Now, thanks to the kindness of Dr. Boulenger, I have two specimens of Kalowa verrucosa from authentic topotype material taken at Yun- nan-fu, as well as a third specimen obtained by purchase and collected there also by Mr. John Graham, the discoverer of the species. So that if becomes possible to present a comparison of this species with the one from Manchuria, 26 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., Unfortunately, the case was somewhat complicated by a short note which I mailed from Europe and published in the Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington (Vol. XX, April 17, 1909, p. 89). This note read as follows: “A correction is to be made in the case of Cacopoides borealis Bar- bour, described as the type of a new genus and species in a paper on ‘Some New Reptiles and Amphibians’ (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 50, No. 12, p. 321, April, 1908). It appears that this must now be considered identical with Callua verrucosa Boulenger, though consider- ably variant from the type of that species and vastly removed from it in range. Boulenger’s specimen came from Yunnan, while that on which the supposed new species was based was collected at Antung, Manchuria.” Drawings have been prepared to show not only the difference in outward appearance between the two species but the shapes of the terminal phalanges, the sacral diapophyses, the sterna, and the inter- iors of the mouth cavities. In some cases drawings illustrate the form of the same structures in the allied genus Cacopus. A comparison of these figures will serve to show graphically and more satisfactorily the differences than would a lengthy verbal description. For the sake of record the original description is appended herewith from the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (Vol. LI, No. 12, April, 1908, p. 321): Cacopoides gen. nov. An engystomatid related to Cacopus. The precoracoids are wanting, the coracoids meet each other on the median line, without an inter- ‘alated cartilage; the large metasternal cartilage, instead of being connected to the coracoids by an isthmus, much more narrow than the metasternum itself, is closely adpressed to the coracoidal symphysis. This may be made more clear by the appended drawings. Choanse small, with valve-like flaps; dermal ridges behind the choane converg- ing posteriorly and each with an enlarged papilla near the median line; another long ridge in front of the cesophagus which is sharply curved anteriorly near the median line. Tympanum hidden. Fingers free, toes webbed at base, tips not dilated. Sacral diapophyses rather strongly dilated. Cacopoides borealis sp. nov. Habit very stout. Head small; snout rounded; no canthus rostralis ; snout about as long as orbital diameter; interorbital space more than twice the diameter of the upper eyelid. Fingers moderate, -first shorter 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 408 than second; toes moderate, webbed at base; no subarticular tubercles ; two metatarsal tubercles, the inner strong and shovel-like, the outer weak. Hind limb short. Skin smooth, the dorsal surface with scat- tered minute pits. Color dark brown-olive above; beneath dusky, marbled with brown. A subgular vocal sac is present. A re-examination of the type has not rendered it necessary to make any very radical change in the diagnosis as it was originally published. A careful examination shows, however, that there is a very small bit of intercalated cartilage at the symphysis of the coracoids. There remains, however, a considerable number of differences from Kaloula, which seem well worth pointing out. In the first place, the presence of valves in the choane serves to distinguish the interior of the mouth at once from that in Kaloula and suggests a possible rela- tionship with Cacopus. In this genus, however, though valves are present in the internal nares, nevertheless the great size of the openings and the characteristic reduction of the palatal projections to two small bony points serve to distinguish this Indian genus at once from ours. The diagrams of the three sterna show that in shape the sternum of Cacopoides is more or less intermediate in form between those of the other two genera. As regards the shape of the terminal phalanges it will be seen that here again the form is intermediate between those of K. verrucosa and Cacopus globulosus. For the sake of comparison, drawings have been made to show the phalanges in Kaloula pulchra and K. baleata. These call attention to the extreme variation which may take place in the shape of these bones within a single genus. In the first specimen which Boulenger received, and in many of the subsequent specimens, the verrucose condition of the skin of the dorsum led to his giving the name he did to the Yunnan species. In the type of Cacopoides, however, the skin presents a finely pitted appearance, in sharp distinction to the common condition in the species previously mentioned. The reduction of size of the hind limb, the relatively large size of the mouth opening, the difference in coloring which is readily seen from a glance at the drawings, as well as the shape and size of the sacrum and urostyle, serve at once to show the complete distinction of the new genus. The type of Cacopoides borealis in actual size is somewhat larger than the largest of the three specimens of Kaloula verrucosa. Yet the urostyle is shorter and the sacrum nar- rower and rather more dilated than in the other species. The discovery of this toad in Manchuria is as remarkable ay Uunex- pected when we think of the distribution of the Engystomatide: in eastern Asia. The probability that, owing to the habits of these 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., creatures they may exist in a locality comparatively well explored zoologically without their presence being suspected until they are found by the merest accident, renders it quite impossible to draw any conclusions regarding the exact relationships and dispersal of these forms. For the sake of comparison, descriptions of the genera Cacopus and Kaloula are added hereto, as well as Boulenger’s original description of Kaloula verrucosa :— Cacopus Gthr. Pupil erect. Tongue oval, entire and free behind. Choanz very large, with a dermal movable flap, which can close the nostril; two small bony prominences close together, between and on a level with the hinder edge of the choanz; a small papilla on the hind margin of each. choana; a narrow denticulated dermal ridge across the sphenoidal region; another, very broad, in the front of the oesophagus. Tympanum hidden or very indistinct. Fingers free; toes webbed at the base, the tips not dilated. Outer metatarsals united. Precoracoids none; sternum a large cartilaginous plate. Diapophyses of sacral vertebra rather strongly dilated. Terminal phalanges simple. India. (Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal., 1882, p. 174.) Kaloula Gray. Pupil erect. Tongue oblong, entire and free behind. Vomerine teeth none. Palatine bone forming an acute, sometimes toothed ridge across the palate. Two cutaneous, more or less distinctly denticulated ridges across the palate, in front of the oesophagus. Tympanum hid- den. Fingers free, toes more or less webbed (exceptionally free), the tips more or less dilated. Outer metatarsals united. No precoracoids ; no omosternum; sternum cartilaginous. Diapophyses of sacral ver- tebra moderately dilated. Terminal phalanges triangular or T-shaped. East Indies. (Boulenger, l. c., p. 167.) Kaloula verrucosa Bler. Snout rounded, not prominent, as long as the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid. Fingers slender, with slightly swollen tips, first a little shorter than second; toes moderate, nearly half-webbed, the tips blunt, not swollen, fifth considerably shorter than third; subarticular tubercles well developed; metatarsal tubercles two, oval, compressed, the inner very large. The tibiotarsal articu- lation reaches the shoulder or between the shoulder and the eye Upper parts with large smooth warts; a fold from the eye to the shoul- der. Dark grayish brown above, uniform or with six longitudinal rows of small darker spots; lower parts uniform dirty white. 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 Kaloula, spelt thus, dates from Gray’s Zoological Miscellany, 1831 p. 38. Callula, a more recent emendation, has no standing in nomen- clature. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVII AND XVIII. Pirate XVII.—Fig. 1—Mouth of Kaloula verrucosa. X 2. Fig. 2.—Mouth of Cacopoides borealis. > 2. Fig. 3.—Mouth of Cacopus globulosus. 2. Fig. 4.—Kaloula verrucosa (Blgr.). Natural size. Fig. 5.—Type of Cacopoides borealis Barbour. Natural size. Pirate XVIII.—Fig. 1.—Sternum of Cacopus after Boulenger. Fig. 2.—Sternum of Cacopoides. 2. Fig. 3.—Sternum of Kaloula verrucosa. — 2. Fig. 4.—Sacrum and urostyle of Cacopoides. X 2. Fig. 5.—Sacrum and urostyle of Kaloula verrucosa. X 2. Fig. 6.—Terminal phalanx, Kaloula baleata. Fig. 7.—Terminal phalanx, Kaloula pulchra. Fig. 8.—Terminal phalanx, Kaloula verrucosa. Fig. 9.—Terminal phalanx, Cacopoides borealis. Fig. 10.—Terminal phalanx, Cacopus globulosus. 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., A NEW SPECIES OF FISH OF THE GENUS ATOPICHTHYS, WITH NOTES ON NEW JERSEY FISHES. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. Atopichthys phillipsi sp. nov. Head about 14; depth about 14; snout about 34 in head, sane from tip of upper jaw; eye 34; maxillary 2; interorbital 5; head depth at occiput 2; muscular segments about 88 + 35? Body oblong, greatly compressed, and tapering from about last third its length toward each end, greatest depth including area of trunk posterior to middle of entire body length. Tail tapering down rather suddenly. Head widest part of body, compressed, upper profile generally con- cave and lower rather convex. Snout compressed, narrowly triangular, both in profile and as viewed from above. Eye large, rounded. Mouth large, oblique. Mandible shallow, attenuated, and protruding well be- GB my ANS posse Dok nena yond snout tip. Teeth narrow, long, pointed, apparently uniserial and all directed anteriorly in jaws. Tongue not evident. Nostrils small, well separated, similar, anterior near snout end and posterior close before eye. Interorbital slightly convex. Gill-opening inferior, below and before pectoral base. Body naked, smooth. Vertical fins low, continuous around caudal, latter small, short and little developed. Pectoral’ small, short, low. Vent far back, near last sixth in entire length. Color in alcohol whitish, becoming transparent when removed and a little dry, though again turning whitish when submerged. Along middle of each side a minute dark dot or chromatophore on most myocommas. Along lower edge of body also a dark chromatophore at most of myocommas. Occasionally minute chromatophores scat- tered inconspicuously along side of body, here and there. A number of rather enlarged blackish chromatophores in branchiostegal region, Iris blackish, veneered with silvery and slightly tinged pinkish. 1909.] . NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 Length 3,3; inches (85 mm.). Type, No. 36,638, A. N.S. P. Corson’s Inlet, Cape May County, New Jersey. April 11, 1909. Dr. R. J. Phillips. This interesting fish was picked up on the ocean beach after a storm, with a number of other small fishes, such as Raja erinacea, Syngnathus fuscus, Hippocampus hudsonius, Centropristis striatus, Prionotus evolans strigatus, Gobiosoma bosci, Opsanus tau and Lophius piscatorius. Dr. Phillips noted the color of the Atopichthys as ivory-white when first found and measuring 3? inches in length, so that it has shrunk considerably after being placed in alcohol. It is most closely related to Leptocephalus amphiorus Eigenmann and Kennedy, but differs at once in having the area of its greatest depth extending well behind the middle of the length of the body, and therefore with an extremely elongated ovoid contour. It agrees, however, in the chromatophores and posterior vent, though there are no branchiostegal chromato- phores indicated for L. amphiorus. Further it differs from the latter in fewer trunk myomeres, protruding mandible, widely separated nostrils, and more numerous yentral chromatophores. Possibly it may be the young of some genus like Uropterygius? (Named for Dr. Richard J. Phillips, of Philadelphia, who collected the type.) Notes on some New Jersey Fishes.—Dr. R. J. Phillips secured a number of interesting fishes at Corson’s -Inlet during the past sea- son, among them a fine example of Hemitripterus americanus on April 25th, on May 10th a fine adult example of Pomolobus mediocris with a small blue Petromyzon marinus attached, and on March 21st .six small ’undulus lucie. On May 20th he secured, besides an interesting young P. mediocris, Anchovia mitchilli, Lucania parva, Syngnathus fuscus, young Poronotus triacanthus and Phycis regius in the bait- net. A few specimens of Menticirrhus americanus were taken there during the past summer, as well as at Somers’ Point, and early in No- vember of 1908 several of Squalus acanthias and a large Raja levis were taken at Corson’s. Mr. W. J. Fox secured a fine Zoarces anguillaris taken March 14, 1909, and noted three Pollachius virens on April 4th at Sea Isle City. An Alopias vulpes, 154 feet long, was taken at Cape May Point on June 18th, according to Mr. H. W. Hand. During the past month the latter also noted Carcharias littoralis, Cynais canis and Sphyrna zygena about Cape May, and found Gambusia gracilis appar- ently more abundant in Teal’s Branch than when first discovered in 1907. On July 14th I received a Raja eglanteria and four Dasyatis 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Sept., centroura from off Green Creek in Delaware Bay. Mr. Fox is informed that two large Tarpon atlanticus were reported from the pounds at Sea Isle City about 1901 or 1902. Mr. 1. N. DeHaven reported Tarpon atlan- ticus taken at Chadwick in 1907, and T’richwirus lepturus later. Perhaps the most interesting fish captured in New Jersey waters this season was a fine large example of Rhinoptera bonasus taken on September 11th in the bay at Ocean City, and secured for the Academy by Mr. David MecCadden. No definite New Jersey record has ever been given since LeSueur described it from Egg Harbor in 1817 in the JourNaof the Academy. Dr. Phillips has kindly furnished me with a drawing and detailed description of a young Garrupa nigrita taken at Corson’s Inlet on September 2d, which is the first record for this fish in New Jersey waters. 1909.]_ . NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 AN ORTHOPTEROLOGICAL RECONNOISSANCE OF THE SOUTHWESTERN UNITED STATES. PART III: CALIFORNIA AND NEVADA. BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD. The first and second portions of the results of this examination of the southwestern United States, treating of Arizona, New Mexico and western Texas material, have already been published in these Pro- CEEDINGS.! The present is the final one of the series, bringing to a close the study of the collections made in 1907. The material treated in this paper was almost wholly collected by the junior author, although several small but interesting lots taken by Dr. Joseph Grinnell and Mr. Fordyce Grinnell, Jr., have added materially to the interest of the work. The collections made by these gentlemen were very kindly given by them to the Academy. Mr. Otho Poling, of Quincy, Illinois, whose assistance was acknowledged in the previous papers, aided in securing a good portion of the material taken in the Los Angeles region (Alamitos Bay, Miramar, Pasadena, Echo Mountain and Mt. Lowe), while collections made by him in late August near Los Angeles, at Altadena and on Mt. Lowe contain much of interest. The number of species examined and treated in this report is one hundred and ten, of which six species and two subspecies prove to be new, while the specimens number one thousand eight hundred and seventy. LOCALITIES. Indio, Riverside County, California. Altitude, 26 feet below sea- level; July 29, 1907. Orthoptera were found plentiful near the town on the sun-baked plain, upon which grew a high dense growth of plants, and also in small irrigated spots near the railroad station. The intense heat made collecting rather difficult. Alamitos Bay, Los Angeles County, California. July 31. Near the ocean beach on the loose sand, upon which typical beach vegetation was growing, some few species of Orthoptera were found. In a few very small damp spots in this situation several specimens of the genus Conocephalus were taken. : =: a Pe ‘ 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, pp. 365-402; 1909, pp. 111-175. 27 410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Miramar, Los Angeles County, California. July 31. In this locality a field of dry trampled grass near the shore proved the most produc- tive location. On the whole collecting near the shore was not nearly as good as it was farther inland near the hills. Pasadena, Los Angeles County, California. Altitude, 824 feet; August 1. A good lot of material was secured in the Arroyo Seco, where in the heavy brush and cactus and also beside the stream a number of interesting species were encountered. Nearby in culti- vated ground collecting was also productive. On the nearer slopes of the San Rafael Hills quite a different and nearly as interesting a series of Orthoptera was taken. These hills were covered with low dry grasses, with frequent dense tangles of low bushes between them. This vegetation and the steepness of the slopes made collecting much more difficult than in the Arroyo Seco. Between Altadena and Rubio a very few specimens were taken on August 8, among low bushes. Echo Mountain, San Gabriel Range, Los Angeles County, California. Altitude, 2,700-3,500 feet; August 8. On the steep slopes covered with dense but low bushes a few interesting specimens were taken in a short time. Mt. Lowe, San Gabriel Range, Los Angeles County, California. A\ti- tude, 5,200-5,600 feet; August 8. Between Alpine and the summit | the steep mountain side is clothed with heavy shrubs and low oaks, while the ravines in places are filled with tall trees. On the mountain side collecting was most productive and interesting, but in the ravines only a few Melanopli were found. Between Echo and Alpine, altitude 4,000—4,800 feet, the mountain slopes proved splendid collecting places, especially where there was an occasional small pocket or basin. In one of these nearly level areas Napaia gracilis, Dracotettix californicus and other very interesting species were found. The mountain sides are in the majority of places clothed with manzanita and other low bushes. Santa Catalina Island, Los Angeles County, California. August 3-7. On Catalina Island the slopes of the hills about Avalon, which are covered with low bushes and weeds and an occasional thick clump of stunted oaks, proved quite unproductive. On the golf course, farther up in the Avalon Valley, certain common species were abundant, and toward dusk several species of Locustids and crickets were heard in some cultivated bushes about the club house and about the town. Of these specimens of Gfcanthus and Scudderia alone were captured. A trip to the highest point on the island involved considerable effort with little result. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411 Collecting at Catalina was much like that among the low hills along the coast and not nearly as good as among the San Gabriel foothills. Cottonwood, San Bernardino County, California. Altitude, 2,274 feet; September 9. On the desert clothed with greasewood and other plants of the Mohavan region collecting was very productive, especially at dusk when a number of interesting things were taken. The desert is here more or less rolling and the spot is ideal for collecting in a dry region. Nearby along the border of the Mohave River, in tall weeds and grassy ground which had been inundated but was at the time parched, a number of interesting species were found. On the train at night species of Homeogamia and Stagmomantis were taken, two of which are new. On the whole, this was the most interesting desert situation in which collecting was done during this trip. Kelso, San Bernardino County, California. Altitude, 2,118 feet; August 12. In this the most extremely arid desert area encountered, covered only with a scattered growth of greasewood and a very few low desert plants, quite a few specimens were taken. North from the station, among the volcanic foothills of the North Range of the Providence Mountains, a very few specimens were captured, but these were the most interesting captures made at this point. Pecilotettix sanguineus was seen but not taken. Kelso is situated seven miles from the huge shifting sand hills called the Devil’s Playground, and near it is a dry soda lake. A visit to that area would doubtless have proved interesting, but time was not available. Cima, San Bernardino County, California. Altitude, 4,192 feet; August 12. Cima is situated on a high plateau covered with tall tree yuccas. The low vegetation was scant and consisted of a very few greasewood bushes and other species of desert shrubs. In some nearby low hills covered with essentially the same vegetation long search failed to disclose any species of special interest. In a growth of tumble-weed beside the railroad all the specimens of Ageneotettix australis and Cordillacris apache were taken. Lyons, San Bernardino County, California, Altitude, 2,850 feet; August 11. In an area of loose sand with scattered tufts of dry grass Heliastus minimus alone was found. The desert here was covered with fragments of voleanic rock, among which greasewood and a very few other desert plants grew and the entire country had a decidedly baked appearance. In this area a number of very valuable captures were made, although it was insufferably hot, much more so than at Yuma. 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Oct., Bird Spring Mountains, McCullough Range, Lincoln County, Nevada. Altitude, 2,900-3,000 feet; August 11. On the slopes up to the foothills of these mountains the character of country and vegetation was much the same as about Lyons, California, nearby, except that the volcanic fragments were here much more abundant. Tytthotyle maculata was found here also, and the single specimen of Drymadusa arizonensis taken on this trip was found just where the slopes reached the plain. rir. Las Vegas, Lincoln County, Nevada. Altitude, 2,050 feet; August 9,10. Most of the material from this locality was taken in the only green place for many miles around, along the small stream which springs out of the desert to the north of Las Vegas. A good series was also captured on the surrounding desert, which differed from the usual desert of the Southwest in that there was no greasewood and hardly any mesquite to be found. In some spots this desert was excessively parched and barren. Las Vegas, offering both t and damp land collecting, was more productive than the majority of places in this character of country. El Toro, Orange County, California. August 20. Collecting was found to be unproductive in the rolling grain fields about the village, which were very dusty and warm at this season. Tia Juana, San Diego County, California. August 16. The low hills, covered with scant vegetation, and a swampy section near the Mexican boundary line were examined. Coronado Beach, San Diego County, California. ee 14, 15 and 16. Salt marsh, strand and weed field situations were examined at this locality and at South Coronado Beach. Raymond, Madera County, California. Altitude, 940 feet; Sep- tember 3. In a hillside stubble field near the village Orthoptera was found in quantities. The Decticid Clinopleura minuta was particu- larly abundant. The town is not as far out in the valley as Merced, and collecting between this place and Miami would without doubt have proved extremely productive had more time been available. Merced, Merced County, Calijornia. Altitude, 173 feet; August 30. All of the Orthoptera captured at Merced were taken in a very dry stubble field near the railroad station. Summit House, Madera County, California. Altitude, 2,200 feet; September 3. In this vicinity specimens of interest were taken on a hillside covered with a scattering growth of oaks. The undergrowth here consisted of a thick mat of short dry yellow grasses interspersed with very low tar weed. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413 Miami, Mariposa County, California. Altitude, 4,200 feet; Sep- tember 3. A few specimens were taken on a hillside in a conifer forest. Ahwahnee, Madera County, California. Altitude, 3,700 feet; September 3. Ina large patch of tar weed and other high plants collect- ing was found to be extremely productive, and several species were found which had not been met with in the higher parts of the Sierras. Had more time been available there is but little doubt that a very interest- ing series could have been taken. This was by far the best locality for collecting between Wawona and Raymond. From the Yosemite Valley to the Mariposa Sequoia grove the roads are bordered by great open conifer forests, in which Trimerotropis jallax and Trimerotropis ceruleipes were found almost invariably plentiful. In this region collecting was done at Wawona, altitude 4,000 feet, September 1; at Mariposa Grove, altitude 7,000 feet, September 2; at Grouse Creek, altitude 6,000 feet, September 1, and at Eight Mile Camp, altitude 5,000 feet, September 1. All of these localities were much the same for collecting. Sentinel, Yosemite Valley, Yosemite National Park, California. Altitude, 4,000 feet; August 31-September 1. In the heavy grass near the hotel Melanopli were found in small numbers, while on the opposite side of the Merced River many more were taken in a similar location. In the pine woods of the valley bottom several species of Trimerotropis were taken, and in one clearing dotted with low bushes, in the direction of the Yosemite Falls, a series of T’rimerotropis koebelei was taken. At a higher elevation among the conifers growing on the walls of the valley Aglaothorax sierranus was found, as well as the ever present 7'rimerotropis fallax and Trimerotropis ceruletpes, and on the steep upper ledges of bare rock near the upper part of the valley wall Circotettiz shastanus was discovered. El Portal, Mariposa County, California. Altitude, about 3,200 feet; August 30. This is the terminus of the railroad in the gorge of the Merced, near the entrance of the Yosemite National Park. At this point the rather steep sides of the gorge are clothed with a heavy forest of oaks and other deciduous trees mingled with some few conifers. Few but interesting specimens were taken in the undergrowth, par- ticularly Melanoplus ablutus and Cyrtophyllicus chlorum. A longer stay would have proved very productive. Mill Valley, Marin County, California. Altitude, 300 feet; August 23. Bs Sent 4 i] Greatest width of pronotum,. ........ 42 “ Hy Peoeun Or venient x! ee = MANTIDZ5. Litaneutria minor (Scudder). A single female from Cottonwood, September 9, taken on grease- wood, was actively climbing and jumping?about. In size and pale 7 ‘ * Invertebrata Pacifica, 1, p. 72. 416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF , [Oct., general coloration it is similar to two specimens from Florence, Arizona. The subbasal fuscous spot on the tegmina is moderately distinct, but not large. 3 Litaneutria skinneri Rehn. A single male of this species, collected at an elevation of 5,500 feet on the Santa Ana River, San Bernardino Mountains, California, by Dr. Joseph Grinnell, has been examined. It is inseparable from typical material from the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. This is the first record of the species from California. Stagmomantis californica n. sp. Types: co’ and 2; Cottonwood, Mohave Desert, San Bernardino County, California. Attracted to light. September 9, 1907. [Hebard Collection.] Allied to S. fraterna, montana and venusta Saussure and Zehntner and gracilipes Rehn. From jfraterna it differs in the slenderer prono- tum, particularly the shaft, more prominent eyes, differently colored Wings in both sexes and longer pronotum and cephalic femora and shorter tegmina in the male; from montana in the much smaller size, proportionately longer and slenderer pronotum and much broader head and differently colored wings; from venusta in the more truncate and less arcuate occiput, the less pyriform eyes when viewed from the side, the absence of black markings from the internal face of the cephalic femora in the male, in the stigma being distinctly colored as in the female; from gracilipes in the shorter pronotum with the supra-coxal region more dilated and in the shorter limbs, the cephalic femora being much broader and heavier. The species is in no way related to S. heterogamia Saussure and Zehntner, and differs from S. carolina in the different proportions of the head and pronotum, the coriaceous costal field of the tegmina of the male and in the stigma not being distinctively colored in the same sex; from S. limbata it differs in the smaller size, proportionately broader head, more prominent eyes, slighter pronotum (particularly in the female) and the shorter and narrower tegmina of the female. Form moderately slender; size medium. Head quite broad, the depth contained one and one-half ( 2 ) to one and two-thirds (<) times in the width; occipital outline nearly straight, not arcuate; facial scutellum with the greatest depth (median) contained slightly more than twice in the width, dorsal margin obtuse-angulate, very slightly fissate at the angle in the male, the lateral portions of the angle slightly arcuate-emarginate ventrad of the insertion of the antenns; ocelli 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417 placed in a triangle, two dorsad, one ventrad, the dorsal ones well separated, those of the female quite small compared with the large jewel-like ocelli of the male; eyes large, quite prominent, very broad elliptical in shape when seen from the side, not elevated dorsad of the occipital line; antenne setaceous in both sexes, slend- erer and shorter in the female than in the male. Pronotum slightly longer than twice the width of the head, the supra-coxal width contained four (<*) or three and a half (2) times in the length of the pronotum; shaft consid- erably compressed mesad, the whole shaft carinate, the expansion and collar pyriform, broadly (2 ) or narrowly (<) so, margins of the male unarmed, rather strongly denticulate cephalad in the female, the teeth becoming weaker caudad until absent from the caudal portion. Tegmina of the male very slightly exceeding the apex of the abdo- men, hyaline with the rather narrow costal field opaque and sub-coriaceous ; tegmina of the female about equal to the pronotum in length and reaching about to the middle of the abdomen; costal margin considerably arcuate prox- imad; the costal field slightly more than a fourth the width of the whole \ / tegmen ; apex rounded; stigma distinct, longitudinal. Wings hardly exceeding the tips of the tegmina. Supra-anal plate of the male transverse, the apical Fig. 1.—Stagmomantis californica margin regularly but not very greatly ae oy ate of female arcuate; subgenital plate of the male a ret moderately produced, the apical margin very narrowly and angularly emarginate; cerci slightly exceeding the apex of the subgenital plate, tapering, the joints elongate sub-moniliform; supra-anal plate of the female strongly transverse, the margin rotundato-angulate; sub- genital plate compressed, rostrate caudad; cerci about three-fourths 418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., the length of the subgenital plate, moderately tapering, rather blunt. Cephalic cox distinctly (c) or very slightly (2) shorter than the shaft of the pronotum, the cephalic margin of the same armed with six or more spines of rather uniform size, with a few much smaller spines scattered between them; cephalic femora nearly (c') or quite (2) equal to the shaft of the pronotum in length, rather heavy in the female, armed on the external margin with five spines one of which is small and genicular in position, internal margin with fourteen to fifteen spines of several sizes, alternating more or less regularly in Fig. 2.—Stagmo- length, discoidal spines four in number; cephalic 0 . bsg tibize about half the length of the femora, armed on phalie view of the external margin with eight spines which leave a_ aoe es a considerable unarmed proximal diastema, internal | es margin armed with twelve spines; cephalic tarsi — reaching to the base of the femcra. Median femora somewhat shorter than the shaft of the pronotum; tibiae subequal. Caudal femora nearly equal to the pronotum in length; tibiee subequal. General color of the male cream-buff, with the pronotum very faintly brownish; costal field of the tegmina chalky-white; eyes mars brown; facial scutellum drab; ocelli clear orange-red; proximal dorsal ab- dominal segments broadly edged with seal-brown, General color of the female oil green, becoming reddish-brown on the shaft of the pronotum; stigma of the tegmina buff, brownish caudad; proximal abdominal segments as in the male; eyes walnut brown; facial scutel- lum, labrum and mouth parts pale tawny; cephalic femora edged on the spined margins with yellowish. Measurements. ef 2 Length of body, a oye) teptce «oo SSS amie eae Length of pronotum, .. Ue hee es ded ed 16,505 Greatest width of supra-coxal expansion, fe ts. feo 2 4.5 “ Lengtlral topmien = 5 cs 0! fa Ae wee - 17 be Length of caudal femur; .).°.. 9 .. 2... = Bloc" 12°50 = An additional paratypic male has been examined, as well as a male from Kelso (VIII, 12; attracted to light), a female from North Range, Providence Mountains (VIII, 12), and one from Pasadena (I. Grinnell, Jr.; Coll. A. N.S. Phila.). There is a slight amount of variation in size and considerable in color. The extra Cottonwood male is similar to the type, but the Kelso individual of that sex is red-brown with the limbs annulate with buffy and the costal half of the tegmina sprinkled 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 419 with small ashy blotches. The Providence Mountains female is similar to the type but paler, inclining toward emerald green, with the brownish on the pronotum reduced. The Pasadena individual is in a brownish phase corresponding to that of the Kelso male, the limbs being more (particularly the cephalic) or less annulate with buffy, the tegmina entirely sprinkled with small creamy-white macu- lations and the stigma marked. . At Cottonwood all the specimens were attracted to the lights of the train, the individual taken at Kelso having been captured in a similar manner, while in the North Range of the Providence Mountains the species was taken on green desert weeds. PHASMIDZ. Parabacillus coloradus (Scudder). A broken specimen of this species, taken at Pasadena, California, by Fordyce Grinnell, Jr., has been examined. The right cephalic limb is aborted, the whole regenerated leg being but little longer than the head. The only previous exact Californian record of the species is of its occurrence at Elsinore, Riverside County. ACRIDID5. Acrydium granulatum Kirby. A single adult male and three nymphs of this northern species were taken in tall grass in meadow land at Sentinel, Yosemite National Park, August 31. When compared with material from Michigan the adult specimen is found to be inseparable. This is the first record of the species from California. Paratettix toltecus (Saussure). A series of seven males and nine females of this species were taken at Las Vegas, August 10, in a grassy well-watered strip along a stream. A single female was also taken at Cottonwood, September 9, on dry grassy ground along the course of the Mohave River. These specimens are quite uniform in size, the males of course smaller than the females, while the color varies from a blackish-brown base color to one of deep dull maroon-red; the paired blackish triangles placed caudad of the greatest width of the pronotum are present more or less distinctly on all but one of the specimens. This one, a male, has a broad medio-longitudinal bar of dull ochraceous present from the fastigium to the apex of the pronotum, this margined laterad at the greatest width with blackish-brown. ‘ * This color is probably due to discoloration in drying. | | 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., This is the first record of the species from Nevada and the second with exact data from California, Riley having recorded it from Pana- mint Valley, Inyo County. Morsea californica Scudder. This very interesting Eumastacid was found on manzanita bushes (Arctostaphylos tomentosa), at elevations of from 5,200 feet to 5,600 feet on Mt. Lowe, August 8, where a series of two presumably adult males, three females and six immature specimens’ was taken. A single female was also taken at an elevation of 3,200 feet on Echo Mountain, while a male from 5,000 feet on Mt. Wilson, taken September 15, by Fordyce Grinnell, Jr., is also before us. From the original measurement given by Scudder, “length of the body and of the hind femora . . . . 9mm.,” it would appear that the types are immature, as a pair from Mt. Lowe, which we judge to be adults, measure as follows: of 2 Length of body,:) .. ¢ oe. 3 Le AR ln Se eee Lensth. of pronotiimi;) ie ee) ee ee Dr Me Length of caudal femur)’: 2.4.6. 45 esi al fi i “ There is little variation in size in the adult specimens, the Echo Mountain female, however, being slightly smaller than the others of that sex. In color the adults show little variation, the general tone of the female being dull blackish brown dusted with grayish with the limbs irregularly annulate with very dull grayish, except the caudal tibiz which are mottled; the general color of the males is usually more warm brown on the dorsum, with a narrow median dark-brown line on the pronotum and much broader, poorly defined postocular bars of the same color, the limbs annulate as in the females, and in two of the specimens the whole surface is much dusted with hoary. The postocular bars of the male are sometimes continued on the sides of the abdomen, and in the Echo Mountain female indications of these bars are also present. A pale edging to the ventral margin of the lateral lobes of the pronotum is present more or less distinctly and of varying width in a number of the adults. The immature speci- mens are much more uniformly red-brown than the adults, although one, a female, has the coloration of adults of that sex. No traces of tegmina or wings are apparent. These insects were usually to be found perched on the upper portions of the manzanita bushes. They were found to be very active with saltatorial powers much developed, added to which their small size 1909. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421 would have made them very difficult to capture, had they not almost invariably alighted in an exposed position. As they were constantly alert, the only successful way to capture them was by a quick sweep of the net. The types of the species came from the Cahon Pass and Mt. Wilson. Morsea californica tamalpaisensis 0. subsp. Types: co and 2; Mt. Tamalpais, Marin County, California. August 23, 1907. [Hebard Collection.] A series of thirteen adult males, two females and four nymphs of a small form of M. californica were taken on the slopes of Mt. Tamal- pais, at elevations of from 1,500 to 2,100 feet, on August 23. This geographic race differs from the typical form from the Sierra Madre of southern California in the angle of the vertex being slightly more protuberant and more decid- edly acute-angulate when seen from the side, in the antenne being some-_ Fig. 3.—Morsea californica tamal- what more expanded distad, in the af ale tne! uber: es aD male cerci being slightly more ro- bust and shorter, in the caudal margin of the pronotum being more decidedly angulate-emarginate and in the general size being smaller. Measurements. "4 O Oo se Length of body, Pte Nee 6 OS ee AA ping. Length of pronotum, ME a oe oe maa Length of caudalfemur, ...... 82 * i) ne The coloration is much as in the typical form, the nymphs being ochraceous-red, one adult female also being decidedly ochraceous. ie a Figs. 4-7.—Lateral views of heads of male (4) and female (5) of M. californica tamalpaisensis and of male (6) and female (7) of M. californica. ( 34.) These reddish individuals were captured on manzanita (Arctostaphylos sp.), with the bark of which they are uniformly colored. The habits of this subspecies were essentially the same as, those of the typical form. The insects were always more abundant on the bushes along the summits of the ridges. 422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Paropomala pallida Bruner. This species, which appears to be rather generally distributed over the Mohave, Colorado and Gila Deserts in suitable environments, was taken at Cottonwood, Cima, in the foothills of the Bird Spring Mountains, California and Nevada, at Lyons, Nevada, and Las Vegas, Nevada. At Cottonwood, September 9, seven males and one female were taken from dry vegetation along the wash of the Mohave River, where the species was very plentiful. At Cima, August 12, a single female was captured, while in the Bird Spring Mountains and at Lyons, August 11, the species was found in patches of dry high grass growing in deep sand, two males and four females being taken at the former locality and two females at the latter. Grassy spots in the desert were the haunts of the insect at Las Vegas, where eleven males and five females were taken on August 10. In size the males are rather uniform, but the females exhibit a con- — siderable amount of geographic and some slight individual variation. Specimens from the localities represented measure as follows: of Length of Length of Length of Length of body. pronotum. tegmen. caudal femur. mm. mm. mm. mm. Cottonwood, Ual., "> ds 3 13 9.2 Bird Spring Mts., Cal.,. . 19.2 3.2 15.2 9.6 Las Vegas, Nev., . . . 20.5 seh 14.9 9.8 Q Cottonwood, Cal., -. . . 28.8 4.9 20.5 13-5 Cima, Cal.;... ede)" 4 19 12 Bird Spring Mts., Nev. oe” co RD OD 6 26.5 1573 Lyons, Nev., * ees, | ey) 4.8 DAL ie 13 Las Vegas, Nev., Ay eh 3 hee 5. 5 a 14.5 The series from the Bird Spring Mountains and Las Vegas exhibit a considerable amount of individual variation in size in the female sex, the specimens measured being nearer the maximum size in each lot. In color, after allowance is made for green and brownish phases, variation appears to be limited to a lightening of the general shades in some specimens and a general intensification in others. The Cotton- wood and Lyons females are in the greenish phase, but the color is decidedly yellowish with a suppression of the lateral bars, which latter is absolute in all the Bird Spring Mountains females and several from Las Vegas. Three of the Bird Spring Mountains females are uniform gall stone yellow, the other one uniform light green with the tegmina yellowish and antenne brownish. One of the Las Vegas 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423 females is similar to the latter, and another from the same locality closely approaches it. Two of the Las Vegas females are light brown- ish much suffused on the head, pronotum and caudal limbs with hoary white, the lateral bars very weak in two specimens. The single Cima female is most peculiarly colored, being umber brownish with the lateral bars marked, but the whole surface except the abdomen is more or less clouded and washed with rather weak hoary white. The males are quite uniform in color compared with the females, all being in the green phase, the lateral bars prominent except in one specimen. The color of the antenne is subject to a considerable amount of variation, and often irrespective of phase, being brownish, yellow or orange. The species has previously been recorded from Indio, California, and erroneously as P. virgata from Yuma, Arizona; between Yuma and Gila Bend, Arizona, Palm Springs, Cahon Pass and Lancaster, California. Bootettix punctatus (Scudder). As recently shown by Caudell,® Scudder’s Gymnes punctatus is really a species of Bodtettix, related to, but quite distinct from, the type species B. argentatus, which latter appears to be peculiar to the Chihua- huan desert region east of the continental divide. The species of the Western desert tract is invariably found on greasewood (Covillea tridentata), as is also the case with B. argentatus. When specimens of B. punctatus are compared with representatives of B. argentatus they show differences as follows: x oS | | 9 | | B. argentatus. B. punctatus. B. argentatus. B. punctatus. | Fastigium compara- Fastigium narrow, sub- Fastigium broad, sub- Fastigium somewhat tively broad, not lanceolate, distinet-| rectangulate to very produced, decidedly strongly acute-angu- ly carinate. slightlyacute, hardly acute-angulate, dis- late, hardly carinate. carinate. tinctly carinate. Face moderately re- Face very consider- Face moderately re- Face very consider- ably retreating. | treating. ably retreating. treating. P Eye not more than half Eye twice as long|Eye but little longer Eye more than half again as longasthe as the infraocular than the infraocu- as long again as the infraocular sulcus. suleus. | lar sulcus. infraocular sulcus, Blackish-brown macu- Blackish-brown macu- As in the male. As in the male. lations on lateral lations on lateral lobes of pronotum lobes of pronotum and pleura marked. and pleura very weak, | Tegmina with more Tegmina with few or As in the male. numerous macula- no maculations. tions. Caudal femora with Caudal femora with As in the male. the dark bars usu- the dark bars weak- ally quite promi- er or even subobso- nent. _ lete. : . ‘ Size larger. Size smaller. Size larger. Size smaller. As in the male. As in the male. 8 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIV, p. 73. 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Measurements. oh *) B.argen- B.punc- B.argen- B. punce- tatus. tatus, tatus. tatus. El Paso, Cotton- El Paso, Cotton- Tex. wood, Cal. Tex. wood, Cal. mm. mm, mm. mm, Lenpth of body, 2's ".:< fee 28 23 17 22 Length of pronotum, ... . 3.9 4.2 3.2 3.8 Length of tegmen, . . . . 18.5 18.5 15.8 15 Length of caudal tegmen, . . 11.2 12 9.2 10.2 The series before us is from the following localities: Cotton- wood, September 9, 12 o, 10 2, 1 immature specimen; North Range, Providence Mountains, August 12, 1 oc’, 2 2, 2 immature specimens; Cima, August 12,19 ; Kelso, August 12,1 2, 1 immature specimen; foothills Bird Spring Mountains, California and Nevada, August 11, 3 o%. On re-examining all the available material of the genus we find that specimens from Yuma, Sentinel and Sahuaro Plain near Tucson Mountains, Arizona, recorded by us® as B. argentatus, are really B. punctatus; but it also appears probable that the two species may intergrade in the vicinity of the divide and the more elevated central tract, as the specimen from Sahuaro Plain and other material from Florence, Arizona, show a tendency toward B. argentatus in the form of the fastigium, although distinctly punctatus in the sum total of characters. The Yuma specimens are typical punctatus, the tegmina being even more immaculate than is the case with the Californian specimens. . ' It is quite probable that the specimens of this genus previously recorded from Bill Williams Fork, Indio and Palm Springs as B. argentatus belong to B. punctatus. This species produced practically the same stridulation as B. argentatus and in habits was also similar, Amphitornus ornatus McNeill. This species is represented by a series of two males and one female from Pasadena, taken August 1; five males and three females from Mt. Lowe, taken at elevations of from 4,000 to 4,800 feet, August 8; and one pair from El Toro, Orange County, taken August 20. When compared with specimens from Aden, New Mexico, the Cali- fornian individuals are inseparable. The pair from El Toro are more reddish than the others, the pattern also being duller and less con- * Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p. 376. 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 trasted, while the Mt. Lowe individuals have the bars and maculations standing out in strong contrast. The femoral bars are limited to the vicinity of the dorso-lateral carina in the El Toro specimens, more extensive ventrad in the Pasadena individuals and covering the greater portion of the lateral face of the femora in the Mt. Lowe representatives. At Pasadena the species was taken on the lower slopes of the San Rafael Hills, among shrubs and dry grasses. On Mt. Lowe the insect was found to be very shy, of swift but not long flight, and when pursued closely the individuals would hide in the grasses, very effectually concealing themselves. At Hl Toro the species was found common in high grain growing along irrigating ditches. The species has previously been recorded from the following localities in California: Los Angeles, Point Loma, Lancaster, Cahon Pass and Gazelle. Opeia testacea Scudder. Eight males, two females and two immature individuals from Las Vegas, taken August 10, are referred to this species. Here the species occurred in a growth of desert plants and grasses on the plain sur- rounding the town. The broad postocular bar is more or less strongly present on the head and dorsal half of the lateral lobes of the pronotum in the majority of the specimens, those without indications of the bar having the sides of the head and the whole of the pronotal lobes entirely infuscated. The species has been recorded from the following Californian local- ities: Lancaster, Kern City, Tulare, Lathrop and Dominguez. Cordillacris grinnelli n. sp. Type: 2; South Fork of the Santa Ana River, elevation 6,200 feet, San Bernardino Mountains, California, July 6, 1906. Collected by Joseph Grinnell. [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.] Related to C. occipitalis, cinerea and affinis, but differing from all in the shorter tegmina which leave a considerable portion of the abdomen exposed. The coloration is nearer to that of ajfinis, as represented by Idaho specimens, but the longitudinal line on the lateral face of the caudal femora is more continuous than in that species. Size medium (for the genus); form moderately slender. Head but little expanding ventrad, with the dorsal length about subequal to that of the dorsum of the pronotum, the occiput very slightly arcuate and the fastigium horizontal when seen from the side; fas- tigium slightly acute-angulate with the apex rotundato-truncate, the 28 426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct., disk of the fastigium with the impressed line of essentially the same form as the margin of the fastigium, the apex of the impressed line being nearer to a line drawn between the cephalic margins of the eyes than to the apex of the fastigium; angle of the fastigium when seen from the side rectangulate, the facial line vertical to between the antenne where the face becomes considerably retreating; lateral foveole elongate-lanceolate, the ventral margin not strongly marked; frontal costa regularly but very slightly expanding caudad, considerably suleate ventrad of the ocellus, slightly so dorsad; eyes trigonal-ovoid, in length about equal to the infraocular sulcus, when seen from the dorsum not very prominent; antenne about four-fifths the length of the caudal femora, slightly ensiform proximad. Pronotum with the disk slightly less than one and one-half times as long as the greatest caudal width of the same; cephalic margin subtrun- cate, caudal margin very slightly arcuato-angulate; median carina not prominent but distinct; lateral carine but little constricted mesad, moderately divergent caudad, the width between the same cephalad being two-thirds of that caudad; principal transverse sulcus placed distinctly caudad of the middle. Tegmina less than three times as long as the disk of the pronotum, failing to cover the ab- Fig. 8.—Cordil- domen by nearly the pronotal length, the tegmina lacris grinnelli considerably narrowed distad, the apices narrowly n.sp. Dorsal outline of the rounded. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes head and pro- decidedly shallow and transverse, the width being notum of ; : type. (< 3.) equal to that of one of the lobes; interspace between the metasternal lobes small, subquadrate. Caudal femora reaching to but not surpassing the apex of the abdomen, slender, ' but more robust than usual in the genus, the greatest width contained about four times in the length, pattern of the paginee well impressed, internal genicular lobes slightly acute, external obtuse-angulate; caudal tibie slightly arcuate proximad, spines numbering from eleven to thirteen. General color ochraceous-buff, becoming ochraceous on the abdomen, hoary-white on the sides of the head, dark clay color on the dorsum of the head and pronotum and french gray distad on the tegmina. The usual broad postocular bar is mars brown, the longitudinal line on the external face of the caudal tibie is vandyke brown and un- broken. The lateral carine of the pronotum are ochraceous-buff, marked mesad with very dark brown on the metazona, with the same 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 laterad all their length. Occiput darker mesad, eyes raw umber; antenne clay color; face sprinkled with blackish brown. Tegmina with a few scattered quadrate brownish patches, more or less distinct and chiefly proximad. Caudal femora strongly pinkish brown dorsad with slight indications of three transverse bars; caudal tibie dull brownish with a faint purplish tinge, the spines with their apical halves blackish. Measurements. Sg rer L550 ccc Fe Peer PFONGMIIE 36 « Length of tegmen, eee ter ot wo ATU Sa “ Semeue es canatiiemur.. 2. 2 . sw wee . 113-8 In addition to the type we have examined a single paratypic adult and two paratypic immature females. The adult differs from the type only in a slightly greater intensity of coloration. We take great pleasure in dedicating this interesting species to Dr. Joseph Grinnell, to whose kindly interest we are indebted for this and a number of other Californian Orthoptera. Cordillacris apache Rehn and Hebard. This species, previously known only from four localities in south- western New Mexico, is represented by two males and one female from Cima, taken August 12. These specimens were taken in tumble- weed along the railroad track, individuals being very scarce. One of the males is slightly more ochraceous than the others, while the female is rather grayish. The specimens are rather smaller than the average when compared with the original series from New Mexico. Orphulella compta Scudder. This species is represented in the collections before us by eight males and eight females taken at Las Vegas, Nevada, August 10, and fifteen males and five females from Indio, taken July 29. All the Indio specimens are in the green phase, although somewhat modified in several, while five-eighths of the Las Vegas series is in the same phase, the remaining specimens being either umber brown and buff in general tones or pinkish ochraceous marked with blackish brown on the sides of the head and pronotum. ‘ At Las Vegas the species was found well distributed in grass beside a stream. The species is now known from Yuma, Bill Williams Fork and San 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Bernardino Ranch, Arizona; Palm Springs and Indio, California, and Las Vegas, Nevada. Orphulella affinis Scudder. At Alamitos Bay, July 31, this species was found common among the scant grasses of the beach dunes, while at South Coronado Beach, August 16, it was secured among low salt marsh plants. Nine males, five females and one immature specimen were taken at the former locality and two adults of each sex and four immature individuals at the latter. A moderate amount of variation in size in both sexes is presented by the Alamitos Bay series. All the specimens are in the brown phase except three males from Alamitos Bay and one immature speci- men from South Coronado Beach. The species is now known from San Diego, South Coronado and Coronado Beach, Alamitos Bay, Kern City and ‘‘Colorado Desert,” California. Napaia gracilis McNeill. This interesting species was found at an elevation of 4,000 to 4,800 feet on Mt. Lowe, August 8, where it lives among grasses, leaping and crawling about actively. The wings are not used for flight, serving the sole purpose of stridulating organs in the male sex. The stridula- tion is quite like that of Chorthippus curtipennis, but much louder. A series of six males and seven females was taken, and but little variation in size and color is to be noticed. The insect appeared to be extremely local and was found in but one location between two small mountain slopes. The species is known from Mt. Wilson, 2,400 feet, and Mt. Lowe, 4,000 to 4,800 feet, the San Gabriel Mountains near Claremont, at Claremont and Los Angeles, California. Psoloessa texana Scudder. A series of forty-seven Californian specimens of this very variable species have been examined. This series is distributed as follows: Tia Juana, August 16, one male; Coronado Beach, August 15-16, five males, two females; Alamitos Bay, July 31, one female; Miramar, July 31, five males, two females and three immature specimens; Altadena, August 8, nine males, ten females; Pasadena, August 1, three males, one female; Echo Mountain, San Gabriel Range, August 8, 2,700 to 3,500 feet, one male. Two of the males and three of the females belong to the form budd- 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429 zvana, while two males and two females belong to the true terana type. _ The remainder of the series represent the numerous intermediate phases between the two extremes, except one male from Pasadena which has the dorsum dull maroon, the lateral lobes almost entirely pale greenish yellow and no broad postocular bar or broken remnants of the same present, the pale lateral caring being merely edged with dark laterad. Specimens from the beach localities, Pasadena and Echo Mountain, are paler in color than the others. At Tia Juana the species occurred on rocky hillsides, while at Coro- nado Beach it swarmed on dry grasses. At Alamitos Bay it was taken on dunes, and at Miramar found very active but not common back of the low beach dunes. Ageneotettix australis Bruner.’ On August 12, at Cima, California, this species was quite common in tumbleweed along the railroad track, a series of twenty-six males and seven females being taken. When compared with specimens from southern Arizona, 7.e., Huachuca and Tucson Mountains, the Cima series is uniformly smaller, the difference being less appreciable, however, in the male than in the female. The coloration of the series is rather subdued, although the bars on the dorsal surfaces of the caudal femora and the lateral carine of the pronotum are marked in all the specimens. The caudal tibie vary somewhat in the exact shade of color, but all possess a distinct ochra- ceous proximal annulus. There is considerable individual variation in the length of the tegmina and wings, some having them slightly but distinctly exceeding the tips of the caudal femora, others have them distinctly but not greatly shorter than the tips of the femora, the average being very slightly shorter than the femoral tips. This is the first record of the species from California. Ageneotettix sierranus 8. sp. Types: co and 2; Summit House, Madera County, California. Altitude, 3,200 feet. September 3, 1907. Collected by M. Hebard. [Hebard Collection.] 7A single short-winged female of this genus from Cuyamaca, San Diego County, California (October 1, 1900; G. W. Dunn), in the Academy Collection, has been examined and is referred provisionally to A, occidentalis, although the status of this form is in the authors’ opinion very doubtful. It is quite possible that the long-winged forms are more or less completely dimorphic. 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Allied to A. australis Bruner, but differing in the glaucous caudal tibie, the less inflated and more tapering caudal femora, the more sharply defined and more decidedly sulcate frontal costa in both sexes, this being narrower dorsad in the new form, and in the facial outline being truncate between the antenna, this being more decided in the male than in the female. Size rather small; form moderately slender. Head with the dorsal length equal to (<*) or slightly less than (2) the dorsum of the pro- notum; occiput considerably ascending to the interocular region, slightly arcuate in the male, hardly so in the female, the interocular region elevated considerably dorsad of the dorsum of the pronotum; fastigium distinctly but not greatly arcuate declivent, the fastigio- frontal angle rounded obtuse, fastigium slightly acute-angulate in both sexes when viewed from the dorsum, distinctly but shallowly excavate; lateral foveolze well impressed, elongate, subtrigonal, the apex blunt, Fig. 9.—Ageneotettix sierranus n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (x 5.) cephalad, the caudal width but little exceeding half the length; facial line considerably retreating ventrad and distinctly subtruncate and vertical from the fastigio-facial angle to a point directly cephalad of the insertion of the antenne; frontal costa with the margins regularly diverging caudad with a hardly appreciable constriction in the vicinity of the ocellus, distinctly suleate dorsad and mesad and shallowly so ventrad; eyes moderately prominent in the male, hardly so in the female, elliptical reniform in outline, in length about twice (co) or half again (2) as long as the infraocular sulcus; antennze equal to (2) or slightly exceeding (c') the head and pronotum in length, slightly depressed, the apices acuminate. Pronotum with the greatest dorsal width about four-fifths the length, the dorsal line of the same slightly depressed mesad when seen from the side; cephalic margin angulato-truncate, caudal margin broadly obtuse-angulate, the imme- diate angle well rounded in the female; median carina distinct - 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 431 throughout its length, not high; lateral carine low, the width between them at the cephalic margin nearly twice that at the first transverse sulcus and but little more than half that at the caudal margin; lateral lobes very slightly deeper than wide, ventro- cephalic angle obtuse, ventro-caudal angle well rounded. Tegmina reaching to the middle of the genicular arches of the caudal femora, tips rather narrowly rounded. Prosternum moderately inflated, a distinct, transverse, oblong swelling present; in- terspace between the mesosternal lobes distinctly transverse, as wide as one of the lobes; metasternal lobes subcontiguous. Caudal femora very slightly : shorter than the length of the tegmina, considerably Fig: 10.—Ageneotet- > ; j , 3 tix sierranusn.sp. inflated proximad, the pregenicular portion quite Dorsal view of slender (for the genus), pattern of the pagine distinct peed an er and regular but not very deeply impressed; caudal tibiz with eight spines on the lateral margins, nine on the internal margins. General color buff, pale on the venter and abdomen, the dorsum tending toward ochraceous and clay color. The usual markings found in species of the genus, 7.e., on the dorsum of the caudal femora, on the disk of the metazona and bordering the lateral carine laterad and the narrow postocular line, are distinctly marked in seal brown, the tegmina with a number of small quadrate patches of the same and with the pleura much touched with the same color. Lateral carine decidedly contrasted, the ventral portion of the metazona of the lateral lobes usually being pale when contrasted with the remainder of the lobe. Face more or less sprinkled with fine spots of bistre, except a pair of areas ventrad of the eyes which are pale. Eyes broccoli brown, suffused more (ventrad) or less (dorsad) heavily with seal brown. Antenne cream-buff, washed with very dull mauve distad, the extreme tips very pale. Caudal tibiae pale buff or buff yellow, more or less completely washed with very pale and duli mauve and speckled with dark patches proximad, a seal brown genicular annulus present, the spines blackish to their bases. Tarsi buffy, more or less distinctly and strikingly marked with blackish. Measurements. fot ? Feneth OC. DOGrs.s 6-0 ka fe Se. 12. mm. 15.56 mm. LAU OL POND, lw ia wll wl CUCU 28 Length of tegmen, . . . . |. . 9.5 “ Uh. ihe Length of caudal femur, 8:6 “ 10.3“ 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Two paratypic males and one paratypic female, as well as three males from Raymond, Madera County, California, taken September 3, 1907, have been examined by the authors. There appears to be little variation in size and nothing noteworthy in structure, except that the lateral foveolse are broader in some specimens than in the types and in some more rectangular than elongate-trigonal. In color there is considerable variation, a tendency toward linear streaking of the dorsum of head, pronotum and tegmina being noticed in one Summit House male, while two of the Raymond males are rather rufescent and the remaining one is predominatingly buffy yellow, with the pattern strikingly contrasted, the occipital bars and maculations of the anal area of the tegmina absent with those parts pure buffy-yellow. In some specimens the caudal tibixe are inclined more or less strongly — toward glaucous. At Summit House the species was scarce and extremely active, — being found in short, dry grass and tarweed under a scattering growth of oak. At Raymond it was taken in stubble and was not common. The contrastingly colored tarsi are very conspicuous in life. Ligurotettix coquilletti McNeill. A series of forty-nine specimens from localities in the Mohave and Las Vegas Deserts are referred to this species, to which L. kunzet Caudell from southern Arizona is closely related, differing only in the average larger size and slenderer caudal femora. The series is distributed as follows: Cottonwood, September 9, 2 co, 1 Q; Kelso, August 12, 4 o', 2 2; Cima, August 12, 3 o', 3 2; North Range, Providence Mountains, August 12, 1 9 ; foothills Bird Spring Mountains, California and Nevada, August 11, 12 co, 9 9, 1 immature individual; Las Vegas, Nevada, August 10,9 @, 2 9. In size there appears to be considerable geographic variation, Cima individuals being quite small, while the largest female of the Bird Spring Mountains series and of the two of that sex from Kelso are almost as large as individuals of L. kunzei. Individual variation is also quite marked in the Bird Spring Mountains series and the two Kelso females are rather different in size, one of the four males from the latter locality also appreciably exceeding the others from that region in size. Average specimens from the various localities measure as follows: 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433 of Length of Length of Length of Length of body. pronotum. tegmen. caudal femur. mm. mm. mm. mm. Cottonwood,Cal., . . . 14.5 3 14.5 8.7 emit tS BBB 2.9 14.1 8.3 meres ss |. eS) LES 3.2 16 9.1 LT ne ci i as 2.9 12.5 ee Pee we foe, s).. 1A 2.9 13.5 8 Bird Spg. Mts., Cal.-Nev., . 13.3 2.5 12.6 8 Bird Spg. Mts., Cal.-Nev., . 15.3 3 13.9 8.3 Las Vegas, Nev., . . . 14 2.9 14 8 2 Cottonwood, Cal, . . . 19 3.5 17.1 9.6 Bowes ie ld BL 3.9 18 10.5 Bee OMe gt oS 2 2868 3.8 19.2 11.3 mete. ee OEE, 3.3 15 8.9 i No ae re Lace wae 3.3 16.7 9.1 North Range, Prov. Mts.,Cal., 19.5 3.7 17.8 10 Bird Spg. Mts., Cal-Nev., . 19.8 + 16.8 10.2 Bird Spg. Mts., Cal.-Nev., . 21.2 4.3 20 11 Las Vegas, Nev., . . . 18.5 3.8 18.5 9.9 The large Kelso and Bird Spring Mountains females are very similar in size to individuals of the Arizonan kwnzet, as will be seen by com- paring the measurements given above with those of kunzei recently published by the authors,’ but on comparing the proportions of the caudal femur the relationship of the larger Californian specimens is seen to be with coquwillettt. It appears quite probable that kunzez is merely a geographic race of coquzllettt. The color form with blackish brown on the prozona of the lateral lobes of the pronotum, gene and pleura already described by the authors from Yuma material is strongly represented in the California coquilletti, two males and two females from Cima and five males and four females from the Bird Spring Mountains being in this phase. The Las Vegas and Kelso series are uniformly paler and less contrast- ingly colored, the Las Vegas one very much paler and grayer, than the other lots; the Cottonwood individuals are dusty blackish- gray with the ochraceous tones reduced to a minimum. The dorsal femoral bars are quite strongly marked in the individuals with the blackish-brown markings on the pronotum, while the dorsal aspect is also more buffy in these specimens. At Cottonwood the species was found common on greasewood (Covillea tridentata), and plentiful at Kelso and in the Bird Spring ® Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p. 384. 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Mountains on the same plant. At Cima it was found on small thorny bushes, and at Las Vegas one small colony was located in a low thicket of spiny desert bushes. The species was originally described from Los Angeles County, California, and has since been recorded from Needles, California, and Yuma, Arizona, by Bruner, and Yuma, Arizona, and Palm Springs and Lancaster, California, by Scudder. Specimens from Yuma examined by the present authors are clearly kunzei, and it appears probable that the records from Yuma and possibly from Needles and Palm Springs may be the same. True coquilletti appears to be a Mohavan and Nevadan form. Arphia ramona Rehn. From the evidence of a series of eighteen specimens of this species before us it is apparent that it enjoys a considerable vertical range and also that it is considerably modified by the same. This series is from. the following localities: Pasadena, July 6, 1899 ((Fordyce Grinnell, Jr.), two males; Mt. Lowe, August 8, 4,700 feet, one female, 5,300 to 5,600 feet, one male; Kenworthy, San Jacinto Mountains, 4,500 to 5,000 feet, June 3-8 (Fordyce Grinnell, Jr.), one male, three females; Straw- berry Valley, San Jacinto Mountains, 6,000 feet, July 18 (F. Grinnell, Jr.), one male; Santa Ana River, San Bernardino Mountains, 5,500 to 6,200 feet, July 1-14 (Joseph Grinnell), three males, one female; Fish Creek, San Bernardino Mountains, 6,500 to 7,200 feet, June 17 to July 10 (Joseph Grinnell), one male, three females; Mt. Pinos, » Kern County, June 6, 1904 (F. Grinnell, Jr.), one female. When compared with the types from San Diego and a paratypic series of two males and three females, the specimens from points under 6,000 feet elevation are seen to be very similar to the types, the tegmina and wings alone being slightly longer in several of the mountain specimens. The individuals from greater elevations than 6,000 feet show a perceptible reduction in size, which is very apparent when the specimens are arranged serially according to altitude. There also appears to be a slight flattening of the median carina of the pronotum in individuals from the higher regions. The female specimen from Fish Creek, 7,200 feet elevation, measures as follows: Length of body, 31 mm.; pronotum, 6.2; tegmen, 26; caudal femur, 15.3. There is a considerable amount of individual variation in the general color, this being blackish or brownish, strongly speckled or nearly uniform, the pale stripe on the anal field of the tegmina also being equally variable in its width, presence or absence. _ 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 At 5,300 to 5,600 feet on Mt. Lowe the species was found on a steep rock slide and at 4,700 feet it occurred on a steep slope. This species has been previously recorded from but two localities— San Diego and Los Angeles, California. Chimarocephala incisa Caudell. A single specimen of this species, taken at an elevation of 5,500 feet on the Santa Ana River, San Bernardino Mountains, June 14, by Dr. Joseph Grinnell, has been examined. This individual is quite blackish, with the femoral and pronotal maculations strongly contrasted when compared with individuals from San Diego and Claremont, California. We have followed Caudell’ in using this name for the species usually known as C. pacifica Thomas. Encoptolophus californicus Bruner. A female specimen of this species was taken among sand dunes at Alamitos Bay, July 31, while one male individual was captured along the Mohave River at Cottonwood, September 9. The Cottonwood specimen is smaller than the measurements given by Bruner for the male sex, the length of body being 15 mm., that of the pronotum 3.3, of the tegmen 13 and of the caudal femur 10, although in almost all other respects the specimen is typical. The lateral carine of the pronotum are somewhat undulate on the prozona in the male, although nearly straight in the female. Both specimens are in a brownish phase similar to the male type. The only previous record of the species is that of the type—Los Angeles, California. Encoptolophus robustus n. sp. Type: 2; Los Angeles River near Los Angeles, California. August 24, 1907. (Otho Poling.) [Hebard Collection.] Closely related to EF. texensis and subgracilis, differing in the more robust build, more prominent and elevated pronotal carinw, the lateral ones being less divergent caudad than in texensis, in the more excavate fastigium and the more inflated caudal femora. This species is not at all close to EL. pallidus Bruner, with cotypes of which it has been compared. Size medium; form robust though slightly compressed. Head with the dorsum considerably arcuate when seen from the side, though not elevated dorsad of the median pronotal carina, interspace between the eyes rather broad though less than the short diameter of the eye; fastigium as much arcuate declivent as the occiput rises to the interspace between the eyes, subpyriform, slightly longer than wide, rather deeply excavate, a distinct median carina present on the * Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., VII, p. 124. 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., caudal portion and becoming subobsolete on the occiput; angle of the fastigium and face rounded obtuse; lateral foveol# trigonal, rather large, moderately excavate; frontal costa as a whole rather broad, moderately and regularly expanding from the distinct fastigio-facial division to the ocellus, below which it is slightly constricted then moderately expanded to the clypeal suture, sulcate throughout except close to the clypeal suture; eyes reniform-elliptical, slightly prominent, somewhat exceeding the infraocular sulcus in length; antenne distinctly less than the head and pronotum in length. Pronotum with the median carina moderately elevated, rather uniform in height, although the section on the metazona is a trifle lower than that on the Fig. 11.—Encoptolophus robustus n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 3.) prozona, the incision being well marked and rather broad; lateral carine marked, regularly divergent caudad, the space separating them caudad half again as much as that cephalad, the carine being sinuate for a short distance on the caudal portion of the prozona; cephalic angle of the disk broad obtuse, caudal angle of the disk slightly obtuse with the angle narrowly rounded; lateral lobes deeper than long, slightly narrowing ventrad, the ventral margin considerably sinuate cephalad. Tegmina very slightly surpassing the tips of the caudal femora; intercalary vein with the proximal half nearer to the ulnar vein, the distal half equidistant between the ulnar and median veins. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes strongly transverse; interspace between the metaster- nal lobes quadrate. Caudal femora considerably F ep inflated, the greatest width being about one-third bustus n. sp. the length; pattern of the pagina well impressed sige: viewot and regular, the expansion of the ventral carine ead and pro- 2 oe ; ; 3 notum.(X 3.) slight; caudal tibiz with nine to ten spines on the external margins. 1909.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437 General color wood brown with the tegminal bars and general mottling bistre. Head with the occiput and face thickly mottled and finely dotted, the postocular region with a poorly defined postocular bar present only on the face, this bordered dorsad with a patch of almost clear wood brown; eyes tawny olive clouded ventrad with bistre; antenne wal- nut-brown with obscure broad dark annuli; face with two obsolete and poorly defined transverse blackish bars on the frontal costa ventrad of the antenne. Pronotum almost uniformly mottled with the general colors, a slight blackish patch present in the middle of each lateral lobe. Tegmina with three dark transverse bars, the two distal ones oblique and the third from the base fading distad, the apical portion with numerous very small dots, the bars not reaching the anal field which has a number of small irregular maculations. Wings bluish-hyaline proximad, the apex with the slightest possible infuma- tion, the stigma brownish. Caudal femora with three dark bands, one median, one pre-apical, one genicular, these bands more distinct and blackish on the dorsum, genicular arches and lower portion of the paginse, which latter the median one crosses obliquely, the pre- apical one being marked on the ventral surface, though all are present on the ventral sulcus and internal face; caudal tibie pale glaucous- blue with a wood-brown proximal annulus which is touched with darker brown, spines blackish for the greater portion of the length. Measurements. POP CCIM ee) es ee ge ee wD | om: POG TONOMMD,. . 9 noes ose 8S are lee, 4M De ECCI a oe ON ee te, LB Pepurovonnuarremur,: 3. Ae oo og. 3. Ue TLS“ In addition to the type two specimens of this species, one male and one female, in the U. S. National Museum collection, from Los Angeles (Coquillett), have been examined. These individuals agree with the type in all essential characters, the female, however, being somewhat larger. The measurements of these specimens are as follows: of 2 ERMIREE OL ON gcc! «og, oe! «x, «5 16:3 mm. 21.5 mm Length of pronotam, §.-9. =. . » .. 8.6 “ 5 f lepeuicor terme... . .-:. . . . 14.6 18 Ps Length of caudal femur, vl LP Ree a ibe © In color the Los Angeles pair are slightly paler, with the tegminal and femoral bars less plainly indicated in the female, while the glau- 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct., cous-blue of the caudal tibie is paler than in the type. The wing of the male is distinctly very pale yellowish-hyaline proximad. Camnula pellucida (Scudder). On Santa Catalina Island this species was found to be extremely local, but plentiful in a small area of short grass, where one male and eight females were taken on August 7. At Mill Valley, August 23, the species was found uncommon on dry grassy hillsides, two females being taken, while a single male was captured at Merced, August 30, in very dry, yellow, oat-like grass. The Santa Catalina Island and Merced individuals are more yellowish in color than the Mill Valley specimens. Hippisous pardalinus (Saussure). Six specimens, two males and four females, from the San Bernardino Mountains, taken by Dr. Joseph Grinnell, belong to this widely dis- tributed species. One male and two females are from Fish Creek, — at an elevation of 6,500 feet, June 18-20; the remaining individuals being from the South Fork of the Santa Ana River, at an elevation of 6,200 to 6,700 feet, July 1-24. The disk of the wing is orange vermilion in all the specimens instead of yellow as usually described, but in general characters and proportions no other differences are noted. Several of the females have a con- siderable amount of hoary-white suffusion. The only previous exact Californian records were from San Diego and Rock Spring, southern California. Hippiscus neglectus (Thomas). Four males and four females of this species from the South Fork of the Santa Ana River, San Bernardino Mountains, taken at an elevation of 6,200 feet, on July 6 and August 26, by Dr. Joseph Grinnell, and a pair from Mt. Pinos, the female with a supplementary ‘“ Potrero” label, taken June, 1904 (2 June 7), by F. Grinnell, Jr., have been examined. A considerable amount of variation is present in the series, but nothing other than one would expect in this very variable species. The tegminal stripe is very broadly marked in one male specimen. This is the first record of this species from southern California, the only previous records from the State being from the Sierran region. Leprus interior Bruner. A single male of this species from the foothills of the Bird Spring Mountains, McCollough Range, Nevada, August 11, has been examined. It is very similar in character to a series from the Salt Lake Valley, 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439 Utah, and was collected on a bare volcanic mountain side. The specimen is slightly smaller than the original measurements of the male sex given by Bruner. This is the first record of the species from Nevada, and in fact from any locality but the Salt Lake Valley. Leprus glaucipennis Scudder. A series of eleven males and eight females of this species are in- cluded in the collection, taken at the following localities: Tia Juana, August 16, two oc’, one nymph; El Toro, August 20, one <’, one ° ; Santa Catalina Island, August 3 and 7, six &, one 2; Pasadena, August 1, two o, three 2, one additional 2 taken June 10, 1898, by F. Grinnell, Jr., and Echo Mountain, San Gabriel Range, elevation 3,100 feet, August 8, two Q.- At Tia Juana it was found on rocky hillsides, while at El Toro it occurred in rolling grain fields. On Santa Catalina Island it was uncommon in dry places, among rocks and scant grasses in a canyon bed, the sides of the mesa of the San Rafael Hills being frequented at Pasadena where it was very scarce. On Echo Mountain the species was numerous at 3,100 feet elevation. There is some variation in general size and in the length of the wing in this species, the general coloration also exhibiting a tendency to red-brown suffusions, particularly on the head and pronotum, while the disk of the wing shows less greenish and more bluish in some specimens than in others. The latter is particularly true of one Pasadena female specimen. This species has been recorded from Point Loma, La Jolla, Los Angeles, Rubio Wash, Altadena, Santa Catalina and Santa Rosa Islands, California, and Hermosillo, Sonora and Durango and San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Two females from San Diego have been examined by the authors. Dissosteira spurcata Saussure. A series of fifteen males and nine females was taken in a field of stubble at Raymond, September 3, and a single female was secured in a field of very dry, yellow, oat-like grass at Merced, August 30. This species exhibits a great amount of variation in size and color, the measurements of the extremes of each sex being as follows: The specimens from the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, recorded tby the senior author (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p: 37) as L. glaucipennis, when examined with the present series are seen to be L. cyaneus. a ee 440 PROCEEDINGS OF 'THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., én oh < 2 mm. mm. mm. mm. Lane of .body,<— f..-.. «0-7 ee een 33 32 39 Length of tegmen,. .. . .. . 29 33.5 29 35.5: The measured specimens are all from Raymond. Three of the Raymond males and two of the females are extremely pale in color, almost uniform straw-yellow in general tone, the pronotal, tegminal and femoral maculations being of the very faintest character. The wings of these pale individuals are either clear yellowish-hyaline without any maculations or with very faint indications of the fuscous cloud of the normal type. This yellowish phase is approached by two of the Raymond females, the remainder, however, of both sexes being of the normal type. | The habits of this species have been described by the authors in a previous paper." This species has been reported from the San Joaquin-Sacramento Valley between Merced and Redding. Dissosteira venusta (Stal). This species has been examined from a number of localities extending from Miramar and San Diego to Mill Valley, California. The series is distributed as follows: Miramar, July 31, ten &, 7 2; Pasadena, August 1, five @, ten 2; Rubio Canyon, San Gabriel Mountains, August 8, three &; Santa Catalina Island, August 3,four o’,seven @ ; Raymond, September 3, three oc’; Ahwahnee, September 3, one @ ; Miami, September 3, one 2 ; Summit House, September 3, three <, one 2; Sentinel, August 31, one . Specimens from the vicinity of Pasadena and Miramar are as a rule larger than those from the other localities, resembling in this respect specimens from San Diego. Santa Catalina Island individuals are smaller than representatives from the adjacent mainland, while the specimens in the Mill Valley series are appreciably smaller than the southern Californian mainland material. Specimens from the west slope of the Sierras are very similar in size to Mill Valley individuals. The following measurements may be of interest: Mill Summit Rubio Valley. Raymond. House. Canyon. mm. mm. mm. mm. Lenpth at body,-: . . .": G18 20 18 18.6 Length of tegmen, . .. . . 19.2 20.5 19.5 18.9 Length of caudalfemur,. . . . Il 12 13,2 10.5 1 Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 378. 1909.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441 st Santa Pasa- Catalina San dena. Miramar. Island. Diego. mm. mm. mm. mm. Length of body, . ... . . 19 22.2 17.5 20 Length of tegmen, ... . . 19.5 21.5 17.6 20 Length of caudalfemur,. . . . 11.5 13 10.5 11.5 2 Mill Summit Valley. House. Ahwahnee. Miami. mm. mm. mm. mm. Dep Gr GGy,Sh, . i. . . . 24.8 25.5 26 24.5 Length of tegmen, . . . . . 22 23.5 23.8 25.5 Length of caudalfemur,. . . . 14 12.8 13.5 14 ? Santa Pasa- Catalina San dena. Miramar. Island. Diego. mm. mm. mm. mm. Seen or bday, 2. BE 28 24.5 29.8 Length oftegmen, . .. . . 26.5 28 26 29 Length of caudalfemur,. . . . 16.2 16.2 14 17.2 There is an appreciable amount of individual variation in each lot, but apparently average specimens have been selected for measur- ing. The caudal angle of the disk of the pronotum varies somewhat in the degree of angulation, one extreme being subrectangulate, the other distinctly obtuse, the apex more or less rounded. The median carina of the pronotum is rather variable in elevation and inflation, and in a single female from Ahwahnee, which has the pronotal crest quite low, the prozonal portion is uniform and not arcuate. The general base color varies from dull blackish-brown to ochraceous- buff, the maculations more or less prominent in all but a few individ- uals which have them quite weak. The color variations, as far as can be determined, are not correlated geographically, dark and pale individuals being present from localities represented by a series of any size. Thereis also some variation in the intensity, fenestration and shape of the fuscous band of the wing and also a little in the width of the same. This species is usually common where found and is very active and elusive, flying short distances and alighting precipitately. It occurred on dry grass hillsides at Mill Valley and in tarweed, stubble and meadow land on the west slope of the Sierras. At Miramar it was 29 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., found back from the shore, along the border of a field of dry grass near high weeds, while in Santa Catalina Island it frequented dry places among rocks and grasses. The range of this species in California is entirely west of the Sierras and Sierra Madre and San Jacinto ranges, as far as known not occurring in the true desert regions. Coquillett has recorded it from the San Joaquin-Sacramento Valley from Redding to Merced and from Los Angeles, while Baker has credited it to Claremont and Rehn to San Diego. Stil described it from San Francisco. We have followed Bruner” in placing this species in the genus Dissosteira, to which it appears to be more closely related than to Spharagemon. Lactista gibbosus Saussure. This species is represented by a considerable series distributed as follows: Tia Juana, August 16, one 2 ; Los Angeles River, Los Angeles, . August 24, two 6’, three 2; Pasadena, August 1, twelve 0’, seven- teen 2; near Rubio Canyon, August 8, four &, two 2 ; Echo Moun- tain, 2,700 to 3,500 feet, August 8, two <. There is considerable individual variation in size, this, however, being more noticeable in the male than in the female, while in color the only noticeable variation is a tendency toward a blackish coloration in some individuals and washing with ochraceous in others. At Pasadena the species was found to be common on the slopes. of the San Rafael Hills, while it was equally numerous on Echo Mountain. At Tia Juana it occurred on a rocky hillside overgrown with bushes which were dry and parched. The species has been recorded from Los Angeles, San Diego and Claremont, southern California. Mestobregma rubripenne (Bruner). A single male and three females of this species were taken at Cima, August 12, in low bushes near the railroad, and a single female was secured in the foothills of the Bird Spring Mountains, California, August 11, in sand. At Cima the species was extremely local. The Californian specimens are all very slightly smaller than repre- sentatives from the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, and also appre- ciably paler, but no other characters of importance show differences worthy of mention. The pattern, form of the caudal femora, height of the median carina of the pronotum and width of the wing-bar are the same as in the Arizona material. The disk of the wing is yellow or yellowish in all but one specimen. 12 Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., II, p. 163. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 443 The previous records of the species are all from southeastern and southern Arizona. Trepidulus rosaceus (Scudder). At Las Vegas, Nevada, August 10, this species was found numerous in bare desert places, both the typical phase with the wing roseate proximad and one with the same portion hyaline with an extremely faint whitish suffusion being taken. The series numbers twenty- five males and seven females, each phase represented by sixteen indi- viduals. Fourteen males and two females have the wings roseate and eleven males and five females have the same members hyaline. There is little variation in size, although the tegmina and wings vary somewhat in length. The degree of production of the ventro- caudal angle of the lateral lobes of the pronotum varies considerably and in a number of specimens the angle is well rounded. The character of this angle cannot be correlated with the color of the wings. The general color is more ashy in some individuals than in others, some- times touched with dull reddish and again with the maculations more decided than in others. The Nevada specimens as a rule are paler than representatives from southeastern Arizona, but they are well matched in individuals from the lower Arizona deserts at Yuma and Florence. Derotmema delicatulum Scudder. The published records and the material at hand indicate that this species is well distributed over the lower portions of the Mohave desert and a considerable area of the Gila desert. A series of fifty- four Californian and Nevadan specimens is now before us, the following localities being represented: Cottonwood, September 9, two males, two females; Goffs, San Bernardino County, California, September 10, one female; Kelso, August 12, five males, seven females; North Range of Providence Mountains, August 12, six males, four females; foothills Bird Spring Mountains, California, August 11, two males, six females; foothills Bird Spring Mountains, Nevada, August 11, ten males, eight females; Arden, Lincoln County, Nevada, August 9, one female. When compared with two pairs from Sentinel, Mari- copa County, Arizona, the eyes of all the Californian and Nevadan individuals are seen to be slightly less prominent than in the Sentinel specimens, but in all the essential characters they fully agree. The geographic and individual differences in size are very slight, but the caudal margin of the disk of the pronotum varies from broadly,obtuse- angulate to subarcuate. The Kelso and Goffs individuals are paler than the others, in this respect resembling the Sentinel specimens, 444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., although the latter have the pattern more decided than the former. The Bird Spring Mountains series has as a rule a pale ferruginous appearance, although a few are somewhat ashy, while the North Range and Goffs specimens are decidedly ashy, the former, however, with the pattern well contrasted, in the males as strongly as in the Sentinel individuals. The Kelso series is whitish or pale buffy yellow in general tone, while the Cottonwood specimens more nearly resemble the Bird Spring Mountains series than any of the others. The Arden Specimen is much like Kelso individuals, but the head and portions: of the pronotum and cephalic and median limbs are suffused with dull vermilion. As far as examined the bar on the wing appears to be uniform in size, while the disk is very slightly more yellowish than in the Sentinel specimens. At Kelso, in the Bird Spring Mountains, and in the North Range of the Providence Mountains the species was found on the ground and also on small desert weeds, frequently in arroyos. The previous Californian records of the species are from Mohave and Lancaster. ! Derotmema laticinctum Scudder, It was with considerable surprise that this species was recognized in the series of Orthoptera taken at Cima, California, on August 12. This locality is represented by a series of sixteen males and four females which fully agrees with eastern Arizona and New Mexico material. At Cima the species was plentiful. This is the first record of the species from California. Derotmema saussureanum Scudder. This southern Californian species is represented by a series of thirty specimens taken as follows: Pasadena, August 1, eleven males, thirteen females; near Rubio Canyon, altitude 1,400 to 1,600 feet, August 8, two females; Los Angeles River, Los Angeles, August 24, one male; Beaumont, Riverside County, July 30, one male; Devore, San Ber- nardino County, September 9, one male; summit Cahon Pass, Sep- tember 9, one female. There is considerable variation in the base color in the series, the Pasadena representation exhibiting numerous modifications, ashy, buffy, dull reddish-brown and sometimes overcast with a hoary suffusion. At Pasadena the insect was found common on dry spots in and near the Arroyo Seco. 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445 The species has previously been recorded from San Bernardino, Colton, Claremont, Los Angeles, Rubio Wash, Anaheim, San Diego, Coronado and Cahon Pass. Conozoa behrensi Saussure. A series of fifty-nine specimens is now before us, distributed as fol- lows: Altadena, August 25 (Poling), nine males, sixteen females; Pasadena, August 1, fifteen males, five females; Alamitos Bay, July 31, five males, five females; Tia Juana, August 16, one male, two females; Cottonwood, September 9, one male; Tracy, Alameda County, August 30, one female. There is considerable individual variation in size in both sexes, the extremes of the series of females from Alamitos Bay, for example, measuring as follows: REGO a Be eee ae | OM: 30 mm. Bertier pronondin, 2. CU. C8 é . Deere fenitea fae ee Te BOS 30 s Length of caudal femur, . 14.8 “ Svan In color numerous shades of umber, gray-brown, dull ferruginous and occasionally pale ochre occur as the principal value, the macula- tions being very pale in some individuals and strongly marked in others. The coloration of this insect appears to be profoundly modified by its environment, an.individual from the sandy Arroyo Seco at Pasadena being in the pale ochre phase. The tegminal maculations are as a rule quite distinct, though varying considerably in length, the width, however, showing but little variation, while the positions of the bars appear to be fixed. The fuscous band of the wing varies considerably in width and intensity, while the depth of the yellow color of the disk is distinctly variable. The caudal tibize are purplish pink in some specimens and vermilion in others, the latter in by far the greater majority of the specimens. The very pale Arroyo Seco specimen has the caudal tibia rather dark flesh color, yellowish toward the base, no blackish genicular patch present. The latter is strongly marked in the majority of the specimens. At Tia Juana the species was found in a dry river bottom, some of the Pasadena individuals being from a similar situation, while at Alamitos Bay it frequented scant vegetation on the beach dunes. Its oceurrence at Cottonwood in typical Mohavan surroundings is rather surprising as the species is only known elsewhere from‘ the San Joaquin Valley and the slopes and valleys facing the Pacific. ee 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., This species has been definitely recorded from San Diego, Claremont and Guadelupe, California. Conozoa sulcifrons (Scudder). ; At Las Vegas, Nevada, a series of ten males and ten females of this species was taken on August 10, while a single male was collected at Indio on July 29. When compared with a considerable series from Yuma, Arizona, no differences are noticeable. The previous Californian records of the species were from near the Mohave River (type locality) and Indio. No Nevada records have previously been published. Trimerotropis cristata McNeill. Two males and two females of this very pale colored species were taken, August 10, at Las Vegas, Nevada, in typical desert surroundings. The specimens are quite uniform in coloration and size. The previous records of the species are from San Julio, Lower California, and Salt Lake Valley, Utah. Trimerotropis albolineata (Bruner). Three females of this species were taken in the Arroyo Seco at Pasadena, August 1, while a single male was secured at Beaumont, Riverside County, California, on July 30. Two females taken at Pasadena, June 21 and July 1, by Fordyce Grinnell, Jr., have also been examined, Some individuals are much more ferruginous than others, and the pattern of the lateral lobes of the pronotum is fainter in one of the Pasadena specimens than in the other individuals examined. This species is now known from Los Angeles, Pasadena, Ontario, San Bernardino County, Beaumont, Riverside County, and San Diego, California, and southern Arizona. Trimerotropis ceruleipes Scudder. An interesting series of seventy-eight specimens of this species is now before us, all but ten of which were taken by the authors. The localities represented are as follows: Mt. Tamalpais, 2,100 to 2,500 feet elevation, August 23, five males and one female; Sentinel, Yose- mite National Park, August 31, two males; Yosemite Valley, 4,000 to 5,400 feet, September 1, six males, six females; Grouse Creek, Yose- mite National Park, September 1, two males, one female; Eight-Mile Camp, Yosemite National Park, September 1, four males, three females; Mariposa Grove, September 2, four males, four females; Miami, September 3, three males, three females; Mt. Lowe, 5,200 feet to 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447 summit, August 8, two males, three females; Echo Mountain, August 8, four males; Mt. Wilson, 5,000 feet, September 15, one male; Pasa- dena, August 1, one male, June 23, one male and three females, col- lected by F. Geena: Jr.; Santa Catalina Island, August 3 and 7, three males, one female; Sriambeced Valley, 5,000 feet, San Jacinto Mountains, July 7-9, F. Grinnell, Jr., one male, two females. A single male from Ormsby County, Nevada (Baker), and another of the same sex from Cuyamaca Mountains, San Diego County, California, October 1, 1900 (G. W. Dunn), have also been examined. In a recent paper™® Mr. Caudell has shown that Trimerotropis tessel- lata is not a valid species, and the material before us contains not only additional evidence on this point, but also enough to relegate 7’. calig- nosa to the synonymy as well, while even the recognition of the two . “forms” as varieties appears undesirable, the intermediates being so numerous and graduated. Almost one-half of the specimens in hand are spread, so the character of the fuscous band of the wing, the opacity of the disk and the amount of infusecation of the apex can be readily observed in a number of individuals. The dark form, called calignosa by McNeill, with blackish coloration, the disk of the wing transparent faintly colored with greenish, and the faintly fuliginous apex with the extreme tip slightly infuscated, is represented by individuals from Mt. Tamalpais, Miami, Mariposa Grove, Mt. Lowe, Mt. Wilson and Pasadena. One female from Miami, another from Grouse Creek and a male from Yosemite Valley have the metazona of the pronotum ferruginous, strongly contrasted with the blackish general coloration. The remaining specimens present a great complex of color tones, the dark shades being umber and vandyke brown, while the light bars are hoary, buffy and pale ferruginous. The wing band varies from very weak to well marked, while the apex is hyaline or more or less strongly fuliginous, sometimes with the greater portion of its surface infuscate. When the wing band is well defined the apex is usually hyaline, but this is not invariable. The shade of yellow of the disk of the wing varies considerably, a few specimens, aside from the calignosa type individuals, having it very weak. This species was found particularly common throughout the conifer forests of the Yosemite region, in company with the slightly less plenti- ful and less widely distributed Trimerotropis fallor. Both of, these 8 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIV, p. 75. 448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., species were found in numbers on the bare needle-strewn ground under the conifers, especially in sunny spots. It was easier to capture T. ceruleipes, but owing to their numbers series of both species were taken without difficulty. The previous Californian records of the species are from Sissons, Marble Valley, El Dorado County, Los Angeles and Cuyamaca. Trimerotropis bifasciata Bruner. A pair of this species were taken in dry brush and grass between Rubio Canyon and Altadena, at an elevation of about 1,500 feet, August 8. This species was scarce, but two specimens only being seen. The previous records are from Los Angeles and Tehama County, California, and Spokane, Washington. Trimerotropis koebelei (Bruner). This species was found to be common at Sentinel, Yosemite Nawonel Park, August 31 and September 1, a series of eighteen males and three females being taken, as well as a single female at another point in the Yosemite Valley on the last mentioned date. Wherever collecting was done about Sentinel this species was found and taken without difficulty. The series exhibits a moderate amount of variation in size, and the lateral lobes of the pronotum have the ventro-caudal margin either with a distinct obtuse angulation or well rounded, the great majority having this region very slightly angulate. The coloration varies somewhat in depth and slightly so in pattern, although the last is chiefly due to intensification or weakening. In but one specimen has the anal area of the tegmina any marked maculations, and then but a number of scattered spots. The black bands between the eyes, one above the antenne, the other below the same, are often almost as distinct as in 7’. cincta. The dorsal one, however, is frequently absent, but the ventral one is present more or less distinctly in all but one male specimen, which latter with one of the females is remarkable in having the pronotum and head ochraceous-yellow. The broad white bars on the sides of the face are distinct in.all but the two individuals mentioned above, although weak in a very dull colored female. The black markings on the lateral lobes of the pronotum are present in practically all the specimens, while the tegminal bars are distinct in all the specimens, although rather weak in several, the width of the bars varying considerably. The three femoral bars—median, preapical and apical—are marked in the majority of 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449 the specimens. The wing band is uniform in the spread specimens, but not strongly indicated or greatly contrasted. The previous records of the species are from Placer County, Duns- muir, Siskiyou County, and San Francisco, California. Trimerotropis thalassioa Bruner. : This interesting and peculiar species, concerning which practically nothing has been published, is represented by a series of forty-nine specimens from several different regions. Two males were taken, August 23, on Mt. Tamalpais, one at 1,500, the other at 2,100 feet elevation. On Mt. Lowe, August 8 and 24 and September 1, this species was taken at elevations ranging from 4,300 to 5,600 feet, a series of twenty males and twelve females being secured. Two males were taken August 8, in Rubio Canyon, between 2,200 and 3,000 feet, while three of each sex were secured on Santa Catalina Island, August 3. Two males and a female taken at 5,000 feet on Mt. Wilson, September 15, 1908, and four females from Arroyo Seco Canyon, San Gabriel Range, 3,000 feet elevation, October 8, taken by Fordyce Grinnell, Jr., have also been examined. The favorite habitat of this species was found to be practically the same as that of Morsea californica. The insect was found plentiful, especially on Mt. Lowe among the manzanita bushes on the higher slopes. Owing to their lack of wariness and usual short flight speci- mens were easily taken. They were noted to alight almost invariably upon the manzanita bushes. The Mt. Tamalpais specimens are quite small when compared with the Mt. Lowe individuals; the Mt. Wilson, Arroyo Seco Canyon and Rubio Canyon representatives also being appreciably smaller than the Mt. Lowe series, but the difference is not as great as in the Mt. Tamal- pais specimens. The Santa Catalina Island specimens are also smaller than the average Mt. Lowe individual. Average individuals from the localities represented measure as follows: fot Length of Length of | Length of body. tegmen. caudal femur. mm. mm. mm. Mi. temalpas;:. . «=. . .. .. 6 17.5 i) Mt. Lowe (summit), . . Ss 22 11.3 . (4,000 to 4, 800 feet), . 20.6 22.5 11.8 Mt. Wilson (5,000 feet), .. 21.8 22 11.2 Arroyo Seco Canyon (3,000 feet), . 7 22 q1 Rubio Canyon (2,200 to 3,000 feet), 9.5 21 10.8 Santa Catalina Island, ; o 2 18 10 —————— 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. , g mm mm, mm Mt. “Teihelpsis; 4 *. Gh AS Nae! = ee ee Mt. Lowe (summit), ; >So 28 14 ce (4,000 to 4,800 feet), . 28 28.2 15.5 Mt. Wilson (5,000 feet), eee 27 27.5 14.8 Arroyo Seco Canyon (3,000 feet), . i nt Te 8 Rubio Canyon (2,200 to 3,000 sie Se ott mr Santa Catalina Island, : 26 26 14.5 The Mt. Lowe series also exhibits considerable individual variation in size in the specimens taken on the summit, the extremes of the males measuring as follows: Length of body, 17-22 mm.; length of tegmen, 20-25 mm.; length of caudal femur, 10.3-13mm. In none of the other lots of specimens does individual variation play such a decided part, although the Arroyo Seco Canyon and Santa Catalina represen ae show it in a lesser degree. The basic color pattern has already been described by Bruner, but the tegminal bars show almost endless variations in width, intensity and solidarity, while the base color varies from pale ochraceous-buff shades to dull blue-gray, frequently pale pinkish-red. The fuscous band of the wing is also of variable intensity, being distinct and continuous, although not sharply defined, or nearly lacking, indi- cated only by a cloud at the stigma and another one just beyond the middle of the wing. The Santa Catalina series has the tegminal bars broader and more contrasted than in any of the other specimens. The principal features of the species which strike one at first glance are the deep head, the usually pale and often black-dotted caudal margin of the pronotal disk, the peculiar granular character of the coloration and the coloration of the caudal femora. The only previous record of this species is the original of Bruner, who described it from Los Angeles, California. Los Angeles County was probably intended. Trimerotropis latifasciata Scudder, A single female of this species was taken at Las Vegas, August 10. While somewhat larger than Scudder’s measurements, this individual agrees very well with his description. This species has been recorded from Wallula, Washington, Salt Lake Valley and Lake Point, Utah, and from Nebraska, although specimens from the last mentioned State may be 1’. laticincta Saussure, if the two forms are considered separable. 190Y.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45] Trimerotropis californica Bruner. This interesting species is represented by a series of twenty-eight specimens from the following localities: Pasadena, July 14, 1898, F. Grinnell, Jr., two males; Pasadena, August 1, 1907, nine males, seven females; Los Angeles River, August 24, one male, one female; near Rubio Canyon, San Gabriel Mountains, 1,000 to 1,600 feet, August 8, four males, two females; Altadena, August 8, one male; summit Cahon Pass, September 9, one male. There is a moderate amount of variation in size and also a great deal in coloration, although the latter is chiefly in the depth of the pattern. Some individuals have the tegminal bars poorly contrasted, but in all they are fairly well defined, though made up of annuli in some individuals. There is some individual variation in the width of the tegminal bars and in the number and position of the quadrate annuli in the apical portion. One of the Pasadena females is entirely suffused with ferruginous, others are partially so, while some are quite dull and others hoary- white. The Cahon Pass specimen is a typical individual, in a grayish type of coloration seen in a pair from Claremont. The wing-band varies to an appreciable extent in width and also somewhat in position. The species was nowhere really plentiful and was found to be local in distribution, restricted usually to dry places, particularly in the Arroyo Seco at Pasadena. Although moderately vigorous it was more difficult to find than to capture. This species has been recorded from San Luis Valley, Claremont, Los Angeles and Ontario, California. Trimerotropis strenua McNeill. This Great Basin and interior desert form is represented by four males from the Mohave desert and the region to the north, two taken at Cima, August 12, on a plateau of tree yucca, one at Cottonwood, September 9, and the other in the foothills of the Bird Spring Moun- tains, Lincoln County, Nevada, August 11. The Cima specimens are inseparable from Salt Lake City individuals, but a tendency toward californica is noted in the Cottonwood speci- men. The latter has the wing-band narrower than in typical individ- uals, but the general facies is more distinctly that of strenua than that of californica, although the former is probably nothing more than a geographic race of the latter. In action the species was more vigorous than 7’. californica and is apparently a very much scarcer form. The specimens captured at Cima were taken on the tree yucca plateau among brush. 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., This species is now known from Salt Lake City and Valley and Beaver Creek Hills, Utah, Tucson and San Bernardino Ranch, Arizona, and Cima and Cottonwood, California. Trimerotropis inconspicua Bruner. Among the tree yuccas at Cima seven males and two females of this species were taken on August 12. At first glance two species appear to be represented in the series, one typically having the teg- minal bars more sharply defined and usually broad, the wing-band rather broad and hardly interrupted and the ventral sulcus of the caudal femora blackish with two yellowish interruptions; the other type having the general coloration paler and more uniformly buffy and hoary-white, the tegminal bars narrower and frequently divided into the component annuli, the wing-band narrow, reduced in length and broadly interrupted, and the ventral sulcus of the caudal femora yellowish white with a single blackish interruption. When compared with all the specimens in the series these apparently separate types are found to have absolutely no structural characters to separate them, and one specimen having the tegminal bars as in the first has the wing-band nearer to that of the second described, while several other specimens apparently belonging to the second type have a decided blackish cloud at the base of the femoral sulcus, This species has previously been recorded from the Grand River region of western Colorado and Bright Angel, Grand Canyon, Arizona. Trimerotropis vinculata Scudder. : This widely distributed species is represented by a considerable series of specimens distributed as follows: Mill Valley, August 23, one male; Merced, August 30, one female; Tracy, Alameda County, August 30, one female; Echo Mountain, August 8, two males; Rubio Canyon, August 8, four males; Altadena, August 25, one female; Pasadena, July 18, one male and two females, F. Grinnell, Jr.; Pasa- dena, August 1, four males, seven females; Alamitos Bay, August 31, one female; Miramar, August 31, eight males, five females; Santa Catalina Island, August 3, twenty-five males, six females; South Fork, Santa Ana River, 6,200 feet, San Bernardino Mountains, July 2, J. Grinnell, one male; Fish Creek, 8,500 feet, San Bernardino Mountains, June 27, J. Grinnell, one male; Indio, August 29, four males; Cottonwood, September 9, one male; Cima, August 12, two males, four females; North Range, Providence Mountains, August 12, one male, one female; foothills Bird Spring Mountains, Nevada, August 11, one female; Arden, Lincoln County, Nevada, August 9, one male; Las Vegas, Nevada, August 10, four males. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453 This series includes individuals representing a number of color variations, both in pattern and tone, and also exhibiting great diversity in size. The measurements of certain specimens are here given: cf Length of Length of body. tegmen. pare eamins island fo 4.3: . . . 2Y -22).-mm. BO ke ee AS 23.3 “ a RN a A ee i: 26000“ 2 Saniacaianins istand |. » . . . 28.5. *™ fo aS Peete, See re ts SBN Y 32.5 “ Deen ee ess. 80 _ 35 : The Santa Catalina series is as a whole distinctly smaller than any of the other comparable lots, considerable individual variation being noted, the measured specimens, however, being average ones. The specimens from the coast of the adjacent mainland, 7.e., Miramar and Alamitos Bay, are but little larger than the Catalina individuals, although there is also a considerable amount of individual difference, while the majority of the Pasadena representatives are considerably larger than any others in the series before us. As a rule the Catalina, Miramar and Pasadena individuals are duller than specimens from the San Bernardino Mountains, Cima, Indio, Providence and Bird Spring Mountains and Las Vegas. The single Arden specimen has the cephalic portion of the body and limbs well sprinkled and partially washed with pinkish-red. Trimerotropis vinculata form similis Scudder. This form has rightly been reduced in rank to a variation of vincu- lata by Caudell,“‘ and from material before us it appears to have an extensive range. Two males were taken on Santa Catalina Island, August 3, and a single female at Miramar, July 31. Specimens have also been examined from San Diego and Claremont, California, Albuquerque, New Mexico (Oslar), and I] Paso, Texas (Viereck and Rehn). Trimerotropis fallax Saussure. We have before us a series of thirty-two individuals of this peculiar species. The following localities are represented: Yosemite Valley, 4,000 to 5,400 feet, September 1, four males, four females; Sentinel, Yosemite National Park, September 1, one male; Kight-Mile Camp, Yosemite National Park, September 1, three females; Grouse Creek, “ Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIV, p. 76. 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Yosemite National Park, September 1, five males, four females; Mariposa Grove, September 2, two males, two females; Miami, Sep- tember 3, one female; Ahwahnee, September 3, one male; South Fork, Santa Ana River, San Bernardino Mountains, 6,200 to 6,700 feet, June 28—July 24, 1906, J. Grinnell, three males, two females. We have mentioned the habitat and abundance of this species in the notes on Trimerotropis ceruleipes. In actions this insect much resembled species of Circotettiz and appears. to be very close to that genus. It makes a distinct clatter when in flight. Yosemite Valley specimens are uniformly more reddish than indi- viduals from the other localities, although closely approached in some Mariposa Grove specimens. A number of individuals have the prono- tum reddish or dull ochraceous. The coloration of the tegmina is rather uniform considering the size of the series, the annular dark fuscous spots being regularly distributed, a tendency to form transverse. bars being noted in but two specimens, these from the San Bernardino Mountains. There is some variation in the depth of the yellow on the disk of the wing, but the majority of the specimens are quite uniform in this respect, sulphur yellow being the color found in the greater number. The fuscous wing-band frequently has numerous pale cellular spots distributed over it, the veins being darker than the cells, but a number of individuals have the band nearly solid, and in all it is well defined and decidedly indicated. The apical portion of the wing is nearly uniform infumate in the series from the Yosemite and adjacent regions, while it is much paler and semi-hyaline in several San Bernardino Mountains specimens, although one individual from the latter region, is similar to the Yosemite majority. In some speci- mens the pale cellular areas are also indicated in the apical region. This species has been recorded from ‘California’ and Placer County, California. Trimerotropis oeruleipennis Bruner. This interesting species was common on Santa Catalina Island, where a series of forty-seven males and thirty-two females was taken on August 3 and 7. Generally speaking it frequented the steeper slopes of the island. These insects were not as active as some indi- viduals of the species taken a few years ago at Salt Lake City. Two males were also taken in the greasewood section at Cottonwood, September 9, where they were the only individuals of the species seen. When compared with two females from Salt Lake City, the Santa Catalina Island specimens are seen to be decidedly smaller, while the Cottonwood individuals are, allowing for the difference in sex, nearer ——- ~~ 1909.} . NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455 the Salt Lake representatives in size. Average individuals measure as follows: Ss Length of Length of Length of+ Length of body. pronotum. tegmen. caudal femur. mm. mm. mm. mm. Santa Catalina Island, Cal., 17.8 4.1 19.5 10.5 Cottonwood, Cal., .. 24 5 25.5 13 Cottonwood, Cal... . . 21 4.5 23 12 2 Santa Catalina Island, Cal., 21.7 5 23.5 12.2 Salt Lake City, Utah, 28.5 aD 30.2 14.8 The Cottonwood individuals are similar to the Salt Lake specimens in general coloration, while the Santa Catalina series has, as a rule, the tegminal markings duller, less contrasted and less sharply defined, the whole coloration being somewhat more grizzled and less generally contrasted, particularly in the female, than is the case with Great Basin and Mohave Desert specimens. The color of the disk of the wing varies considerably in depth, in fact from very pale greenish blue to rather deep cerulean blue, while the fuscous band and spur is repre- sented in some specimens by mere infuscations of the veins and in others by a well-defined and rather deep cloud which falls but little short of the caudal margin. The caudal tibize exhibit a considerable amount of variation in the depth of the coloration. This species has been recorded from localities extending from Washington to Montana and Wyoming south to southern California and Arizona. The previous Californian records are from Los Angeles, Claremont, Santa Catalina Island and Sisson. Trimerotropis cyaneipennis Bruner. Two males and one female of this species were taken on volcanic foothills of bare black rock with hardly any vegetation near the North Range of the Providence Mountains, August 12. These individuals measure as follows: Length of Length of Length of Length of body. pronotum. tegmen. caudal femur. Oo". . 19 mm. 3.9mm. 20 mm. 10.6mm. a. . 2h “t i Abe 21 “ ll Ms ¥ < > abe rs ee 25.5 “ 12.6 “ In general coloration the Providence Mountains specimens resemble individuals from Salt Lake City, although considerably smaller. 456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., The wing-band is narrow in all the Californian specimens, while the apex of the wing is hyaline. The color of the disk is similar to that seen in specimens from the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. The previous records of the species cover localities extending from northern Utah to southern New Mexico and Arizona, this being the first record of the species from California. The elevation at which the Providence Mountains specimens were taken, 2,000 to 2,300 feet, appears to be lower than any from which the species has previously been recorded. The species was found to be scarce. Trimerotropis pseudofasciata Scudder. A pair of specimens from Coronado Beach, where they were taken in beach vegetation among sand dunes, August 15 and 16, are referred to this species. These specimens have a distinct but rather weak wing-band which reaches the caudal margin, but is hardly continued at all toward the anal angle. This band is narrowly severed imme- diately caudad of the spur, the latter extending nearly half the distance ~ to the base, while the apex is hyaline except for the infuscation of some of the veins. The measurements of the Coronado Beach specimens are as follows: Length of Length of Length of Length of body. pronotum. tegmen. caudal femur. a, | megs SO, 4mm. 19.5mm. 11 mm. 19) 95 “cc 6 “cc 29 } 5 ce 15 “ec The species has been recorded from localities extending from Wash- ington to southern California, east to Colorado. The specimens taken were quite feeble, probably due to recent emergence. Circotettix shastanus Bruner. Three males of this species were taken on bare, almost precipitous walls of rock at 4,800 feet elevation in the Yosemite Valley, September 1. In such locations specimens were plentiful, keeping up a constant loud clattering. Owing to their vigorous flight and the character of the environment they were very difficult to capture. The specimens are quite uniform in coloration, though exhibiting some little individ- ual variation in size, agreeing fully in all respects with Bruner’s and Scudder’s descriptions of the species. Originally described from Hazel Creek, Shasta County, California, the species has since been recorded by Scudder from Siskiyou, Oregon, and Yosemite Valley. Circotettix splendidus 2. sp. Types: d' and 9; Mt. Lowe, 5,300 to 5,600 feet, San Gabriel 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457 Mountains, Los Angeles, California, August 8 (co) and September 1 (2), 1907. Hebard (c) and Poling (@), collectors. [Hebard Col- lection. ] Related to C. shastanus Bruner and rabula Rehn and Hebard, differing from the former in the broader tegmina, the free upper branch of the first subjacent radial vein and in the more deeply sulcate frontal costa, while from the latter it differs in the narrower inter- space between the eyes, in the more distinct wing-band and decided general color pattern and in the glaucous caudal tibie. Size large; form moderately robust; surface finely rugulose. Head with the occiput distinctly arcuate, interocular space distinctly nar- rower than the shortest diameter of the eye in both sexes, not quite as high as the summits of the eyes; fastigium considerably declivent, slightly longer (c') or no longer (2) than broad, divided longitu- dinally into two parts by a marked medio-longitudinal carina which extends caudad becoming obsolete on the occiput, each side of the fastigium independently concave in section, lateral margins moder- ately elevated; lateral foveole trigonal, elongate (<') or subequi- lateral (<'), moderately impressed; frontal costa of moderate width, Fig. 13.—Circotettiz splendidus n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (x 24.) slightly (c') or considerably (2) narrowed dorsad and ventrad of the ocellus, the margins very slightly or considerably divergent ven- trad, around the ocellus and ventrad of the same the surface is deeply and rather broadly suleate; accessory facial carine prominent; eyes not very prominent, of moderate size, ovate subreniform in outline, in length slightly (9) or distinctly (oc) longer than the infraocular suleus; antennwe somewhat longer than the head and _ pronotum together. Pronotum deplanate dorsad, the caudal transverse sulcus rather deeply impressed, the metazona quite broad; cephalic margin very slightly angulate, the caudal margin acute (co) or rectangulate (2), lateral shoulders noticeable only on the metazona and there rather heavy and well rounded; metazona about twice the length of 30 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., the prozona, median carina distinct, more elevated on the prozona than on the metazona; lateral lobes distinctly deeper than long, impressed mesad, ventro-caudal angle well rounded. Tegmina four and one-half times as long as the greatest dorsal length of the pronotum, the greatest width, which is nearly median when the tegmen is flat- tened, being equal to the length of the pronotum, the distal third of the tegmina extending caudad of the apex of the abdomen; costal margin with the expansion broad and low, the distal fourth decidedly arcuate, the apical portion narrowed and the apical margin oblique- truncate, the true apex well rounded. Wings moderately broad, the width being about three-fifths of the length, the shape hardly faleate; eostal margin arcuate in the distal fourth; humeral field with the apex well rounded acute-angulate; axillary field with the margin Fig. 14.—Circotettix splendidus n. sp. Wing. (X 5.) very slightly arcuate, not at all lobate; posterior axillary vein with its ramus paralleling the anterior ulnar vein very closely for a consider- able distance or by variation coalescing with it mesad for the length of a single cell; radiate veins considerably thickened. Caudal femora somewhat slender, the ventral carina arcuate, sublamellate; caudal tibiz with nine to ten spines. General color cream strongly and conspicuously speckled with numerous annular and quadrate spots of olive, becoming blackish on portions of the male type. These maculations are distributed roughly as follows: three transverse poorly defined and broken bars on the tegmina, the median narrower than the others; a central patch on the disk of the prozona and cephalic portion of the metazona, obsolete caudad; sprinklings on the occiput, gene and face; several rather solid blotches on the lateral lobes of the prozona, a postocular 1909. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459 bar on the head and some mottlings on the pleura; three more or less distinct annuli on the lateral, internal and dorsal faces of the caudal femora, the genicular region of similar coloratié_ Ventral sulcus of the caudal femora blackish except for a distinct enile pregenicular section; caudal tibie glaucous blue (paler in the female than in the male), blackish at the genicular extremity with a pale patellular spot and a distinct pale pregenicular annulus. Eyes raw umber. Wings with the disk citron yellow, apex hyaline, the longitudinal veins more or less brownish, the cross veins and often some of the longitudinal veins cream, transverse band wali indicated but with rather indefinite boundaries and very weak at the posterior anal vein, hardly following the caudal margin. Measurements. MOM Or DOOVss. os. = « «. « 28 mm. 2/ iam. Length of pronotum, . . . |... G.2 76° 6.Den™ Tengo of teemens es 28 a 30 * Length of caudalfemur,. . . . . . 13 $f 15 & The types alone have been examined. The special collection by the junior author was taken toward noon on the shady path leading to the top of Mt. Lowe. It did not seem particularly vigorous and was captured before its flight and clatter could be noted. Anconia integra Scudder. This desert-loving species was taken at three localities: Cotton- wood, September 9, two males; Las Vegas, Nevada, August. 10, seven males, one female, one immature individual; Kelso, August 12, one male; Indio, July 29, seventeen males, four females. The series exhibits a considerable amount of individual variation in size, at least in the male sex, while the color variations are exten- sive as usual in the species. Specimens with green or very pale green- ish in their coloration comprise half (Las Vegas) or slightly less than half (Indio) of the larger lots, while the greenish individuals from both of the localities are more maculate than is the case with greenish individuals from Arizona. The Indio and Cottonwood individuals are as a rule more uniformly maculate than the Las Vegas specimens. The decussate pronotal markings are present more or less distinctly in more than half the series. The Kelso individual has the entire body and proximal portion of the tegmina chalky-white washed and lined with pinkish-red. 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., The range of the species is now known to extend from Las Vegas, Nevada, and Death Valley, California, to Indio and Yuma, and from the western port of the Mohave Desert to at least the vicinity of Tucson. & Heliastus californicus (Thomas). A single female of this species taken at Pasadena, May 23, 1898, by Fordyce Grinnell, Jr., has been examined. It is inseparable in structure from San Diego individuals, but is decidedly different in coloration, being hoary whitish with a little buff washing and marked with umber, instead of being wholly deep wine-red with faint macu- lations as in four individuals from the latter locality. The color adap- tation of this species appears to be as great as or even greater than in H. aridus. Heliastus aridus (Bruner). This species seems to make its appearance as the true deserts, both | Upper and Lower Sonoran, are reached, encroaching perhaps in less desert-like surroundings in the San Jacinto Mountains. After comparing the original measurements of H. calijornicus and aridus and examining a large series of material, although unfortunately containing few californicus, it appears that several of the best characters for separating the two species have been overlooked. The pronotum of H. calijornicus is considerably more expanded laterad, and the whole width of the thorax at the insertion of the median limbs is consider- ably greater in proportion to the length than in aridus, while the caudal femora are much slenderer and more elongate in aridus: The length of the tegmina, a character previously used in a diagnostic sense, appears to be quite reliable, but the other differences given here are probably of greater importance. The following measurements of individuals of californicus and aridus may prove of interest: H. calijornicus. ¢ Length of Length of Length of Length of body. pronotum. tegmen. caudal femur. mm. mm. mm. mm. Southern California, Type (from Thomas), . es aa 20.3 12.7 San Diego, Cal, . . . 20.5 5.4 20.6 12.6 "e San Diego, Cal., . . . 15 3.2 14.5 8.7 - 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461 H. aridus. Length of Length of Length of f Length of body. pronotum. tegmen. caudal femur. mm, mm, mm, mm. Albuquerque, N. M.. Type (from Se); ae et 25 -1 Jad Brace, tex... +!) 5.5 26.5 14.8 El Paso, Pepe te ft . ZO 5 24.3 14 ‘ot Albuquerque, N. M., Type (from Bruner), . 15 3 17 9 E] Paso, Tex., . PMS tea | 3.5 18.5 10.8 Puen oes, . ,%. «. ATS 3.6 18.7 10.9 The series examined in this connection embraces the following localities: Kenworthy, San Jacinto Mountains, 5,000 feet elevation, June 9, F. Grinnell, one female; Dos Palmos, Santa Rosa Mountains, 3,500 feet, May 26 to June 1, F. Grinnell, five females; Kelso, August ' 12, one male; Cima, August 12, two males; North Range, Providence Mountains, August 12, four males, one female; foothills Bird Spring Mountains, Cal., August 11, one female; same locality in Nevada, three males, one female. The individuals from Kenworthy and Dos Palmos are quite peculiar in coloration, being shades of pale ochraceous gray with well-defined brownish and blackish maculations, occasionally involving nearly the whole of the disk and dorsal halves of the lateral lobes of the pronotum. The other individuals are very similar in color to speci- mens from the desert regions of Arizona, New Mexico and western Texas. The previous Californian records of the species are from Panamint Valley and Claremont. This latter may refer to H. calijornicus. Heliastus minimus Scudder. This little known species is represented by material from near the foothills of the Bird Spring Mountains, both in California and Nevada, a series of seventeen males, eight females and one immature speci- men being taken on August 11. Three individuals of each sex were also taken the same day in Nevada, immediately over the line from Lyons, California. P All the specimens examined are distinctly, some very considerably, larger than the measurements given by Scudder of typical material from Palm Springs, California, but in every other respect the individuals 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., before us are typical. Measurements of the extremes of the series in hand are as follows: of of +] 9 mm. mm. mm. mm. Length of body, © <= \.-“./-.>. AB 14 21.5 23.3 Length of pronotum, ALS wee? co. RSet Jit 4 4.7 Length oftegmen, .. . . . . 12.3 18.3 19.3 21.5 Length of caudalferum,. . . . 8.9. 8.9 12 13.6 Specimens examined by the senior author from Bill Williams Fork, Arizona, were also noted as being larger than the type measurements. The coloration varies chiefly in the depth of the buffy base color, some individuals having considerable reddish, chiefly on the proximal portion of the tegmina and the disk of the metazona. The femoral bars are decidedly marked in all the specimens. ; The specimens were all collected among dry grass growing in deep sand near the border of a borax flat. Nowhere else was the species to be found, but in this location it was plentiful. The species has a quick short flight, and when resting on the sand often appears to rely . on its protective coloration. The situation in which the specimens were taken was frightfully hot. The species is only known from Palm Springs, Colorado Desert, California, Bill Williams Fork, Arizona, and foothills of the Bird Spring Mountains, near the California-Nevada boundary. Tytthotyle maculata (Bruner). _ This peculiar locust was taken at three localities, and in every in- stance it frequented volcanic rock fragments, flying long distances, somewhat like species of the genus Schistocerca, alighting precipitately on the bare volcanic rocks, and almost invariably climbing upon one of the higher fragments. Theinsects were, however, easily approached when due caution was used. The series comprises six males and two females, taken as follows: Kelso, August 12, one male; North Range, Providence Mountains, August 12, one male, one female; foothills Bird Spring Mountains, August 11, four males, one female, specimens being taken in both California and Nevada. In size the specimens exhibit but slight variation, but in color the prevailing tone is pinkish-brown in some specimens and drab-gray in others, the maculations being variable in intensity and pattern. The caudal angle of the disk of the pronotum varies from rectangulate — _ — % Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., XIX, p. 224. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463 to distinctly acute-angulate. The bluish cast of the wings was very noticeable in flight. The previous records of the species are from Needles, California, and Bill Williams Fork and Yuma, Arizona. Dracotettix californicus Bruner. Four specimens apparently belonging to this species have been examined in this connection. These are an adult male from Echo Mountain, 2,700 to 3,500 feet, taken August 8; an adult male from Hemet Peak, 7,065 feet, San Jacinto Mountains, taken June 4 by F. Grinnell, Jr.; an adult female from the South Fork of the Santa Ana, 6,400 feet, San Bernardino Mountains, taken July 20, 1906, by J. Grinnell, and an immature female taken on Mt. Lowe, 4,300 feet, on August 8. In addition to these specimens typical material of the allied species, D. monstrosus and plutonius, from the collection of the U.S. National Museum have been examined. Logically D. calijornicus appears to be the intermediate connecting the other types of the genus (plutonius and monstrosus) and at present it is not clearly defined. The general form of the fastigium, shorter proportionately in this than in the allied species, of the pronotal carina, of the caudal femora, and the general appearance of the insect seem to be the most useful points, the color of the internal face of the caudal tibiz and the form of the accessory carine on the occiput being of little or no use. The material before us in addition to the above listed specimens consists of the following: D. monstrosus, Los Angeles County, two males. San Diego, one immature female. Claremont, one female. ‘Cal.,’’ one female. D. plutonius, Panamint Valley, one male, type. Coso Valley, one female, type. D. calijornicus, Claremont, one male. Mountains near Claremont, one female. San Bernardino County, two males. Of the series of eight specimens of calijornicus before us, one male from San Bernardino County and the San Bernardino Mountains female have the internal face of the caudal tibie uniform purplish, in one male from the San Jacinto Mountains there is a trace of reddish and in the remainder the red is marked, at least distad. The previous records of the species are from Santa Cruz Mountains, Gilroy and Napa, California, and southern Arizona. Schistocerca vaga (Seuclder). A single male from Altadena, August 8, and two females from Pasadena, taken April 23 and June 18, 1898, by F. Grinnell, Jr., are in the series before us. A RR RR a Ally ee a 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., The species has been recorded from a number of localities in southern California. Schistocerca venusta Scudder. At Indio, on July 29, this species was very plentiful in tall weeds along a watercourse, two males and three females being taken. A female from an elevation of 3,000 feet in the San Gabriel Mountains, taken October 9, 1908, by F. Grinnell, Jr., is also in hand. The pro- notal stripe is narrower in the San Gabriel Mountains individual than in the female from Indio, while the specimens from the latter locality, and to a lesser degree in the San Gabriel individual, are much paler than Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, representatives. The species has previously been recorded from Palm Springs, Indio, Tulare and Gazelle, California, while specimens from San Diego and Cuyamaca, San Diego | County, are also before us. Schistocerca shoshone (Thomas). Three males of this species were taken at Las Vegas, Nevada, Amul 10, where the species was found in clumps of green weeds near water. The habits and habitat of this species seemed to be exactly the same as those of Schistocerca venusta, but we have never found the two at the same place. The only previous records of the species from Nevada are either indefinite or from the northern section of the State (Truckee Valley). Hesperotettix festivus Scudder. At Indio this species was abundant on July 29, a series of eighteen males and twenty-five females being taken. At Cottonwood, Sep- tember 9, the species was found in small numbers on rabbit-weed, two males and one female being taken, while a single female was secured in the Arroyo Seco at Pasadena, August 1. At Las Vegas, Nevada, August 10, a series of twelve males and seven females was secured. There is a striking amount of individual variation in size in both sexes of the Indio series, but particularly in the female. Of the same series, six males and six females are decidedly brownish in color or show a marked tendency in that direction. Both Cottonwood males are decidedly brownish, while the single female is green. All the green individuals in the series have more or less distinct pinkish or pinkish- red femoral annuli, the majority of the brown or brownish specimens having these obsolete. The green of the Las Vegas series is pale and decidedly yellowish, all from that locality being uniformly colored. The Cottonwood female has a very faint bluish cast to the entire tegmina. The median whitish cephalic and pronotal line is bordered laterad with blackish or dark green in a number of specimens. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465 The only previous Californian records of the species are from Los Angeles County and Indio. Zoloplus tenuipennis Scudder. A single male of this species was taken at Summit House, September 3. The measurements—length of body 16 mm.; length of pronotum 3.5; length of tegmen 13; length of caudal femur 8.3—are slightly larger than those of the type as given by Scudder. The record of this species from Tucson, Phoenix and Yuma, Ari- zona, made in a recent publication by the authors,” requires correction when comparison of the Summit House specimen of typical tenwt- pennis is made with the Tucson, Phcenix and Yuma specimens, all formerly placed under that name being richly and contrastingly colored individuals of 4. arizonensis. The only previous published records of this species are from Fort Grant (type) and Bill Williams Fork, Arizona. Holoplus arizonensis Scudder. This species appears to be the commonest one of the genus over a considerable extent of country, ranging from southeastern Arizona” to southern Nevada and the Colorado Desert. The California and Nevada series before us consists of seventy-seven specimens distributed as follows: Indio, July 29, twenty-seven males, twenty-six females; Cima, August 12, two females; Las Vegas, Nevada, August 10, ten males, twelve females. This species exhibits a remarkable amount of variation in size and considerable diversity in coloration; sometimes, however, a series from one locality will be more uniform in this respect than an equally large one from another region. The Las Vegas series, while showing the instability of the species in these two respects, averages smaller and is more uniform than the Indio series, which shows great diversity in both sexes. Some have the body very pale buffy without distinct markings save on the femora, while others have the stripes on the head and pronotum moderately distinct, the ground color varying greatly in depth. The femoral bars are dis- tinct in all the specimens, but the color of the caudal tibiss may be purplish (solferino, rose purple, lilac or heliotrope purple), pale glaucous, a mixture of the two or some one of several tones of either. The Las Vegas series has rose purple or a shade of it the predominat- ing color of the caudal tibie, while the Indio series has glaucous the color in all the specimens. The two Cima specimens are quite small % Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p 394. "See above under . tenuipennis. 4 gE t , 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., and dark in color, the pattern being strongly marked and the tibie purplish in color. In the locations where this species was captured it was found plenti- ful among desert plants, excepting at Cima where individuals were searce and were found in thick thorny bushes. The previously published records of the species are from Fort Whip- ple and Yuma, Arizona, and the Mohave Desert. Zoloplus oculatus Scudder. ; This interesting species, previously known only from Mohave, Arizona, is represented in the series before us by six specimens, two males and four females, taken at Cottonwood, September 9. The prominent character of the eyes, mentioned by Scudder in his original description of the species which was based on a unique male, is by no | means as pronounced in the female as in the male sex, although when compared with females of 4. arizonensis the same sex of this species can be separated with little difficulty. The species is quite as variable in size as most of the others of the genus, but the specimens before us are quite constant in coloration. These insects were fairly plentiful in a low white desert bush, which they would not leave and were in consequence difficult to capture. Melanoplus herbaceus Bruner. At Indio, July 29, this species swarmed in an irrigated alfalfa field and in high weeds, a series of twelve males and nine females being taken. A pair of this species was also taken on vegetation on irri- gated land at Las Vegas, Nevada, August 10. This is one of the most active species of the genus Melanoplus. The Indio males are nearly equally divided between the typical form and that called flavescens by Scudder, while several specimens are perfectly intermediate in character. All of the specimens are in the green phase with more or less distinct postocular bars or no traces of the same, except onein the brown phase and several approach- ing the same. The species has previously been recorded from California at San Diego and Indio, this constituting, however, the first Nevada record. Melanoplus devastator Scudder. The collections made in California in 1907 contain an extensive series of this very variable species, representing the following localities: Mill Valley, August 23, nine males, nine females; Santa Cruz Moun- tains, August 28, one male, one female; Merced, August 30, thirteen males, ten females; Raymond, September 3, five males, thirteen 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467 females; Summit House, September 3, one male, three females; Sentinel, August 31 and September 1, seventeen males, thirty-five females; Pasadena (San Rafael Hills), August 1, ten males, fifteen females; Altadena, August 8 and 25, six males, two females; Miramar, July 31, one female; Alamitos Bay, July 31, nine males, seven females ; El Toro, August 20, four females; Coronado Beach, August 15, one male, one female; Santa Catalina Island, August 3 and 7, three males. This series exhibits such a great amount of variation in size and color, and to an extent in minor structural characters, that we have not attempted to place the specimens in the four forms of the species recognized by Scudder, as it appears probable that more than four types must be recognized if all the variants are distinguished by name. The desirability of doing this seems questionable, at least at the present time. The smallest specimens in the series are from Summit House, Pasa- dena and Altadena, while the largest are from El Toro, Alamitos Bay, Merced and Raymond. One male and four females taken at Stanford University, October 17, 1903, by Fordyce Grinnell, Jr., have also been examined. Melanoplus aridus (Scudder). Three males and one female of this species were taken at Cima, August 12. When compared with Florence, Arizona, individuals of both sexes, the Cima specimens are found to agree very fully in all points except the position of the tegmina, these being attingent or at least sub- attingent in the Arizona specimens and considerably separated in the California individuals. This is the first record of the species from California. The specimens were taken in the tree yucca area where they were scarce. They were found in a hilly location inhabiting the lowest bushes. Melanoplus varicus Scudder. Four males and three females from elevations between 4,000 and 5,600 feet on Mt. Lowe, taken August 8 and 25, and a single female from the slopes of the San Rafael Hills at Pasadena, taken August 1, are provisionally referred to this species, described from specimens from Tehachapi, Kern County, California, unique to this writing. The Mt. Lowe specimens appear to differ from the original deserip- tion in having the furcula of the male hardly divergent, in fact parallel in several of that sex, while the cerci appear to be slenderer at the apex 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., than in the types, although of essentially the same form. ‘The inter- space between the mesosternal lobes appears to be broader and less longitudinal in both sexes of the Los Angeles County material. It is possible that a comparison of typical material with the series in hand may make necessary their separation. There is a considerable amount of individual variation in size, which is not at all correlated with any particular elevation. The coloration is somewhat deeper in several individuals than in the others, but it is quite characteristic in all. The species was not common. Melanoplus sonomaensis Caudell. A single pair of this species was taken in a garden at Santa Cruz, California, August 28. The only previous record of the species is that of the types from Glenellen, Sonoma County, California. In the garden the species was noticed to be extremely plentiful, especially about the strawberry bed. Melanoplus gracilipes Scudder. A single female from Miramar, July 31, is referred to this species, which was previously known only from Los Angeles. The individual was taken near the shore, along the border of a field of dry trampled grass. Further extensive search failed to reveal any other specimens. Melanoplus pacificus (Scudder). An interesting series of twenty specimens of this species were col- lected in the Yosemite National Park, between 4,000 and 6,000 feet elevation, at the following localities: Yosemite Valley, 4,100 to 4,500 feet, September 1, two males, one female; Sentinel, August 31, two males, six females; Eight-Mile Camp, September 1, one male, four females; Grouse Creek, September 1, one male, one female. When compared with a pair of this species from Sissons and Dunsmuir, Siskiyou County, California, the Yosemite males have the caudal margins of the cerci more thickened and terminating rather abruptly about two-thirds the distance from the base, the apical third being equally slender in males from both localities. A single male in the Academy collection from the Yosemite Valley, date and collector unknown, fully agrees with the larger series in the above mentioned character. The coloration shows little variation except in the depth of the light and dark colors, most of the palest individuals being from Sentinel. The postocular bar is strongly marked in all the males and a number of the females, being distinctly or hardly indicated in the remainder of the latter sex. In several females the postocular bar is represented 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 only by a very narrow and broken line bordering the ventral side of the lateral carinze. In size there is considerable individual variation, females from Eight-Mile Camp alone showing five millimeters differ- ence in the length of the body. At Sentinel the specimens were all captured in a small area of herbs beside the Merced River, while at Eight-Mile Camp and Grouse Creek the specimens were taken in a forest of conifers. The insects were active but heavy and easily captured, although the series taken at Sentinel was secured only after long and continued search. The previous records of the species are from Dunsmuir, Edgewood, Mt. Shasta and Sissons, Siskiyou County, Shasta County, Santa Cruz Mountains, and mountains near ake Tahoe, California. Melanoplus borckii (Stal). One male and two females of this species were taken on Mt. Tamal- pais, August 23, one female at 1,500 feet elevation, the other individuals at 2,100 feet. The former specimen was found along the railroad track, while the latter were on the ground among huckleberry bushes. The individual from 1,500 feet elevation has a most peculiar coloration, the general tone of the insect being brownish black with a rather broad arcuate bar of coral-red crossing the dorsal portion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum. The ridge of the metathoracice episterna is yellow- ish as in normally colored specimens, while the dorsal face of the caudal femora is ochraceous-rufous, blackish proximad and distad with the median bar indicated on the internal half. The only exact localities from which this species has been recorded are in the coast region of California between Sonoma County and Los Angeles. Melanoplus tenuipennis Scudder. Four adult and one nearly mature female taken between June 28 and July 20, 1906, at elevations of from 6,200 to 6,400 feet, on the South Fork of the Santa Ana River, in the San Bernardino Mountains, by Dr. Joseph Grinnell, are now before us. They agree quite well with Seudder’s description of the species, which is very close to M, mis- sionum. The coloration is fairly constant except for the ventral extension on the prozonal lobes of the blackish postocular line, as well as the variable character of the lateral face of the caudal femora. The latter may be nearly solid blackish, yellowish-green darkened distad and dorsad or faintly oblique fasciate. Very weak pregen- icular annuli are present in one individual. ‘ The species has been recorded from Guadelupe and Los Angeles, 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., and Monterey, Los Angeles, San Bernardino and Kern Counties, California. Melanoplus missionum '* Scudder. A series of seventeen specimens of this species are in the collection before us, all taken in a comparative small area. The localities repre- sented are the following: Arroyo Seco at Pasadena, one male, July 20, F. Grinnell, Jr., one female, August 1; Arroyo Seco, San Gabriel Mountains, elevation 3,000 feet, October 8, IF’. Grinnell, Jr.; Altadena, August 8, one male; Mt. Lowe, 4,000 to 5,600 feet, August 8, six — males, seven females. There is considerable individual variation in size, specimens from the highest elevation on Mt. Lowe showing the following extremes: of eh 2? 2 mm. mm. mm. mm. Lengt Gi POY, rs ee 19 20 26.5 Length of pronotum, Me ek ae 5 5.2 6 Length of tegmen, RN irate Meee 3.8 3.5 3.8 Length of caudalfemur,. . . . 10.2 11.8 13 14 The exposed portion of the tegmina varies considerably in length, in one case hardly more than half the average exposed area being visible. The general coloration shows considerable variation, ranging from quite uniform greenish yellow to dull olive and ochraceous-buff and vandyke-brown. The last mentioned type predominates, the females, however, being much duller than the males. The yellow type is represented by one female from 3,000 feet elevation in the Arroyo Seco, while the single olive specimen is from the Arroyo Seco at Pasadena. The yellowish postocular line is distinct in the majority of the specimens and faintly indicated in the remainder. The femoral bars are distinct in all the males and faintly indicated in all the females except the greenish-yellow specimen, which also has the caudal tibiz yellowish externally and glaucous internally instead of nearly uniform glaucous as in the others. A more or less distinct yellowish pregen- icular annulus is present in the majority of the series. Specimens were never taken in numbers, but single individuals were occasionally noticed. The only previous record of the species is from Los Angeles. This reference probably should stand as Los Angeles County. Melanoplus fuscipes Scudder. Two females of this species were taken in the San Gabriel Range 8 The senior author’s @daleonotus truncatus (Ent. News, XVIII, p. 353) from the San Gabriel range near Claremont, California, is a synonym of this species. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471 on August 8, one at an elevation of 4,400 feet on Mt. Lowe, the other in Rubio Canyon, between 2,200 and 3,000 feet. The specimens, while quite similar in coloration except for a rufous tone to the lighter color of the large individual, show considerable individual variation in size, the measurements being as follows: Length of Length of Length of | Length of body. pronotum. tegmen. caudal femur. mm. mm. mm. mm. Rubio Canyon,. . . . 18.5 1 3.5 10 Owe cy) Hes. 4. 4° 22 ea. 4.5 12 The previous records of this species are from localities along the coast and coastal valleys of southern California, from between Luis Obispo and San Simeon Bay south to San Diego County and at least as far east as Claremont. The species has also been recorded from San Bernardino County, but from which portion of that quite diverse area is not mentioned. In habitat and actions these specimens greatly resembled Melano- plus missionum, Melanoplus ablutus Scudder. A single male of this species was taken at El Portal, August 30, at an elevation of 2,050 feet on a steep mountain side, among dry leaves, under manzanita and other bushes. The specimen was taken at daybreak, and no other Orthoptera were noted at that time. The antenne of this individual are quite short, not quite four milli- meters long and slightly less than half the length of the caudal femur, the tips being perfect and unbroken. In the type measurements Scudder gives the length of these appendages as six and one-half millimeters or more than two-thirds the femoral length. In every other character the specimen in hand is perfectly typical. The type locality is Wawona, Mariposa County, California. Melanoplus nanus Scudder. One male and two females of this species, taken at Mill Valley, August 23, are in the series. They are closely related to the following species and require considerable study for their proper separation. The shorter and apically broader cerci and more divergent furcula are of the greatest comparative value. The species was found on a dry grassy hillside. The original and only previously published records of the species are from Mill Valley, San Francisco, Berkeley and Baden, San‘ Mateo County, California. eee Se 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Melanoplus ligneolus Scudder. Two males and a single female of this species were taken at 2,100 feet elevation on Mt. Tamalpais, among low bushes. Both this and the preceding species were extremely scarce. The previous records are from Berkeley and Benicia, California. Melanoplus cinereus Scudder. An interesting series of thirty-three specimens of this species from the following localities is contained in the collection: Sentinel, August 31, one male; Pasadena, August 1, nine males; Altadena, August 8, one male, one female; Rubio Canyon, 2,200 to 3,000 feet, August 8, three males; Alamitos Bay, July 31, ae males, one female; Coronado and South Coronado Beach, ee 16, five aie one female; Tia Juana, August 16, three ee. one female; Santa Catalina Island, | August 7, two males, one female. The series exhibits a surprising amount of variation in size, this — being to a great extent individual, but in a measure apparently due to geographic factors. Average males from the localities represented measure as follows: Length of Length of Length of body. tegmen. caudal femur. Sentinel, . 4 .. 4 “| “20 g5empm. 15.5 mm. 10.5 mm. Padadena(*. |: 16-2. >° 1 ye Altadena, la) Geen | Sma ee 15 bs 10). ore Rubio Ostyon, 5) > 8 2A LDS oboe LOcgar mbaitics Paro bs) el) 2D S8. eb: 5 Oe es 12 iat Coronado Beach, . . . 16.8 “ 16 fs it “A Tia Juana, . .- (eo. 14.37" 10 Santa Catalina Island, Gre: Sue 10 re The cerci and furcula show a number of modifications of the essential type of the species, but none of the specimens are typical of the closely related M. cyanipes, although this is approached by certain individuals. The coloration varies considerably, the Sentinel, Pasadena, Altadena and Rubio Canyon series being darker than the Coronado Beach and Tia Juana specimens, while the Alamitos Bay and Santa Catalina Island individuals are nearly intermediate, although nearer the dark type. The Tia Juana and Coronado Beach females are very pale, as is also the case with one male from the latter locality. This is essentially a species of the drier sections, and although a a common species it was never found to be gregarious, Melanoplus complanatipes Scudder. Three males and one female from Cottonwood, September 9, and 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 one female from the foothills of the Bird Spring Mountains, Nevada, August 11, are inseparable from this species, previously known only from Cape San Lucas, Lower California, and Sonora, Mexico. The appendages of the males are identical with Scudder’s figure, but it would seem as if the typical material was shrunken from immer- sion in spirits, as Scudder states the figured male “is . . . . some- what distorted by preservation in spirits,” and the same medium has apparently rendered some points of the coloration obscure. The dimensions of a Cottonwood pair and the Nevada female are as follows; Length Length Length Length of of pro- of of caudal body. notum. tegmen. femur. mm. mm. mm. mm. Cottonwood,c’. .... . 21 4.5 19.5 12 Cottonwood, By nt 25.5 5 22,2 13.2 Foothills Bird Spring Mountains, Q 27 6 25 14.5 The postocular bar is faint in one specimen and distinctly marked in the others, while the entire dorsum, except for a pair of narrow lateral more or less distinct yellowish carinal lines, is sprinkled and clouded with umber. The caudal femora bear traces of transverse bars, in fact quite distinct ones dorsad, while the ventral and internal faces of the same portions are orange or orange-red. The caudal tibie are glaucous, varying from very pale to quite deep in shade. This was one of the extremely vigorous and scarcer desert species. In habits it closely resembled Melanoplus bowditchii, being quite as active and shy. Melanoplus marginatus form pauper Scudder. At Ahwahnee, September 3, this interesting insect was found com- mon in a rank growth of high tarweed, a series of six males and seven females being taken. Considerable individual variation in size is exhibited by these speci- mens, the extremes being as follows: oh fot 2 fe) mm, mm. mm, mm. Length of body, . . . . . . -15.5 17 19 22.8 Length of pronotum, . . . . 3.3 4 d 4.5 Length of tegmen, aoa. & 4.2 4,2 5.2 Length of caudalfemur,. . . . 8.7 10 10.2 11.2 ‘ In general coloration some specimens are distinctly darker than others, but the pattern is essentially the same in all the series, 31 SZ 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., The species has previously been recorded from Natoma Vineyard, Folsom, Atwater, Fort Tejon, Chico, Guadelupe and southern Cali- fornia. Melanoplus femoratus (Burmeister). This species was found in numbers at both Sentinel, August 31 and September 1, and Mariposa Grove, September 2, ten males and nine females being taken at the former Samy. and seven males and two females at the latter. The specimens average decidedly smaller than individuals from the eastern United States, while the amount of contrast of the yellow postocular bars and of the ventral half of the caudal femora is quite variable, several of the males being very strikingly colored. The previous Californian records of the species were from Mt. . Shasta district and Los Angeles. This latter record is probably — meant to cover the entire county, as it is hardly possible that this species could be found in the vicinity of Los Angeles. TETTIGONIDZ. Hormilia elegans Scudder. Three adult males and four immature individuals of this species were taken from greasewood at Cottonwood, September 9. The specimens were found only by long and constant search. They flew from one greasewood bush to another, but were easily approached and captured, apparently relying on their coloration for protection. These individuals possess strongly contrasted maculations, the base green being deep in two males, while the third has the dorsal section of the tegmina blackish-brown, the white spots, which are decided, distinctly outlined and regularly placed, being washed with pale greenish in one individual. The darker portions of the limbs are olive-brown in the male with blackish-brown on the tegmina. In size the Cottonwood adults are about equal to specimens from Florence, Arizona. This is the first record of the species from California. Soudderia mexicana (Saussure). Three California males of this species have been examined, one from Avalon, Santa Catalina Island, taken August 7 by Hebard, another from Pasadena, taken July 28, 1899, by F. Grinnell, Jr., and a third from Santa Monica, taken August 1, 1906, by the same collector. The previous Californian records of the species were from Los Angeles, Coronado and Claremont. The single specimen from Avalon - 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475 was found in the afternoon, resting on a frond of a palm growing in a | garden. Scudderia furcata Brunner. J A single male of this species was taken at Ahwahnee, September 3. This is the most southern record for California. The insect was taken in a rank growth of tarweed. Conocephalus * spinosus (Morse). Three males and one female of this species were taken on salt marsh vegetation at South Coronado Beach, August 16. In life the specimens were deep green in color. The species was described from Coronado, and has not been reported from elsewhere. At the time these specimens were taken adults were extremely scarce. Conocephalus occidentalis (Morse). In a meadow of deep rank grass at Sentinel, Yosemite Park, August 31, five males and five females of this species were taken. At Mari- posa Grove, September 2, three males and seven females were also taken, while at Mill Valley, August 23, two females were secured in a dry ditch. The females exhibit considerable diversity in the length of the ovipositor, the extremes, however, being well within those given by Morse, while the wings do not quite reach the apex of the abdomen in any of the males and range from one-half to three-fourths the length of the abdomen in the females. One of the specimens taken at Mill Valley was caught ovipositing in a grass straw. Conocephalus vicinus (Morse). Two males of this species were taken among grasses on sand dunes directly back of the ocean beach at Alamitos Bay, July 31. Neduba convexa Caudell. Four males of this form were taken at 2,100 feet elevation on Mt. Tamalpais, on ground covered with leaves and bark. They were very quiet and when found could be picked up easily. One specimen is slightly smaller than the original measurements, the other three, however, being almost identical with the type male in dimensions. The color form of the type male, viz., “light yellowish-brown,”’ is not represented in the four specimens before us, two of these being red-brown and the others umber-brown. The abdominal pattern found in N. carinata is marked in the two red-brown males, hardly _ — —— —-—-__ ~~ ——.— —— ® For remarks on the use of this name in place of Xiphidium of authors see Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 389. 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., indicated in one of the brown males and no traces are present in the other. The lateral lobes of the pronotum are blackish-brown in all the specimens, but this is more extensive cephalo-ventrad in some than in others. After comparison of the genitalia of this form with the figures of that of N. carinata we are forced to the conclusion that specific rank must be accorded convera. The type localities were Mt. Shasta and Napa County, California. Aglaothorax sierranus ".. sp. Types: o' and 2: Yosemite Valley, 4,500 feet (co) and Grouse Creek, 6,000 feet (2 ), Yosemite National Park, California. September 1.1907. Collected by Morgan Hebard. [Hebard Collection.] Related to A. diabolicus (Scudder) from Monte Diablo, California, but differing in the somewhat shorter caudal femora, which are much less inflated proximad, and in the more decidedly and sharply dentate apex of the ovipositor. No doubt other differences exist in the male sex, but this cannot be determined until the male of A. diabolicus is known. Fig. 15.—Aglaothorax sierranus n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (X 2.) Sizemoderately large; form robust. Head well seated in the thorax, the interocular space very broad and mesad with a pair of more or less distinct converging ruge which unite with the lateral margins of the fastigium; fastigium about equal to the basal antennal joint in width, narrowing ventrad, with a distinct very narrow sulcus on the dorsal surface terminating abruptly cephalad; eyes small, ovoid, quite prominent for their size; antenne exceeding (c’) or at least as long as (2) the body. Pronotum with the greatest width of the disk contained about one and one-half times in the length; cephalic margin 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477 slightly arcuate emarginate (c') or subtruncate (2), caudal margin strongly arcuate; lateral carine hardly marked cephalad, quite strong mesad and caudad, arcuate divergent then rounding to the caudal margin, the arcuation being more pronounced in the male than in the female, the greatest width of the metazona over twice the cephalic width of the same portion; median carina precurrent, weak; caudal portion of the metazona shallowly rugoso-punctate; prozona but little more than a fourth the length of the metazona, transverse sulcus shallow but distinct, not severing the median carina; lateral lobes with the greatest dorsal length half again as much as the depth, the caudal margin hardly (oc) or slightly (2) sinuate. Tegmina of the male hardly projecting caudad of the pronotum, inflated. Abdo- men considerably inflated proximad, tapering caudad, the segments moderately keeled dorsad; terminal dorsal abdominal segment of the male broad at the base, produced, somewhat depressed distad, the lateral margins subparallel caudad of the cercal emarginations, the distal margin sinuato-truncate; cerci robust and subequal prox- imad and mesad, tapering distad, the robust portion subscabrous, the entire length about half that of the terminal dorsal abdominal segment; infracercal plates projecting caudad of the terminal dorsal abdominal segment by nearly half the length of the latter, the lateral margins rounding to the apex which is at the internal margin; sub- genital plate large, compressed, deep, projecting beyond the infracercal plates less than the length of the latter, the apical section carinate ventrad and with the apical margin arcuate on each side of the \V- — } f\ W/ Fig. 17. Fig. 18. Fig. 19. Fig. 16.—Aglaothorax sierranus n. sp. Dorsal view of pronotum of male type. Fig. i itiodhotac sierranus n.sp. Dorsal view of pronotum of female type. b36 2). Fig. 18.—Aglaothorazx sierranus n. sp. Ovipositor. (X 2.) Fig. 19.—Aglaothorax sierranus n. sp. Dorsal view of apex of male abdomen. CX:3.) shape which the plate there assumes; cerci of the female similar to those of the male; supra-anal plate strongly arcuate; ovipositor about two-thirds the length of the caudal femora, considerably arcuate, tapering, the apical portion of each margin armed with moderately 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., sharp erect teeth, those of the dorsal margin numbering about four- teen and those of the ventral margin about half that number; sub- genital plate of the female moderately produced, subtrigonal, strongly arcuate in section, the apical margin obtuse. Prosternum armed with a pair of moderately long spines. Cephalic femora about two- thirds the dorsal length of the pronotum, moderately robust, the dor- sal face armed with two spines cephalad and three to four caudad, the ventral margins unarmed, the cephalic genicular lobe with a single spine, the caudal unarmed; cephalic tibize very slightly longer than the femora, the dorsal face with two spines, ene tympanal, the other apical, the ventral margins each with seven spines. Median femora slightly longer than the cephalic femora, the dorsal face armed with Six spines in the male, one being apical, a smaller number present in the female, ventral margins unarmed; median tibie slightly longer than the femora, armed dorsad with three spines on the cephalic margin — and five on the caudal, ventral margins each armed with eight spines. Caudal femora nearly two and one-half times the length of the prono- * tum, quite robust proximad, the distal third slender and subequal, the dorsal face of the inflated proximal section with numerous fine de- pressed spines, ventral margins unarmed; caudal tibiz slightly shorter than the femora; free plantula present in the caudal tarsi. General colors of the male buff dorsad, clay color laterad and ventrad, of the female dull chocolate-brown. The face, greater portion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum, abdominal bars and annuli and clouds on the limbs shining seal-brown. The two proximal joints of the anten- nz are blackish beneath, while the remainder of the antenne are regularly annulate with buff and seal-brown, the buff annuli distinctly narrower than the seal-brown ones, the latter regularly increasing in length distad. Eyes hazel-brown. A bar on the ventro-caudal portion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum of the lighter general color of the respective sexes, while the caudal margin of the disk of the pronotum is narrowly checked with the darker color. The main abdominal pattern consists of lateral bars becoming evanescent laterad, broad and parallel on the three proximal exposed segments, on the next two segments arching laterad and returning to nearly the same degree of separation distad as proximad, the bars at the expan- sion and caudad of the same much weaker than cephalad. Male genitalia chestnut; ovipositor of the general colors mottled. Caudal femora marbled on the dorsal aspect, a conspicuous medio-longitudinal line, more or less undulate in character, of seal-brown present on the lateral face and extending the length of the inflated portion. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 479 Measurements. oh - Pememnrronpouy; =. = On Daa 25.5 mm Length of pronotum, Oy, Rare Boxes Greatest dorsal width of pronotum, iu TP a Ce 6 z Length of caudal femur, Re a Nee 21 2 Greatest width of caudal femur, . 4 bree a6 Penpioravipositor, . . << .. .» 1h lle A paratypic male from Yosemite Valley and another of the same sex from Wawona, taken September 1, have been examined in addition to the types. The paratypic male is slightly larger than the type male and has the pale general color darker, more vinaceous-cinnamon, while the Wawona specimen is similar to the type in size and is almost uniform pale cinnamon in color, the seal-brown limited to the femoral line and scattered clouds, spots and points, the pronotum being prac- tically uniform except for the beading on the caudal margins. The antenn are similar in pattern in all the specimens. The two specimens taken in the Yosemite Valley were captured during the morning, hiding in the cracks in the bark of some tall fir trees. They were quiescent, apparently resting for the day. The individual taken at Grouse Creek was found on a steep hillside, among a very few low green plants growing in a conifer forest. The insect jumped about actively, but only for short distances. The Wawona representative was taken from the stem of a small shrub, where it was stridulating at dusk. Other specimens were heard in the forest, usually in low trees. The stridulation is remarkably faint for so large an insect, the sound produced being a weak zip- zip-zeeeeee repeated several times, reminding one strongly of the stridulation of Orchelimum minor. Cyrtophyllicus chlorum Hebard.” The type of this recently described genus and species, taken at El Portal, August 30, is contained in the collection. The original association of the genus with Zacycloptera Caudell is correct, although the number of apical spurs on the caudal tibie was there stated in a way liable to confuse, the number of one side of the tibie or of pairs being given and not the total for the limb. Auoplodusa arizonensis (Relin). On August 11, while crossing the volcanic flats overgrown with greasewood at the foot of the Bird Spring Mountains of the mols — ---y- = ” Ent. News, XIX, p. 156, figs. 1-3. | | | 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., lough range, on the Nevada side of the California boundary line, a specimen of this very rare species was flushed from a greasewood bush. It flew up in a way reminding one of the swift flight of a Schisto- cerca and did not alight for at least two hundred yards, when it perched on the top of another greasewood bush. The specimen was captured and proved to be the first known female of the genus. When compared with the male type of the species the Nevada specimen does not appear to be separable, such differences as do exist, as larger size and slightly different proportionate width of the fastigium, being easily attributable to sexual differences. The ovipositor curves distinctly but not at all decidedly ventrad, the apex being acute and the margins not spined. The measurements are as follows: Length of body (exclusive of hea 2) ai 5: 2ba ae Length of pronotum, . : 2 at Oy la oe Width of pronotum (caudad), BR 4 Length of tegmen,. . Sok te El Ca Eee, Oe id Greatest width of tegmen, 5 Nc ok gs ee a 3 Length of eaudabfemnur! -.. os... 2). tus lake} oe, eee = Length of avipositor;..., . sc & - asa a a eee The coloration is much paler than in the type, although the pattern is essentially the same, all the paler spots and markings on the prono- tum and tegmina being ivory white and the remainder of the surface pale yellowish buff, becoming yellowish on the distal portions of the femora and on the tibiew, the darker portions of the tegmina being brownish-clay color becoming paler distad. The line pattern on the pronotum is essentially the same as and more distinct than in the type, while no green is present on the specimen. The type locality and only previously published record of the species is Florence, Arizona. Eremopedes gracilis (Rehn). An adult pair of this form was taken at Cottonwood, September 9, frequenting low growth, where they were much protected by their coloration. The tegmina of the male, projecting two and one-half millimeters beyond the pronotum, are considerably convex with the internal margin of the apex obliquely arcuate, the external margin straight with the apex rounded subtruncate, the tympanum being almost entirely hidden. The ovipositor of the female is slightly shorter than the length of the caudal femora, while the tegmina are - minute pads, well hidden under the pronotum. The terminal dorsad abdominal segment of the male is deeply and 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481 acutely fissate mesad with a pair of acute finger-like lobes bordering the same. The supra-anal plate, which is visible ventrad of the incision of the abdominal segment, is acute-angulate. The cerci are slender, tapering, nearly straight, the apical portion substyli- form, the apex rather blunted, the usual tooth on the internal margin is hidden by the supra-anal plate when the cerci are together. The subgenital plate has a small median rectangulate emargination, the styles being extremely short. The measurements of the two specimens are as follows: ch 9 Length of body, 2° yey 21° mm, Length of pronotum, vis piesa 5 ¥ Greatest caudal width of pronotum, 1 aay Can er eee Length of exposed tegmen, aD ee ee Length of caudalfemur,. . .. . . 18.5 yas la Length of ovipositor, . .*. .. . Loca. © It is seldom that one can take exception to any portion of the excel- lent work of Caudell in his study of the North American Decticine, but to his assignment of this name to the synonymy” we are compelled to disagree. No actual comparison was made, as far as we can learn, of Seudder’s type of F. albofasciata and that of gracilis, and specimens examined at different times may be considered the same when real differences exist. The characters given by Rehn for separating gracilis from albojasciata hold true in the material before us, and as far as memory serves the type of gracilis was similar to the one in hand, which is undoubtedly adult, although Caudell assumed it to be immature. The bars on the head, pronotum and abdomen are broader in this form than in a number of New Mexican immature individuals of albojasciata, the size is less than that of Seudder’s type and the caudal femora appear to be slenderer and are considerably longer in proportion to the ovipositor. The immature specimen from Phoenix, Arizona, which Caudell says is similar to the type of gracilis, is probably the same as the Cottonwood specimens, as it is quite probable that one form is limited to the Eastern Desert or Chihuahuan Tract and the other to the Western Desert or Sonoran Tract. The type locality of 2. gracilis is Bill Williams York, Arizona. Idiostatus #qualis Seudder. A single female of this species was taken in the Arroyo Seco at Pasadena, August 1, while two males, one adult and the other not % Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, p. 339. 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., quite mature, taken at 6,000 to 6,500 feet elevation in Strawberry Valley, San Jacinto Mountains, July 17, by F. Grinnell, Jr., have also been examined. .The Arroyo Seco specimen was beaten from low bushes. Clinopleura minuta Caudell. , At Raymond, on September 3, this species was found swarming, invariably on the ground, especially in a stubble field. The insects jumped farther than any species of North American Orthoptera taken by us, but owing to their tremendous numbers a large series was— easily secured. A series of fourteen males and thirty-one females was taken at this locality, a single female also being secured at Summit House the same date in a situation similar to that frequented at Ray- mond, The series contains several females which slightly exceed Caudell’s maximum measurements for the caudal femur and ovipositor. There is considerable variation in the general shade of coloration in the series, some individuals being decidedly more testaceous than others, the usual dark area on the lateral lobes of the pronotum being hardly or only partially indicated in some of the pale specimens. The previous records of the species were from Ahwahnee, Calaveras and Raymond, California. GRYLLIDAi. Ellipes minuta (Scudder). A single individual of this species was taken along the nearly dry bed of the Mohave River at Cottonwood, September 9. Although considerable beating was done but one specimen was found. The species has been taken at Palm Springs, San Bernardino and Ahwahnee, California. Ectatoderus occidentalis (Scudder)? A single male individual of this genus was taken at Cottonwood, September 9. We have assigned it provisionally to this species, originally described from damaged female specimens taken at Cape San Lucas, Lower California. The original description of Scudder’s species is so brief and the sex differences of many species of this genus so great, that in the absence of females the determination is not at all positive. No relationship exists with EH. borealis Scudder, known from California and New Mexico, the produced pronotum of the Cottonwood male suggesting that of Liphoplus mexicanus Saussure,” but the tegmina are much shorter, rather different in character and the facial scutellum is not distinctly divided. 2 Biol. Cent. Amer. Orth., I, pl. XI, fig. 37. — 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 The measurements of the specimen are as follows: Length of body 7.2 mm.; length of pronotum 3.2; greatest width of pronotum 2.8; length of tegmina caudad of pronotum 1.5; length of caudal femur 4.3. At dusk and later, this insect was heard on every side stridulating. It was found that the musicians were hidden at the roots of greasewood bushes where they were almost inaccessible. The single specimen was captured by suddenly pulling a small bush up by the roots, and luckily turning the insect out of his home. The stridulation was similar to that of the genus Gryllus but shriller, an incessant zeee-zeee-zeee. “This ceased upon approach, even when the disturber was yards distant. Nemobius mormonius Scudder. Two males and one female of this species were taken from grass beside a stream at Las Vegas, Nevada, August 10. The species was rather well distributed in this situation. Miogryllus lineatus (Scudder). Two males of this species were taken at Las Veges, Nevada, August 9, on an ore pile, where a colony of these were chirping incessantly. The type of the species was taken between Virgin River and Fort Mohave, Arizona. canthus niveus (DeGeer). A single male of this species was taken on geraniums after dark, August 3, on Santa Catalina Island. Three females from Stanford University, California, taken October 3 to 23, 1903, by F. Grinnell, Jr., have also been examined. Ccanthus californicus Saussure. A single male from El Portal, taken August 30, and a female from Mt. Wilson, 5,000 feet elevation, San Gabriel Mountains, taken Sep- tember 19 by F. Grinnell, Jr., belong to this species. The general color is pale ochraceous in the male and olive-green in the female, the male having the head, except the mouth parts, and dots on the pronotum red, the first and second joints of the antenne are also red- dish but duller, while the third to seventh or eighth are dark brownish fading distad. The female bears no red except a wash of red-brown on the two proximal antennal segments, the brownish area on the antenne found in the male being present in the female as well. The El Portal specimen was taken at night in a tangle of bushes by means of a lantern. 484 PROCEEDINGS OF 'THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., NOVEMBER 2. The President, Samuen G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair. Twenty-nine persons present. The meeting was held for the first time in the new Reading Room. The following circular had been issued October 1: “The removal of the Library of the Academy to the new building has been completed, and the books have been permanently arranged in the steel stacks. “While the old Library Hall is dismantled, the new Reading Room, in which the ordinary meetings of the Academy will hereafter be held, cannot be prepared for the purpose in time for the October sessions. “Attendance of members will not, therefore, be expected at either of the October stated meetings.” The Secretaries, the Librarian and the Curators reported on the work accomplished during the summer. The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following titles had been presented for publication since the meeting held May 18: “On the Spinnerets, Cribellum, Colulus, Trachee and Lung Books of Araneads,” by Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr. (May 21). “The Polychztous Annelids dredged by the U.S. 8. Albatross off the Coast of Southern California in 1904. I. Gryllide, Spherodoride, Hesionide and Phyllodocide,”’ by J. Percy Moore (May 24). “Notes on the Habits of the Birds of San Domingo, with a list of species obtained, including a new Hawk,” by A. E. Verrill and A. Hyatt Verrill (May 26). “An Orthopterological Reconnoissance of the Southwestern United States. Part III. California and Nevada,’ by James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard (June 22). “A new species of Scalpellum from British Columbia,” by Henry A. Pilsbry (July 5). “Note on the Morphology of Fulgur,” by Burnett Smith (July 15). “ Antiquities of the Ouachita Valley,” by Clarence B. Moore (July 26). “Report on an additional collection of Skeletal Remains from Arkansas and Louisiana,” by Dr. AleS Hrdl tka (July 26). “On the true status of the Genus Cacopoides,” by Thomas Barbour (September 9). 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 “A new species of Fish of the Genus Atopichthys, with notes on New Jersey Fishes,” by Henry W. Fowler (September 17). “Thomas Meehan,” by Stewardson Brown (September 24). “Notes on the Flora of Bermudas,” by Stewardson Brown (October 18). “Mollusca of the Southwestern States. III. The Huachuca Mountains, Arizona,” by Henry A. Pilsbry and James H. Ferriss (October 25). “A new Sonorella from the Rincon Mountains, Arizona,” by Henry A. Pilsbry and James H. Ferriss (October 25). “Unionide of the Panuco River System, Mexico,” by Henry A. Pilsbry (October 25). “Melanide of the Panuco River System, Mexico,” by Henry A. Pilsbry and A. A. Hinkley (October 25). ‘““New Land Shells from Mexico,” by Henry A. Pilsbry (November 2). The deaths of the following members were announced: J. Dickinson Sergeant, June 10; William G. Binney, August 2; Henry Cadwallader Chapman, M.D., September 7; Christopher James Cleborne, M.D., October 2; Henry Charles Lea, October 24. NOVEMBER 16. ARTHUR ERwin Brown, Sc.D., Vice-President, in the Chair, Twenty-one persons present. The deaths of Benjamin W. Richards, a member, December 16, 1908, and of Theodore R. Wolf, a member, June 22, 1909, were announced. The deaths of the following correspondents were also announced: Rudolf Berg, June 20; R. E. C. Stearns, June 27; Kakichi Mitsukuri, September 17, and Anton Dohrn, September 26, 1909. Officers, Counsellors and members of the Committee on Accounts were nominated, to be balloted for at the Annual Meeting. Theodore de Thodorovitch, LL.D., and James A. G. Rehn were elected members. Oscar Drude, of Dresden, was elected a correspondent. The following were ordered to be printed: 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,. NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE BERMUDAS. BY STEWARDSON BROWN. The present flora of the Bermudas, aside from the plants knowm to have been introduced through the agency of man, probably num- bers about two hundred species, of which thirteen vascular forms are endemic, and has undoubtedly been derived through the usual agencies producing insular floras. On the stretches of sandy beach the same species are met with as characterize similar locations in the West Indies or Florida: Ipomea pes-capre (L.) Sweet, Canavalia obtusifolia (L.) D. C., Sesuvium portulacastrum L., Croton punctatus Jaeq., Scevola Plumieri (L.) Vahl. and Cakile lanceolata (Willd.) O. E. Schultz, while on the rocky shores are Borrichia arborescens (L.) DC., B. frutescens (L.) DC., Chamesyce buxifolia (Lam.) Small, and the two characteristic shrubs Suriana maritima L. and Tournefortia gnaphalodes (L.) R. Br. On the shores of the quiet bays and lagoons the mangrove Rhizo- phora mangle L. and Avicennia nitida Jacq. are the dominant species, while in the marshes Osmunda spectabilis Willd., O. cinnamomea L., Pteridium caudatum (.) Maxon, Cladium jamaicense Crantz, Eleo- charis interstincta (Vahl.) R. and §., Kyllinga brevifolia Rottb., Typha angustifolia L., Myrica cerifera L. and Baccharis glomerulijolia Pers. are more or less generally distributed. The plants of the higher ground seem more restricted in their distribution for the most part. Dodonea angustifolia Sw. is generally distributed through the hills, Randia aculeata L. is known only on the Paget Sand Hills, while the- following are found almost exclusively in the Walsingham Tract=> Adelia segregata (Jacq.) Kuntze, Psychotria undata Jacq., Trema@ Lamarkiana (R. and 8.) Blume, Eugenia monticola D, C. and Zanthoxy— lum flavum Vahl., the last known only from two trees, one on a hill east of Paynter’s Vale (B. and B., No. 357, 1905), with several young ones surrounding it, and the other discovered by the writer in one of the sinkholes near the caves at Walsingham. These, so far as known, are all that survive of the ‘yellow-wood” of the islands, referred to by early writers as growing in such abundance. With the exception of the cedar (Juniperus bermudiana L.), which is very abundant in the islands, by far the commonest plants to-day are those introduced by man. A number of weeds on the roadsides 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487 and in the “gardens” and others which do not belong to this class, but have been introduced for their beauty or utility and are now so thoroughly naturalized as to have become an integral part of the flora, Among these plants the most abundant is the common sage, Lantana involucrata L., said to have been introduced from the Bahamas more than a century ago as a fuel, to take the place of the cedar which was being extensively used for lime burning. It is now so general throughout the islands that were it not known to be an introduction it might easily be mistaken for a native plant. Lantana camara L., introduced as a garden flower from Madeira in 1819, is as generally distributed though not quite as abundant, and when in flower is one of the striking plants of the roads and hillsides. The fiddlewood, Citharerylon quadrangulare Jacq., introduced at Paynter’s Vale in 1830 by Archdeacon Spencer, is now abundant everywhere on the main island, having spread from the original tree, which is still stand- ing. Another of Archdeacon Spencer’s introductions at Paynter’s Vale in 1840 was the myrtle, Jasminum simplicifolium Forst, which now festoons the trees and rocks, forming almost impenetrable tangles throughout the Walsingham Tract, where it has become a great nuisance by smothering many of the more desirable plants, especially the cedar. Without doubt the birds have played an important part in the spread of these four species through the islands, as all bear a profusion of berries. Other introductions are prominent features in the vegetation of the islands, but two of the most striking which are integral parts of the flora are the oleander, Neriwm oleander L., introduced in 1790 as a rare exotic and now planted extensively for hedges and windbreaks, which is naturalized on the hillsides, and while in flower during the summer months is a gorgeous display of color, and the Life Plant of the Bermudians, Bryophyllum pinna- tum (Lam.) S. Kurz, introduced as a curiosity in 1813 and now abun- dant everywhere on the roadsides and in the woods, when flowering during the winter months, is hardly less a feature than the oleander, In 1905, the writer, in company with Dr. and Mrs. Nathaniel Lord Britton, of the New York Botanical Garden, visited the islands between August 31 and September 20, when a collection of more than four hundred species was made, principally in the several marshes and in the Walsingham Tract, The writer made two subsequent visits to the ae ee from February 10 to March 9, 1908, and May 22 to June ‘ 1 Investigation prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Esther Herrman Fund of the New York Academy of Sciences. 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., 2, 1909, when collections of more than three hundred species were made, a majority of which were not included in the former gatherings, In the present paper, which is based on the observations and collec- tions made during these several visits, only the endemic species among the flowering plants are considered, together with such as have been added to the hitherto published lists. Juniperus bermudiana L. B. and B., No. 1, September, 1905. Mt. Langdon, north shore. The most abundant tree, growing everywhere throughout the islands, in dry and rocky ground as well as in the marshes. At the time of flowering during March and early April the staminate trees are a golden color, presenting a striking contrast with the rich blue-green of the pistilate trees, Thalassia testudinum Koenig & Sims. B. and B., No. 185, September, 1905. Spanish Point and Hungry — Bay. Found abundantly in all the shallow bays, and is probably the basis for the record of Zostera marina L, of the lists, as that species was nowhere observed. Andropogon virginicus L. B. and B., No. 225, September, 1905. Paget Marsh. Not observed elsewhere. i Syntherisma violascens (Link) Nash. B. and B., No. 57, September, 1905. Hills north of Hamilton. Polypogon littoralis L. B. and B., No. 301, September, 1905. Roadside near Warwick Marsh, 8. B., No. 698, 1909. Middle Road. Frequent on the road- sides throughout the islands. Erogrostis major Host. B. and B., No. 308, September, 1905. In cultivated ground near Warwick Pond. Poa pratensis L. S. B., No. 670, May, 1909. On top of cliffs, south shore, west of Tuckers Town. Frequent. Briza maxima L. B. and B., No. 346, September, 1905. Field near Gibbs Hill Light. S. B., No. 679, May, 1909. Middle Road near Wesleyan Church. Observed at a number of places throughout the island, in the lawns and on the hillsides. —— = 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489 Bromus unioloides (Willd.) H. B. K. S. B., No. 685, May, 1909. St. David’s Island, growing abundantly in a field. Hordeum pusillum Nutt. S. B., No. 695, May, 1909. St. David’s Island. Abundant on the roadsides and around St. David’s Light. Cyperus alternifolius L. S. B., No. 578, March, 1908. Marsh near Tuckers Town. 8. B., No. 726, June, 1909. Pembroke Marsh. Although undoubtedly an escape from cultivation, it is thoroughly naturalized and spreading in the localities noted. Cyperus flavescens L. B. and B., No. 334, September, 1905. Pembroke Marsh. Cyperus filicinus Vahl. B. and B., No. 101, September, 1905. Serpentine Marsh. Scirpus Olneyi A. Gray. B. and B., No. 304, September, 1905. Warwick Marsh. Eleocharis cellulosa Torrey. B. and B., No. 305, September, 1905. Warwick Marsh. Eleocharis pratincola Britton. S. B., No. 723, June, 1909. Pembroke Marsh. Carex bermudiana Hemsley. B. and B., No. 224, September, 1905. 8S. B., No. 649, March, 1908. Paget Marsh. At the time of the preparation of the “Challenger” report, this interesting species was known only from a specimen in the Sloan Herbarium at the British Museum, and as no subsequent collections had been made up to that time, Prof. Hemsley expressed some doubt as to whether the species described by him was really collected in the islands. Our rediscovery of it in September, 1905, at what is likely to be the original locality in Paget Marsh, settles the correctness of Sloan’s label beyond a doubt. The species appears restricted at the present time to this one locality, where, however, it is growing in some abundance. Carex albolutescens Schwein. S. B., No. 702, May, 1909. Eastern end of Devonshire Marsh, Abundant. Not observed elsewhere. Sabal Blackburniana Glasebrook. B, and B., No. 217, September, 1905. Throughout the sislands, but varying considerably in appearance according to situations, 32 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., On the dry exposed hillsides it is more or less dwarfed and of a yellowish color, while in moist rich ground and the marshes it is a handsome tree with rich green foliage. It is recorded as at one time an abundant tree, forming extensive groves, but it is now found for the most part only in the lawns where it has been preserved. The finest natural grove observed by us is in Paget Marsh, where hundreds of examples may be seen in varying stages of growth. Some fine specimens are also to be found in the Devonshire Marsh, probably taller than any others in the islands, Junous bufonius L. S. B., No. 675, May, 1909. Cultivated ground, Harrington House. 8. B., No. 725, June, 1909. Pembroke Marsh. Nothoscordium bivalve (L.) Britton. No. 415, 1905. Mr. Nicholas Peniston, Paynter’s Vale. S. B., No. 696, May, 1909. Abundant in a cultivated field near Devil’s Hole. — Sisyrinchium bermudianum L. B. and B., No. 2 (fruit). Mt. Langdon, north shore. §. B., No, 661, May, 1909. Harrington House. ‘The Bermudiana,”’ by which name it is known throughout the islands where it is everywhere abun- dant, growing in all kinds of situations. During April and May it is a striking flower of the hills, roadsides and lawns. Peperomia septentrionalis n. sp. . Plant smooth, green throughout, except the peduncles and stems which are frequently rosy when exposed to strong light. Stems rather stout, 2 to 4 dm. long, ascending at the tips; leaves alternate, blades leathery, entire, dark green and shining above, glandular punctate, oval to ovate or obovate, slightly emarginate, 4 to 6 em. long, 9 to 11 nerved, decurrent at the base, with the petioles 1 to 3 em. long; spikes terminal or axillary in the upper leaves, simple or several times branched, .5 to 1.5 dm. long with peduncles shorter than the leaves, rather densely flowered; nutlets oblong, slightly papillose, 1 mm. long with a straight or slightly curved beak one-third their length. In woods usually on moist or shaded rocks, frequent throughout the island from the Causeway to Tuckers Town, among the rocks and around the caves, sinks and fissures; also in the shaded portion of Paget Marsh, growing on the damp ground and over the stones, flowering from late autumn to spring. Probably most nearly related to P. magnoliefolia microphylla Dahlstedt, from which it differs in the relatively broader leaves and the less strongly papillose nutlets which are oblong instead of ovate-globose. a ee ve 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491 Type, S. B., No. 428, March, 1908. Herb. A. N. 8S. Philadelphia. From shores of Castle Harbor, Walsingham. Alternanthera maritima St. Hil. 8S. B., No. 487, March, 1908. Long Bird Island. Abundant in a little cove on the Castle Harbor side of the island, about a quarter of a mile from the end of the Causeway. Phytolacca decandra L. B. and B., No. 219, September, 1905. Paget Marsh. Alsine Baldwinii Small. S. B., No. 580, March, 1908. Sand Hills, Tuckers Town. Appar- ently an abundant plant in this portion of the island, but not observed elsewhere. Sagina procumbens L. 8. B., No. 585, March, 1908. Top of cliffs near Tuckers Town. Tissa marina (L.) Britton. S. B., No. 591, March, 1908. South shore near Spittle Pond. Abundant. Silene nocturna L. S. B., No. 583, March, 1908, and No. 671, May, 1909. Top of cliffs, south shore, near Tuckers Town. Frequent. Silene noctiflora L. S. B., No. 682, May, 1909. At western end of Causeway. This species was also observed sparingly near Harrington House, in a piece of grassy woods. Ranunculus acris L. B. and B., No. 244. Grassy woods, south shore road, Devonshire. Papaver Rhoeas L. S. B., No. 530, March, 1908. Cultivated ground, St. Georges, near swinging bridge. Diplotaxis muralis (L.) D. C. S. B., No. 686, May, 1909. St. David’s Island. Abundant. Pedicellaria pentaphylla (L.) Schr. B. and B., No. 70, September, 1905. Cultivated ground north shore. Potentilla reptans L. ‘ B. and B., No. 211, September, 1905. South shore road, Devonshire. 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Laurocerasus caroliniana (Mil!) Roem. B. and B., No. 220, September, 1905. Paget Marsh. A number of trees of various sizes, intermixed with the cedar and Palmetto. Not observed elsewhere. get lunatus L. . B., No. 680, May, 1909. In an open cave near Tuckers Town, growing to a height of 5 to 8 meters, over the cedars and fiddlewoods; flowers white, yellow in fading. S$. B., No. 719, June, 1909. Joyce’s Dock Cave. Abundant, growing over the trees and rocks; flowers purple. A Phaseolus from this locality, which is without doubt the same, is recorded in Lefroy’s list without specific name. Poinsettia cyathophora (Murray). B. and B., No. 296, September, 1905. Cultivated ground, Walsing- _ ham. Abundant throughout the northern end of the Walsingham region and around Bailey’s Bay. Not observed elsewhere in the islands. Cissus sycioides L. B. and B., No. 223. Paget Marsh, climbing over the trees. Ele#odendron Laneanum A. H. Moore. B. and B., No. 274, September, 1905 (fruit), Walsingham, near caves. S. B., No. 453, March, 1908 (flowers).. Walsingham, near caves. Frequent throughout the Walsingham Tract between Payn- ter’s Vale and the Causeway. Most abundant in the vicinity of the caves, where it becomes a handsome tree 7 to 10 meters high. The flowers appear early in March. Abutilon abutilon (L.) Rusby. B. and B., No. 183, September, 1905. Cultivated ground, Spanish Point. Malvastrum americanum (L.) Torr. B. and B., No. 248, September, 1905. Roadside near Devil’s Hole. Sida rhombifolia L. B. and B., No. 272, September, 1905. Walsingham. Abundant throughout the Walsingham Tract. ath ess ulmifolia L. S. B., No, 546, March, 1908; No. 713, May, 1909, Walsingham; and ie Delia Marble, No. 739, Med. 1909, Knapton Hill. Isnardia palustris L. B. and B., No. 337, September, 1905. Pembroke Marsh. Abun- dant. , 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493 Hartmannia speciosa (Nutt.) Small. 8. B., No. 715, May, 1909. In a cultivated field at Tuckers Town, very abundant. Pimpinella aniseum L. S. B., No. 535, Mareh, 1908. On the tops of cliffs, St. George’s Island. Diospyros virginiana L. B. and B., No. 401, September, 1905. Naturalized on the border of Warwick Marsh and spreading by suckers. Gomphocarpus physocarpus !. Meyer. S. B., No. 690, May, 1909. Escaped to roadside St. David's Island. Chiococea bermudiana n. sp. A straggling, weak-stemmed shrub seldom more than a meter high. Leaves lustrous coriaceous 5 to 12 em. long, 2 to 6 cm. broad, elliptic to ovate, abruptly narrowed at both ends, acute or short acuminate at the apex, cuneate at the base; flowers numerous in racemose panicles, pedicels rather stout 4 to 6 mm. long, hypanthium 1 to 1.5 mm. long during anthesis, sepals triangular shorter than the calyx tube, slightly ciliate, corolla light yellow becoming darker with age, 8 to 10 mm. long, tube funnel form, lobes ovate-lanceolate less than one-third the length of the tube, stamens at the base of the tube, filaments 1 mm. long, anthers 2 to 5 mm. long, style the length of the corolla tube; fruit subglobose pure white and lustrous, 7 to S mm. long, slightly broader than long, flattened. Type, B. and B., No. 181, September, 1905, in Herb. A. N. 8. Phila. Shaded hillsides, north shore near Flatts. Frequent throughout the Walsingham Tract from the Causeway to Tuckers Town and spar- ingly on the wooded hillsides through the central part of the island. Differs from C. racemosa L., to which it is most nearly related, in the larger leaves, stouter and longer pedicels and larger berries. Galium bermudense L.. B. and B., No. 51, September, 1905. Paget Sand Hills. Hillsides and woods throughout the islands, though nowhere abundant. Galium aparine L. S. B., No. 461, March, 1908. Cultivated ground. Paynter’s Vale. S. B., 640, March, 1908. Somerset Island. Urospermum picroides (L..) Schmidt. S. B., No. 695, May, 1909, St. David’s Island. In the opet ground generally distributed over the eastern end of the island. 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth. S. B., No. 716, May, 1909. Among the sand hills on the south om a ‘tile west of Tuckers Town. Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng. S. B., No. 541, March, 1908, Roadside in St. George’s, near the docks. Erigeron Darrellianus Hemsley. B. and B., No, 26, September, 1905. Rocks, north shore road, 5. B., No. 497, March, 1908. Roadside near Harrington House, and No. 598, March, 1908. Wooded hillside near Tuckers Town. On rocks and hillsides more or less generally distributed throughout the islands, varying from a low tufted plant a decimeter or less high to a much branched straggling shrub frequently more than a meter high, — flowering during March and April and occasionally with a second flowering in the autumn. Gnaphalium purpureum L. S. B., No. 588, March, 1908, and No. 672, May, 1909. mee of Z cliffs, cote shore, near Tuckers Town. Galinsoga parviflora Cav. 5. B., No. 645, March, 1908. A weed in the Public Gardens. Achillea millefolia L. B. and B., No. 403, September, 1905. Grassy woods, south shore road, Devonshire; also observed in cultivated ground near Hamilton. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 MOLLUSCA OF THE SOUTHWESTERN STATES, III: THE HUACHUCA MOUNTAINS, ARIZONA. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY and JAMES H. FERRISS. The Huachuca Mountains stand in the southwest angle of Cochise county, Arizona, their southern foothills reaching over the international boundary. The highest summits do not quite attain 10,000 feet. Northward the Whetstone range looms up, a fine if arid mountain mass, as yet unexplored for shells. On every side lies the desert, barren of mollusean life. Our purpose is to give an account, incom- plete as it now may be, of the molluscan life of this range." The Huachucas have not yet been accurately mapped. The sketch Wij ie A Forr Huacnuca // / Y Uy MWe Tanner. Canon —_- U fy | Mf) iy K LB | ly ae ~~ Brown Canon ne, a Limestone EB oo) <\ ie Mr Ramsey Canon Ce “Hf STi CC fj {11/7 Z | \' A Carr CANon iy lf 7 AVZ LY |F Gp. SS A7Canr [7 1%, EC. no Mitten Canon PLN ZAG SA / ——Mitcen Peak > Ts re ee Pe Canon ‘ AS d Gla cena Canon Fig. 1. Sketch-map of Huachuca Mountains. 1 A few new records are added of species taken in river drift at Bensgn, Cochise county, some distance northward from the Huachuca range. These forms were derived from some other district. Other records from Benson may be found in our Mollusca of the Southwestern States, 11, 1906, and in Dall, Proc, U.S, Nat. Mus., XIX, 1896. 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., here given shows the general positions of localities mentioned in the text. . The first mollusks collected in the Huachucas were taken by a Mr. Cox, who sent some Helices to Dr. Isaac Lea many years ago, with the locality ‘‘Tuecson.”’ These shells are what we now call Ashmun- ella varicifera. Nothing is known of Cox beyond his name on the label. At the time these shells were collected Tucson was no doubt the nearest settlement or post to the Huachucas, and hence was put down as the locality. It is not unlikely that Cox picked up these shells in the course of a chase from the army post at Tucson after marauding Apaches. Be this as it may, Ashmunella varicifera is an indubitable Huachucan snail, and was collected at a time when hostile and dangerous Indians occupied that country. On the death of Dr. Lea the specimens came into the possession of the National Museum, where they are now preserved. : In 1880 Mr. Bland described a snail, 7’riodopsis levettei (now Ash- munella levette’), collected by Dr. G. M. Levette, and thought to be from near Santa Fé, New Mexico. Explorations in that region have shown that the Ashmunellas there are of a somewhat different type, and the true habitat of the species was not known until Mr. Ferriss rediscovered the species in the Huachucas, where it is restricted to the heads of certain canyons. It is certain, therefore, that Dr. Levette had forgotten where he procured the original specimens, which are now in the American Museum of Natural History, New York. The first snails actually reported from the Huachucas were collected by Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, U.S. A.,a member of the party surveying the Mexican boundary.in 1892-1894. They were described by Dr. W. H. Dall in two papers,” published in 1895 and 1896. Six species were obtained in the Huachuca range 3 Polygyra levettet [ = Ashmunella l. angigyra]. Polygyra mearnsi [ = Ashmunella mearnsi). Epiphragmophora hachitana, depressed variety from Tanner Canyon [ = Sonorella dalli]. Patula strigosa var. [ = Oreohelix s. huachucana]. 2 Diagnoses of new mollusks from the survey of the Mexican boundary, in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, 1895, p. 1, and Report on the mollusks collected by the International Boundary Commission of the United States and Mexico, 1892-1894, same Proc., XIX, pp. 333-379. * Dr. Dall’s pioneer work on southern Arizona shells was published prior to the anatomical researches which led to the establishment of new genera for the Helices of that region. He had only dry shells to deal with, and hence followed the generic nomenclature current at that time. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497 Patula s. concentrata [ = Oreohelix s. concentrata). Cronella lubrica [ = Cochlicopa lubrica}. Several Huachucan species were figured by Mr. Paul Bartsch in his monograph of Sonorella, 1904, and S. dalli n. sp. was described. The seven species of snails mentioned above sum up all that was known of Huachucan mollusks prior to the visit of Mr. Ferriss in 1902. In 1904 the range was again visited,‘ and again in 1907 Messrs. Ferriss and L. E. Daniels made extensive collections. Dr. Henry Skinner, the well-known entomologist, made a useful collection of shells in Carr Canyon, in August, 1905, and Mr. C. R. Biederman has contributed a few species from the same place. The present report is based upon practically all of the material ever collected in the Huachucas. Through the unfailing kindness of Dr. Dall, the series in the National Museum has been examined. Dr. Gratacap has permitted a re-examination of the types of Ashmun- ella levettei; and Dr. Bartsch has assisted with various helpful services. HELICIDZ. Genus SONORELLA Pils. The Huachucan Sonorellas are all distinct specifically from those of other ranges. So far as known anatomically, they belong to groups special to this range; hence speak for a long isolation. Omitting S. huachucana, which is unknown anatomically, the species of the Huachuca and Patagonia Mountains can be determined by this key: a.—Penis long (about 40 mm. in a shell 27 mm. diam.), with a short hollow papilla containing a tube; epiphallus long, 49-60 mm. ; flagellum present, . . ..... «+ + S. dallt. a'.—Penis and epiphallus short, the former containing a fleshy, cylin- drie papilla over half the length of penis; flagellum vestigeal or wanting. b.—Vagina about as long’as penis; spermatheca and duct about fourtimesaslong,. ... .. =. -_- S. rowellt. b!.—Vagina much longer than the penis; spermatheca and duet not differing greatly from vagina in length. c.—Penis 5 to 7.5, papilla 3.3 to 5 mm, long; upper part of vagina muscular, swollen, usually fusiform, S. granulatissima, c!—Penis 12 to 19, papilla 9 to 13 mm. long; vagina slender, with a small fleshy node midway, . . S, danielsi. ‘ ‘See Southwestern Shells, Nautilus, XVIII, pope 1904, pp. 49-52, and Mollusca of the Southwestern States, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1895, pp. 211-290. 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Sonorella huachucana Pilsbry. Pl. XIX, figs. 16, 17. sping huachucana Piuspry, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, p. 267, pl. 17, g. 24, This is a non-granulose species with conspicuous pale borders along the brown band. We formerly thought it a subspecies of A. virilis of the Chiricahua range, but since all the other Helices of this range are specifically distinct, it is not likely that hwachucana will prove an exception. It comes from Brown’s and Bear Canyons, and must be rare or very local. None were taken in 1907. The soft anatomy is unknown. We therefore know nothing of its relationships with other species. Fig. 16 represents a shell from Bear Canyon. Fig. 17 the type from Brown’s Canyon. Group of S. dalli. Sonorella dalli Bartsch. Plate XIX, figs. 1, 2, 3. Sonorella dalli Bartscu, Smiths. Miscell. Coll., Vol. 47, p. 193, pl. 31, fig. 1 (Oct. 10, 1904), Epiphragmophora hachitana, depressed variety from Tanner Canyon, Dat, Proc. U.S. N. M., XIX, pp. 339, 340, pl. 31, figs. 7, 10 (1896). Specimens were taken only in Tanner Canyon, the type locality. It is probably restricted to this place. It is a fine species, distin- guished by the broad, flattened shape, very open umbilicus and much deflexed last whorl. The largest specimen taken measures 28 mm., the smallest 23 mm, diameter. Compared with S. granulatissima latior, which also occurs in Tanner Canyon, S. dalli is more openly umbilicate, the aperture is flattened above, the oblique sculpture is coarser. In some old specimens the front edge of the parietal callus is thickened, a narrow ridge connecting the ends of the lip. The penis (pl. XXII, fig. 4) is extremely long, slightly enlarged distally, its walls thin, with most minute and close transverse ruge. It contains a smooth papilla, tapering’ to an obtuse apex, and about one-fifth the length of the penis. The papilla is hollow with rather thin walls. Within it a slender tube runs from the epiphallus to the apex, where it opens by a lateral pore. This tube is lightly attached to the wall of the penis-papilla. It is indicated by dotted lines in fig. 4. The epiphallus is extremely long, terminating in a short flagellum. The penis retractor muscle, 7 mm. long, is inserted upon it 4 mm. from the end of the penis. The long vagina has a slender neck, enlarging moderately above. The spermatheca is globular, on a duct much shorter than the penis, 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499 In one specimen dissected it bears a minute diverticulum about 1 mm. long, 2 mm. from the base of the duct. In another individual no diverticulum was found, so that it may possibly be abnormal or pathologic. The measurements of the organs in two individuals preserved in formalin follow: No. 94,384. No. 94,358. Peet pens, 2. 2 . . « 4. « » 39mm. 41 mm. iwienenienapiy kt ee i ‘ Repeats he aS 60). ‘s MEnpeen, fo ey OS = jaa vs Beamer aoe i 25. af “spermatheca andduct, . . . . 34 “ AF The jaw (pl. XXII, fig. 6) has five strong ribs grouped in the middle half of its length. The radula has about 41, 1, 41 teeth (pl. XXII, fig. 8). The central and lateral teeth have mesocones only; on the 17th an ectocone appears. On the outer marginal teeth the inner cusp or sometimes both cusps are bifid, but the ectocone is not split into several cusps as in some other species. The excessive length of penis and epiphallus, and especially the hollow, thin-walled papilla containing a separate duct or tube (a structure unique in the genus), are characters which set S. dalli apart from all other known Sonorellas. It stands alone in its own line of | differentiation. Group of S. granulatissima. These forms are closely related to the group of S. hachitana, but differ by the thick, quite cylindric penis-papilla, solid except for the - minute perforation, and very obtuse or truncate at its distal end, and by having no flagellum or only a minute vestigeal one. In the hachitana group the papilla tapers, at least at the distal end, and a , minute but distinctly developed flagellum is present in known forms, The distinction is only a small matter, but serves to distinguish the Huachuean forms. S. rowelli (Newe.), from a little farther west, belongs to the same group. The dimensions of the genitalia in several specimens of each form | are given in the accompanying table. Most of the specimens were | preserved in alcohol in the field, and some variation is doubtless ) traceable to various degrees of contraction. 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., con ek cl eee Species, Locality Penis.| £2 | Epi- Flagel-- Va- ‘atheca Diam. and Museum No. | pilla. phallus lum. | gina. | pay shell | uct. ell. S. granulatissima. ' | | ! Ramsey, 83,257.00, 73 | 48 | 6° | 0.7 | 21 ~ 124-251 19 Miller Cn., 94,336...0.0......... | 6 "ga Barer | 0 Se ele ae oa Carr Cn., 90,404................ Hae ae ee Oe OP Ba ota eee | 18 | | | / S. g. latior. ) | | Tanner Cn., 94,387.............| 6 3.5 Bh Gee 16 | 21-22 Brown Cn..94,586.......1 6242 45 la 6 1-0 = [eh ee ee "18.5 Brown, w. fork, 94,359........) 5 ao 4 0 x eae Up ar e 1-18 Salvation, 94,395.............. 7 5 ee | 0 or ae 20 Limestone Mt., 94,393........) © 7.5. |... te. | URE NG es “morte | 23 S. danielsi. | | Head of Bear, 94,3185 ...... 16.5.) 43"-.)¢ 10.0 Seria Sea ee Pitty, G4-S97: 5. es 5 OAC RG eee [MADE @is eae me | 18.5 i. fork Cave,'94.352,..030 112. | BS fic: 1 Oo Wie Asa. 19 Miller Pk., 94,337.............| 13.5 | 9 10 | 0 | 19 25° 18-19 | The typical form is found in Ramsey (figs. 7, 8), Carr and Miller (fig. 9) Canyons. Types were from Ramsey. The shell is distin- guished by its very dense beautiful granulation and the faintness or absence of spiral lines, though on some specimens they are present, but very weak. I have examined the genitalia in a number of individuals from each of the three canyons mentioned above. Figs. 1, 2, 3 represents one of the two cotypes.- Fig. 4 is from an example from Miller Canyon. The chief feature is that the wpper part of the vagina has thick muscular walls, the outer layer consisting of glossy circular muscular fibers. Usually this part is more or less swollen and fusiform. The lower part of the vagina is thin-walled. This feature was conspicuous in every one of about 20 individuals of 12 lots of S. granulatissima and S, g. latior which were examined. ‘The penis is short, its length contained 3 or 4 times in that of the vagina. It is abruptly truncate distally. The penis-papilla is quite short, 3.5 to 5 mm. long, cylindric, truncate at the end, and coarsely wrinkled. It is fleshy, perforated by a minute pore, which opens at the end. The rather short epiphallus has no flagellum in any example opened with the exception of one of the cotypes, in which there is a minute, vestigeal flagellum about 0.7 mm, * Measured from a fresh, drowned example. ——<— 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501 long, and bound to the vas deferens by the outer muscular fascia, As a rule, with rare exceptions, therefore, the flagellum is absent. Sonorella granulatissima latior Pils. Pl. XIX, figs. 4, 5, 6. Proc. A. N.S. P., 1905, p. 264, pl. 18, figs. 24-28. Usually a larger shell than S. granulatissima, the last whorl more depressed, approaching S. dalli in shape. Originally. described from Brown’s Canyon, it is now known also from the south side of Limestone Mountain, east fork Salvation Ridge® and from Tanner Canyon. Three cotypes are figured. The genitalia have been examined in numerous examples from Tanner Canyon (pl. XXI, fig. 6), Brown’s Canyon, east fork of Salvation Ridge and Limestone Mountain. The characters are iden- tical with those of S. granulatissima. All of them have the upper part of the vagina swollen, and there is no flagellum. Measurements of several alcoholic specimens are given in the table. Fig. 2. Marginal teeth of S. g. latior, Tanner Canyon. The radula has 38, 1, 38 teeth, with 10 laterals. The outer marginal teeth have the inner cusp deeply bifid, the outer one sometimes split (fig. 2, No. 94,383, Tanner Canyon). Sonorella granulatissima parva Pils. Pl. XIX, figs. 10, 11, 12. No further information on this small race from the northwestern end of the range has been received. S. mearnsi Bartsch, from 4 miles south of the international boundary, a few miles east of the San Pedro river, is another form which will probably prove to be closely allied to granulatissima and rowelli when the anatomy can be examined. Sonorella danielsi n. sp. PI. XIX, figs. 13, 14, 15; pl. XXI, figs. 5, 7. S. granulatissima (in part), Pruspry, Proc. A. N.S. P., 1905, p. 263, pl. 18, figs.39,40,44;pl. 11, fig. 10 (Miller Cn.) ; also pl. 18, figs. 36, 37,38 (Ida Cn.). The shell is more depressed than granulatissima, yellow with a conspicuous dark band without pale borders, the early whorls flesh- colored; surface glossy, the granulation of the last whorl very weak, * Salvation Ridge forms the divide between Brown and Tanner Canyons on the northeast side and what we supposed to be Salvation Camp Canyon on ¢he south. We collected only on the ridge, which is shown on the map at the heads of Brown and Tanner Canyons. 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., nearly effaced, spiral incised lines well developed above the ee Umbilicus wider than in granulatissima, Alt. 10, diam. 19 mm.; whorls 44. The snivial is slaty-blackish, the, back paler, brownish-gray, collar of mantle dark slate. The sole is slate colored at the sides, the middle gray, but the areas are not bounded by lines. The lung has faint venation ; pulmonary vein breaking up into several large branches, Fig. 3. Jaw and teeth of a cotype of Sonorella danielsi. Genitalia.—The penis is very large, stout, subcylindric, half the length of the vagina or longer. It collapses at the base, where not filled by the papilla, and has several strong longitudinal folds inside. It contains a long cylindric papilla which is abruptly truncate at the end and wrinkled throughout. There is no flagellum. The long vagina is rather slender throughout, with an annular swelling or node about midway of its length. It is longitudinally rugose within, the ruge coalescent at the node. Other organs as usual. Fig. 7 was drawn from a drowned specimen which had not been in alcohol (No. 94,318). The jaw has six or seven very low, wide ribs, parted by narrow intervals. The radula has about 47, 1, 47 teeth. In most rows the fifteenth tooth has an ectocone. No marginal teeth with the ectocone bifid were seen. The nineteenth tooth, in the radula figured, is abnor- mal. One of the outer marginals is shown above it. Types No. 94,318 A. N. 8. P., from head of Bear Canyon; also Miller Peak and east fork of Cave Creek. Similar forms, but with the ground-color not yellow but pale brown (as in granulatissima), occur in Ida Canyon, Cave Creek and Ash Canyon (pl. XIX, fig. 18). This species replaces granulatissima on the south side and east end 1909. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 of the Huachuca range. It differs from S. granulatissima chiefly in the genitalia, the larger penis and the shape of the vagina being constant features in the series of both species dissected. Specimens have been dissected from five lots, from the head of Bear Canyon (fig. 7), east fork of Cave, and from Miller Peak (fig. 5). One individ- ual of several from the latter place seems to have the very minute bud-like vestige of a flagellum. The shell will be recognized by its yellow, glossy surface and depressed shape. The brownish forms from Ida and Ash Canyons, mentioned above, require more study, with better fresh or alcoholic material than we can command at this time. One from Ash Canyon is figured, fig. 18. Named in honor of Mr. L. E. Daniels, who accompanied Mr. Ferriss in the expedition of 1907. Genus ASHMUNELLA Pils. and Ckll. The Ashmunellas of the Huachuca range, while very diverse in appearance, belong to a single closely related group. Probably all descended from an ancestral stock not unlike A. levettei angigyra, the most widely distributed form, and the one showing most affinity to species of the Chiricahua and other ranges. The common ancestry of the whole series is demonstrated by the intermediate stages found among the shells, and by the soft anatomy, which is so much alike in all that it would probably be impossible to tell the species apart without the shells, yet differing characteristically from the soft parts of all Ashmunellas of the Chiricahuas or other ranges by the sacculated or varicose spermatheca and the shape of the penis. The species and races form a beautiful chain of variations, pretty completely connecting those having most complicated apertures with those in which the aperture is toothless, thus: bi/urca—levettei— ursina—heterodonta—varicifera. Evolution has proceeded from fully toothed apertures towards toothless apertures. In other words it has been retrogressive, marked by degeneration of complex structures. Soft Anatomy of Ashmunella.—Time has not admitted a full exami- nation of the anatomy, but the genitalia of many individuals have been studied. These organs are so similar in all of the forms that one description will suffice. The penis (P.) is rather large for an Ash- munella, Inside it has six unequal fleshy longitudinal ridges, inter- rupted in the middle (pl. XX, fig. 6). This point is marked exter- nally by a slight constriction. The epiphallus (epi.) is very long, terminating in a minute flagellum (/.). The retractor muscle (rp.) 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., is attached to the epiphallus, but sends down a band to the apex of the penis. The vas deferens (vd.) is very long and free. The vagina is short. Spermatheca (sp.) is not distinctly divided into head and duct. The distal two-thirds or more is of about equal caliber, and distinetly varicose or sacculated. The proximal portion is a little contracted. This form of spermatheca is special to the Huachucan species, and unlike those of other districts. The other organs show no peculiar features. The dimensions of the organs in millimeters are as follows: Zz Epip- | hallus |, _ Sperm- Diam.) Mu- Species. Penis. and Flagel-- Va- jatheca of | seum flagel- | lum. eee and | shell. | No. |; lum. | | duct. | ee. te, ghee wee ae ‘ia we De ae. | << A. angigyra, Ramsey mea 6 | 24 1.3 3 22 : 13-14 | 83,269 A.angigyra, east for | 56 Dig | ieetesatces | 4,512.55 Sal vation) 6s orcscibes erie |) ADS ee Roe. An oes 21 S pag se 94,396 A, bifurca, Tanner Cn.......... 1 € _ cee i ig \ 15 | 94,388 ar Ling AD accel 4 | 28 MF AUT SEN craca si eyans es tao ess { i: pepe to ioe 35 | 6 \ 16-18 94,351 A.ursina, Bear Cn............. 4 5 46 1.5 4 oe 16 | 94,349 A. heterodonta, Cave Creek......| 7 0 ees 5 24 16 | 94,350 4. microdonta, Cave Creek....... 8 40 | 1 7.5 | 26 19 | 94,347 A. varicifera, Wickersham { 7.5 35 1.5 5 27 18 | 94,340 RUG CM ics oc cdacs asters iaskatsanes 6 29 1.8 4 25 17 | 94,341 All the specimens were measured from alcoholic preparations except A, levettei ursina, 94,349, which was dissected fresh. The figures on plate XX represent the following species: A. levettei ursina, No. 94,351, head of Bear Canyon (pl. XX, fig. 1). A, levettei ursina, No. 94,349, head of Bear Canyon (pl. XX, fig. 4). Atrium protruding. A. l. angigyra, No. 83,269, Ramsey Canyon; type lot (pl. XX, fig. 2). A. l. heterodonta, No. 94,350, head of Cave Creek. A. microdonta, No. 94,347, head of Cave Creek; type lot (pl. XX, fig. 7). A. varicifera, No. 94,340 and 94,341, Miller Peak, Ash Canyon side (pl. XX, fig. 3). Atrium protruding. Fig. 6, the penis opened. Fig. 5, spenniatheca of another individual. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505 Ashmunella varicifera Ancey. Fig. 4. Polygyra chiricahuana, in part, Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIX, pl. 32, figs. 9, 10, 12. A. chiricahuana var. varicijera Anc., Journ. of Malacology, VIII, Sept. 30, 1901, p.77 (near Tucson, Cox). A. 1. heterodonta or chiricahuana, Pilsbry, Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, p. 242, pl. 15, figs. 94, 95. The shell is depressed, the spire low, varying from convex to low- conoidal, the periphery of the last whorl situated above the middle, obtusely subangular in front. Color rather light-brown and opaque; or corneous-brown and somewhat transparent (sometimes pure white), Surface rather glossy, lightly marked with growth-lines and faint traces of incised spiral lines. Umbilicus rather narrow but open. Aperture oblique, at about 45° with the axis. Peristome rather narrow, Fig. 4. Ashmunella varicifera Ancey. reflexed, recurved at the edge, having a low, indistinct thickening of the inner rim of the outer lip, and sometimes the very slight indication of an outer basal tooth. At resting stages young shells form a callous thickening within the lip, which shows through as a radial streak in some adult shells, Alt. 8, diam. 164 to 17 mm.; whorls 5}. ota | | Teel 184 “ Re Gs, South side of Miller Canyon near its head; Wickersham Rock, Miller Peak, and in the east fork of Cave Creek Canyon; also a mountain on the south side of the mouth of Ash Canyon. These localities, except the last, are indicated by three areas of vertical shading on the map, Miller Peak is about 9,800 feet high. This species has not been fully described before. The “ varices’’ to which the name is due are only occasionally present in adult shells. They are also seen in A. chiricahuana, which is so similar that until now the Chiricahuan and Huachuean snails were supposed to belong to one species. The soft anatomy shows at once that we have to do with two species. A. varicijera has genitalia exactly like A, levetter except that the epiphallus is somewhat shorter. The spermdtheca is not differentiated from its duct, the whole form a long somewhat 33 506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.. varicose cylindric body, while in chiricahuana the duct is extremely long, swollen at the end. The proportions vary widely in the two species, as follows: A. varicifera, A. chiricahuana Length of penis, epiphallus and flagellum, 37 to 44 mm, 73 mm. Length of spermathecaandduct,. . . 25to27 “ Ole tee Lengiof vagine.: 33005 ates he eee < eid The size of the shells is about equal. It. appears from this that A. varicifera is a simplified member of the A. levettei stock, while A. chiricahuana belongs to another group of species. The type locality of A. chiricahuana is Fly Park, Chiricahua Moun- tains. Extract from Mr. Ferriss’ Field Notes.—On the Cave Creek side we found A. varicijera larger than the lot from Wickersham’s Rock on the peak, and generally albino. Out of one hole containing 29, only | two were dark colored. On the other side of the east fork of Cave Creek they were larger but all dark. On the south side of the range there is a strong tendency to albinism in the Ashmunellas, Sonorellas and Oreohelix. Ashmunella microdonta n. sp. Fig. 5. The shell resembles A. varicifera in general appearance, but differs by having fewer whorls, the last wider viewed from above; umbilicus much wider, exposing more of the penultimate whorl. The lip is toothless except for a very low vestige in the basal margin in some specimens; but there is a minute tubercular parietal tooth in over ==()) Fig. 5. Asmunella microdonta. Cotype. ; half of those examined, while it is perceptible as a faint thickening in all. The shell is chestnut colored, usually with one or two varix- streaks on the base; lip white or with its upper half reddish-brown. Bibs) ip. ee ee es) 8.6 8.8 8.2 mm. Dean oe se SO eee 19 19 Ti Wh6ts Sees oe = DF 54 54 5 a —————————— 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 507 Cave Creek Canyon, for one-eighth of a mile at the head. This is another modification of the levette’ stock, differing from heterodonta and varicifera by its wider umbilicus and less closely coiled whorls, from the former by deficient lip teeth, and from the latter by the usual presence of a minute parietal tooth. In genitalia it does not differ from typical levettei. While not conspicuously. differentiated, we have thought it well to give the form specific rank. Ashmunella levettei heterodonta Pils. Fig. 6. Lene ie N. 8. Phila., 1905, 241, pl. 15, figs. 81-91. Nautilus, XVIII, p. 51. This form has the shape of A. levettei, and typically has a low, straight-topped tooth within the outer lip, a small tubercular tooth at junction of outer and basal margins, and a faint prominence in the position of an inner basal tooth. The parietal tooth is minute or wanting. There are barely over 6 whorls, which therefore are a little wider than in A. levettei. We have elsewhere noted the extreme variability of the teeth in heterodonta, They may be much more developed than described above, or so degenerate that only faint traces of teeth are discernible. A form-chain connecting levetiei and varicifera exists. | Whether hybrid- ism plays a part here remains uncertain. Fig. 6. Ashmunella levettei heterodonta. Cotype. This form occurs in the heads of Ida and Cave Canyons. In one place heterodonta goes over the divide two or three hundred feet, but in no other case do these species cross to the other side of the range. A, levettei or heterodonta are not found in varicijera territory. There is no mingling of Ashmunellas except large and small forms of Jevettei. The peculiarities of habit, variation, etc., of the Ashmunellas, Oreo- helices, ete., is worthy of a year’s study in the Huachucas. The area 50S PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., of heterodonta is marked H on the map. Cave Creek Canyon, like that of the same name in the Chiricahua range, has a large basin and many branches. Ashmunella levettei ursina n. subsp. Fig. 7. A. levettei Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1905, p. 238, pl. 15, figs. 72-78. The shell is like A. levette’, capacious and glossy. The aperture is less obstructed by the teeth. The parietal tooth is smaller, straight, not curving inward at the axial end, or almost imperceptibly so, and without an outer branch running towards the upper insertion of the lip. Alt. 9, diam. 18, diam. aperture 8.5 mm.; whorls fully 64. oe “7 ¢> 7.2.“ 16mm; whorls 64. Fig. 7. Ashmunella levettei ursina. Type. Head of Bear Canyon, about 7,500 feet elevation. ‘Types No. 87,089 A. N.S. P. It also occurs in the head of Miller Canyon. In Bear Canyon there are many beautiful albino specimens, ocenrring with others of the normal chestnut color. The range of ursina lies westward from that of heterodonta. This is the race formerly referred by us to typical A. levetter. Ashmunella levettei (Bland). Fig. 8. Triodopsis levettei Bland, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, II, 1882, p. 115, cuts. Binney, Manual of American Land Shells, p. 385, fig. 419. Gratacap, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIV, p. 383. The type specimen of this species (fig. 8) was supposed to come from Santa Fe Canyon, New Mexico, but it is distinctly of Huachucan type. The periphery is rounded.. The glossy surface is marked with fine growth-wrinkles, and on the last whorl very fine and very faint spiral lines. The parietal callus is distinct, but thin at the edge. The parietal tooth is long, high, straight, but at the axial end it becomes low and curves strongly inward. From the distal end of the tooth a 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509 low but distinct branch runs towards the outer termination of the lip. This branch is brownish, like the callus it rests upon, hence might easily be overlooked. The outer lip-tooth is slightly emarginate at the top, and curves inward. The outer basal tooth is compressed and larger than the inner one, which is also somewhat compressed. Alt. 8, diam. 16 mm.; diam. of aper- ture 7.9 mm.; whorls 64. Description and figure from the type specimen, No. 1,274 of the Binney and Bland Collection, American Museum of Natural History, New York. We owe the opportunity of studying this speci- men to the kindness of Dr..L. P. Gratacap. Some specimens from Miller Canyon are identical in characters with the type of levetter. It probably was collected in that canyon. In Carr Canyon there is a_ similar race having some differential characters. Dr. Henry Skinner collected a series of several hundred shells. They were taken about midway of the canyon as shown in the map. These shells vary in size: Alt. Fig. 8. Ashmunella levittet (Bland). Type specimen. -_ >, diam. 13 mm.; whorls 64. Oe AS Re 26h. ** diam. aperture 7 mm. ; whorls 64. The last whorl is rather depressed and periphery is slightly angular in front, these being the main differences from typical A, levette’. In some specimens the shape of the aperture and of the parietal tooth is exactly as in leveltei, but most examples have the aperture smaller, the lip-ends approaching somewhat more, and connected by the thick- ened edge of the parietal callus. The parietal tooth almost always is recurved at the axial end, and bears a more or less distinet recurrent branch from the distal end, as in levette?. In some examples, however, the parietal tooth is straight and there is no perceptible outer hranch; the upper margin of the lip descends more deeply on the parietal wall than in the type of levettei, The young snails form a very thick lip- callus at resting stages. 1) ad = ia (uc 15 5i0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., This Carr Canyon race is intermediate between typical levettei and bifurca., Ashmunella levettei bifurca n. subsp. In Tanner Canyon the shells resemble those of Carr Canyon. They are glossy, dark chestnut colored, depressed, the last whorl angular in front. The aperture is small, the lip-ends connected by a distinct, often heavy parietal cord. The outer lip-tooth is pushed farther back into the mouth. The parietal tooth curves inward at its axial end, and usually gives off a distinct branch from the distal end, though this may be weak or wanting in some examples. The umbilicus is usually wider than in other forms of levette?. The whorls coil closely. Fig. 9. Ashmunella levettei bijurca. Type. Alt. 6.6, diam. 15, diam. of aperture 6.9 mm., whorls fully 63. This race is intensified in the development of apertural teeth. A. mearnsi (Dall) is more depressed and has less numerous, less closely coiled whorls. The spermatheca is more slender, scarcely sacculate or less con- spicuously so than in other Huachucan species, and is a little enlarged towards the end, the lower part of the duct slender, Ashmunella levettei angigyra Pils. Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, p. 240, pl. 14, figs. 47-54 (shell); pl. 21, fig. 28 (genitalia) ; pl. 22, fig. 12 (teeth); pl. 23, fig. 14 (jaw). Smaller, more depressed than levettei, and more or less angular at the periphery, teeth contracting the aperture more. The types, described and illustrated as above cited, were from Ramsey Canyon (called “Conservatory Canyon” in the original paper). Those from northwestward and along the warm dry slopes of the ridge are more typical of the race, being smaller and more angular, The parietal tooth is straight and rather small, without an outer branch, It occurs along the northeastern side of the range from northwest to southeast as follows: Babokomari Creek; Fort Huachuca; Tanner Canyon, over the range, west fork, and along cliffs south of a 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511 the canyon; Brown’s Canyon; Limestone Mountain, 9,000 feet; Ramsey Canyon; also over the range on the foothills of Bear Canyon at about 5,000 feet, where it is very widely separated from other known localities, and very small, diam. 9.5 to 11 mm. The race from Carr Canyon is intermediate between angigyra and levettei in size and shape of the last whorl. The examples from Lime- Fig. 10. Ashmunella levettei angigyra. Cotype. stone Mountain and Salvation Ridge approach those of Carr Canyon in size and apertural teeth, and would probably be grouped with that race rather than with typical angigyra, if the two be separable. A, l. angigyra is the common and widely distributed Ashmunella of the Huachucas. The other forms are very local. The epiphallus is curiously flattened, dumbbell-shaped in section in several individuals (alcoholic) from east fork of Salvation Canyon, and the lower part of the spermatheca duct is slender. Ashmunella mearnsi (Dall). Polygyra mearnsi Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, 1895, p. 2 (Hachita Grande and Huachuca Mountains); XIX, 1896, p. 343, pl. 32, figs.7,8, 11. This species was described as from two widely separated localities. It differs from all other Huachucan species by having fewer, less closely coiled whorls. In these features it belongs to a small group of forms from southwestern New Mexico, composed of A. walkeri Ferriss and A, kochi Clapp. We have much to learn about the snails of these alluring desert mountains, but it seems likely that there was a mistake in the locality Huachuca Mountains, and that the species really came from the Hacheta Grande Mountains only. Genus OREOHELIX Pilsbry. The Huachucan Oreohelices have been described and illustrated as fully as possible to us in the first paper of this series. Oreohelix strigosa concentrata (Dall). Carr Canyon, 7,000 feet ; Limestone Mountain, 8,000 feet ; Miller Peak, Ash Canyon. The shells from Miller Peak are rather openly umbilicate 512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., and have a peculiar facies. Some greenish-white ones remind one of Cireinaria concava, Oreohelix strigosa huachucana (Pils.). Ramsey, Brown, Carr, Miller, Cave Creek and Ida Canyons; north side of Miller Peak. Genus THYSANOPHORA Strobel. Thysanophora hornii (Gabb). Manilla mine, near the northwest end of the range. UROCOPTID 5. Holospira ferrissi Pils. Manilla mine, near the northwest end of the range. The locality Fort Bowie, formerly cited by us, was an error. LIMACIDZA. Agriolimax hemphilli ashmuni Pilsbry and Vanatta. Nautilus, XXII, p. 108. Limaces are rare in Arizona, but Mr. Ashmun took specimens at Nogales, Pima county, 4,000 ft. elevation, and they were found by one of us in Miller, Brown and Tanner Canyons in the Huachucas. These slugs belong to the very widely distributed group of Agrio- limax levis, but we have not been able to refer them directly to any described race. By the development of entocones on the lateral teeth they differ from A. campestris (including montanus Ing.), and agree with A. hemphilli (Binney),’ A. stenurus (Strebel)* and A. berendti (Strebel). Whether these forms are specifically distinct or not remains to be determined. Their distinctive characters do not seem important. The alcoholic specimens from Miller Canyon have the general aspect externally of A. campestris. The rounded back is black, flanks sooty brown. The mantle is large, and more than half of it is free, so that when lifted and turned back it more than covers the posterior adnate portion. Under it the surface is yellowish. The sole is very narrow, conspicuously tripartite. The central tooth is tricuspid. Laterals have a small entocone elevated on the side of the mesocone; ectocone 7 Limax hemphilli W. G. Binney. Third re Sagal to Terrestrial Mollusks, V, 1890, p. 201, pl. 1, fig. 13; pl. 2, fig. 3; pl. 8, fig. B (Julian City, Cal.). Fourth Supplement, p. 166, pl. 3, fig. 1 (var. pictus Ckll., San Tomas River, L. Cal.). ® Limax stenurus Strebel, Beitrag Mex. Land und Siisswasser Conchyl., IV, 1880, p. 21 (State of Vera Cruz, Mexico). s segs berendti Strebel, t. c., p. 22 (Coban, Guatemala). Cf. also L. jalapensis Strebel, /. c. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513 well developed. There are 13 lateral teeth, the 13th being transitional to the marginals, which are simple, thorn-shaped. Jaw as usual. The penis is large, much twisted, terminates in an obtuse “ flagellum” or blind sack, and it has a fleshy sensory papilla in the anterior enlarge- ment, shown by dotted lines in fig. 8c. In front of this enlargement it is very slender. It has an extremely slender retractor muscle (p.r.). Other organs as usual in the group. Examples from Tanner Canyon have the same genitalia, but differ B Cc Fig. 11. Agriolimax hemphilli ashmuni. a, b, alimentary canal and genitalia of a specimen from Nogales. c, genitalia of the type from Miller Canyon. in external color. They are pale soiled buff, with a slightly darker reticulation back of the mantle, which is closely flecked with gray. These slugs are therefore not unlike A. hemphilli pictus Ckll. According to Mr. Binney, A. hemphilli has 50, 1, 50 teeth with 10 laterals. This is somewhat unlike our slug, which has more lateral teeth, though of the same shape; moreover, the penis of A. hemphilli seems to differ from the Arizona form, which occurs in a region other- wise wholly diverse in its mollusk population. A. sfenurus and A, berendti of Strebel belong to the tropical fauna. Since the Arizona form differs materially in dentition from the described alpine slugs of Colorado, we have thought it safest to give a special name to the mountain slug of Arizona, until such time as the several forms can be actually compared by some observer, and their relations to one another elucidated, The types of A. hemphilli ashmuni are No. 94,366 A. N. 5. P., from Miller Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, ENDODONTID 3. Pyramidula (Gonyodisous) cronkhitei (Newe.). Wickersham’s, Miller Peak; Carr Canyon. ‘ 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Pyramidula (Gonyodisous) shimeki cockerelli Pils. “Reef,” Carr Canyon, at 5,000 feet (C. R. Biederman). Radiodisous millecostatus Pils. and Ferr. . Carr Canyon; Miller Peak, near the top and on the north side, and in Wickersham’s Gulch; Wickersham’s. Helicodiscus eigenmanni arizonensis Pils. and Ferr. Found in 1904, no special locality recorded. ZONITIDZ. Zonitoides arborea (Say). M Wickersham’s Rock, Miller Peak; Tanner Canyon; Ash Canyon. Zonitoides minuscula (Binn.). Wickersham’s, Miller Peak; Tanner Canyon; Benson. Zonitoides minuscula alachuana (Dall). Ash Canyon; Wickersham’s. Zonitoides milium meridionalis Pils. and Ferr. Wickersham’s. Vitrea indentata umbilicata (CkIl.). Tanner Canyon; Wickersham Gulch; Miller Canyon, one very large example, diam 6.7 mm.; Ash Canyon. Euconulus fulvus alaskensis Pils. Wickersham’s rock, Miller Peak. Vitrina alaskana Dall. Wickersham’s, Miller Peak. SUCCINEIDZ Succinea avara Say. Tanner and Ash Canyons. VALLONIID ZA. Vallonia perspeotiva Sterki. Tanner, Pine and Ash Canyons; Wickersham’s, Miller Peak. Vallonia cyclophorella Ancey. Wickersham’s, Miller Peak. PUPILLIDA,”” Pupilla hebes (Ancey). Wickersham’s, Miller Canyon. © Pupoides hordacea (Gabb) and Pupilla syngenes (Pils.) were found in river drift at Benson. Of the latter both dextral and sinistral shells, one of each. 1909. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 515 Bifidaria quadridentata Sterki. Wickersham’s, Miller Canyon. One specimen. Bifidaria ashmuni Sterki. Ash Canyon. Bifidaria cochisensis Pils. and Ferr. Tanner Canyon, abundant. This form and the following will be described in the next paper of this series, in connection with a general review of the group of B. ashmuni. Bifidaria cochisensis oligobasodon Pils. and Ferr. Ash Canyon. Bifidaria pilsbryana Sterki. Wickersham’s, Miller Peak. Bifidaria tappaniana (C. B. Ad.). Tanner Canyon, 6,000 feet; also San Pedro drift at Benson." Vertigo ovata Say. Ash Canyon; Tanner Canyon, 6,000 feet; also San Pedro drift at Benson. Vertigo modesta parietalis Anc. Wickersham’s, Miller Peak. Vertigo concinnula Ckil. Wickersham’s, Miller Peak; one immature shell. Vertigo milium Glid. Tanner Canyon, 6,000 feet ; drift of San Pedro river at Benson, FERUSSACIDZ. Cochlicopa lubrica (Miall.). Tanner Canyon, 6,000 feet ; Carr Canyon; Wickersham’s, Miller Peak. LYMNASID 45. Lymnea parva Lea. Ash Canyon; a few very young specimens, PHYSID AS. Physa virgata Gid. Small, slender, long-spired examples, clearly of the virgata type, were taken in Tanner Canyon, in a spring at about 6000 ft. | at 1 Bifidaria pentodon (Say) was taken in San Pedro drift at Benson, Cochise county, Arizona. 516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov..,. AMNICOLIDZ. Paludestrina stearnsiana Pils. Ash Canyon, one bleached specimen; spring in Tanner Canyon,. numerous living examples. PELECYPODA. Pisidium abditum huachucanum Pils. and Ferr. Stream in Carr Canyon (C. R. Biederman, type loc.) ; spring in Carr Canyon, 7,000 feet ; springs in Tanner Canyon at 6,000 and 7,000 feet > spring at the mouth of Ash Canyon, 4,500 feet; artificial pond at the- mouth of Hunter Canyon, 4,500 feet (L. E. Daniels, October, 1907). This is, we believe, the only Pisidium recorded from Arizona. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX To XXI. Pate XIX .— Figs. 1, 2, 3—Sonorella dalli Bartsch. Tanner Canyon. Figs. 4, 5, 6—Sonorella granulatissima latior Pils. Cotypes. Figs. 7, 8—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Cotypes. Fig. 9—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. Miller Canyon. Figs. 10, 11, 12—Sonorella granulatissima parva Pils. Cotypes. Figs. 13, 14, 15—Sonorella danielsi Pils. and Ferr. Cotypes. Fig. 16—Sonorella huachucana Pils. Bear Canyon. Fig. 17—Sonorella huachucana Pils. Type. Fig. 18—Sonorella danielsi P. and F., brown variety. Ash Canyon, No. 94,385. Pirate XX.—Fig. 1—Ashmuneila levettei ursina Pils. and Ferr. No. 94,351. Fig. 2—Ashmunella |. angigyra Pils. No. 83,269. Fig. 3—Ashmunella varicifera Anc. No. 94,341. Fig. 4—Ashmunella levettei ursina P. and F. No. 94,349. Atrium and ends. of penis and vagina protruding. Fig. 5—Ashmunella varicifera Anc. Spermatheca of another individual. Fig. 6—Ashmunella varicifera Anc. Penis opened. Fig. 7—Ashmunella microdonta Pilsbry and Ferriss. No. 94,347. One of the cotypes. Pirate XXI.—Fig. 1—Sonorella granulatissima Pils. No. 83,257. Cotype. Fig. 2—Ditto. Penis opened to show papilla. Fig. 3—Ditto. Penis, epiphallus and flagellum. Fig. 4—Ditto. No. 94,336. Miller Canyon. Fig. 5—Sonorella danielsi Pilsbry and Ferriss. No. 94,337. Fig. 6—Sonorella danielsi Pilsbry and Ferriss. No. 94,318. Type. Fig. 7—Sonorella g. latior Pils. No. 94,387. Tanner Canyon. Pirate XXII.—Figs. 1, 2, 3—Sonorella rinconensis Pils. and Ferr. Central,. lateral and marginal teeth. Fig 4—Sonorella rinconensis. Type, genitalia. 2. Fig. 5—Sonorella dalli Bartsch. No. 94,384, genitalia. X 2. Fig. 6—Sonorella dalli Bartsch. Jaw. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517 A NEW SONORELLA FROM THE RINCON MOUNTAINS ARIZONA. BY H. A. PILSBRY and J. H. FERRISS. The Rincon Mountains lie near the western border of. Cochise County, Arizona, north of the Whetstone Mountains, which are north of the Huachuca range. In 1907 one of us (Mr. Ferriss) visited the range and procured specimens of a large Sonorella, the first mollusk known from these mountains. Fig. 1. Sonorella rinconensis. Cotypes, nat. size. Where visited the range is rather dry. The rock is granitic, of PS ‘ pre-Cambrian age.’ Besides Sonorella rinconensis only a few shells were taken, minute forms common to the region. Sonerella rincon- ensis was found sticking to large rocks and boulders, a habit not hitherto noticed in the genus. They are rare, the biggest bag made being six in one day. Sonorella rinconensis n. sp. Pl. XXII, figs. 1-4, 7 The shell resembles S. ashmuni Bartsch in shape. It is pale brown fading to white around the umbilicus, with a broad chocolate shoulder- band, widely whitish-bordered above and below. The surface is smoothish, marked with delicate growth-lines, and under the lens some faint spiral lines may be traced on the last whorl] near the suture. The embryonic whorls have sculpture of the S. hachitana type. The whorls increase rather slowly to the last, which is much widened, and well rounded peripherally. It descends a little in front. The aper- ture is rotund-lunate; peristome slightly expanded, dilated at the columella as usual. Umbilicus about as in S. ashmuni, Alt. 16, diam. 26.5, width of umbilicus 4 mm. ; whorls fully 5. The penis is extremely long and slender, and contains a very long papilla. Its lower end is enveloped in a sheath. The retractor ‘C7. W. P. Blake, Some Salient Features in the Geology of Arizona, with Evidences of Shallow Seas in Paleozoic Time, American Geologist, Vol. 27, 1901, p. 160. 518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov. , muscle is inserted distally on the lung-floor, as usual. The vagina is excessively long, longer than the penis, and of about equal diameter throughout (slightly over 1 mm.). The spermatheca is globular, its duct much shorter than the vagina. The organs of an individual drowned and dissected fresh measure as follows: Length of penis, . VS Sos Oe ee ee eee OY Speiiles: = lee a, i PS eo Se ee me OER OFS phesth... "0% oe Se 3c eee Sf *Cepipballis, =o she = = care op) ee ee 38 Bapeiumy oo osc) oe wwe ia tar ns a ee ee é “"Wabine, oo. Sess 5. ay ee, en ee ee ee ‘< . ©“. spérmathecs and duct, 3 3° =. el eee The liver is maroon colored when fresh. Types No. 94,313 A. N.S. P., from Rincon Peak, Rincon Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona; cotypes in coll. Ferriss. Specimens were also taken on Mt. Mica and Wrong Mountain, Rincon range. The jaw (pl. XXII, fig. 7) has six or seven strong ribs, projecting on both margins. The radula has 26, 15, 1, 15, 26 teeth (pl. XXII, figs. 1, 2,3). The central and lateral teeth are unicuspid, the cusps stout and obtuse, longer than the basal plates. At about the sixteenth tooth an ectocone appears. Towards the outer edge of the radula the inner cusp becomes bifid; and in many but not all of the outermost six or eight marginals the ectocone is split into two or three denticles (fig. 3). Conchologically this form stands very close to S. ashmuni Bartsch, from Richinbar, south of Prescott, Arizona; also found at Jerome, and at Purtyman’s ranch on Oak Creek, 40 miles from Jerome. It would probably be scarcely possible to separate the two species by the shells alone. The genitalia, however, are widely diverse. S. ashmuni (Oak Creek) has genitalia of the type found in hachitana-like Sonorel- las of the Peloncillo, Florida and Dos Cabezas ranges, while S. rinconen- sis has the penis and vagina excessively lengthened. While quite unlike any known form, it seems nearer to S. virilis than to other species which have been dissected, but differs from that by its far shorter penis-papilla and by the vagina, which is much longer than the penis, while in S. virilis the penis is longer. Pirate XXII.—Figs. 1, 2, 3—Sonorella rinconensis Pils. and Ferr. Central lateral and marginal teeth. Fig. 4—Sonorella rinconensis. Type, genitalia. X 2. Fig. 5—Sonorella dalli Bartsch. No. 94,384, genitalia. X_2 Fig. 6—Sonorella dalli Bartsch. Jaw. Fig. 7—Sonorella rinconensis. Jaw. Fig. 8—Sonorella dalli. Teeth. 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519 MELANIIDZ OF THE PANUCO RIVER SYSTEM, MEXICO. BY H. A. PILSBRY and A. A. HINKLEY. The Pachycheili of the Panuco River system are all, so far as known, special to that drainage.’ These waters are remarkably rich in fine species, which though not so large as some from Central America, are more varied in shape and sculpture. In a few species the spire is so short that the shell has a globular or oval shape, like Anculosa or Paludomus; yet in the structure of the aperture and operculum these aberrant forms agree with more normal species of the same region. One species, P. pleurotoma, has a Pleurotomoid sinus in the outer lip, somewhat like that of P. dalli Pils., but situated farther up. The whole group of the Panuco drainage differs from the southern forms of Pachycheilus in the weakness or absence of the regular and close microscopic spiral striation characteristic of the typical species. The shells are generally abundant. Of most of the forms several hundred shells at least of each species have been examined. All were collected by Mr. Hinkley during the past winter. The descriptions are the joint work of both authors. The figures are natural size. Cotypes of the new forms are in the collections of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and of Mr. Hinkley. Since many of the localities mentioned herein are not indicated on maps available in this country, we give here a sketch of the lower portion of the Panuco River ee. ‘It is posite that P. ‘haps vands is an exception, but the =e of that species from a West Mexican lake seems improbable. 2 Localities where mollusca were collected during the winter of 1908 and 1909 are marked on the map with numerals. These numbered stations are as follows: No. 1. LaBarra. «2. Tampico. «3. Cave from which the Choy River issues. «4. Taninul, flag station for Hot Spring. «5. Hot Spring. «6. Catamas Lake. “7. Pujal Lake. «8. El Abra. « 9. Valles Station. “ 10. Valles. “11. Small falls of the Valles River. 12. Ranch of Mr. Willis. 13. Chaimi Creek. 14, Pujal, Pujal ferry and ford. ** 15. Ford or ferry of the Coy River. * 16. Alligator Lake, “ 17, First rill in the mountains south of Valles. 520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., el7 co @TANCANHUITZ §@18 e as TAMZAMOLON ah 1 21 — jocre / Fig. 1. Map ot a portion of the Panuco River system, showing localities mentioned in this paper. No. 18. Second rill in the mountains. “* 19. Tampamolon. ** 20. Ford and ferry of Moctezuma River. ‘* 21. Creek near the ford of Moctezuma River. ** 22. Tancanhutz. ** 23. Choy ranch, ** 24. Casas Viejas River. 25. Coxcantlan. ‘* 26. Mecos (Micos) and Mecos falls. “* 27. Rapids above Mecos. ** 28. Lagoon five miles west of Mecos. ‘“* 29. Lagoon between mountains, no outlet. ‘“« 30. Bluffs north of San Dieguito. ** 31. San Dieguito. “« 32. Cave. ** 33. Bluff southwest of San Dieguito. “ 34. Ganina River. ** 35. Tributary of Ganina River. ** 36. Rascon. “« 37. Tamosopo. “« 38. Mill of Tamosopo Sugar Co. ‘* 39. Natural Bridge and Verastagu. “ 40, Canyon. “ 41. Las Canoas. According to the railroad map, the elevation of Valles is about 200 feet above the sea; El Abra, 700 feet; Mecos, over 1,000 feet; Tamosopo, 1,300 feet; Los Canoas, 3,300 feet. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521 Pachycheilus pila n. sp. Pl. XXIV, figs. 1-5. The shell is solid and strong, irregularly globose, black, smooth but for inconspicuous growth-lines (except the very young shells which are delicately, closely striate spirally); spire very short, mainly eroded in adult shells, but concavely acuminate when preserved in the young. Only 2 or 3 whorls remain in adult shells, the last very globose throughout, more or less flattened below the suture near the aperture. The aperture is large, black within; outer lip thin, much more arcuate than the inner lip, which is only slightly arcuate. Columellar margin heavily calloused throughout, black, with a white lining on the inner border. Length 19, diam. 164 mm., longest axis of aperture 13 mm. ce 20, se 154 ae “ce c “ 13 ae na 19, “ .17 “™ aperture 13} x 12} mm. x: ee S 13x10 mm. Tamosopo River above and below the “Natural Bridge,’ near Verastagu, State of San Luis Potosi, Mexico. The water in the basin above the bridge is in constant agitation, caused by the falls of several small streams feeding it and the narrow outlet, so there are several inches of the rock walls alternately covered and exposed. The positions occupied by the different species of Pachycheilus were quite diverse, the P. pila always being submerged, while P. atratus and humerosus were higher up and often entirely beyond the reach of the water. Below the bridge P. pila was on submerged rocks, while the other species were most plentiful at or near the surface. This is the shortest, most globose species of Pachycheilus known, having the contour of an Anculosa or Paludomus. The youngest stage examined is about 2 mm. long, at which time the shape is ovate-conic. At 54 mm. long, with the spire of 5 whorls still perfect, the last whorl has become inflated, and traces of very fine delicate spiral strie remain. The types (pl. XXIV, figs. 1 to 5) are from below the “ Nat- ural Bridge.’”? Some examples apparently adult are smaller than the dimensions given above, alt. 134, diam. 13 mm. Specimens from a tributary of the Tamosopo River at the Tamosopo Sugar Company’s plantation are all smaller. Specimens measure: Length 14, diam. 12, length of aperture 9 mm, “e 12, “i 11, ae é SS ee Examples from a rill on the mountain side above the banana planta- tion at the “Natural Bridge” are very small, adults measuring 8 to 11 34 ae Soames: 522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., mm. long. This small race might be distinguished as P. pila pilula n. var. (pl. XXIV, fig. 6). Pachycheilus tristis n.sp. Pl. XXIV, figs. 7-10. The shell is short, ovate, brown, the last whorl smooth when adult. Spire conic but deeply eroded in adults, rarely showing more than 3 whorls distinctly. The last whorl is convex. Aperture bluish-white inside. Outer margin thin, strongly arched, forming half a circle; inner margin slightly arcuate, heavily calloused, white throughout or with a brown edge. The neanic stage, length 10-11 mm., is conic with an elevated spire sculptured with spiral carine, 3 on each whorl of the spire, one ridge being just below the suture, another below the middle, and the third just above the succeeding suture. On the last whorl there are 4 or 5— spiral ridges, the lowest one weak, below the periphery. Subsequently the whorls become more inflated and the spiral sculpture weakens, — either disappearing in the penultimate whorl or a single subsutural ridge and sulcus may persist until the beginning of the last whorl. Length 21, diam. 13.7 mm.; aperture 11.5x 9 mm. Co ek Oona Tet ei x ee Me Sa ae | e126 = 10 1 ee ee ee es fo Oba B. # Tamasopo River at the ‘“ Natural Bridge,” near Verastagu, State of San Luis Potosi. Very few found above the bridge, but quite plentiful below. Adult shells of this species resemble P. pila in shape, but they differ by the brown color, bluish-white aperture and white columella. Old shells which have lost most of the spire by erosion are hard to dis- tinguish from P. pila. The characters of the young are wholly diverse, and show P. tristis to be related to P. humerosus and P. atratus. Com- pared with P. humerosus, P. tristis differs in lacking a shouldered last whorl, the more ovate shape and the color. It differs from P. atratus in shape, sculpture and color. Pachycheilus mcectezumensis n. sp. Pl. XXIV, figs. 11, 12. The shell is globose-oval, solid, purplish-black. The spire is very short, the apex slightly projecting; earlier whorls light brown, the apex eroded. Whorls of the spire sculptured with several low spiral ridges. Last whorl oval, smooth, aperture ovate, angular above, broadly rounded below, dark within, black near the lip edge. Inner margin calloused, white, usually with a brown edge. 1909.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523 Length 204, diam. 144, aperture 13 x 11 mm., 4 whorls remaining. “ce 173, ce 13 F ce 1l4x 9 “ 4 “c ae Moctezuma River at the ford south of Tampamolon, State of San Luis Potosi; taken from rocks in shallow water where there was con- siderable current. They were scarce. With some resemblance to P. pila, this species differs by its more oval shape, the last whorl being less convex and larger, the aperture less wide. P. pila has quite a different facies from the great expansion of the last whorl. In some examples the spire is longer than in those selected as typical : length 23, diam. 15, aperture 14 mm., whorls 6, the spire being perfect. Pachycheilus pluristriatus (Say). Pl. XXIII, figs. 1-5. Melania pluristriata Say, New Harmony Dissem., Dec., 1831; Complete Writings, p. 140. Pachycheilus pluristriatus Say, v. Martens, Biologia Centrali Amer., Moll., % ie pl. 26, fig. 1. nia rubida Lea, Obs. Gen. Unio, ete., XJ, p. 77, pl. 22, fig. 16. Melania labiosa Wiegmann, in Berlin Mus. This species is solid, straightly conic, light slate or drab to nearly black in color, glossy, usually with a yellowish band below the suture and sculptured with numerous acute spiral cords narrower and much lighter colored than their intervals, usually 10 to 15 on the last, 6 on the penultimate whorl. The embryonic whorls are smooth, following ones have a keel above the suture, and soon a thread above the keel ; additional threads soon appearing. The suture is either rather incon- spicuous throughout or moderately impressed at the later whorls. The last whorl is convex. Aperture purple-brown inside, ovate, acutely angular above. Outer lip thin, retracted above. Columella rather narrow. Parietal callus is rather heavy, or sometimes very thick, white, brown at the edge. Length 37, diam. 17, aperture 15 mm.; whorls 8. “ 33, ae 16, a 14 ae ae 74. e 35, “e 15, ae 13.3 “ee se Q, Coy River, San Luis Potosi, on a long water plant in the stream and at the water’s edge, quite abundant. The exact locality of Say’s type of this species is not known. It was taken by Mr. Maclure, who went to Mexico by the Tampico route, and therefore may have obtained the shells from the Coy Riv er or its neighborhood. The examples taken by Mr. Hinkley agree fully with Say’s. The locality of M. rubida Lea was also unknown. Prof, 524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., von Martens figured a specimen from the Berlin Museum, taken by Ferdinand Deppe between 1824 and 1837. These examples were labelled as from Lake Chapala, at the western edge of the Mexican plateau, and draining into the Pacific. It seems unlikely that this snail has any such range, and we are disposed to believe ‘that some mistake about the locality of Deppe’s shells has crept in. They agree fully in shape and sculpture with the Coy River examples, but, like M. rubida Lea, are dead shells, of a reddish color. Pachycheilus pluristriatus longus n. subsp. Pl. XXIII, figs. 11, 12. The shell is longer than pluristriatus, black, sometimes fading to flesh color towards the apex, not glossy. The keel above the suture is more prominent and the other spirals are fewer and unequal, part of them being very weak, and they are black like the ground color. » The suture is deeply impressed; the base of the last whorl is smooth or weakly sculptured. Length 37.3, diam. 14.3, aperture 13.5 mm.; whorls 94. here 6 8) TELA? “3 1 oe ee ES Ganina River, there miles southwest of San Dieguito, San Luis Potosi. Pachycheilus pluristriatus tamasopensis n. subsp. Pl. XXIII, figs. 6-10. The shell is glossy, black, shaped like P. pluristriatus. Sculpture weaker, the whole last whorl or its basal half being smooth, without spiral cords, but generally a few spirals persist below the suture. Length 364, diam. 17, aperture 14 mm.; whorls 54. Eo Pi et Ph Pie a “ 34 15, % NG: aera oS Olas Small stream north of the mill of the Tamasopo Sugar Co., San Luis Potosi. Some small examples with the upper whorls eroded show no spirals whatever, and may possibly belong to another species (pl. XXIII, fig. 8). More perfect adult shells or the young stages must be examined. Examples measure: Length 25, diam. 13, aperture 11.7 mm.; whorls 3. Ma Se Le, Z¢ 11 oe ee ee Pachycheilus atratus 0. sp. Pl. XXIII, figs. 13-18. The shell is ovate-turrited, solid, covered with a very smooth, dense, glossy brownish-black cuticle. The spire is somewhat acuminate; early whorls smooth; intermediate whorls often showing a few weak 1909. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 52S spiral cords below the suture and a weak angle at the shoulder. Last whorl flattened below the very deep suture, elsewhere very convex and smooth, though on some examples faint traces of very minute spiral lines may be discerned. The aperture is rounded-oval or rounded- ovate, somewhat livid and translucent within but generally with a black band bordering the lip. It projects beyond the general outline of thecone. Outer and basal margins of the peristome are thin, black, and well rounded; inner margin straightened more or less, white within, with a black or brown-black edge; 5 or 6 whorls remain in adult shells, only the tips being eroded. Length 30, diam. 16 mm.; aperture 13 x 9mm. cals: +), toy * 1s Wie et ieee , 145 % 124x10 “ Tamosopo River near Verastagu, San Luis Potosi, above and below the “ Natural Bridge” (pl. XXIII, figs. 13 to 15). While clearly related to P. humerosus, this species is easily distin- guished by its rounded whorls. A large quantity of each was taken. The type lot consists of beautifully perfect, clean shells from above the bridge. Those found below the bridge are not so clean. Specimens from a rill issuing from a cave on the mountain side above Los Canoas are incrusted with a gray calcareous deposit so that adults resemble pebbles, but when cleaned the shell within is found to be almost or entirely perfect (pl. X-XITI, figs. 16, 17, 18). Fig. 18 repre- sents a cleaned specimen. They are smaller than the type lot, about 24 mm. long. A lot taken in the rill on the mountain above the ‘ Natural Bridge’ consists of dwarf shells, adults measuring 19 to 21 mm. long. P. pila in the same stream is even more dwarfed. Pachycheilus atratus ganinus n. subsp. PI. XXIII, figs. 19, 20, A race of P. atratus occurs in the Ganina River three miles southwest of San Dieguito. The black shell is dull with the middle and lower whorls of the spire ridged or coarsely striate spirally, usually with 5to8 strie on the penultimate whorl. Several of these spiral cords usually continue on the last whorl below the suture. The upper whorls of the spire are smooth and convex. The aperture is shaped as in P. atratus. lig. 19 represents a cleaned shell, fig. 20 one incrusted. Length 24, diam. 13, aperture 114 mm. There are some abnornially shortened shells, length 17, diam. 12, aperture 104 mm. The spire is generally covered with a hard cal- careous crust, difficult to remove. P. pluristriatus longus oceurs in the same place. 526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., This form resembles P. a. suprastriatus closely, but differs by having smooth post-embryonic whorls. It is also constantly black in color. Pachycheilus atratus suprastriatus n. subsp. The shell resembles P. atratus in shape and aperture. It is less glossy, brownish black, dark brown or corneous-brown, the whorls of the spire spirally striate, the stria sometimes persisting on the last whorl below the suture. The earliest post-embryonic whorls are acutely carinate, the carina continuing downward above the suture as additional acute cords arise above it. On the third from the last whorl, in a cotype, there are 5 equal acute strie. Length 304, diam. 15, aperture 13. mm.; 6 whorls remaining. Ae TDG YA ON 5 RE 9 MAL ahs Sa he ee «“ “244 mm.; 74 whorls remaining. 34, diam. 16 mm.; aperture 13 x 10 mm. ie ae SP es - i UT alae AP oy Valles River at Mecos falls, and some rapids two miles west of Mecos, State of San Luis Potosi, Mexico. The only species of Pachycheilus found in the vicinity of Mecos. The young differ from those of atratus and ganinus in being carinate; the early whorls of the spire enlarge more regularly, and the color is a dull horn or light shade of brown without the polish of the young atratus. Teken from the bed of the river in 2 moderate current, and sheltered pools where there was no current. Mecos falls are a number of small falls and rapids where the Valles" River comes from the mountains to the valley. Standing on the railroad track and looking east and a little to the right, Valles can be seen as a spot in the valley, and still farther in the next range of moun- tains is seen the rock face of the cut through which the railroad passes and in which lies the village of E] Abra. oe Pachycheilus humerosus n. sp. Pl. XXIII, figs. 21-25. The shell is ovate-turrited, solid, black with pale spiral bands on the ridges, the cuticle smooth and dense. Spire acuminate when not eroded, the earliest whorls (in young shells) clear brownish, first 5 whorls smooth and not very convex, then two spiral ridges appear, rapidly becoming stronger, a third ridge appearing below the suture about the 8th whorl, and sometimes others between the primary ridges, A specimen 9 mm. long with 8 whorls has 7 spiral ridges on the last whorl, each showing as a white band within the aperture. One 15mm. long with 9 whorls has 7 such ridges and bands on the last whorl. The EE —— 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527 whorls then enlarge very rapidly, the suture deepens. On the penulti- mate whorl of an adult there are about 5 spiral pale ridges, the lower ones wider and lower. On the last whorl the ridges weaken, leaving it smooth or nearly so, or they may persist below the suture and at the base; the suture becomes very deep, the whorl below it horizontal, shoul- dered, the shoulder bounded by a ridge or angle. The aperture is rounded-ovate, blackish within but pale or banded in the throat; outer and basal margins thin, black, broadly rounded; inner margin more or less straightened, appressed or free and continuous, brown at the edge, the callus white. 34 to 6 whorls usually may be counted in adult shells. Length 28, diam. 18, aperture 13$x10 mm. er 17, as opt =< 42)” 1 OR CY ems? ee SS) ne "> 16h, r 14 x104 “ The operculum is ovate, with the nucleus about one-third across from the columellar side and below the middle. Tamosopo River, near Verastagu, above and below the “Natural Bridge.” The light colored cords alternating with purple-black bands makes it a conspicuous shell when seen in the water. While the general shape is that of P. atratus, this species differs from that by its con- spicuous sculpture. It is more allied to P. tristis, though very distinct. Pachycheilus monachus n. sp. Pl. XXIV, figs. 21-25. The shell is solid, cylindrie with conic spire, or turrite-conic, black. The earliest whorls appear to be smooth; then sharp spiral cords much narrower than their intervals appear, evenly spaced, and five on each whorl; these disappear on the last two whorls, or one to three persist only below the suture, where the whorl is more or less tumid or shoul- dered. The spire is rather long and conic; suture deep; last whorl convex or flattened laterally. The aperture is ovate, whitish inside, black near the lip. Outer lipsharp and strongly arcuate. Columellar lip more straightened, heavily white-calloused, usually brownish at the edge. Length 32, diam. 14.3, aperture 13 mm.; whorls remaining 8. rae loa, A eS e . 4h. “ce 254, “ 14, a“ 13 e “a a“ 4. Coy River, three miles south of Los Palmas. State of San Luis Potosi, Mexico. ’ The Coy River issues from a cave at the foot of the mountain below 528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., the railroad track. Specimens taken near the cave and a short distance within average smaller than those taken lower down the stream, but agree with them in other characters. They measure 20 to 28 mm. long. P. monachus has some resemblance to P. a. suprastriatus, but in that the spiral strie are coarser and less regular, the aperture is less angular above, and projects more laterally beyond the outline of the cone, as in P. atratus. Pachycheilus vallesensis Hinkley. Nautilus, X XJ, p. 25, pl. 5, figs. 1-38, 5-7, 10 (July, 1907). This species was taken in the Valles River at Valles; most abundant where there is but little current. Also at the ranch of C. P. Willis. In all kinds of situations. In some places the young were very numerous. The largest ones were on rocks and in the bed of the river where there was little or no current. The large typical form also occurred in the Panuco River at Pujal, on a rock outcrop in the bed of the river. This is a wide shallow stream in which there is a large amount of shifting sand. Few shells were found where the stream was visited. Very large shells, some 374 x 18} mm., were taken in the Moctezuma River at the ford, in the bed of the stream. P. vallesensis differs from the other stout species of the region by its bluish, ashy or blackish-gray color, reminding one of Goniobasis livescens, and by the white columellar callus. Pachycheilus vallesensis attenuatus n. subsp. The shell is livid bluish when clean, smaller and much more slender than vallesensis, with a comparatively longer spire. Whorls 8 or 9, the upper ones weakly striate spirally, last whorl smooth. Aperture ovate, acutely angular above. Parietal callus thick and white, the appressed edge often yellowish or brownish. Length 26, diam. 11, aperture 9 mm. “ce 28, ec 133, “ce 124 “ce Chaimai Creek (about halfway between Valles and Pujal) and Casas Viejas River, a tributary of the Valles River, coming from the north of Valles, and emptying into the Valles River some miles east of Mecos falls. These shells were at first thought to be P. suprastriatus, but they differ in the strie of the young being finer and more numerous; there is also a difference in the aperture and columellar callus, and the outer lip is never extended beyond the line of the spire as in suprastriatus. In 1907 this form was included in the description of P. vallesensis 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529 and figured (see Nautilus, Vol. 21, figs. 4,8 and 9 of pl. 5). They are more acute in the spire and thinner than typical vallesensis, also smaller. The shells taken the past winter were from farther up the stream than those taken two years before. Not one could be found at the place where they were then. Chaimai Creek is about two miles down the Valles River from the Willis ranch (where typical P. vallesensis oceurs), and begins with a spring about a mile from the river. ‘The water of the spring is a little warm and the pool there contains no Pachycheilus. Lower down they were often on and among decaying leaves. Pachycheilus suturalis n. sp. Pl. XXIV, figs. 16-20. The shell is turrited, regularly and slowly tapering, moderately solid though rather thin, black, blackish-brown or brown. In_ perfect shells the first (embryonic) 24 whorls are smooth and convex; four or five following whorls have an acute carina below the middle, with an acute thread above and one below it; on subsequent whorls the carina is reduced and the number of spiral threads increases, so that there is a brief stage of about one whorl where the convex surface has about 6 subequal spirals; the lower spirals then diminish, leaving the last 3 or 4 whorls nearly smooth except for a group of usually three or four spiral cords just below the suture. Some weak traces of spiral striae may often be seen on the smoothish portion, under the lens. The aperture is broadly ovate, narrower above, but rounded there in adults, broadly rounded below. The peristome is thin, blackish, noticeably retracted just below the columella, and the outer lip is sinuous, being somewhat retracted above. The parietal callus is brown or blackish, rather heavy. Length 28, diam. 13, aperture 11 mm.; whorls remaining 54. nee mms eS ab : “OF. aie ane eni0! 4" a iy Ro ae) sea 94 “ : oe Creek near Tampamolon, with P. pleurotoma, Also found in the creek at Coxcantlan, a creek one mile above the ford of the Moctezuma River, and in the first and second brooks crossed on the road through the mountains to the Moctezuma River; all in the State of San Luis Potosi. This species is related to P. pleurotoma, which differs chiefly by its Pleurotomoid sinus. The only other related species is P. saussurei (Brot),? of which two of the original lot, received from Dr. Brot, are * See Kiister’s Conchylien Cabinet, Melanaceen, p. 43, pl. 5, fig. 7; type locality a swamp in the woods bordering the Rio Grande, which empties into the Laguna de Meztitlan, State of Hidalgo. It has no outlet to the sea. 530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. In P. saussurei several whorls following the embryonic shell are conver and smooth, not keeled as in P. suturalis; and lower down the whorls have in addition to the subsutural group of striz a weak longitudinal plication, which is wanting in P. suturalis. The largest examples are from a creek about a mile above the ford of the Moctezuma River. Two measure: Length 34, diam. 15, aperture 13 mm.; whorls remaining 4. ce 33.2, “ 12.2, ce 12 “ec ins “ 74. Those from the creek at Coxcantlan are not quite so large as the type lot, and the shells from the two rills in the mountains are small; those from the first rill have the lip slightly expanded, and are quite slender, measuring: Length 18.2, diam. 7, aperture 6.2 mm.; whorls 8}. oa san, ae ps Sa Me Som oe “10 (apex perfect). They live in the same stream with P. pleurotoma, but were not noticed feeding with that species, seeming to prefer the rocks where there is considerable current. Those from the second rill are slightly larger and less slender, about. 21x10 mm. Pachycheilus pleurotoma n. sp. Pl. XXIV, figs. 13-15. The shell is slender, turrited or spire-shaped, rather thin, hair-brown or greenish-olive. Spire long, slightly attenuate above. The earliest whorls are smooth and rounded; then some spiral threads appear, one near the lower suture rapidly increasing to a projecting carina, with one thread below, one to three above it; this stage continuing 3 or 4 whorls. The carina then disappears, leaving the whorls rounded with about 5 threads, and sometimes a low, indistinct longitudinal plication. The spiral threads then disappear, leaving the last 2 to 4 whorls convex and smooth except for 3 or 4 spiral cords just below the suture. The last whorl usually becomes a little shouldered near the aperture. The © aperture is small, very broadly ovate, being somewhat narrower but rounded above. The outer lip, close below the suture, is retracted to form a deep rounded sinus, much as in the marine genus Drillia. Elsewhere the lip is thin and simple. The basal lip is broadly rounded. Columellar margin straightened or much less arched than the outer margin, moderately thickened. Length 364, diam. 124, length of aperture 114 mm.; whorls 10. cc 29, “cc 104, “ec “ce “e 9% cc “ce 10. Mountain rill on the road going north from Tampamolon, and several small streams not far from Coxcantlan. Types from the first 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531 ' rill on the road to the Moctezuma River. The shells were found where there was little or no current and seemed to be feeding on decaying vegetation, chiefly on fruit of the wild orange. This species is distinguished from others of its group by the deep Pleurotomoid notch. In Pachycheilus this structure is known only in P. dalli Pils., a species very different in other characters. Perfect shells may have as many as 12 whorls, but the tip is generally lost in adults. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIII, XXIV. Pirate XXIII.—Figs. 1-5—Pachycheilus pila n. sp. Cotypes. Fig. 6—P. pila pilulan. subsp. Cotype. Figs. 7-10—Pachycheilus tristis n. sp. Cotypes. Figs. 11, 12—Pachycheilus moctezumensis n. sp. Cotypes. Figs. 13-15—Pachycheilus pleurotoma n. sp. Cotypes. Figs. 16-20—Pachycheilus suturalis n. sp. Cotypes. Figs. 21-25—Pachycheilus monachus n. sp. Cotypes. Puate XXIV.—Figs. 1-5—Pachycheilus pluristriatus (Say). Coy River. Figs. 6-10—Pachycheilus pluristriatus tomasopensis n, subsp. Cotypes. Figs. 11, 12—Pachycheilus pluristriatus longus n. subsp. Cotypes. Figs. 13-15—Pachycheilus atratus n. sp. Cotypes. Figs. 16, 17, 18—Pachycheilus atratus n. sp. Los Canoas. Figs. 19, 20—Pachycheilus atratus ganinus n. subsp. Cotypes. Figs. 21-25—Pachycheilus humerosus n. sp. Cotypes. 532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov. UNIONIDZ OF THE PANUCO RIVER SYSTEM, MEXICO. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. The extensive river system emptying by the Panuco River into the Gulf of Mexico at Tampico has a rich mollusk fauna, in which the Melaniide and Unionidae are particularly well developed. ak, ee, A ae L. semirasa differs from L. signata and L. undivaga by lacking corrugation on the convexity of the valves and on the posterior-dorsal slope. It apparently lives with the shell nearly half buried, somewhat more than the posterior half projecting, and in most localities covered with a hard calcareous coat, as in pl. NXVI, fig. 9. Fig. 7 represents a cleaned specimen. Lampsilis popei (Lea). Unio popei Lea, Obs., VIII, p. 54 (Devils River, Texas, and Rio Salado, Nuevo Leon, Mexico). Valles River at Valles, Willis’ ranch, and two miles above Mecos, Abundant. Tampamolon Creek, one specimen. ‘The shells have fine purple nacre, coppery and iridescent posteriorly. I have ‘compared them with the types of popei in U. 8. National Museum. =z Se ee aS es 536 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Lampsilis signata n. sp. Pl. XXV, figs. 5, 6. The shell is oblong with subparallel dorsal and ventral borders, twice as long as wide, the diameter contained about three times in the length. The anterior border is rounded, posterior border truncate below, sloping and more or less convex from the truncation to the posterior end of the hinge. In some specimens the posterior truncation is indistinct, or that extremity may be rounded. The beaks are low and situated near the anterior fourth of the shell’s length. Adult shells are blackish, but by transmitted light numerous green rays may be seen, fading out towards the lower border; and when unworn the beaks shows a pretty pattern of distinct green rays on a pinkish or creamy ground. The surface has but little gloss; the cuticle is rough- ened by growth-lines, which near the edge and on the posterior slope often form cuticular lamin:e; the middle part of the valves is smoother, but marked with one or more small patches of short corrugations, at right angles to the growth-lines, and near the beaks there are some acute fine radial wrinkles on the posterior-dorsal slope. The beaks are sculptured with two radial series of short concentri¢ wrinkles separated by a slight depression. The valves are rather thick in the anterior half, becoming abruptly thinner posteriorly. The nacre is purple, fading in the cavity, or bluish white, becoming purplish and iridescent posteriorly. The pseudocardinal teeth are stout, the anterior one in the left valve wedge-shaped, a rather broad rugose heel below it, the posterior one lying directly under the beak; lateral teeth double as usual. The right valve has a stout, rugose pseudocardinal with a fossa and then a very small, compressed laminar tooth above it; lateral tooth single. Length 73, alt. 37, diam. 23mm. Valles River, ‘near asmall falls about three miles below Valles, in the muddy banks of a pool caused by low water. Feb. 4,1909.”” (A.A.H.) A few smaller specimens were taken in the Moctezuma River, Casas Viejas River and Tampamolon Creek. A young shell with the corrugation unusually well developed is figured, pl. XX VI, figs. 5, 6. Lampsilis undivaga n. sp. Pl. XXVI, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. The shell is oblong, the altitude about three-fifths of the length, diam- eter slightly over one-third the length ; solid, dull blackish brown, without rays. The anterior end is rounded, posterior end more or less truncate below, sloping steeply above. Surface of the valves with sculpture of distinct growth-lines, and sometimes having a patch of very indis- tinct vertical corrugations near the posterior ridge on the most convex portion. There is also some fine oblique corrugation on the posterior- . 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537 dorsal slope near the beaks, when not worn off. Beaks low, between the anterior fifth and sixth of the length; when perfect the tip is acute and sculptured with a series of short folds on the posterior ridge. The interior is fleshy-purplish, iridescent posteriorly; nacre in the anterior half is very thick, posteriorly thin. Cavity of the beaks deep and angular. The pséudocardinal teeth are stout, otherwise formed as in L. signata; laterals curved. Length 54, alt. 33, diam. 19 mm. a abet ee. Als coe Cs.) Rae! Sa |. ie Valles River two miles above Mecos, in a muddy bank just above rapids. This species is closely related to L. signata, but the valves are thicker and heavier, the teeth are heavier, and the proportions differ. It is apparently related to L. aztecorum (Phil.),! but that is described as thin, “valvulis satis tenuibus,”’ whereas in L. undivaga the valves are quite heavy and strong for a Lampsilis of this size. The nacre is nearly white in a few examples. It abruptly becomes thick in the posterior half of the shell. Young shells are conspicuously rayed with green. One young shell from the Valles River at Valles (pl. XX VII, fig. 5), seems to belong to this species, though I am not quite sure of the identity. It is 41 mm. long, yellowish, nearly covered with green rays, the nacre is pale purple, with a wide darker purple margin posteriorly. Lampsilis novileonis n.sp. Pl. XXVII, figs. 1, 2. The shell is oblong, rather compressed, the upper and basal margins slightly and about equally arcuate, anterior end rounded, posterior end sloping above, truncate and somewhat biangular below, beaks at the anterior two-sevenths of the length. The surface is convex, without angle or ridge bounding the posterior slope, not very glossy, smoothish for the greater part, but on the posterior slope there is some oblique corrugation in the upper part of the disk. The epidermis is yellow, sparsely marked in the posterior half with narrow green rays. The very low beaks are eroded in the type specimen, The interior is white, thicker anteriorly, very gradually becoming thinner at the posterior end, where opalescent tints are beautifully produced. The cavity of the beak is rather deep. The lateral teeth are short and rather widely separated from the stout cardinals, which are double and about equally prominent in the left valve. . 1 Unio aztecorum Philippi, Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig bekannter Conchylien, ILI, pl. 6, fig. 2. 35 i! 538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Length 78, alt. 43.5, diam.'22.5 mm. Casas Viejas River, State of San Luis Potosi. With some resemblance to L. moctezumensis, this species differs by the slight corrugation of the posterior slope and the more compressed form. Some young specimens (pl. XX VII, fig. 7) from the type locality, which seem referable to this species, have the whole valves ornamented with wide green rays. The beaks have a minute area sculptured with about four concentric wrinkles, which are very weakly bilobed. Outside of this sculptured portion the green rays are very distinct, as in allied species. A faint rib or green stripe radiates from the beak in the middle of the posterior slope, which is in part obliquely corrugated. These specimens measure from 174 to 36 mm. long. Lampsilis coyensis n. sp. PI. XXVII, figs. 3, 4. The shell is oblong, with beaks at the anterior fourth of its length; slightly wider posteriorly, the posterior end sloping above, biangular below; anterior end rounded; basal outline moderately curved, convex. There is a rather distinct angulation from the beak towards the posterior-basal angle, and the indistinct trace of a ridge to the posterior- median angle. The beaks are low, with minute, recurved tips sculp- tured with a few coarse double-festooned wrinkles, the connection between the two curves almost interrupted. The sculptured portion is not quite two mm. long. Subsequent growth is marked with growth- lines only, or with a very slight oblique corrugation in places on the posterior slope. The epidermis is rather smooth but not glossy, and is shortly and finely lamellose towards the margins. Color obscure greenish yellow, indistinctly marked all over with green rays. Near the beaks the rays are very distinct on a light ground. By transmitted light it is light yellowish, very profusely marked with green rays, The interior is white and somewhat thick anteriorly, thin, blue and slightly iridescent in the posterior half. The teeth are moderately strong. Length 36, alt. 21, diam. 13.5 mm. Coy River, State of San Luis Potosi, Mexico, collected by Mr. A. A. Hinkley, January, 1909. These Lampsilis from the Coy River were found where there was a long mosslike plant growing, the current of the stream keeping it in a constant waving motion. The water was two to four feet deep. The Lampsilis were found by feeling in the roots of this moss, On the moss and bed of the stream were Pachycheilus and Litha- siopsis, but the former were more numerous lower down the stream in a small recess where there was no current. In this recess were also - 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 539 found the small species taken in this stream. They were in the sedi- ment, and on water plants and near the water’s edge. The stream is clear, deep and with a strong current. This may turn out to be a small, rayed variety of L. novileonis, yet specimens from 28 to 36 mm. long have every appearance of adult shells. The cardinal teeth in the left valve are stouter-and their crests are more united than in L. novileonis. While L. uwndivaga, coyensis and novileonis are closely related species, they seem, with present material, to be distinct. Lampsilis metallica ganina n. subsp. Pl. XXVII, fig. 6. The shell resembles L. metallica (Say) (Unio cuprinus Lea) in general appearance, but is constantly smaller, more compressed and more reniform. Near the beaks there are green rays on a pale ground, the rest of the valve being brownish black. Length 47, alt. 25, diam. 134mm. owe gee IG ae 39, oe 21, “c 13 “ee Ganina River, three miles southwest of San Dieguito. The speci- mens are heavily incrusted with calcareous matter posteriorly, but are free from erosion. Glabaris strebeli (Lea). Pl. XXVII, fig. 8. Anodonta strebeli Lea, Obs., XII, p. 82, pl. 52, fig. 135 (Vera Cruz). Tampamolon Creek, two specimens. Casas Viejas River, one young shell. The epidermis is very glossy anteriorly, but dull and shortly lamellose on the posterior half. In the median part there are several rays composed of short threads in the direction of growth-lines, but caught up and interrupted in the middle, as though scored upward when soft. These peculiar markings occur on some other species of Glabaris, and are constant in all the specimens of G. strebeli | have seen from Vera Cruz and San Luis Potosi. The anterior end of the shell has a sculpture of threads along the lines of growth. The sinulus, or glossy area at the posterior end of the hinge-line, is triangular, pointed below, as in Glabaris, not shallow, as in Anodonta; so that Mr. Simpson’s reference of the species to Glabaris is justified. It ranges north farther than any other species of the genus. G. cylindraceus (Lea), from the Medellin River, is evidently an allied form. 540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., NEW LAND SHELLS FROM MEXICO. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. Most of the species here described were collected by Mr. A. A. Hinkley early in 1909. The localities mentioned may be found marked on the map on p. 520. Sohasicheila xanthia n. sp. Tig. 1. The shell is conic, thin, of a uniform maize yellow or pale lemon color, rather weakly marked with fine growth-striz; whoris 44, very convex, parted by a deep suture, the last whorl well rounded throughout, slightly descending at the aperture. Aperture slightly oblique; outer lip very slightly ex- panded. Inner lip straight, continuous. Colu- mellar area small, white, the umbilical region deeply impressed. The operculum is thin, white, a little sunken at the nucleus, the lower angle projecting in a short point beyond the basal lip. Alt. 4.9, diam. 4.9 mm. Canyon below Las Canoas, State of San Luis Potosi, in crevices and on ledges of the bluffs, under stones and débris. Types 99,024 A. N. 5. 2; This snail is related to S. minuscula Pfr., but on comparison of specimens it is seen that in the new form the spire is higher, more acute, and the suture is deeper. The operculum is in place in the figured type. Helicina vanatte n. sp. The shell is turbinate-globose, similar to H. chrysocheila Binn., white, the upper whorls often flesh colored, the last whorl often having a wide dull purplish or dull red band above the periphery, and partly exposed above the suture on the spire; marked with a bright scarlet streak behind the lip, with usually, in large shells, a more conspicuous streak at the last third of the last whorl, and another on the penulti- ’ mate whorl. The spire is conic, apex rather acute. Whorls 6, slightly convex, the last rounded peripherally. Sculpture of faint growth- lines, very fine, close spiral striae (sometimes subobsolete), and very weakly developed, short, forwardly-descending wrinkles. Aperture smawoe 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541 quite oblique; peristome narrowly expanded, white, with 2 red streak inside. Basal callus white, weak and small, having a small pit behind the columellar lip. Alt. 9.5, diam. 10.5 mm.; whorls 6. On the sides of the canyon below Los Canoas, San Luis Potosi, under loose rocks and leaves on shelves and in crevices of the bluffs. Also on the bluff near the mill of the Tamosopo Suger Co., and on the side of the highest peak south of Mecos falls. Types No. 99,025 A. N.S. P. This species differs from H. chrysocheila cniefly in coloration, being marked with scarlet streaks behind the lip and at former growth- arrest periods, and in having a white lip, that of chrysocheila being yellow, as tne name denotes. Some examples are very small, but have an expanded lip, diam. only 8 mm., with 54 whorls. The largest specimen seen measures alt. 12.2, diam. 12.7 mm. Named for Mr. E. G. Vanatta. Polygyra matermontana jaliscoensis n. subsp. The shell is larger than P. matermontana, brown, the last whorl or 14 whorls weakly rib-striate, with faint traces of spiral striw near the periphery, previous whorls finely striate; umbilicus larger, the central cavity well-like, contracting very slowly, more than half the total width; at the last whorl the umbilicus expands rapidly, and has a nearly vertical side wall. Whorls 6, the last very deeply and steeply descending in front, and having a rather deep and long spiral furrow within the umbilicus. The aperture is subhorizontal, the basal and upper margins parallel; teeth somewhat larger than in typical mater- montana, similar in shape, but the sinus between the outer and basal teeth is a little narrower. Alt. 6, diam. 12, width of umbilicus 3) mm. gs es Bi bt A th " 2.9 Guadalajara, State of Jalisco, Mexico. Types No. 99,512 A. N.S. P. This form differs from matermontana in the coarser sculpture, wider umbilicus which is more deeply grooved within, narrower last whorl (viewed from above), more deeply descending at the aperture, ete. It has a wider umbilicus than P. nelsoni Dall. A similar shell except that the color is pale yellowish-corneous with a very faint supraperipheral band, and the sculpture of the last whorl is not quite so coarse, was collected by Mr. C. H. T. Townsend at Zapotlan, Jalisco, in July, 1902. It is evidently a very closely related race, , Polygyra guadalajarensis n. sp. The shell is depressed, with slightly convex spire and moderate | | 542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., umbilicus (contained about 44 times in the diameter of shell), which is well-like and enlarges very little at the last whorl, where but a very narrow area of the preceding whorl is exposed. Surface glossy, marked with growth-wrinkles, more distinctly striate behind the lip; pale brown. Whorls 4} to 5, convex, the last subangular in front of the aperture, soon becoming rounded, with the periphery well above the middle; it is deeply contracted behind the outer and basal lips, and descends abruptly in front; within the umbilicus it is flattened but not furrowed. The aperture is transversely oblong. Parietal tooth V-shaped both branches curved, the outer one slender and nearly but not quite reaching the upper termination of the lip; lower branch stronger, nearly reaching the termination of the columellar lip. Within the outer lip there is a compressed tubercle with a callous buttress or concave plate above it. In the basal margin there is a similar compressed tubercle, with a weak callus (scarcely a tooth) between it and the columella. Alt. 4.2, diam. 8.8, width of umbilicus 2 mm. pio | 48 mnt Guadalajara, State of Jalisco. Types No. 99,513 A. N.S. P. Fig. 2. Polygyra guadalajarensis n. sp. This species is related to P. ventrosula hindsi (Pfr.), from which it differs chiefly by the much larger cavity of the umbilicus, which enlarges at the last whorl less than in any of the related species known to me. The two species described above belong to the group of P. ventrosula, —the most difficult group of Mexican Polygyras. This group includes shells in which the parietal tooth is distinctly ’-shaped, and the outer lip has a well-developed concave plate or but- 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543 tress above and joined to the outer lip-tooth, basal lip with one or two teeth. The following species belong here: . plagioglossa (Pfr.) guadalajarensis Pils. suprazonata Pils. . bicruris (Pfr.) . coulont (Shuttl.) matermontana Pils. . richardsoni Marts. . mat. jaliscoensis Pils. . richardsoni lingualis Pils. . nelsoni Dall. . ponsonby? Pils. . nelsoni collisella Dall. . ventrosula ( Pfr.) . euglypta Pils. . ventrosula hindsi (Pfr.) . albicostulata Pils. Of these forms I have not seen P. bicruris and P couloni, or typical specimens of P. ventrosula or richardsoni. This group of species is especially developed in western and northern Mexico. Towards the southeast it is in large measure superseded by the group of P. yucatanea, of which P. helictomphala is a common form. In this group there is no distinct plate or buttress above the outer lip- tooth, and the parietal tooth is reduced. Northward, the group of P. texasiana replaces the ventrosula group. P. texasiana, P. triodontoides, P. mooreana, P. latispira and their subspecies compose the texasiana group. The old records, on Sowerby’s authority, of P. ventrosula and hindsi from Texas must be erroneous. P. ariadne, which forms another group somewhat related to that of ventrosula, has been reported from Texas, but it certainly has not been collected there recently. Sry yyy aria Ba Baa aA) Polygyra oppilata implicata ‘ Beck’ Martens. This is a common snail in the Panuco River basin. Dead shells are abundant in river débris at Tampico. Living shells were found by Mr. Hinkley inland. P. implicata has usually been ranked as a dis- tinct species, but it differs from oppilata in only trifling details. When fresh the shell is sparsely hairy. Mingled with implicata in the river débris, but probably from separate localities or stations, there are specimens in which the upper angle of the peristome is built out from the whorl, somewhat as in P. auricu- lata; the two lip-teeth are slightly more developed, the space between them being narrower, This form I have called P. 0. complicata. P. oppilata has been reported from Florida (Shuttleworth), at Cedar Keys (W. G. Binney); but some similar form of P. postelliana must have been mistaken for it. Of about the same size, and belonging to a closely related group of species, such a mistake might easily be made. ‘ The Mexican group of P. ariadne is composed of species in which 544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., there are two more or less compressed lip-teeth, a lamina or buttress above the upper one, and a well-developed biramose parietal tooth, both rami of which are strongly developed, more or less curved or sinuous, and connect with the ends of the peristome, thereby differing from species of the group of P. ventrosula. This group is very closely related to Floridan forms, such as pustuloides, espiloca, auriformis, etc.., differing chiefly by the armature of the outer lip. The following species are included: , P. oppilata Morel P. awlacomphala Pils. and Hinkl. P. 0. implicata ‘ Beck’ Marts. P. rhoadsi Pils. P. 0. complicata Pils. P. polita Pils. and Hinkl. P. ariadne (Pfr.) Euglandina cymatophora n. sp. Fig. 3. The shell is cylindric-oblong, of a yellowish brown or fallow color, very glossy. The apex is rounded; first 34 whorls are smooth; the following whorls have short, regular folds below the suture, distinct and rather strong near the suture but rapidly becoming very weak, the surface becoming smooth. On the latter part of the last whorl strong, regular folds continue to the base. The distance from crest to crest of these folds is about one millimeter. Besides this sculpture, there are conspicuous places of growth-arrest, y ; marked by an impressed light line, preceded Fig. 3. E. cymatophora. by a darker streak, which follows a rather wide opaque streak. There are three such variceal marks on the last whorl of the type. The spire has nearly straight outlines and a well impressed suture. The whorls increased. slowly and regularly to the last, which de- scends more rapidly. The aperture is more than half the length of the shell, its upper half very narrow. The outer lip retracts rather strongly above, and arches forward in the middle. The columella is moderately concave. Length 38, diam. 14, length of aperture 22.5 mm.; whorls 9. Side of the canyon below Las Canoas, State of San Luis Potosi. Type No. 98,612 A. N.S. P One living and two dead specimens were taken. It is quite distinct from other known species by the sculpture, long spire, etc. Streptostyla supracostata n.sp. Fig. 4. The shell is oblong, with the aperture about half the total length, 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545 spire conic, very obtuse at the summit; thin, corneous. First 24 whorls are smooth and convex; then regular, distinct fold-like strize appear below the suture. These strie are a little protractive and do not extend quite to the suture below. On the last whorl there are 3 or 4 striz in the space of a millimeter; they weaken downwards, and fade out below the middle of the whorl. Whorls 54 to 53, convex, the last slightly compressed laterally, convex below. The aperture is small, outer lip arching forward in the middle; columellar fold is very strong and short. Length 10, diam. 4.9, aperture 5 mm, “ce 9.6, “ee 4.8, “ee 5 “e State of San Luis Potosi, at the cave near San Dieguito; types No. 99,031 A.N.S.P. Also at E] Abra and the canyon below Las Canoas. This is quite distinct by its comparatively long but very obtuse spire, regular sculpture and very strong columellar fold. It is somewhat Fig. 4. S. supracostata. related to S. physodes Shuttl. Streptostyla bartschi Dall, one of the finest species of the genus, was taken in the canyon below Los Canoas. Streptostyla minuta n. sp. Fig. 5. The shell is oblong-conic, amber colored, somewhat transparent; spire long, with slightly convex outlines and very obtuse summit. Surface smooth and glossy. Whorls 54, slightly con- vex, parted by a well-impressed suture, narrowly margined by transparence. The aperture is about half the total length of the shell, narrow; outer margin of the peristome arched forward in the middle. Columella short, very strongly twisted, the fold having a heavily calloused rounded edge. The edge below the spiral fold is deeply concave and thin. Length 5.5, diam. 2.3, length of aperture 2.6 mm, Mountain sides of the canyon below Los Canoas, State of San Luis Potosi. Type No. 98,595 A. N.S. P. This is by far the smallest species of the genus Fig. 5. S. minuta, Known. It is chiefly remarkable for the small aper- ture, long spire and the very strong columellar fold. In size and general appearance it resembles Cochlicopa lubrica! Two specimens were taken. 546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |Nov., Succinea panucoensis n. sp. Fig. 6. The shell resembles S. luteola in shape, is very thin, translucent, pale yellow or amber colored, rather roughly sculptured with growth- wrinkles on the last whorl. There are nearly 34 con- vex whorls, the last having its greatest convexity below the middle. Aperture oblique, ovate. Length 13, diam. 7.2, length of aperture 10 mm. “ 14, “ 8, “ cc ce 10 “ Pujal, Alligator and Catamas Lakes, State of San Luis Potosi; types from Alligator Lake, No. 99,504 A. N. 8. P. Also taken at Tampico in 1907. This species stands between S. luteola and S. concor- dialis. It has much the contour and the pointed apex of luteola, but the thin, translucent shell is unlike that earthy, opaque — species. S. concordialis differs from both by its decidedly more obtuse apex. It is also somewhat more convex at the base. The specimens from Pujal Lake are smaller and more slender than the types. One measures: Length 12, diam. 6, aperture 8 mm. Fig. 6. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547 DECEMBER 7, The President, Samuren G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair. Twenty-nine persons present. The deaths of Henry C. Wood, a member, February 12, 1908, and of George C. Harlan, M.D., a member, September 25, 1909, were announced, Dr. BenJAMIN SHARP made a communication on Early Arctic Voyages. (No abstract.) DECEMBER 21. The President, Samuet G. Drxon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair. Thirty-four persons present. The death of William H. Jenks, a member, February 2, 1909, was announced. The Publication Committee announced the reception of a paper entitled “Notes on Cyprinoid Fishes,” by Henry W. Fowler. The following was ordered to be printed: 548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., FURTHER STUDIES ON THE ACTIVITIES OF ARANEADS, II. BY THOS. H. MONTGOMERY, JR. The following observations were made at Woods Hole, Mass., during the Summer of 1909. For the identification of certain species my thanks are due to Mr. Nathan Banks and to Prof. G. W. Peckham. 1. THe PRocEsS OF SPERM-INDUCTION. It will be recalled that Lister in 1678 discovered that the male spider in coition applies his pedipalpal bulb to the genital aperture of the female; and that Menge in 1843 found that the male charges his palpi by depositing a drop of sperm upon a specially constructed inclined sheeting, and then touching this drop with his palpal organs. The latter process, termed by me sperm-induction, was seen by Menge in Linyphia, Agelena, Tapinopa and Micrommata; by Blackwall (1863) in Agelena; by Ausserer (1867) in Dictyna and Linyphia; by Bertkau (1875, 1876) in Philoica, Linyphia and Clubiona; by Westberg (1900) in Linyphia; and by me (1903) in Tegenaria, Theridium, Dictyna and two species of Lycosa. The exact literature references are given in my paper of 1903;! consequently they need not be repeated here. The process has been observed, accordingly, in only ten genera, repre- sentatives of six families, so that the following new observations on representatives of two other families are not without interest. It is difficult to see this act, and success is obtained only by long con- tinued watching of spiders kept in cages. The first species to be described is the common large Attid, Phidippus purpuratus K, One male, No, 1524, was placed on 20 June in a cage with two females, and copulated the same day with one of them. The next day he avoided his mates, and at 5.32 P.M. was seen spinning a small sheeting, from the floor to the side of the cage and inclined at 45°; four minutes later he deposited a minute drop of sperm upon it, barely visible to the naked eye; then extending his body over the sheeting, reached his palpi downward and backward, applying them in alternation against the drop; the palpal organs were pressed, not against ? Studies on the Habits of Spiders, particularly those of the Mating Period, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, LV, 1903, p. 59. 1909, ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 549 the free surface of the drop, but against the reverse surface of the sheeting. At 5.43 he was interrupted by a feeding female, and he moved away from the sperm-bridge with a minute droplet of sperm at the apex of his right palpus and another left on the bridge. Another , No, 1508, of the same species, copulated on 17 June, and the day following was observed at the close of the sperm-induction at 7.10 P.M. ; he had spun from one vertical wall of the cage to the other, in an angle, a narrow transverse ribbon of silk, with its flattened surface in the vertical plane; against this he placed his ventral surface, with his cephalic end elevated and the abdomen flexed, applying his palpi gently and alternately against that surface of the sperm-bridge directed away from his body. He ceased at 7.15, went into a corner of the cage and there rested quietly. With a hand lens a thin film of sperm could be seen upon the bridge, and next day the sperm was found with the aid of the compound microscope. The same male (1508) copulated on 20 June in the morning, and at 6.20 P.M. was found forming another sperm-bridge like the first; at 6.24 he dropped a minute globule of sperm upon it, and then applied his palpi in alterna- tion to it as in the preceding cases; this palpal application lasted six minutes, when he turned away, but he seemed to be prematurely interrupted by the movements of a grasshopper. The other case was that of a male of Drassus neglectus (Keys.), No. 1527. He anda &, No. 1528, were caught together in a closed nest on 17 June, placed in a cage, and there he built a beautiful and spacious saccular nest around both. On 23 June, at 11.37 A.M., he was observed in nearly vertical position within this nest, moving the ventral surface of his abdomen repeatedly against an inclined sperm bridge built against the inner surface of the nest and with its upper edge free. In half a minute he discharged a droplet of sperm upon it, then lowered his body to bring his jaws about on a level with the upper margin of the bridge, reached his palpi over this free margin and rubbed them gently many times against the reverse side of the sperm-bridge. One palpal bulb was thus rubbed at a time, then raised in the air while the other was rubbed. The application of the palpi continued for 17 minutes, In all the cases so far described there is quite general uniformity in the process of sperm-induction; a special sperm-bridge is spun, a droplet of sperm placed upon it on the side next the spider’s body, then the palpi applied alternately against the opposite side. The cephalothoracal end is always raised. In the case of Phidippus, No. 1508, this act was seen twice, each time after observed copulation, 550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., and since the process must have occurred before the first coition, this particular individual must have accomplished the process at least three times. But I have seen no evidence that a replenishing of the palpal organ is necessary after each copulation; the charging of them is generally sufficient for a number of copulations, the number probably varying with their duration. 2. Tue AtrypicaL Hapits or ARIADNA. In all cases of egg-laying so far known in Araneads the process is strangely uniform even though the finished cocoons may differ greatly in form and texture, A base is first spun, a drop of viscid secretion emitted from the genital aperture upon it, the eggs discharged into this drop, then a cover spun around the egg mass. I have watched — the details of this process in so many instances, and in such a variety of forms (Aviculariids, Thomisids, Drassids, Lycosids, Epeirids, © Theridiids, Sicariids, Agelénids, Dictynids, Attids, Filistatids, Pisau- rids), that I had come to believe it was the universal process in spiders, But in the interesting Dysderid Ariadna (Pylarus) bicolor (Hentz) a form was found that builds no cocoon at all, and that lays its eggs in a drop of salivary secretion. This species is common in certain open fields at Woods Hole, where it makes its nest on the under side of stones. No adult males were found from early in June until the middle of September, when I ceased my observations. It constructs a firm and rather tough silken tube, up to nearly three inches in length in the case of large individuals, quite viscid, so that foreign objects readily adhere to its outer surface, Generally the tube has a single opening that flares outwards something like a funnel, and has been figured and described by McCock?, but sometimes there is an opening at each end, and this is not infrequent in the case of nests spun in captivity. Kept in artificial cages the spiders sometimes wander out of their nests at night; but for the most part they remain within them, at the enlarged entrance, with the three anterior pairs of legs extended forwards ready to seize prey and drag it into the nest,—as well described by Hentz. Frequently a colony of them is found beneath a single stone, and then their nests are sometimes contiguous with each other and with those of Phidippus and Drassus; but they are not strictly colonial, for they are cannibals whenever an opportunity offers. In captivity they appear to spin ? American Spiders and Their Spinning Work, Vol. II, Philadelphia, 1890. ® The Spiders of the United States, ed. Burgess, Boston, 1875. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551 usually between midnight and dawn. A nest is the product of several days of labor and is probably added to and lengthened from time to time. The spiders can barely walk upon smooth glass, even when hori- zontal. They feed within their nests and remove the remains of the food outside. They exhibit death-feigning to a considerable degree. To observe the egg-laying a number of individuals were isolated in small vials; groups of others were also placed in large cages each made of two glass panes 12 x 8 inches, separated by a wooden frame $ inch thick; food could be introduced and air provided by holes in the wooden frame. No egg masses were found in wild nests before 20 June, and the individuals observed had not oviposited. The oviposition is carried out within the nest. The entire process was seen in the case of two individuals, and parts of it in other instances. It may be described from the case of 1534 B, caught and placed in a cage on 26 June. On 4 July she spent the afternoon spinning against the inner surface of her nest, thickening it, but making no special cocoon base. At 6 P.M. she became quiet except for a movement of the palpi against the jaws that I first interpreted as a cleaning operation, but watching her attentively with a hand lens, I saw that both palpi were flexed, their free ends rubbing her chelicera rather slowly but regularly, and at 6.11 a minute drop of fluid could be seen at the apices of the chelicera. The two palpi steadily continued to rub the jaws, the chelicera and maxilla moving backwards and forwards as well as opening and closing, and the drop slowly increased in volume by the addition to it of droplets that merged with it; the drop was viscid, as shown by its form, and evidently issued from the vicinity of the mouth. Thus the drop slowly grew in size, and was slowly pushed caudad beneath her cephalothorax, until it extended like an ovate pearl from the mouth back to the anterior border of the abdomen; it was transparent at the periphery, but more opaque in the centre, while the newly issuing droplets, to be added to it, were all transparent. Consequently the opacity of the interior may have been due to a change in consistency. This process lasted continuously from 6.11 to 6.37, then the abdomen was quickly flexed downward slightly, and the viscid drop suddenly clouded—due to successive discharge of the eggs into it. This discharge of the eggs occupied almost 3 minutes. The spider then commenced to sway her body slowly back and forth over the egg mass in the drop, and continued to do so for almost an hour. This movement was the attempt to free her chelicera and the ventral surface of her cephalothorax from the surface of the viscid drop. The 552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., spider was horizontal, dorsum uppermost, the feet fixed against the inner surface of the nest. Another female (1534 C) occupied the time from 7.45-8.16 P.M. to produce the viscid drop. Another one (1534 D) worked from 5.54-6.32 P.M. to make the drop, occupied 5 minutes in the discharge of the eggs into it, then took more than an hour to free herself from it. In not a single instance of the egg masses laid in captivity (13 cases) was either a special base spun for the egg mass or a cover spun around it. The inner surface of the nest serves as a base, there is no silken cover, but the eggs are held together insecurely by the hardening of the salivary drop; insecurely, because the egg mass readily rolls out of the nest, and the eggs are easily shaken apart by light handling. It remains to be determined just what glands furnish the viscid drop into which the eggs are discharged. It may be composed of a secretion issuing from the mouth, or from the unpaired gland of the rostrum or the salivary glands of the maxillary plates.‘ Of the 13 timed egg masses deposited in captivity, 8 were made between 6 and 8 P.M., 3 about 5 P.M., and only 1 in the early morning. The time from egg laying to hatching is unusually long in this species, at least for eggs laid in the summer.’ If we consider as hatching the time when the spiderlings first commence locomotion, the 8 timed cases in Ariadna presented time intervals between egg laying (in last week of June and first week of July) and hatching of from 63-70 days. Not more than one egg mass was made by any of my captives, and to test whether any individuals may oviposit twice in the same year I caught on 22 August 9 females, each from a nest with a single mass of eggs or young, and kept them together in a large cage until 12 Septem- ber, but no further eggs were laid. Since the first eggs are laid after the middle of June and do not hatch until September, and since the middle of September brings in cooler weather, it seems probable that they oviposit only once in a year—a condition rare in spiders. It is general, though not invariable, that at the time of oviposition the spider closes the entrance to the nest by spinning over it, and all my captives that had so closed their nests kept them sealed until after the young had hatched. How long the young remain in the nest after hatching was not determined. But wild spiders, in natural ‘On the glands in the vicinity of the mouth cf. especially: Plateau, 1877, Recherches sur la structure de l'appareil digestif, etc., chez les Aranéides dipneu- mones, Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. (2), 44; and Bertkau, 1884, Verdauungsapparat der Spinnen, Correspondenzbl. Naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinlande. 5 In certain Epeirids, whose eggs are laid in the autumn, hatching does not take place until the following spring, the cold arresting the development. , d : 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553 conditions, always seem to have an opening to the nest even when the eggs or young are in it. Ariadna thus resembles its congener Dysdera in having no special cocoon for the eggs,® though both build nests. This would suggest that the nest may be a racially older structure than the cocoon, and that the Dysderids may be one of the most primitive groups of living araneads.?. The use of a mouth or salivary secretion to agglutinate the eggs has never been seen before in spiders, though Bertkau (1884, l. c.) has described such a process for the acarine Ixodes. 3. THe HaBits or PISAURINA, The Pisauride closely resembles the Lycoside in structure, but differ from them in being arboreal during the cocooning season rather. than terrestrial, and in carrying the cocoon by the chelicera and not suspended from the spinnerets. The fullest account of the habits of any Pisaurid is given for the European Dolomedes fimbriatus Clerk by Pappenheim.*’ He saw the cocooning only once; a spider spun a funnel-shaped cylinder of silk, the closed roof of which was the upper surface of the glass cage; “in the cavity so bounded the eggs were laid... . . Immediately after the oviposition the cocoon, that was at first cylindrical, took on gradually the form of a hollow sphere from its continuous working by the extremi- ties and the abdomen.” Pappenheim does not make it clear whether he saw the actual egg discharge and cocooning, or only the finishing of the cocoon within an infundibular nest, but apparently he saw only the latter. No other naturalist has described the cocoon-making for any member of the family. Pisaurina mira (Walck.), more generally known as Ocyale (Microm- mata) undata (Hentz), is unusually abundant in the woodland at Woods Hole, even at places far removed from water, though those kept in cages require water daily. Males are very rare (I have seen only one, from the collection of Mr. Emerton), and not a single one was found during the past summer. The large, white, globular cocoons of this species are well known, and so are the nests that the mother spins around the young at the time of hatching, and have been sufficiently * According to Simon’s statement concerning Dysdera in his Histoire Naturelle des Araignées, 2d ed., Paris, 1892, T. 1, p. 311. 7 Reasons have been recently presented by me showing that the tetrapneu- monous spiders (Theraphos) are not primitive: On the Spinnerets, ete., Proc, Acad. Nat, Sci. Philadelphia, 1909. ‘ * Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Entwicklungsgeschichte von Dolomedes fimbri- atus Clerck, Zeit. wiss. Zool., 74, 1903. 36 554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., described by Emerton,’ McCook (I. c.) and myself (1903), and have been figured by thelast two. But their method of construction has not yet been described, nor has any reference been made to a curious nest in which the cocoon is placed and which may be called the “cocoon- nest,”’ in distinction from the “ progeny-nest.”’ The Cocoon-nests.—These are found most frequently, as are the progeny-nests, on the poison-ivy (hus toxicodendron), where three terminal leaves are spun together toserve as a roof. The cocoon-nests are much less frequent than the others, and most of the spiders carrying cocoons in their jaws are not in such nests; therefore, it is probable they are vacated by the spider before the hatching of the young, for I have found the majority of the nests without spiders in them. The wild nests are each an arched or bellied sheeting of silk placed in the shelter of the under side of three poison-ivy leaves, each such sheeting varying in dimensions from 1 x 1} inches to about 2 x 23 inches accord-— ing to the size of the mother (which varies greatly), and with two or three apertures at its margins. Two of the spiders only of those that formed cocoons in captivity constructed cocoon-nests, and each of them not until three or four days after the cocoon was formed; these two nests were beautiful inverted domes, fastened to the glass roofs of the cages with a wide aperture below of about two inches diameter. The latter two nests were quite unlike the natural cocoon-nests found in the woods, and seemed to represent an attempt on the part of the spider to replace the roofing of ivy-leaves; it was probably a similar construction that Pappenheim observed in the case of Dolomedes. The cocoon-nests found in the state of nature are probably receptacles constructed by the spider in which to make her cocoon, and indeed the most heavily pregnant female caught was taken from such a nest. The Cocooning.—Spiders are found with cocoons in early June, and they construct at least two during thesummer., The cocoons vary much in diameter, are held by the mother by her chelicera and pedipalpi and also frequently by one or more pairs of legs, and are at the same time generally fastened by a few lines to the cocoon-nest or to the plant on which she lives. They are rarely left by the mother before the young hatch. Nine females were kept isolated in large glass cages for the observation of the cocooning; six of them made cocoons, all con- structed in the early morning hours between midnight and 7 A.M. This particular time of the day is unfortunate for the observer, for after midnight one naturally seeks repose. But in one case a considerable * New England Lycoside#, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Sci., 1885. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555 portion of the process was seen, as follows: Female No, 1571 was caught 31 July in a natural cocoon-nest. Placed in a cage she spun some lines that night, and on 2 August spun quite a network of lines from 7.30 P.M. up to 1 A.M., frequently stopping to bite lines that impeded her movements and taking the relatively long period of from several seconds to half a minute to make a line attachment. On 5 August at 3.10 A.M. I found her in the act of beginning the cover to a freshly laid mass of eggs. She had constructed a flat scaffolding of silk, inclined at an angle, extending from a twig to the wall of the cage. The egg mass had been laid upon this scaffolding, and probably only a short time previously, for the eggs were but thinly covered with silk. The cocoon was not regularly circular in outline, but irregularly polygonal, and its diameter was less than the length of the spider. When first seen she was holding its edges with her feet and was applying the thread by raising and lowering the abdominal apex, and this method she pursued throughout, which accounts for the cocoon being loose in texture and with no dense outer layers.” When she had accomplished spinning the cover to the eggs the cocoon had the form of a plano-convex lens, quite different from the spherical shape when fully completed. At 3.55 she commenced to free the margins of the cocoon from the scaffolding by biting certain threads, mainly of the lower portion, of the scaffolding, alternating (for 10 minutes) this biting with spinning on the surface so freed. At 4.10 she fastened a line from the cocoon to the roof, then continued her spinning. From 4.20-5.00 she was occupied in again biting the lines that held the cocoon to the scaffolding, finally leaving the cocoon suspended by its upper margin within a freed space. It had now become nearly circular. The general process of cocooning is thus as described by me for Lycosids, but different in that the upper margin of the cocoon is left attached and suspended until after it is completed (in some cases this attachment is maintained for a couple of days afterward), whereas Lycosids finish their cocoons while held beneath their bodies. Hatching and Progeny-nests,—Of three cocoons made in confinement (between 31 July and 6 August) and kept to hatching, the young emerged in 25, 26 and 30 days respectively. The mother holds the cocoon until a day or two before the young hatch, then waits until the first young come out before she makes the nest around them; none ses = = : welt It need hardly be recalled that such application of the spinnerets always produces architecture of soft consistency, while sweeping of the spinnerets without elevation produces a firmer and tougher mesh. 556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., of my captives made the progeny-nest before emergence of the young. As the young emerge the mother builds a network of lines around them, she remaining on the outside of the nest, and increases the number of the lines with the number of the young hatching. In this way the progeny-nest, a real nursery, is gradually built around the spiderlings and the empty cocoon, the mother working on it for as much as three days. In natural conditions such nests are placed generally at a height of about two feet above the ground, rarely as high as four feet, most frequently on a terminal branch of poison-ivy or oak, or the frond of a large fern, the leaves closely spun together to form a pro- tecting and hiding roof over the network of lines below. The mother seems to leave the nest and wander off shortly after she has completed it; thus, on 2 August, I found about forty progeny-nests along a path in the woods, and though fully half of them contained young the mother was on the nest or in near vicinity to it in only two cases—and in these two the young were in process of emergence from the cocoon. In the one case timed the young left the nest on the ninth and tenth day after hatching. The Mother’s Abstinence from Food.—These relatively large spiders are remarkably timorous, seeming to fear grasshoppers of a size that much smaller spiders will quickly seize, and this timidity seems to be increased in the periods when they are holding cocoons—possibly because the maternal solicitude inhibits the desire for food, as it cer- tainly impedes the search for it. All my captives drank water eagerly each day, though still holding to the cocoon by the feet, but in most cases refused all insect food until about the time when the young hatch; in most instances they made no attempt whatsoever to grasp insects walking near them. Evidently it is the hunger for food that takes them away so soon from the progeny-nest. The ability to undergo long fasts is well known for the females of a number of species of spiders, while males appear to need food at more frequent intervals— just as they generally require more water. Effects of Removal oj the Cocoon.—Females with cocoons, when caught roughly and separated from their cocoons, will frequently feign death admirably, lying quite limp and suffering handling without moving. No case of death-feigning was seen in any individual holding a cocoon. If the cocoon be returned to them within a few minutes they generally grasp it immediately in their jaws and seek escape. But there may well be individual differences in this behavior. Thus with a pencil I removed the cocoon two inches away from one of my captives; she showed no death-feigning, but walked about feeling for it. When I 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 557 pushed it until it touched her she jumped away, and though she soon thereafter felt it once or twice she each time sprang away and remained quiet. I then pushed her gently so that one of her palpi rested on the cocoon ; she remained quiet in this position for a quarter of an hour, then suddenly grasped it with her jaws and feet. In this case the maternal instinct did not seem so strong as that of self-protection. 4. EXPERIMENTS TO DeTeRMINE WHETHER LycosiID SPIDERLINGS CAN EMERGE UNAIDED FROM THE Cocoon. It has previously been shown by me (1903, 1. c.) that Lycosid mothers bite open the cocoon along the line of the junction of base and cover, so as to allow the young to emerge. The following observations prove conclusively that the young are unable to bite their own way out of . the cocoon: Twenty-nine cocoons were removed from as many females of a small Pardosa, found running in a wood, and kept about six weeks on my desk in open bottles out of the direct sunlight. In eleven of these cocoons the young failed to hatch, due either to the handling of the cocoons or to lack of fertilization of the eggs ; while in eighteen the young hatched normally, but failed to emerge, died and shrivelled. In two cocoons taken from females of Lycosa lepida and kept in the same way the young also hatched, but died within the cocoons. 5. APPARENT MIMICRY AND STRIDULATION IN CERTAIN DRASSIDS. Geotrecha (Thargalia) bivittata (Keys.), G. pinnata Emerton, and G. crocata (Keys.) are found fairly abundantly during the summer running on the ground in cloudy weather, crocata more in open fields and the others in shaded places in the woods. The first two resemble rather closely in form and movements the macroergates of a large mound-building ant; and the particular locality at which I found bivittata and pinnata most. abundant was within twenty feet of such an ant nest,—there being found also many wingless nymphs of the hemipteron Alydus, which also resemble this ant. This seems to constitute a complex case of mimicry. But when these ants are placed together with individuals of Geotrecha they quickly bite and kill the latter, so that the ants are not in any way deceived and there is no myrmecophily. In defining the genus Geotrecha Emerton states, in speaking of the abdomen: “It sometimes has a small, hard pateh at the front end which is of the same color as the rest of the back and not easily seen.” This I have found in all three species mentioned, where it occurs at - KO 558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., the antero-dorsal aspect of the abdomen and is a thickened chitinous plate, slightly protuberant, of oval form. Now these species all show a peculiar movement of the abdomen, such as I have never seen so pronounced in any other spiders; they raise and lower the abdomen, slightly rotating it on its pedicel, and continue this movement for several seconds at a time. This movement is exhibited generally just when the spider comes to rest after a run, and is exhibited equally by both sexes. An individual frequently rotates the abdomen imme- diately before starting on a run, on meeting another unexpectedly or on coming into contact with a large living insect. It is sometimes seen when the spider is quietly cleansing itself, but not when the cage is given a sudden rap. The hardened abdominal plate at such times rubs against the posterior border of the cephalothorax; accordingly, it is a stridulation movement. But if any sound is produced it is quite inaudible to the human ear, and if one individual stridulates in the close vicinity of another the latter does not respond by any movement whatsoever and therefore does not appear to be affected by any sound. It is in no way a sexual call, for the male hunts the female and finds her by touch, and neither he nor she stridulate during the mating. The ants they resemble do not show this movement. This genus then exhibits a good case of stridulation, but if any sound is produced thereby it seems to cause no effect on other individ- uals and, therefore, is probably not perceived by them. The presence of a stridulation apparatus need not imply the power of hearing in the species concerned, and indeed the studies of Wagner and Pritchett seem to have definitely determined that spiders do not possess hearing— they possess in its place a most acute sense of touch. These spiders run with perfect ease on smooth glass. 6. Notes oN Moves or CoPuLaTION. Phidippus purpuratus K. The pairing was observed in 26 instances. The male stands over the female, his ventral surface against her dorsal, their heads in oppo- site directions, their body axes not in the same line, but his bent obliquely toward one side of her abdomen. Only one palpus is inserted at a time, and one alone may be employed through the act, or the two may be alternated one or more times. The female remains motionless. In the cases timed the act lasted less than one hour in 5 instances, and more than one hour in 9 instances, the longest noted being more than 8% hours continuously. It may occur in the morning (7 cases),' after- noon (11 cases), or after 6 P.M. (8 cases), The same pair have bee ae : a M - j i P| : 4 4 : 3 a ee 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559 seen to mate in captivity as many as 6 successive times, as the pair 3S 1500 x 2 1501 with copulation on 13, 20, 21 and 28 June, and 18 and 21 July; the same female has been seen to mate with two males, and the same male with two females. In two instances females were seen to copulate after making the first cocoon: thus 2 1519 mated with o& 1518 on 20 and 21 June, cocooned 29 June, then mated with 3 1519 A on 4 July; and 2 1521 mated with co 1522 on 26, 27, and 30 June, cocooned 2 July, then mated again 23 July. This repetition of copulation after oviposition is most unusual, for generally in spiders the males die by the time the first cocoons are made. Equally unusual is the fact that heavily pregnant females will receive males as late as four and even two days before oviposition, whereas it is the rule that pregnant females are extremely aggressive towards males (except in Theridium). But we shall see a case in Geotrecha pinnata of copulation during cocooning. Another unusual incident, though I have described elsewhere similar occurrences in some other species, was that co’ 1504 copulated with 2 1505 and she moulted a few hours afterwards. Early in June males are quite as numerous as the females, and pairs are frequently obtained in the same nest beneath a stone, but males decrease in number during the summer, though I captured two as late as 22 August. The first oc’ caught, No. 1500 on 13 June, was kept continuously in a cage with 2 1501, and copulated with her six times (the last time on 21 July), until 12 September; then I killed her, but kept him, and he lived until the end of October. This longevity of a male after the breeding season is without parallel in my experience. In one case a male (1504) after copulating with a slightly smaller female (1505) on 17 June, ate her on 25 June. This is a rare happening among spiders, though McCook (I. c., Vol. Il, p. 24) cites similar instances in Epeirids and Agalenids. This male was, however, killed and eaten by another female (1544) on 11 July, so was co’ 1524 by a gravid 2 1525, ando& 1502 by 2 1503 (after living together for nearly a month). Five other males that were kept with females, and all of which mated with them one or more times, died without being eaten and with little or no evidence of injitty; they seemed to have become physically weakened, and one that I gently removed from his mate to use for another experiment expired a few minutes after the removal. Accordingly, in this species, where the males are about as large and strong as the females, it is by no means the rule that the males end by being eaten. The matings observed in captivity took place in almost every instance outside of nests. : Drassus neglectus (Keys). With regard to this species, common under stones in open fields 560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Emerton (J. c.) states (under the name of D. saccatus): “In the early » summer a male and female live together in the nest, the female often being immature.” During June I found several such pairs, as well as males in separate nests, but after that month found no more males. The copulation was observed in two cases. The first instance concerns G' 1510 (an unusually large individual) and 2 1511, found in different nests on 7 June and placed in one cage; he was larger than she. The same day copulation was observed from 5,31-5.38 P.M., one palpus applied at a time, the right three times and the left once, each palpus being held in the epigynum for 1-2 minutes, then with- drawn for about a minute, then the same or the other palpus inserted, He left her at 5.42, but returned two minutes later and inserted the left palpus for 15 seconds, then he left her again and she moved away — five minutes later. The position of the two was about the same as in Phidippus. This pair were observed again in mating attitude at 3.30 P.M., 24 June, 8.10-8.17 P.M., 25 June, and 9.P.M., 29 June; he died (not eaten by his mate) on 4 July. The other instance was that of & 1506 and 9 1507 caught in the ene nest on 16 June and placed together in a cage. On 23 June, at 9 A.M., I found him copulating with his right palpus; she had moulted within the preceding half hour, was still soft and near her old exuvia. He kept his right palpus inserted for 39 minutes, and when he withdrew it she struggled away from him. But he found her again, at 9.42 inserted the same palpus for a few seconds, again at 9.46 for a minute, and again continuously from 9.48 to 10.25, when I was obliged to leave, and on my return at 11.12 they were separated. Both escaped from the cage before the end of the month. This instance of mating with a female just at the time of her moulting is interesting, for it gives the timorous male his opportunity while she is helpless. It is probably full-grown males that seek out still immature females and live with them in the same mating nest. Geotrecha crocata (Keys). The mating was observed only once, in the case of a female caught 3 August, and a male ten days previously, placed together in a small cage on 4 August. In copulation the male stands over the female, his ventral surface opposed to her dorsal, their body axes obliquely inclined, his head a little to one side of the anterior end of her abdomen. One palpus is inserted at a time. On 4 August they were observed in copulation at 7.58 P.M. (three minutes previously they were sepa- rate), and he kept his left palpus inserted for two minutes, the left for nearly two minutes again, the same for one minute, then the right 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 561 for a few seconds, when she suddenly rose and he jumped away. She moved slightly after each palpal withdrawal, and he quieted her by rapid tapping with his fourth leg pair. On 7 August he died from her bite. Geotrecha pinnata I’merton. One male and three females were found running in an oak wood on 31 July and placed in a large cage. Two copulations were observed on that day and on the next respectively, the attitude being the same as in G. crocata. In the first case the male inserted his palpi each twice and successively from 5.42-5.43 P.M., then he turned away from the female, returned and inserted the right palpus for a few seconds, turned away, returned and inserted each palpus once, moved off, returned and inserted both once, then moved away from her again; but when he sought her again at 5.51 she had gone off. What is remarkable in this species is that the male, after one or two short palpal insertions, departs an inch or more from the female, stands still for a minute or more shaking his palpi, then turns and seeks her again (wholly by touch unaided by sight), the female generally waiting motionless for his return. He always mounts over her head. The next day the same male copulated in a similar fashion, from 11.35- 11.44 A.M., with eight palpal insertions. On 22 July five other individuals of this species were caught and placed in one large cage. Two were males, one of them lacked one palpus, and for convenience may be called A, while the other perfect individual we may call B; these males were combative on meeting each other, but not aggressive to the females nor these to one another. oO B at 5.20 P.M. met and copulated with a gravid female, inserting his palpi about four times; then & A touched her, she at first repulsed him but half minute later accepted two palpal insertions from him; at 5.36 both males were an inch away from her. Between 5.37 and 5.50 she received both males in the following order: oc’ A, o A, & B, co A, o B, & B, o B, & A, co’ A. Then she rose and moved away, returned to the same place, and repulsed further advances. After cleansing herself she began at 7.20 P.M. to spin her cocoon. Between 8 and 9 P.M. she was interrupted by @ A five times, but drove him off each time. At.9.06 © B found her and copulated, and between then and 9.15 copulated eight times. Between 9.22 and 9.350 A made five advances, but was driven away each time. co B copulated twice at 9.42, and at 9.44 she repulsed o A. I then kept both males away from her in order to see the cocooning. This is a very remarkable case of a female accepting copulation from two males alternately; 562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., and of interruption of the cocooning process by such mating. Only an hour and a quarter after the last copulation she oviposited. During the cocooning she was aggressive, raising her fore-legs, but c' B pressed them down by rapid tapping and mounted over her head; the mating was forced upon her against her maternal instinct. Prosthesima atra (Hentz). One male and four females were caught 7 August and placed in a large dish, all unable to walk on the vertical glass side. On 9 August the male was seen in mating attitute, but without palpal insertion, for a quarter of an hour; this was at 5.20 P.M., and at 6.55 he was again motionless upon a female, but without insertion of the palpi. Could it have been that he was waiting for her to moult? On 15 August a copulation was observed, the attitude as in Geotrecha; the pair was first seen at 8.40 P.M. (they were not in copula a quarter of an hour before), and during the succeeding 19 minutes he inserted his left palpus 4 times and his right 3 times, each insertion lasting from 1 to 2 minutes. Another copulation was seen on 20 August at noon. Misumena aleatoria (Hentz). The male of this Thomisid is many times smaller than the female. A pair were placed together in a cage on 27 August. In the copulation both palpi are inserted simultaneously, and the male Ig placed upon the ventral surface of the abdomen of the female with his head pointed in the same direction as hers; the ventral surfaces of the two are apposed, The male, after discharge of the sperm, may remain upon the female’s venter or may climb to her dorsum. He continues to hold to the female for astonishingly long periods, for he is so small and nimble that she is unable to displace him. Thus at one time he remained upon her for 22 hours, even though I disturbed them by removal to a bottle, and I found it difficult to push him off with a pin; at another time he remained continuously upon her from 4.57 P.M., 30 August, until 7.30 A. M., 1 September, when he left her, but regained her at 9 A.M. and remained upon her until the following morning, when she was found dead. Even her walking around the cage did not seem to disturb him. Palpal insertions occupied only a small part of these periods. Xysticus nervosus Banks. Two adult males and an immature female were placed in one cage on 5 September. She repulsed their advances, and after moulting on 11 September, was placed again with the males. One male found and embraced her, then the other drove him off, or the first left the ) 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563 female to fight the other male, and this fighting of the two males upon and around her body continued for half an hour, when I separated them. The next day the same fight was renewed over her motionless body for 50 minutes, when the female rose and walked away, the males, thereafter, avoiding her. The copulatory attitude is like that of X. stomachosus, previously described by me (1903). The males appeared as eager to fight as to mate. Ceratinopsis interpres Em. Two males and a female of this small theridiid were placed in a vial on 12 July. The males were savage on meeting and grappled with each other. Within a few minutes the three had spun a maze of lines. Twice it happened that both males simultaneously seized and tried to embrace the female, and once one male copulated while the other endeavored to do so; in each case the female shook both off at the end of a minute or two. Finally one male inserted both palpi con- tinuously for 21 minutes; their heads were in the same direction and ventral surfaces apposed, the male held her with his first two pairs of legs and had his head a little posterior to her epigynum. 7. NESTING AND COCOONING. The architectural habits of Ariadna and Pisaurina have been described above. Phidippus purpuratus Kk. We have mentioned that during June a male and female are fre- quently found together in one nest, and such mating nests are well known for the Attids; these are perhaps the same as the nests which the females occupy during the Winter. But on bringing home such pairs and placing them in cages no such mating nests were made, but the male and the female each built a thin-walled nest with two aper- tures, during which they remain mostly only at night; the two would also use the nests interchangeably, and would usually copulate outside of them. Before cocooning each of my captive females spun in an angle of the cage a much larger, entirely closed nest, so thick-walled that she can scarcely be seen through it, and within this spun all the cocoons of one season. Whether under natural conditions, on the lower side of a stone, the female would employ her mating-nest as a cocoon-nest, or whether the two are separate structures, | have not ascertained. The male may enter the cocoon-nest after the female has made an opening to it, to copulate with her, but he never remains long therein, but usually spins a smaller nest of his own on its outer | 564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., surface. The special cases observed of cocoon-nest construction, and of cocooning, were the following. & 1519 made a thin nest on 28 June, and during the night made it very thick-walled with a narrow — aperture at oneend, On the following day she was found at 12.30 P.M. spinning vigorously across a vertical circular area, of greater diameter than her own length, of the inner surface of the nest ; this was a distinct cocoon-base made upon the wall of the nest. She ceased suddenly at 1.10, rested quietly until I left at 1.30, and-on my return at 2.50 Was sgain spinning on the circular base, and worked through the afternoon, At 8.10 P.M. she oviposited upon the base, holding her head down and her feet on the margin of the base. She remained quiet until 8.32, when she began to spin the cover for the eggs, swinging the spinnerets from side to side and revolving her position from time to time; this coyer-spinning continued to the next day after 7 A.M. On the 30 June she left the nest for the first time, from 8 July on left the nest daily to hunt for food and made a second aperture for egress. The young began to leave the nest on 15 August, and at that time I found a second cocoon containing eggs within the nest (the young of which hatched 12 September). @ 1521 laid a mass of eggs within a thin-walled nest on 2 July, but she ate them. On the 26 and 27 July she worked continuously spinning a perfectly closed cocoon-nest in an upper corner of the cage, then from 3 P.M. on for three hours spun a cocoon-base within it, this base spun in an oblique position and its diameter somewhat less than her own body length. She oviposited about 9 P.M. (during my absence), Next morning at 8.00 she was spinning a coyer, but it was still very thin; consequently there must have been a long pause between the oviposition and cover-spinning. She did not leave the nest until fourteen days later; and when I opened the nest on 12 September it contained hatched young. @ 1525 was found on 17 July spinning a cocoon-base within an entirely closed, thick nest from 3-5 P.M.; this base was vertically inclined, extending from the floor to the roof of the nest, not against its side. She rested quietly for an hour and a quarter, spun again on the base for ten minutes, then occupied eleven minutes in oviposition. Then she seemed exhausted, and not until 10.34 began the cover-making, which was completed next morning. She did not leave the nest until seven days later. On 26 August she had again closed the nest, probably to make another cocoon. On opening the nest 12 September I found that only two eggs of the first cocoon had hatehed, and none of the second. These cases are given somewhat in detail, for they illustrate a con- siderable range of individual difference. The cocoon-nests are viscid 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565 and very thick-walled, excellent homes for the young; the mother closes them tightly before making each cocoon, and generally does not emerge for food until a lapse of several days or even a fortnight; she always returns to them after her hunts, and remains there with the young until they leave. It is quite probable the young of the second cocoon, when it is made late in the summer, may overwinter in the nest. Emerton says of this species (under the name of mystaceus) :" “The largest of the New England Attide .. . . It lives under stones at allseasons. In winter or when moulting or laying eggs it hides in a thick white bag of silk, in which the cocoons are made early in the summer. The young become nearly full grown before winter.” Drassus neglectus (Keys). These spiders, as Emerton has noted, are to be found in pairs in silken bags, and the following observations would show that such mating-nests are probably always spun by the males. A pair (oc 1506, 2 1507) were taken from a nest on 16 June and placed in a cage. During that afternoon and evening he spun a thin, closed nest around them both, next day copulated within it, and both remained in the nest until their escape twelve days later. Another pair, o 1510, 2 1511, from separate nests were put into one cage, and the male alone did the spinning of the nest. Another pair, co’ 1527, 2 1528, were taken from one nest and placed in a cage; he built a beautiful and spacious saccular nest, entirely closed, in which he charged his palps with sperm and she moulted; she ate him in it three days later. Still a fourth male, of another pair (co 1529, 2 1530) from one nest, spun a mating nest. In only one case have I seen the cocooning, though several individuals were kept under observation. 2 1530 was on 24 July within a cylindrical closed nest, which was her enlargement of the mating nest constructed by co’ 1529; in this species, then, the mating-nest may become the cocoon-nest. At 7.30 A.M. I found she was spinning within the nest upon a cocoon-base, that was a horizon- tally placed, slightly concave saucer of silk fastened by two opposed edges to the sides of the nest; the beginning of this base was not seen, but it must be either a modified partition of the nest or else a separate structure, and in either case not a part of the wall of the nest. I was unfortunately obliged to leave before the egg-laying, and on returning at noon found the cocoon was completed. The cocoon is always large, snow white, of a flattened biconvex shape, its circumference polygonal; the mother holds it tenaciously with her feet yntil the 4 New England Spiders of the Family Attidw, Trans. Connecticut Acad, Sci., 8, 1891. 566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., young emerge, though she may carry it about within the nest. In no case have I seen the mothers with cocoons taking food before the young hatch; the nest is kept closed through this period, and the spiders pay little attention to insects moving on its outer surface. Geotrecha. ‘ G. crocota and G. pinnata were not observed to make any nests in confinement, while G. bivittata constructs a very thin, small saccular nest. The conclusion of the cocooning was described by me (1903) for G. (Thargalia) bivittata, and this summer I have seen the act several times in the case of G. pinnata, and as follows: The cocoons are discoidal, excessively flattened and scale-like, their free surface (cover) very tough in consistency and difficult to tear open; under natural conditions they are spun against a stone, while all of the six cocoons made in my glass cages were placed at the junction of the floor and the side; thus they were circular discs bent in the middle at a right angle. 2 1566 on 22 July began spinning a cocoon-base at 7.20 P.M. She spun slowly, sweeping the spinnerets from side to side, over an area of about one and a half times her body length, at the junction of the wall and the floor, so that half the base was horizontal — and half vertical. Half an hour later her labor had accomplished a ring of pearly silk, most beautiful to behold, slightly elevated and with almost no silk in the enclosed space. At 8.35 she began spinning rapidly on this central space, then from 8.55-9.45 she was repeatedly interrupted by the males A and B (as previously described) At 10.45 she ceased to sweep her spinnerets across the base, and instead raised and lowered them in applying silk near the middle of the disc, at the same time swaying her body backward and forward, thus pro- ducing a central cushion of softer texture. After each spinneret application the abdominal apex was elevated to a height equal to about two-thirds the length of her cephalothorax, then the spinnerets again applied. She ceased this abruptly at 10.57, stood over the centre of the base, discharged from her genital aperture a clear globule of viscid fluid upon it, and in this discharged in succession 8 large yellow eggs, this whole oviposition occupying two and a half minutes. But she attempted in vain to liberate herself from the viscid drop, and began to eat the eggs; this miscarriage may have been due to the late copulation. In the case of another individual (2 1572) the work on the cocoon base lasted from 9.45-10.57 P.M., the oviposition for a minute and a half, and the cover-spinning from 11.00 P.M. to after 12.45 A.M., when I left for weariness. The first ten minutes of the cover-making were occupied in carrying thread from the edge of the 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567 base on to and across the egg mass, with swinging of the abdomen from side to side; the remainder of the time in brushing the spinnerets to and fro without raising them, which resulted in the dense structure of the outer surface of the cover. Next morning the cocoon was partly covered with small débris (bits of earth and wood, fragments of in- sects), and rendered much less conspicuous. The free surface of the cocoon is always furnished in this manner; it is never enclosed in a nest, and the mother does not remain by it. The cocoon is not only par- tially hidden in this way, but it is so closely adherent, so flattened and so tough, that the eggs are most excellently protected, and this explains why so few eggs are laid. Two cocoons were found with 8 eggs each, and three with 9. The method of applying the foreign objects to the cocoon was seen clearly in the case of two cocoons made by other’ females during the night of 26 July, some time between 10.30 P.M. and 7.30 A.M. These cocoons were placed only an inch apart, the mothers did not seem to distinguish their own from the other’s, and proceeded to furnish either impartially. Each mother hunted around the cage by touch, for small objects, carried them in the chelicera to a cocoon, also found by touch (though there appeared to be some memory of its situation), then dropped them upon a cocoon, Then the mothers chewed these objects into smaller particles, and agglutinated them to the cocoon evidently by some salivary secretion, and to this secretion is also probably due the change in color of the cocoon surface from a beautiful opaline, or pearly, lustre to a dull brown. So far as I know this is the first instance described of the application of some salivary secretion to the cocoon surface; very likely the bluish or greenish colors of the outer layer of Lycosid cocoons are also due to a similar secretion from the mouth, for the silk employed is white, and the cocoon does not change its white color until the mother holds it beneath her and carefully applies her mouth parts to all of its surfece. This secretion may have the value of a varnish, a finish smoothing over all irregularities, Phrurolithus alarius (Hentz). As Emerton (1889) notes, this drassid “lives on and under stones in dry, open ground and runs with great swiftness short distances at atime.’ The spiders are much less frequently seen than their cocoons. The latter are tightly fastened to stones, scarlet in color, probably due to a salivary secretion, much flattened and scale-like, of Greater diameter than the spider’s length, and are sometimes covered with foreign matter. They are not guarded by the mother, and it was only 568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., by keeping these spiders in cages that the makers of these cocoons were determined. One cocoon that I opened contained only 13 eggs. Prosthesima atra (Hentz). These common drassids live beneath stones in small, thin-walled nests. A remarkable habit was seen on several occasions during the nest-making in cages: the spider spins first upon the floor of the cage beneath her, then at intervals stands nearly vertical with the head down rotating the elevated abdomen on its pedicel, or else bending it quickly from side to side; the abdominal apex then describes circles in the air with the spinnerets actively moving. This is done for a few seconds at a time, and alternated irregularly with spinning on the floor. Such an attitude has not been seen by me before. Is it an attempt to find some roofing object against which to spin, or is it a throwing or casting of a line? Emerton (J. c.) has observed that the “cocoon is flat on one side, by which it is attached, and convex on the other. It is white, or sometimes a little pink.’”’ The cocoon is sometimes, but not always, thinly covered with foreign particles, and is guarded by the mother, who rests upon it; but she does not hold it nearly so tenaciously as Drassus does. Wild cocoons are found first in the early part of August, and sometimes two are found superimposed. Poecilochroa. A female of P. variegata (Hentz) was placed in a vial, where she made an incomplete nest at one end. On 27 July at 7.30 A.M. she was standing in a small cell within this nest upon a nearly completed cocoon-base; this base was thin, roughly circular in outline, its diameter about one and a half times her body length, and placed almost vertical, with its margins fastened to the inner wall of the nest. She oviposited upon the centre of this base from 8.02 to 8.04, then spun until 9.15 constructing the cover. Until 1 September, when the young emerged, the cocoon remained in the same position, attached by its edges to the nest, with the mother holding it continuously. A female of P. bilineata (Hentz) was caught on 11 July, and on the night of 13 July made a cocoon :a flattened circular disc, placed horizontally, its diameter greater than her length with outstretched legs, its color glistening ivory-white with a pearly lustre. She subsequently made a closed nest around it, did not change its position, but remained upon it; she left the nest for the first time four weeks later, but returned to it; the young hatched 17 August. A wild cocoon of this species contained 22 eggs. Range of Architecture in Drassids.—The observations just described 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569 show an interesting series: Pecilochroa, which leaves the cocoon attached to the nest and holds it until hatching; Drassus, which cuts loose the cocoon from the nest wall, but which also holds the cocoon continuously until hatching; Prosthesima, which makes a much thinner nest and holds the cocoon within it, but not tenaciously, and occa- sionally places foreign objects on its surface; and Geotrecha, which makes only a very slight nest (bivittata) or no nest at all (pinnata), and which does not guard the cocoon, but regularly garnishes it with foreign matter. The last condition is probably the most modified, for it represents the loss of the maternal instinct. At the end of this series the number of eggs is least. 570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., The following Reports were ordered to be printed : REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. It is gratifying to be able to report that, notwithstanding the impor- tant and, it might be supposed, disturbing building operations of the past year, the routine work of the Academy has been but little inter- fered with. The October meetings, indeed, had to be omitted, because, while the old Library Hall was dismantled, the new Reading Room was not quite ready. The meetings of the Academy will hereafter be held here, except on occasions of extraordinary and therefore large attendance, when the Lecture Hall on the floor below will be avail- — able. Fourteen meetings were, therefore, held during the Academic year, at which the average attendance was forty-four. Verbal com- munications, for the most part illustrated, were made by Messrs. F. Creighton Wellman, John W. Harshberger, F. Lynwood Garrison, Philip P. Calvert, Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr., J. M. MacFarlane, Henry Skinner, Frank F. Keeley, Arthur Erwin Brown, Edwin G. Conklin, Henry A. Pilsbry, Stewardson Brown, Gilbert Van Ingen, Edwin T. Wherry, Benjamin Smith Lyman, and the Secretary. Thirty-six papers have been received for publication from the following authors: Henry A. Pilsbry, 4; H. A. Pilsbry and James H. Ferriss, 2; H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta, 1; H. A. Pilsbry and C. Montague Clark, 1; H. A. Pilsbry and Y, Hirase, 1; H. A. Pilsbry and A. A. Hinkley, 1; R. V. Chamberlin, 3; Thos. H. Montgomery, Jr., 2; Stewardson Brown, 2; J. P. Moore, 2; John W. Harshberger, 2; James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard, 2; F. Creighton Wellman, 1; Charles 8. Boyer, 1; G. E. Crampton, 1; Nathan Banks, 1; F. J. Keeley, 1; F. W. Weymouth, 1; Robert T. Young, 1; A. E. Verrill and A. H. Verrill, 1; Burnett Smith, 1; Clarence B. Moore, 1; Ales’ Hrdlitka, 1; Thomas Barbour, 1; Henry W. Fowler, 1. Twenty-nine of these have appeared as portions of the sixty-first volume of the PROCEEDINGS ; four have been returned to the authors, and action has been deferred on one. The two papers by Messrs. Moore and Hrdli¢ka form the first part of the fourteenth volume of the quarto Journan. The number is beautifully illustrated by text figures and eight plates of Indian pottery. The latter are superb specimens of color printing and present as faithful a representation of the objects, themselves of 1909. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 571 quite unexpected beauty, as art can at present secure. The Academy is indebted for this continuation of the JourNat to the liberality and devotion to his chosen branch of science of Mr. Clarence B. Moore. As evidence that the building operations and movings have not curtailed the work of the Publication Committee, it may be noted that the issue of the various serials now sent out under the auspices of the Academy is 129 pages in excess of that of last year, which itself was unusually productive. The number of illustrative plates, however, is 38 less than reported in 1908. The record is as follows: PROCEED- INGS, 636 pages and 27 plates; JouRNAL, 252 pages and 8 plates; ENTOMOLOGICAL News, 444 pages and 22 plates; TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL Society (The Entomological Section of the Academy), 486 pages and 12 plates; Manual or ConcHoLocy, 250 pages and 26 plates, making a total of 2,068 pages and 95 plates. The index to the publications of the Academy has been completed up to and including the volume of the ProcrEprxas for 1905. The short history of the Academy prepared as a contribution to the Founders’ Week Memorial Volume and read at the meeting of the Academy held April 6 has been published. It will be issued in a separate edition and distributed to members, correspondents and others interested, in the hope that it may elicit comment, criticism and per- haps correction, which will render of more permanent value the detailed history in course of preparation for the Centenary of the Academy in 1912. The accumulated stock of the Procrrpinas, JouRNAL and mis- cellaneous publications, held for sale and exchange, has been removed from the upper story of the middle building to cases prepared for storage in the basement. This is the fourth time this material has been moved to provide for the requirements of other interests since the occupancy of the corner building in 1876. It has been well said that three movings are as bad as a fire, and it is earnestly to be hoped that the present resting place will be permanent until the parts are distributed in fulfilment of their legitimate purpose as contributions to science. Incidentally an account of stock has been taken. Ten members and five correspondents have been elected. The deaths of fourteen members and six correspondents have been announced. Messrs. J. H. Austin and Henry Pemberton have resigned. The loss sustained by the Academy in the death of Henry Cadwalader Chapman, so intimately concerned for many years with the sejentific and administrative interests of the society, requires more than passing mention, and the Recording Secretary has been charged with the 572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., preparation of a biographical notice which, it is hoped, will be ready for presentation early the coming year. The birth of Charles Darwin and the publication of the Origin of Species were fittingly commemorated by a well attended meeting on February 16, at which addresses were made by the President, Dr. Arthur Erwin Brown, and Dr. Edwin G. Conklin. A successful meeting of the American Museums Association was held in the Academy, May 13. Epwarp J. Nouan, Recording Secretary. REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. During the year six correspondents of the Academy died and five were elected. Those deceased are Prof. Jean Albert Gaudry, Prof. Perceval de Loriol Le Fort, Prof. Rudolph Bergh, Dr. Robert E. C. Stearns, Dr. Anton Dohrn and Prof. Kakichi Mitsukuri; and those elected, Dr. John Mason Clarke, Dr. Robert F. Scharff, Dr. Albert Leon Charles Calmette, Dr. Sven A. Hedin and Prof. Oscar Drude. In accordance with the award of last year the Hayden Gold Medal was, on December 11, transmitted to Dr. John Mason Clarke, and an acknowledgment of the same duly received, together with an official copy of a minute appreciative of the Academy’s action passed by Dr. Clarke’s associates on the Board of Regents of the University of the State of New York. Among the events of importance to the scientific world in which the Academy was. invited to participate were the following: The presentation of an international testimonial in honor of Amedeo Avogadro, the student of the molecular constitution of gases; the Fiftieth Anniversary of the founding of the Botanical Institute of Brandenburg; the Three hundred and fiftieth Anniversary of the foundation of the University of Geneva; the Darwin Centenary exer- cises of the New York Academy of Sciences ; the International Congress of Mining, Metallurgy and Practical Geology; the Seventeenth Inter- national Congress of Americanists; the dedication exercises of the Lamarck Centenary memorial statue in Paris; the Jubilee of the Geological Society of Glasgow, and the presentation by President Taft of medals in recognition of their services to wronautics to Wilbur and Orville Wright. As delegates representing the Academy at the Glasgow jubilee and the University of Geneva celebration, Sir Archi- bald Geikie and Dr. Auguste Forel, both correspondents, were respec- 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573 tively appointed. While no delegates were appointed to represent the Academy on the other occasions, suitable letters of congratulation or expressions of interest were in each case forwarded. As a mark of appreciation of our contribution toward defraying the expenses of its project, the Lamarck Memorial Committee in Paris presented the Academy with the interesting bust of the great French evolutionist that now adorns the Reading Room. Numerous letters and notices were answered or referred to the proper officers of the Academy, as their nature required. Following is a tabulated statement of the statistics of the cor- respondence for the year: COMMUNICATIONS RECEIVED. Acknowledging receipt of the Academy’s publications, . . . . . =. 209 Transmitting publications tothe Academy, . . . ©. . . . |. 82 Requesting exchanges or the supply of deficiencies, . . . . . «. « 3 Envitationstolearned.gathermes, .. . . - «© »+ «+ + aja @ 3 13 Notices of deaths of scientificmen, . . tae 16 Circulars concerning the administration off sc iis ingtthatione: “ott. eke 10 Biographies and photographs of correspondents, . . - . . . «. « 21 Miscellaneous letters, oN AO Sl. eS en re ere Te) 103 SOCRMMIERVET CRE Sete RSet mee 457 COMMUNICATIONS FORWARDED. Acknowledging giftstothe Library, . . . - - - + + = + + 1,199 Acknowledging giftstothe Museum, . . © © © © «© e© © © 86 Acknowledging photographs and biographies,. . . . » - - + +. WA Requesting the supply of deficiencies in periodicals, . - . » + = 93 Letters of sympathy and iin Cail FT get a, Ee es ile) ee er 9 Miscellaneous letters, . . ty, Goda e ce?) \ealat Wa 83 Annual Reports sent to correspondents ‘oe Ne TO i a Se! le a Circular letters, . . PTs eee” eee O4 Diplomas and notices of élection of corre readies dite, Di iol ed pA 13 Dn ESS ee) en er eer ee Respectfully submitted, J. Percy Moore, Corresponding Secretary. REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN, ‘ Notwithstanding the interruptions occasioned by the building operations and the removal of the Library, the accessions for the cur- 574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., rent year exceed in number those of 1908. There have been received of pamphlets and periodicals 6,256, volumes 943, maps 147, and one engraving, making a total of 7,347. They have been received from the following sources: PSOUTIONIOR, 2 hoes ch uke Bac aoe cue 2,754 I. V. Williamson Fund............0...... | a 7 ed ek a Re Di United States ee of Agriculture.... . General Appro riation... : United States Department of the Interior... AY ho Se Ne te OE eo LAE James Aitken Meigs Fund.............. United States Treasury Depart- EAA 1 Seen a NE a be Ur University of Chicago.................... Thomas B. Wilson Fund... United States Department “of Commerce and Labor... cA Geological Survey of Canada... Department of the Interior of the FOL METENICRS. ile sere A tec scene sattenesk sas: Department of Mines, Canada... Department of Agriculture, Cape Got Hope cua se area Botanical Survey of India.............. Geological Survey of India... Pennsylvania Department | “of Agriculture... Ministry of Public W orks, France Geological Committee of Russia... Fa PA MSIE. 2k oe ier. ae ee, Corps of Mining Engineers of Peru Fdward J. DiGi... ...iss..s0s0cesss Department of =: eat Netherland India... United States War Department... Geological Survey of Japan............ British Museum... wee Geological Institute of Mexico...... International Union of American Uo 6) |: ane Bn Ministry of Colonization, etc., Geological Survey of Wisconsin.. Geological Survey of Western PATS. SSE S5 dedsieeticcs sk ao Department of Mines, New South Lh ATOR Macao ait a oa Library of Congress.... are ei of Agriculture | in nce er Se ceo 9 |) Sanne eee of Mines, Victoria...... Thomas Biddle... Geological Surv ey of Connecticut. 2,611 503 Missouri Bureau of Geology, ete... Commissioners of Fisheries and Game, Massachusetts................ Publication Committee, Academy. South African Central Locust Bureau of American Ethnology Illinois Bureau of Labor Statictios Albert I. of Monsco:....23.2.. cen Special Exchange..............:..ccscs0c0 Geological Survey of Georgia........ Geological Commission, ri of Good. HGne< racists ee Board of Scientific Advice for New Zealand Geological Survey... Due de Loubat...5.....csnomien Superintendent of Public Docu- ments, Washington... Geological Bureau, Roumania... Hawaii Agricultural Experiment SSUAION. fees. occa) ..dnen cee ese Geological Survey of Virginia........ Geological Survey of Oklahoma... Henry R. Wharton... : y Philip jf. Calvert. ....2:...05acaete Department of Fisheries, Penn- AVL VAIN ec) ane ottct Aeve ae Trustees of the Indian Museum.... Williams We Weenc.)..).n8 meee Department of Mines, Nova COMMAS ors. 2.sssietcid dace Geological Survey of Iowa... Geological Survey of Illinois.......... Foote Mineral Go... isnt Department — of METIGGG: (cits; anwalas eee einees Commission for the Scientific Exploration of the German Beng rn Wiel sas hese Commission of Mines of Carvao Ge-Pedra, ‘Brazil 9,5. tase Bentham Trustees, Kew Gardens.. A. E. Outerbridge, Jr...........-..0++-c-« Agricultural Faculty of La Plata.. Game Commissioners of Pennsyl- Geological Survey of New Jersey. Department of Geolo , Indiana. “ee. Commission of Por- Colao Geological Survey..... MHKHer DD NN NNN WW NNNNNwW Ww w eee a a ee Re eh ee 1909,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575 They were distributed to the several departments of the Library as follows: PRIS ooo on. 5nd ascii tease OOD) Mineralogy. aoc terete incttnnd 28 IACI Oe RR SIG). | Medicine t:222 A apecerct tena waevest as 25 I a6. cclsrne (nvecara acinczaeam 278 Helminthology..................-.-.-:0: 22 MMI se JAS hun sere andkydndessdestessbe TAQ. Miamimalggry 055s ciscecsasrse- tte ncs on 22 General Natural History................ 152 Physical Science............. Rear tne 18 ESE a na 130°. .Bibliography. coca eee ae Voyages and Travels...................... 117 » Tehythryology aac. soc. cencvotnoer ss -- 15 (LOTS, Sele ne 98 apd cates avtecese Sed 4 LO Anatomy and Phy nyBiclogy.. Wisi Seer 73 Mathematics... PA A Pe 4 Anthropology... tum Go” Enc relopedias... Mem ieyh Ltn 7 SR Sa 1 TR a 36 Unclassified .. ea ee ees Se UST Fs 0 es ear 36 Fifteen hundred and seventy-eight volumes have been bound since the last report. Among the new books acquired during the year that are worthy of special mention are the following: J. D. Hooker’s Botany of the Antarctic Voyage of H. M. Discovery Ships Erebus and Terror, in seven quarto volumes. A complete set of thirty-two volumes of the periodical Kosmos, published in Lemberg. Kops and Van Eeden’s Flora Batava, a complete set to date of twenty-three quarto volumes, Ungarische Revue from 1885 to 1895, received from the Hungarian Academy of Sciences in response to an application for deficiencies. Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, Volumes 1 to 7. The publications of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Transactions of the Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society from 1835 to 1895. Volumes 1 to 13, inclusive, of Forest and Stream, completing our set of that periodical. A set of the Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der physischen Wissen- schajten (der Chemie und Physiologie), in thirty volumes. The following new journals have been added to the list: Archiv fiir die Geschichte der Naturwissenschajten und Technik, Leipzig. Zeitschrift fiir induktive Abstammungs- und Vererbungslehre, Berlin. Zeitschrijt fiir Botanik, Jena. Dorfleria, Vienna. Mannus, Wurzburg. Natur, Leipzig. ‘ Prehistorische Zeitschrift, Berlin. The current year is probably the most important in the history “of 576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., the Library. marked, as it has been, by a radical change in the manner of shelving and preserving the books. The rear portion of the building, completed during the summer, will ultimately contain seven tiers of steel stacks for the accommodation of the Library. The five of these now in place provide more than twice the former shelfing, upon which approximately 120,000 volumes can be placed, so that at the present rate of growth it is not likely that the two additional stacks will be required during the lifetime of any but the youngest members of the Academy. The first armful of books, a collection of Academy lists, catalogues, biographies, histories and the five bound volumes of Leidyana, was carried to the new building at 4.30 P.M., August 25. The following day the cases in the Reading Room were filled. After an unavoidable interruption work was resumed on the 30th, and, with the help of a corps of six reliable and intelligent men, by September 22d the books were all in place, three weeks having been devoted to the work. The position of the several sections of the library had been determined on before the moving began, and they were placed at once where they are to remain, care being taken to leave space for growth. More time was, of course, thus consumed than if the books had been carried over and piled up to await a later arrangement; but the gain in the end was of importance, as the work was complete as far as it went. The books were always accessible, and, as a matter of fact, the use of the Library was not interfered with for a single hour. The cases have been numbered, and the several sections are indicated by neatly lettered signs at the ends of the stacks. A printed guide to the arrangement, will further assist those consulting the collection. It has not, so far, been necessary to make any special legislation regarding admission to the stacks. Those working in the Academy seem to have no difficulty in finding what they want, and books desired by casual readers are promptly supplied by the attendants. The catalogues will be revised as soon as time can be secured for the work. There has been but one departure from the old classification: the special journals have been grouped under their subject headings; transactions of general societies and other publications dealing with more than one branch of science being arranged geographically, as before. The new arrangement, although sacrificing in some minor particulars the convenience so enthusiastically recognized by all who had access to the old hall, is eminently satisfactory. Three well-lighted and convenient apartments between the Reading Room and the stacks have been assigned for the use of the Recording Secretary and Librarian and his Assistant. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577 The spacious Reading Room has been surrounded by bookcases, in which are placed the books most likely to be frequently called for— a portion of those on general natural history, recent accessions, dic- tionaries and bibliography. With the exception of the cases for the temporary reception of new books, this is more a matter of furnishing than of library convenience, as no difficulty is experienced in securing any work desired from the stacks, which are sufficiently lighted by the windows in ordinarily fine weather, the electric lights provided in the aisles being required only on cloudy days and late in the afternoon. A room on the stairway leading to the Lecture Hall has been appro- priated for the storage of duplicates and of journals not immediately germane to the work of the Academy. The rooms vacated by the Library, to the east of the Race street entrance, have, on the recommendation of the Council, been assigned for the use of the State Department of Health during the term. of office of the present State Commissioner, the President of the Academy, and are now so occupied. There has been no interruption of current work. Books have been ordered, received and catalogued, exchanges have been made and accessions displayed as usual on the Library tables for the use of those compiling bibliographies or desirous of keeping up their knowledge of the progress of science. . Acknowledgment is due the Assistant Librarian, William J. Fox, for most intelligent and efficient service in the moving of the books to the new building and of the stock of publications to the new storage cases, as well as for the faithful discharge of his current duties in connection with the Library and the Publication, office. We are indebted to the Free Library of Philadelphia for the loan of the trucks used in the transportation of the books to the new building. It is believed that the portion of the year’s work with which the Library Committee and the Librarian are charged may be regarded as a subject of warm congratulation. Epwarp J. NOLAN, Librarian. REPORT OF THE CURATORS. The additions and alterations to the Academy buildings, begun in the spring of 1908 under an appropriation of $150,000 from the Com- monwealth of Pennsylvania, have been completed. The entrance from Race street has been remodeled and now presents 578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., a commanding hallway which leads directly to the main Museum building, through the space formerly occupied by the old Lecture Hall. The stairways in the main Museum building have been removed to the Nineteenth street entrance, from which a new vestibule has been constructed, shut off from the galleries of each floor by fire-walls and automatic fire-doors. On the lot situated at Nineteenth and Cherry streets, 50 x 130 feet in size, has been erected a handsome fireproof building, now occupied by the Hall of the Academy, the Library stack and Reading Room. The third floor, with the top floor of the main Museum building, have been divided into a number of study rooms and laboratories. All are reached by an electric elevator. In the old Museum all the iron columns have been fireproofed and fire escapes provided to comply with the legal requirememts. New vaults for the storage of the alcoholic collections have been constructed and the collections transferred to them. The increased room and accommodations now provided have long been needed for the protection and accommodation of the invaluable Library and Museum of the Academy and the collections of the Com- monwealth of Pennsylvania and the American Philosophical Society, deposited in its keeping. At this year’s session of the State Legislature an additional appro- priation of $60,000 was made to the Academy, with which it is proposed to encase the walls of the original greenstone building, which are becoming badly weathered, with brick and terra cotta, and to add such terra cotta facings to the middle wing as will make the entire building uniform in appearance. The Museum, which had been closed to the public during the altera- tions, was reopened early in the year, and much of the time of the Museum staff has been devoted to the cleansing and rearrangement of the specimens. A radical rearrangement has been effected on the mammal floor and many of the osteological specimens temporarily removed from exhibition. All the water birds were removed while the cases were being cleansed and repainted and were then rearranged. The immense series of jars containing the alcoholic collections have been thoroughly cleansed before being arranged in the new vaults. Notwithstanding this unusual amount of routine work, considerable local field work was done by members of the Museum staff and several 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579 more extended trips were made. Largely through the liberality of Mr. Morgan Hebard, Mr. Rehn was enabled to accompany him on a trip through the Western States, and a large collection of Orthoptera and some other specimens were secured. Through the Esther Hermann Research Fund of the New York Academy of Sciences, Mr. Stewardson Brown was enabled to make another botanical exploration of Bermuda during May in the interests of the New York Botanic Garden and this Academy. Dr. J. P. Moore spent the summer collecting marine invertebrates at Martha’s Vineyard and Woods Hole. Mr. Clarence B. Moore has continued his explorations of the Indian mounds of the Southern States, and has added many valuable specimens to the collection made by him since 1893. The Moore collection now contains over 5,000 specimens, all systematically ° arranged and labelled by Mr. Moore. Among the more important accessions of the year may be men- tioned the Clemens collection of Philippine birds, the Hinkley collec- tion of Mexican mollusca, a collection of Brazilian insects made by Miss H. B. Merrill—all secured {by purchase—and the Commons Her- barium, an unusually complete collection of the flora of Delaware, made by Mr. Albert Commons, and presented to the Academy by his nephews, Messrs. Frank W. and Howard W. Commons. One mahogany and plate glass exhibition case has been added to the bird hall, and forty-three storage cases and 158 Schmidt insect boxes have been purchased. In addition Dr. J. P. Moore has cared for the collection of annelids and Mr. H. W. Fowler the fishes, while Miss H. N. Wardle has arranged portions of the archwological specimens. To Mr. Sam’1S.Van Pelt inthe Herbarium and to Mr. E.'T. Cresson, Jr., in the Entomological department the Curators are indebted for valuable assistance. Specimens have been loaned during the year to A. 8. Hitchcock, C. J. Pennock, Dr. Ludwig Neumayer, J. H. Fleming, F. C. Baker, Mary J. Rathbun, Robert Ridgway, Dr. Paul Bartsch, H. C. Oberholser, Merritt Cary and W. W. Eggleston. Samuret G. Dixon, Curator. REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MOLLUSCA, Work during the past year has been chiefly directed tothe prepa- ration, determination and labelling of new material added to the col- lections, and to the preparation of an illustrated monograph on the 580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., family Partulide, which has been published in the MANUAL or Con- CHOLOGY. Very large accessions of the mollusca of Louisiana and southeastern Arkansas we owe to Mr. Clarence B. Moore. Mr. Stewardson Brown has further augmented the series from Bermuda, and the study of Arizona snails collected by J. H. Ferriss and the Curator has nearly reached completion; reports thereon are now in course of publication by the Academy. The shells collected by Mr. A. A. Hinkley in Mexico have been determined, and the new forms described in several papers. Mr. John B. Henderson, Jr., has contributed a series of Cuban shells collected this year, and Dr. Arnold Ortmann gave a set of western ‘Pennsylvania freshwater mussels, especially valuable on account of the rapid destruction of the faunas of these streams by mine water. A large series of mollusks from Tonkin has been purchased, in order to afford material for comparison with those of China, Korea and Japan, which the Curator is working upon. Accessions hardly less valuable have been received from many correspondents of the Department, as noted in the Additions to the Museum. H. A. Prussry, Special Curator, Dept. of Mollusca. REPORTS OF SECTIONS. BIOLOGICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL SECTION. The Section has held nine regular meetings during the year, with an average attendance of nine members. Ten informal meetings have also been held. The Conservator reports the donation of six boxes of slides from the estate of the late Dr. Henry C. Chapman. The work of the year consisted chiefly in the exhibition and descrip- tion of mounted slides and material by each member present, and in the exchange of specimens for mounting, among which may be mentioned a valuable series of about seventy rare minerals in micro- scopic crystals distributed by Mr. Keeley. Among the papers presented are the following: “Microscopical Image Formation,” by Mr. F. J. Keeley, published in the PROCEEDINGS ; “The Hookworm Disease,” by Dr. T. S. Stewart. Mr. Palmer described a new form of Pinnularia which he has named Pinnularia socialis, found in groups of four. 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581 Mr. Van Sickel devised a new form of opaque mounting slide, and, at the request of members, several thousand were manufactured from his design for general use. Mr. Shulze discovered several new forms of Diatomacee in the Bar- badoes deposit, one of which has been named and described by Mr. Boyer in the PROCEEDINGS. Mr. Schumo presented various specimens and gave a talk on Mosses, illustrated with lantern slides. Communications were also made by Mr. Bilgram on Myxomycetes; Dr. Owen, on salt solutions; Mr. Davies, on various vegetable prepara- tions; Mr. Van Sickel, on the crystallization of Platinum; Mr. Boyer, on local diatoms, and by Messrs. Keeley, Rothermel, Ray and other members, on miscellaneous subjects. An increased interest is apparent in the preparation of specimens and in the manipulation of the microscope and much original work has been accomplished during the year. The officers for the year 1910 are as follows: Director, . . J. Cheston Morris, M.D. Vice-Director, . . ‘T. Chalkley Palmer. Recorder, . ; ; . Charles 8. Boyer. Corresponding Secretary, . . Silas L. Schumo. Treasurer, . . Thomas 8. Stewart, M.D. Conservator, . F. J. Keeley. CHARLES S. Boyer, Recorder. ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. The usual meetings of this Section have been held with an average attendance of nine persons. During the year upwards of 3,000 speci- mens have been added to the collection. Eight new cases and 15S boxes have been purchased to accommodate the growth of the cabinet. The orders Hemiptera and Neuroptera and the family Tenthredinidw of the order Hymenoptera have been rearranged. Part of the American Rhopalocera has been transferred to new cases. The publications of the Section have been successfully continued. One member and two associates have been elected, At a meeting held December 23 the following officers were elected: 582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Director, , . Philip Laurent. Vice-Director, ; . H.W. Wenzel. Treasurer, : ; . E. T. Cresson. Secretary, : ; . E. T. Cresson, Jr. Conservator and Recorder, . Henry Skinner, M.D. Publication Committee, — . : : . E.T. Cresson, E. T. Cresson, Jr. BOTANICAL SECTION, Early in the year the work of putting the species of flowering plants into covers was completed, which will prove not only a convenience in studying, but will also secure a decrease in the possible breakage of specimens. The most notable addition during the year has been the Albert Commons Herbarium of Delaware plants, representing his collecting during half a century. It is probably the most complete series of the flora of the State, including not only the flowering plants and ferns, but also the lower forms, fungi, etc. The collections were presented to the Academy by Messrs. Frank W. and Howard W. Commons, of Minneapolis, Minn. Other donations include a collection of 50 species of Bucks County, Pa., Crategus from Dr. C. D. Fretz; 160 Crategus and other trees and shrubs from the Arnold Arboretum ; 250 specimens of plants from the eastern United States from E. B. Bartram, and smaller collections, aggregating about 150 specimens, which will be noted in detail in the Additions to the Museum. The Section has purchased 500 specimens of California and Nevada plants from A. A. Heller; 40 specimens of Crataegus from Willard W. Eggleston and 100 Mexican mosses from C. G. Pringle. The Conservator spent the time from May 22 to June 2 of the present year in the Bermudas, where a collection of about 250 plants was made, and, though not large in species, enabled him to determine some uncertain records, besides adding a number to the known flora of the islands. The results of this and two previous trips are embodied in a paper in the current number of the PROCEEDINGS. The Philadelphia Botanical Club has continued to hold its meetings in the herbarium of the Academy during the year, and through the energy of its members 2,100 sheets have been added to the local collection, in the care of which Mr. Samuel S. Van Pelt has continued his valuable services as Curator. Acknowledgment is made of the services of Miss Ada Allen as assistant in the herbarium during the year. _— - 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 583 At the annual meeting of the Section the following were elected as officers for the coming year: Director, . : . Benjamin H. Smith. Vice-Director, . . Joseph Crawford. Secretary and Recorder, . Charles 8. Williamson. Treasurer and Conservator, — . ; . Stewardson Brown. Respectfully submitted, STEWARDSON Brown, Conservator. THE MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION. The Section held seven meetings in 1909, with an average attend- ance of six. Communications were made by Prof. O. C. S. Carter, on earthquakes; Dr. E. T. Wherry, on fossil plants at Holicong, Bucks County, with a report on them by Dr. David White; Mr. T. C. Palmer, on minute beryls at Avondale, Delaware County; B. $8. Lyman, on the need of instrumental surveying in practical geology, and on advan- tages of not exaggerating the vertical scale in geological cross-sections ; Col. Joseph Willcox, on fossil elephants, Glyptodon, manatee and horses in Florida; Mr. F. J. Keeley, on asteriated sapphire from Ceylon; Miss E. Walter, on sub-fossil Sequoia in San Francisco. The Section also met in conjunction with the Academy on the evening of May 18th, and made through its members three communi- cations to the meeting. There were six field excursions of the Section, with an average attendance of about 29. On all the excursions, except the third, the parties visited crystalline rocks and their minerals, namely: (1) Between Woodlane and Ardmore, Montgomery County; (2) between Elwyn and Newtown Square, Delaware County; (3) New Red rocks and trapdikes, between Camp Hill and Three Tuns, Montgomery County; (4) near Moylan, Strath Haven, Avondale and Crum Creek, Delaware County; (5) near Cynwyd, Mill Creek and Bryn Mawr, Montgomery County; (6) near Glen Mills, Lenni, Chester County, and Blackhorse, Delaware County. Besides the meetings and excursions of the Section, there was, by its invitation, a numerously attended meeting of geologists of the northeastern part of the United States held at the Academy on the afternoon and evening of April 23d, at which six highly valuable communications were read, followed, the next day, by a very profitable field excursion of 23 participants, under the guidance of Prof. Bascom, 584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., to typical places of pre-Cambrian and early Paleozoic rocks, from Lafayette up the Schuylkill to Norristown, and thence to Henderson, Gulf Mills and Bryn Mawr. The membership of the Section has increased during the year by three associate members. The field excursions lead to joining it as associate members; and sometimes immediately, or later through interest in the meetings, to becoming members of the Academy. The full membership is now 25 members and 15 associate members, 40 in all. The following officers of the Section have been elected for the year 1910: Director, : “ F : . Benjamin Smith Lyman. Vice-Director, . : : é . Frank J. Keeley. Recorder and Secretary, . : . Silas L. Schumo. Treasurer and Conservator, : . George Vaux, Jr.- Respectfully submitted by order of the Section. BENJAMIN SmitH LYMAN, Director. ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. Work in the Ornithological department has been seriously hampered during the past year by the alterations to the top floor of the Museum, which necessitated the disarrangement of most of the cases for nearly six months, while the demands upon the Conservator’s time in looking after other departments of the Museum and the absence of Mr. Rehn in the West also interfered with the work of the department. The cases have now, however, been permanently placed, all the drawers examined and the specimens arranged, while the rooms have been thoroughly cleaned. The remainder of the Tristram and Porter collections, comprising several thousand skins, have been systematically distributed, and the Van der Pol collection has been catalogued, while the Limnicole or shore birds have been critically studied, reidentified and arranged in standard metal cases. It was found necessary to remove a large part of the exhibition series from the cases, so as to permit of the cleansing of both specimens and cases. A portion of this work has been accomplished, and one new exhibition case secured. For the study collection of skins ten additional metal and four large wooden cases were procured, which enables us for the first time to place the entire study series in 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 585 standard cases. A number of valuable additions to the collection have been made during the year, the most important being the Clemens specimens from Mindanao, Philippine Islands. The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club and the Pennsylvania Audubon Society have held their meetings in the Ornithological rooms during the year, and have done much to further the interests _of the department. To Mr. J. A. G. Rehn the Conservator is indebted for valuable assistance in labelling and cataloguing. The officers elected at the annual meeting, December 2, 1909, are: Director, : : . Spencer Trotter, M.D. | Vice-Director, ; . George Spencer Morris. Corresponding Secretary, . _ William A. Shryock. Recorder, : ; : : ; . Stewardson Brown. Conservator and Treasurer, ' . Witmer Stone. WITMER STONE, Conservator. The annual election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the Committee on Accounts to serve during 1910 was held, with the follow- ing result: PRESIDENT, : : . Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D. VicEe-PRESIDENTS, . Arthur Erwin Brown, Sc.D., Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D., Se.D. RECORDING SECRETARY, ; . Edward J. Nolan, M.D. CORRESPONDING SECRETARY, . J. Perey Moore, Ph.D. TREASURER, : . George Vaux, Jr. LIBRARIAN, ' . Edward J. Nolan, M.D. CURATORS, ; : ; . Arthur Erwin Brown, Sc. D., Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., Witmer Stone. COUNCILLORS TO SERVE THREE YEARS, Philip P. Calvert, Ph. D., Thomas Biddle, M.D., Frederick Prime, Frank J. Keeley. CoMMITTEE ON ACCOUNTS, . . Charles Morris, Samuel N. Rhoads, John G. Rothermel, ‘* Thomas H. Montgomery, Ph.D., Frank J. Keeley. 78 586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., COUNCIL FOR 1910. Ex-officio.—Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D., Se.D., Arthur Erwin Brown, Se.D., Edward J. Nolan, M.D., , J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., Witmer Stone. To serve three years.—Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Thomas Biddle, M.D., Frederick Prime, Frank J. Keeley. To serve two years.—Charles B. Penrose, M.D., Charles Morris, Henry Tucker, M.D., Spencer Trotter, M.D. To serve one year.—Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., John Cadwalader, Edwin 8. Dixon, Henry Skinner, M.D. CurRATOR OF MOLLUSCA, ASSISTANT LIBRARIAN, ASSISTANTS TO CURATORS, Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D. William J. Fox. Henry Skinner, M.D., Stewardson Brown, J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., Edward Vanatta, Henry W. Fowler, James A. G. Rehn. ASSISTANT, . : ; . H. Newell Wardle. David N. MeCadden. H. Newell Wardle, Ezra T. Cresson, Jr. Janitors, . ey : ; . Charles Clappier, Daniel Heckler, James Tague, Jacob Aebley, Adam E. Heckler. TAXIDERMIST, Jessup Fund Gindderts, ELECTIONS DURING 1909. MEMBERS. January 19.—George H. Clapp, Charles M. B. Cadwalader, Herbert Fox, M.D., William Redwood Wright, Lewis W. Steinbach, M.D. March 16.—William Welsh Welsh. April 20.—John Gribbel, Mrs. Elizabeth B. Gribbel. November 16.—Theodore de Thodorovitch, LL.D., James A. G. Rehn. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587 CORRESPONDENTS. January 19.—Albert Calmette, Ph.D., of Lille; John Mason Clarke, LL.D., of Albany; Sven A. Hedin, Ph.D., of Stockholm; Robert F. Scharff, Ph.D., of Dublin. November 16.—Oscar Drude, of Dresden. 588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM. MAMMALS. C. R. BreperMAN. Skin of Civet Cat (Bassariscus astutus flavus), Arizona J.G. Ditten. Skin of Brewer’s Mole (Parascalops breweri), Bucks County, ieee Heparp-AcapemMy Exprepirion oF 1909. One young Rabbit (Lepus sp.), Montana. Miss Dora Keene. Skull of Leopard (Felis pardus), Burma. B. W. Orty. Skull of Woodchuck (Marmolta monax), Chester County, Pa. Ropert SHearer. Skull of Horse (Hquus caballus). ° Joun B. Stetson Co. Skin of Duckbill (Ornithorhynchus anatinus). Wrrmer Strong. Skull of varying Hare (Lepus americanus virginianus), Sullivan County, Pa. ZooLoGicaL Soctery oF PHILADELPHIA. Specimens prepared as follows: Mounted, Panda (Ailurus fulgens), Cape Hunting Dog (Lycaon pictus). Skin and skeleton, Red Langur (Presbytis rubicundus), Asiatic Tapir (Tapirus indicus), Brazilian Ocelot (Felis chibigouwazou); skin and skull, Fishing Cat (Felis viver- rina), Senegal Galago (Galago senegalensis) ; skin, Mexican Deer (Odocoileus sp.) ; skeleton, European Lynx (Lynz lynx); skull, Arctic Fox (Vulpes lagopus). Birpbs. Miss ANNA Buscu. Razor-billed Auk (Alea torda), Sea Isle City, N. J. W. B. Crispry. European Starling (Sturnus vulgaris), Salem, N. J. J. W. Hotman. Adult Black Duck (Anas rubripes) and young (mounted), Tuckerton Bay, N. J.; Black Hawk (Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis), Stat- ford’s Forge, N. J. Luruer D. Lovexrn. Loon (Gavia imber), Wayne, Pa. JosHua Parker. Dovekie (Alle alle), Parkertown, N. J. Miss WigeGAND. Birds’ eggs. Wa. D. Wrixsor. Swan (Olor columbianus). ZooLoGicaL Society oF PHiLADELPHIA. Mounted, single wattled Cassowary (Casuarius uniappendiculatus). Skins, spotted Eagle Owl (Bubo maculosus), Satin Bower-bird (Ptilonorhynchus violaceus); skin and skeleton, Cassowary (Casuarius casuarius); skeletons, South African Ostrich (Struthio australis), Crowned Hornbill (Anthracoceros coronatus). DELAWARE VALLEY ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. Several nests and eggs added to the local collection. Purcuasep. The Clemens collection of Birds from the Island of Mindanao, a, 2 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS. O. H. Brown. Red Salamander (Spelerpes ruber), Cape May, N. J. J. T. Bryan. Young Black Snake (Bascanion constrictor), Pitman, N. J. 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 589 H. W. Fowrer. Musk Turtle (Kinosternon) and Toad (Bufo), Cape May, N. J.; several collections of reptiles and amphibians, New Jersey and Penn- sylvania. H. W. Fowter and H. L. Maruer, Jr. One Frog (Rana), Pitman, N. J. H. W. Fowrer and H. L. Maraer, Jr. Collection of reptiles, Montgomery County, Pa. WS Joun H.GreEENwoop. Painted Turtie (Chrysemys picta), Chestertown, Md. B. W. Grirriras and H. W. Fowrer. Collection of amphibians and reptiles, Atco, N. J. H. W. Hanp and H. W. Fowrer. Collection of reptiles and amphibians, Cape May County, N. J. Greorce W. Harper. DeKay’s Snake (Storeria dekayi). Heparp-AcaDpEMyY Experpirion or 1909. Fifty-nine reptiles and batra- chians, Western United States. J. W. Hotman. Three snakes, Stafford’s Forge, N. J. C. J. Hunt. DeKay’s Snake (Storeria dekayi), Tinicum, Pa., two Dusky Salamanders (Desmognathus fusca), Frankford, Pa. - T. D. Kem. Diadophis punctatus, New Jersey. H. L. Marner, Jr. Garter Snake (Thamnophis sirtalis). Dr. H. A. P. Nem. Water Snake (Natrix sipedon), Holmesburg, Pa. JoserH Parker. Ground Snake (Carphophiops amoenus), Stafford’s Forge, N. J. Dr. H. A. Pirspry. Two Salamanders (Plethodon) and one Tree Frog (Hyla pickeringi), Bartonsville, Pa.; two Speckled Turtles (Chelopus guttatus), Swede's Run, N. J. PurcHAsep. Six western Painted Turtles (Chrysemys marginatus). Evan Ruoaps. Ribbon Snake (Thamnophis saurita), Sussex County, N. J, Dr. G. 8. Roprnson. Two Snakes (Lampropeltis doliatus triangulus and Thamnophis sirtalis), Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Mr. W. P. Seav. Red-bellied Terrapin (Pseudemys rubriventris), New Jersey; local Frogs and tropical Hyla. J. F. Srreer. Copperhead (Agkistrodon contortrix), Frenchtown, N. J.; Sticky Salamander (Plethodon glutinosus). Kingwood, N. J. E. G. Vanatra. Rana pipieus, Ocean City, N. J. ZOOLOGICAL Soctety PHILADELPHIA. Mexican Heloderma (//eloderma horri- dum). R. W. Wenrce. Several lots of reptiles and amphibians from Indiana and Pennsylvania. FIsHEs. Dr. C.C. Anporr. Several collections of fishes, Bordentown, N. J. Dr. Bettows. Chub (Semotilus buillaris), Montgomery County, Pa. C. H. Conner. Seriola zonata. W. P. Davis. Two Bufo fowleri, New York. H. W. Fowrer. Seven lots of fishes, New Jersey and Pennsylania. H. W. Fow er and B. W. Grirrirus. Collection of fishes, Chester County, Pa. H. W. Fowier and H. L. Marner, Jr. Collection of fishes, Pitman, N. J. 590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ’ [Dec., H. W. Fowxier and H. L. Marner, Jr. Collection of fishes, Montgomery County, Pa. H. W. Fowxer and D. N. McCappen. Collection of fishes, Ocean City, N. J. E. N. Fox. Skate (Raja ocellata), Sea Isle City, N. J. W.J. Fox. Eel Pout (Zoarces anguillaris), Sea Isle City, N. J.; Angier (Lephius); Paralichthys dentatus, Leaming, N. J.; Echeneis, Mugil and Leios- tomus, Sea Isle City, N. J.; two Hake (Merlucius). . H.W. Hanp. One Scienops ocellatus, Cape May, N. J. H.W. Hanpb. Sunfish (Lupomotis) from salt water, Cape May, N. J. Heparp-AcapemMy ExpepITion oF 1909. Two! Flying Fish (Cypselurus cali- jorniensis), Santa Catalina Island, Cal. T. D. Kem and H. W. Fow.er. Several collections of fishes, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. ; ; T. D. Kem. Small collection of fishes, New York. Davip McCappEen. Tautog (Zautogolabrus adspersus), Ocean City, N. J.; Paralichthys dentatus, Ocean City, N. J. H. L. Marner, Jr. Collection of fishes, Maryland. H. L. Marner, Jr. Petromyzon marinus, Maryland. Dr. R. J. Pamurres. Eight collections of fishes, Corson’s Inlet, N. J. Dr. R. J. Pottiies and H. W. Fowter. Small collection of fishes, Corson’s Inlet, N. J., and Tinicum, Pa. R. Porrer. Two Swordfish swords, Gloucester, Mass. PurRcH agen, Specimens of Dasyatis and Raja. Dr. G.S. Ropryson. Spheroides maculatus. F. M. Stcerys. Umbra, Meadville, Pa. ; EvGENE Samira. One Cut-lip Minnow (Exoglossum sre Hoboken, Hid. U.S. Nationan Museum. Five specimens of Notropis hudsonius selene. E.G. Vanatra. Sunfish (Enneacanthus), Chestertown, Md. R. W. Wenrie. Collection of fishes, Indiana, Pa. H. A. Wippirretp. Cow-nosed Ray (Rhinoptera), Great Egg Harbor, N. J. INSECTS. W. BeuTENMUELLER. Six Cynipide, United States. F. E. Buatspett. Eight Agabus lineolus, California. Ignacio Boxivar. Fifty-five Orthoptera, Spain and Africa (exchange). W. E. Brirron. Thirty-five insects, United States. D. M. Castie. Eighteen Coleoptera, United States. A. N. Caupetu. Three Orthoptera, Georgia and Virginia. Pau CHeney. One Mantis, Florida. E. T, Cresson, Jr. Ninety-eight Diptera, United States; eleven Lepidoptera, New York; seven Neuroptera, New York; twenty-four Diptera, New York; fifty-eight Hiyminitare: New York; three Odette, New York; six Orthoptera, New York; fifty insects, California. Waa. Davis. Fourteen Orthoptera, Newfoundland and New Jersey. H, T. Fernatp. One Orthoptera, British Honduras. H.W. Fowrer. Four insects, New Jersey. G. M. Greene. Thirty-five Hymenoptera, Philadelphia; ‘two hundred and fifty Coleoptera, Germany. | > > ai i a ae ee, ae 6 ie 1909. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591 Morean Hesarp. Fifty-three Coleoptera, United States; one hundred and twenty-four insects, United States; one hundred and forty Hymenoptera, Michigan ; forty-two Orthoptera, Florida; forty-four Orthoptera, Arizona; three hundred and fifty-seven Orthoptera, Western States and Florida; thirty-two Orthoptera, Colorado, Utah and Yellowstone Park. HeBarpd and Renn. One thousand three hundred and seventy-five Orthoptera, Academy Expedition; ten Orthoptera, United States. F. M. Jones. Thirty-one Orthoptera, Bermuda. C. W. Jounson. Thirty-six Diptera, United States. R. R. Myers. Two Hymenoptera, Pennsylvania. PurcHasep. Five hundred and twenty-one Orthoptera, Tropical America and Africa; two hundred and forty Orthoptera, Para, Brazil; one hundred Orthoptera, Amboina; five hundred and twenty-five Orthoptera, Natal. J.A.G. Renn. Seven Orthoptera, New Jersey. S. A. Ronwer. Twenty Hymenoptera, Colorado. Henry SKINNER. Twenty-one Argynnis, Utah; twenty-one insects, New Jersey; eighteen Lepidoptera, New Mexico; twenty-seven Lepidoptera, North Carolina; thirteen Lepidoptera, California; eight Coleoptera, Pennsylvania; six Satyrus pegala, Alabama. J.B. Smrira. One Orthoptera, New Jersey. H. A. Surrace. Two Lepidoptera, Pennsylvania. J. F. Tristan. Twenty-five Orthoptera, Costa Rica. F. Wei1canp. Cucullia phila, Pennsylvania. H. A. WenzeEL. Four Diplotaris, Arizona; two Cicada, Philadelphia; two Coleoptera, Canada. JoHn Woopcate, Forty-one Hymenoptera, New Mexico; ten Orthoptera, New Mexico; fourteen Neuroptera, New Mexico; twenty-three Diptera, New Mexico; nineteen Coleoptera, New Mexico. ReEcENT Mo.Luusca. Joun A, ALLEN. Nine lots of Tahitian shells. JosHua Barty, Jr. Viviparus from lake in Fairmount Park. F. C. Baker. Cotypes of Lymniwa nashotahensis; Pisidium, Mrs. L. Baker. Polygyra uvulifera, Osprey, Florida. 8.8. Berry. Lot of Californian freshwater and land shells. J. Cuester Brapiey. Several lots of Pisidium from British Columbia. SrewarDsoN Brown. Eighty-nine trays of Bermudan shells. L. R. Cary. Five species shells from Delaware and Raritan Canal. G. H. Ciarp. Five species land shells; cotype of Holospira bartschi. W.H. Datu. Species of Holospira, Epirobia and Aperostoma, L. E. Danrets. Pisidium and Physa from Arizona. James H. Ferriss. Two hundred and thirty-four lots of land shells from Arizona. W.H. Fruuck. Sixteen lots of Nicaragua shells. H. W. Fowxer, R,. J. Paris and H. LL. Marner. Fifteen lots Pennsyl- vania and New Jersey shells. 4 W. J. Fox. Series of eighteen marine mollusks from Sea Isle City, N. J. Joun H. Greenwoop. Jug with oysters growing in and upon it. 592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Georce W. Harrer. Lampsilis parvus and tetralasmus, Dallas, Texas. Morcan Heparp and J. A. G. Renn. Eleven lots of shells from Montana, etc, J. B. Henperson, Jr. Sixty-three lots of Cuban land shells. A. A. Hinxtey. One hundred and ninety-eight lots of Mexican shells. Y. Hrrase. Eighty-three lots of Japanese shells. L. A. Keene. Collection of Unionide, Fox River, II. Mrs. A, F. Kenyon. One hundred and thirty-six lots marine mollusks Australia. H.W. Lermonp. Bela and Nucula from Maine. H. N. Lowe. Chlorostoma and Helices from California. Joun H. Marruews. Xesta citrina, Amboyna. WittraM G. Mazycx. Sonorella from Salt River Mountains, Arizona; Helicella terrestris, Charleston, 8S. C. CLARENCE B, Moore. Two hundred and eighty-five lots of shells from Louisiana and Arkansas. A. E. ORTMANN. Seventy-eight lots Unionide, Western Pennsylvania. W.H. Over. Twenty-five lots fresh-water shells, South Dakota. Mas. J. Peme. Helix pisana and Zonitoides bermudensis, Bermuda. H. A. Pirspry. One hundred and eighty-six lots Arizona shells; twenty-three species from Monroe County, Pa. Evan Ruoaps. Twenty-five lots of shells from northern New Jersey. S. N. Ruoaps. Sixty-five lots of shells from Adirondacks, ete. S. L. Scuumo. Thirty lots of shells from Santiago, Cuba. ALVIN Seate. Fifteen lots of shells from Gulf of Davao, Mindanao. H.H.Ssirx (purchased). Thirty-three lots Alabama shells. V.Srerkr. Five species of Pupillide. Witmer Stone. Six species of land shells from Sullivan County, Pa. U. S. Narionan Museum. Viviparus from Mindanao; Polygyra from Mexico. E. G. Vanarra. Six lots of shells, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. GeorGE WaGNER. Janthina exigua, California. Bryant Waker. Cotypes of Planorbis bicarinatus royalensis, Lymnea pilsbryana, L. petoskeyensis and Somatogyrus virginicus. Succinea, Viviparus, ete. R. W. Wenrie. Three species land shells, Indiana County, Pa. H. W. Wenzev. Planorbis bicarinatus, Scotia Junction, Ont. J. E. Warrrietp. Pecilozonites, Bermuda. A. P. Witurrs. Six lots shells from Santo Domingo. HELEN WINCHESTER. Seven species land shells, Susquehanna, Pa. PurcHasep. Four hundred and ninety-four species of exotic mollusks. Worms. Srewarpson Brown. Two species of Oligocheta. Dr. H.C. Coapman. Phyllobothrium. Erich Darcke, Ascaris megalocephalus. H. W. Fowxier. Macrobdella decora. Dr. J. Percy Moore. Three hundred and twenty-nine bottles of Annelids; eighteen bottles of Polycheta, California. WALTER Preirrer. Blood worm (Caudina arenata), Townsend’s Inlet, N. J 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595 Dr. H. A. Pirssry. Two species of Ascaris and Oligocheta. J.A.G. Rexx. Ascaris sp. E.G. Vanatta. Lumbricus, Euchytreus and Helodrilus. U.S. Natronat Museum. Fifty-six bottles of Polychweta, Nova Scotia and Labrador. OTHER INVERTEBRATES. STEWARDSON Brown. Two jars of Centipedes, Bermuda. Arcuié T. CAMPBELL. Star-fish (Asterias sp.), Great Egg Harbor Bay, N. J. H. W. Fowter. Collection of Crustacea, Sea Side Park, N. J. W.J. Fox. Sea-urchin, Sea Isle City, N. J. H. W. Hann and H. W. Fowter. Collection of Crustacea, Cape May County, N. J. Mrs. A. F. Kenyon. Three jars of invertebrates, Australia; three jars of Crustacea, South Australia. H. A. Prwsspry. Three invertebrates, New Jersey. Dr. R. J. Pamuies and H. W. Fowier. Small collection of invertebrates, Corson’s Inlet, N. J. PurRcHASED. Specimens of Limulus. S.N. Ruoaps. One tray of shrimps, Riverside, Cal. Louis H. Scumipt. Malformed claw of Crab. U.S. Nationat Museum. Seven trays of barnacles, Labrador; seven jars of barnacles, South America. R. W. Weurie. Crayfish (Cambarus), Indiana, Pa. FossILs. Dr. J.C. Merrtam. Skull of Canis sp., California. ; ALAN G, Smiru. Scolithus linearis in Cambrian quartzite. Dr. Stante. Bones of Belodon. JosepH Wiiicox. Pliocene Coral, Osprey, Fla. ETHNOLOGICAL MATERIAL, Mrs. CHartes ScHaerrer. Collection of Ainu wearing apparel and house- hold objects; collection of clothing, personal ornaments and baskets from wild tribes of Formosa. Cuas. E. Brooks. Lucayan Indian remains. F, Lynwoop Garrison. Specimen of pottery, Colombia, CLARENCE B, Moore. A number of specimens from Indian mounds of Southern States, added to the Clarence B. Moore Collection. PLANTS. ARNOLD ArsoreTUM. One hundred and sixty specimens of shrubs and trees, Epwin B. Bartram. One hundred and fifty plants, Eastern Unitdd States. Frank W. and Howarp W. Commons, Albert Commons Herbarium. Plants of Delaware. . 594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Dr. C. D. Frerz. Fifty Crategus from Bucks County, Pa. Atrrep 8. Hatnes. Camptosorus rhizophyllus and photograph. Miss ParRMALEEB. Collection of sea weeds. PHILADELPHIA BoranicaL Citus, Two thousand one hundred and sixty sheets of local plants. Ss. L. Scuumo. Fifteen West Indian plants. Caarues 8. Wixiiamson. Fifty plants. AcapEMY EXPEDITION TO BERMUDA (STEWARDSON Brown). Two hundred and fifty Bermudan plants. Heparp-Acapemy Expepirion. Twenty Western United States plants. BorTanicaL Section. Purchased the following collections: W.W. Eaeteston, Forty Crategus, A. A. Hetter. Five hundred California and Nevada plants. C. G. Prince. One hundred Mexican plants. MINERALS. Morris Brerraaupr. Non-pyrites in calcite, Philadelphia. E.S. Frrter. Gold ore, Nevada. Dantet Firter. Gold-bearing quartz, cinnabar ore and samples of sand Cuartes D, Norton. Two specimens of galena. CHARLES E. RoNALpson. Garnets in schist rock, Maine. ALBERT STEVENS. Several specimens of local rocks. F. Lynwoop Garrison. Ten minerals, various localities. A. E. OUTERBRIDGE. Series of ores from Jamaica. Wimi1aMm 8. Vaux CoLiectTion. Seventy-five specimens of minerals, purchased. 1909.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595 INDEX TO GENERA, SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND REFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1909. Species described as new are indicated by heavy-jaced, synonyms by italic figures. Le SARIS Say SSS see SY. — Oe eiead Ena ER 13 | Agriolimax campestris...................... 512 Abutilon abutilon...........cccceeee 492 hemphwli. 5. isthstisspt ee, es Acanthoctenus spinipes.................... 217 Ih. ASDUAIGT, oo come cine need 512 Acanthopelma TUfeSCeNS..........0.0-0-- 195 | LSS ViR.........saniantapi geen teaieee 512 Accipiter fringilloides. ...................... 357 | AON An US. ws46 45 tenets §12 PE FEMI csc sacenyartitondss 70, 71, 94 GUCTVUTUB «1. svete neoecSthaeee 512, 513 Achillea millefolia. ......................0000++ 494 | Agrostis hyemallis.................:::0:c0000 393 OE OES Bae 6, 7, 10 Cc ns SA Be ears Ps Py 393 ee oe BAT | AIS CE wins coisa invune x00 vecv ginvaacache ana eee 244 Acrosoma bisicata... 213 VITOUS isa csuneccsPecci chee 244, 245 TE Se SEA ee ete 212 | Alnus serrulata...................:c6:+22.889, 394 RRM 52 Nea ce cia scacateset cigs 1% Zio) AlOping Vulpes: 5.0). s.cir0dsceonvesceutargene 407 MEISCAIRRLE e recs cath olecmmaterie rae tice > 2Y2, | Alem DAD WINN. ...6.. a Scicccstecersstaeo 491 MAMIMIUAEA. ....5....5000.00026000000-0e. 210 | Alternanthera maritima................... 491 SRI GRMOMNIIININ, aco ilies se dds vnc ecenviniray op Bas Wt TARAS Sis vss fsa cks ier dcsssnaleecaia Gindinls ee PON Fos oie cn cecepsovpp caer snscvne AZ ||, ANOS ZORS HALEN ak. csaseent may vadeets 359 SEXSPINOSA........0..0-eeseeeeeeeseeseneese 213 | Amblycorypha huasteca......... 113, 168 BPMOBA wicspsrnicienscsveusnssiccs-vay, 20 | AMMochares occidentalis................ 282 REI ised) stent veh inign rsriese PAZ | AXAIGCHA TIGER. 5 oi cisssabnssserosesnspsiests 282 Acrydium crassum.............0.0004- 113, 130 | Ammodramus savannarum intri- AAPL LN ELISE LATIN op casccdoccctas dbo viesesesnnis 419 COT Aargewn sorted aera ctlbcantacr eat 362 MTIGH EUS ULITEL csonasvecs se ccaceccetdstiass 131 Ammophila arenaria, 382, 383, 385, 387 Actitis macularia.................0........... 800 | Ammotrecha stolll.................s0:se0s 234 Adelia segregata. ............s.cccrcceeevee BA | ATTA DOOBY i wiktdnies sce ayvesseeresves isias ies 516 Xgialitis semipalmata........000..00.0.... 356 Ampelopsis quinquefolia.................. 385 WIRIOD is nic ctieattereiaste ies 356 | Amphictenid@...................0c0s000 RE 7x j MIMOUGL ccntumnnkcicaivinn GOO | AMphmomics.......... renee ratty’ 7 5. oloplus arizonensis.................465, 466 | Amphipleura pelluc ida... 181 GIG SOTA cs ointeuiassviaretorh ens etcas 112,160 Amphitornis ornatus... 113, 138, 424 Pt Ct eae ik. ca ore 466 | Amphitrite robusta. . jee 270 rire RARE SS 2S ep CURE 465 | Amyda schlegeli..............:cssseeseees 401 A¥sculus hippocastanum, 58, 60, 69,70, © Anabena............ sia whines BOT 71, 94, 103, 104 flos- -aquie var. circinalis.. . 393 SERUM, wry t:shsiisacteborniaig ailing inn di xt 303, 548 | Anaitis polynoides.... 0.00000... B89 GOR LAT cca uct Pee Tides tect csacssose 202.) Anchovia mitchilli... startunhiedeicd 407 Tg! ee 302. Anconia cwrulei sipennis. baseload: aaa Le apap SH Se ses, BOS Ee ee RR SE RELL AA Te spivivesiee, are Agalenide ... 201, 306 | AncuUlOsa.n.ecsicssrreseesesresess scaseesev Oy OME Ageneotettix australis...... All, 429,430 Ancylus... wi! Py Ak, ata 1 deorum... aa tM 145, 429 Andropogon virginic Pics en i ae occidentalis... 429 | Anelosimus studiosus.........'............. 204 Aglaothorax diabolicus.................... 476) |; ARE casei sje cisiviss sc stitaen wee sierranus.. “ ...413, 476 | Anisoceras vittata...........66ccccce 259 Agriognatha bella... eerste TS" RATING dase succes irahetpetincseesccsisas 25 596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Anisolabis annulipes.... 5 ALE. SA OGRE iancenveecrunact 299, 300, 316, 317 PATIO TS in Soli seczaand Un has es eee 539. | Aulocara PurtM. .icsensesuvvetes 115, 146 IO cts ooneusstiantaaveltecrsmentae BBO | |) AUGOLY CUB. cowie sinstsanertonr acteurs 331 Anoplodusa arizonensis.................-. 479 | Avicennia nitida............0.ci.ccesscsonee 486 Antrostomus carolinensis... . 360 | Aviculariide...............2 AMY phseng, PIB i win wm dscsiascessesreniies 200) Aysha minuta... CONOR GB aes cn decane aeeegeencs 200 | BIEN DIOR: «.ssicssigintass Paces waa 200 CU) Ce See eee SHER. 200) | Aythia: maria, x cro svsetnvektaaiees 355 Apollophanes punctipes.................... 215 | Azilea guatemalensis..............0000 208 BENGE IOS a cass cclic crs scent wegen 15 | PRG a aicosis starsrcacecocn eee 41 | Baccharis glomerulifolia.... . 486 ATAMUS QiZanteus........ 0. 356 halimifolia, 380-384, 387, 388, 391, PAPOEOB TRAINEE. 65 ss pips ccassasetexiorreie 217 398 te eee bog! PS 217 | Baptisia tinctoria.................00. 391, 394 Arctostaphylos tomentosa............... 20° | Bassania semnula:.. .....cctsacesscetoy 215 Ardea cerulea czerulescenis.............. Boa) .Debrytet. 26.uises eat are eee ee 332 Arenaria interpres..........s.0--.-. 856 | Bidens chrysanthemoides................ 397 Arethsea, constricta...........-.cs.cs-s:seces 168 TrondUShi ene sed tae 394 Argiope argentata...............:-scssceee 209 | Bifidaria ashmumi.....i........06.....:00002 515 DOTSORRE A. oles cscnsigp ds oo ae 209 Cochisensisve.esscnisnte ee 515 Argyrodes americanus................00++ 205 C. OligobasidOns..4..0.5:<..-s.570900 THACULOBUS: Seereseseastvicsis: Seccttesttoreee 205 PENtOGOD:s.7..osscce ee ee 515 TY U OI oo ia i. ess csevedoce renee ee pilsbryana... scaacs aucThy th uate EE PARTIR cpepisiis tes Pooeesohsaras sd eee 553, 563 | quadridentata..... Zit tod Matec eee 515 (Pylarus) bicolot........................ 550 | CAPPATIANA...sod..feeesseerts teen 515 Prima johnsan 0552-5: cae BOO).,| SIO PE yGUrih 25, ii .yaccocacte nee 101 pV vit tt West hone Mmeamanedene rs 2718! .8. SBE BOOUN BItA CUS, fo ieteesalscketne ee eee 22 Ariolimax berenditi.................00-+++ phe. |), Bla beragirantea:......aas..ct east 27 hemphilli ashmuni..................... 513 | Blacicus hispaniolensis...................... 361 Bh) Metis. :< sien ose ee Eb oan MS LSUUPOLL A sacs storacssseceeoes cesguterere meorieeee 116 Arphis arcta.:.sguai ae eee: 146 | ROPMANICA «2... ;.-...c0 arenes 116 lutéolac ay ee ee es eens 1463) BAP ois eccccnssi $26, 00, Of, LLG ls ULE Es ERS AERIS ER alee a 434 | Bodtettix.. cuss ..136, 137 teporata.....................-...L12, 114, 146 | argentatus.... 112, 136, 423, 424 SIEIETOOHCUIS Sonaatesevinr Sib svens2Aovensss 283 PUNCTATUS 42h. ee 423 PUT MMMRBREMOL hice Sacviag 7 wis ekg nci i - Ge epepaea 209 walckenaeri.. 209 Cynais canis . * 107 Cynorta albipune tata 225 biguttata........ 225 bipunctata........ 227 conigera..... 226 J Ateicc cesses 226 longipes.......... 226 longispina.... 297 marginalis 225 pedalis.... 227 598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Cynorta pictipes. oc. nctsecvitieccesves BBG | Diapheromera mesillana.. 112, 124-126 IOI LB oo isis mnccictetice Penta POTS 5. .nssersavstnierss 112, 123-125 EFISGANL ccicsice siren bavi cdesh te ee (Ceratites) saussurii.. wohtben LON? ROR OSE UTADA. 5c swoscsin cease eed as Setnate eee 228 (Ceratites) tamaulipensis. ayia 126 Cea TEWANEG 5d rrtieey che ses casa anider 228 | WENREN 5: sen tatesascuiesdennences 123-125 Cyperus alternifolius........0..00.0........ 489 Dichopetala peti Sh Picea: 112, 167 DOTA GI, ses ction tons sts nena 394 Dichromorpha viridis... Sat 142 d. var, ctenostachys... B04‘) Dietyn Bean icon serosa scktis uty 304, 548 erythrorhizos......380, 389, "393, 394 Parietalisin di. Mantas . 202 GINGA ict o) joss tacos 489 VORUBIS. 5 iaiastubn, toes al ae 305 TTR VOSCODS.C:, wevssssonncssesess bose BE0| Dictynidei.ic.s,.0:ss ee eee 202 MUG GRMN 5 ose cascns sane coune aos See 304.-| Dictyoplorus...24.5422 7 ane ij Cypris. balnearia. .........dcjs.0t.i8-..seuaeen 108 Diopatra californica... 253 Cypreloiden niger........ic..::s0citsceakt 360 Diospyros v irginiana... Ssrsthgs Lauer ideo 493 Cypselus phoenicobius...................... 360 | Diplotaxis muralis..............:.cccessee0 491 Cyrene bicuspidatus.....................00. 223 .| Daplothele. 5 pi<0:..2i-s0set acne 300 NC OGB as ens hed iar en 223 | Dipoena micratulla............cs:0ee. LOO 1 (0) Co" -7 ey eee 222 PEODB... ip) senivs- cs ace 205 MBO boo on doves sic sips ee 223 | Dissosteira carolina..................0000+ 149 LORIN OBS ohne cee un Sa gceaens crete em 223 PUL CALA csc rtececcves. ot shcap teenie meee 439 OT: eee en meine ea ENS 223 VEDUSbA: ho cnseecicc ns eee 440 ey! | 11”, Cee nnnee ReneS. 222 ~=—Distichlisspicata, 379, 386-388, 391,398 WOR OWEB CA... 5 cscs, 211 MERRION SINISE: Dp, ssc iicncon ins vet enseanecart 211 BN NER TIRES ls vde cand ae eR Sn 211 IN 1s ddashDicbolg avean axe 210 scutigera.......... Se ee 210 “TLS Ro ee se Oa ieee perp es 211 BOLETSIONIDED. ...- as-s2cncnecseneonreseer- 210 RAE MEEREIRS os hes one, dh duveniacuntelesegee 210 Iepeiridee... mer er eo . 206, 306 Ephemeride.... eee Rene iy Sor ae ee | ay EES Se ele Ramen re 332, 333 Pt) La pape my Bat Sees Bere 332, 333 MOREA GRE pacers Sor wore aneesseai etnies 333 EN ol ata titty is colatnertstoi tical ies 107 Epicadus granulatus.... 214 Epiphragmaphora hachitana, 496, 498, 499 Eremopedes albofasciata .......... 169, 489 ORANG a comers pct ASO, 481 Ereunetes pusillus.... Sahebasshitewsiis, WO Erginus parvulus........0...00ccc 229 sinuosus.. PEs echschssinasss. BOO subserialis... eM aswivsstatieseds GOON | Ierigeron darrellianus.. hp ne . 494 Eriophora bivariolata....... ................ 210 BAX. 2:5: sé series cede ses 9c ... 210 POI CREA es elias esi sendiassrias 210 = olen ae eal 210 ae en on. 209 Eritettix variabilis... “113, 114, 137 Vrogrostis major... Bein 488 Eryngium virginianum... 390, 394, 396 Euconulus fulvus alaskensis............ 514 Eugenia monticola..................:::0000 486 Euglandina cymatophora................ 544 RINE aad sacha haisarieei A divers ..238, 350 (Sige) bifoliata........00000.0.0.... BAD SPE eekly i siyaice arco ceases . 348 CAD (0) uh nr 2 |; OF PHILADELPHIA. 599 Biplalia 1 Vance cere sarees ohscec¥ins 348 NIPTIMACUIATA... so ccsecccisan. CLE Bumida tibifOrmis,c.c..c.cc.sdcseceeoc. 342 Eunice biannulata................:.c0sce 249 (Eriphyle) paloloides................ 246 SICIIONAIS «hence eee es 249 VINIGIS. £5 Le eee nee: 246, 249 PID ICRA as sunsnctde cs eee 246 Eunotomastus gordiodes............278, 279 Eupatorium adenophorum.............. 494 PeLOMALUML iis. veudes ees 380 PURUPVSN eo ora ever asi eis 389 Euphonia Musica............cccsessescsees 363 Euphorbia polygonifolia.................. 385 Eurypelma longipes...........0..csee 194 SECUIANMNE ie ee heer piesa eotaes 194 WEROTIB ts os seu sves cevke sth tet gehts detec 195 MSMYORIG, cuhiseotaontiins soon aout aeeabeak a 206 Eurythoé californica....................0... 242 Bos Vili ohne a eee 330 in) |0ss7->, ce ae ERR iy Paea ae, ee 322 Evagrus.............. 299, 301, 303, 308, 312 Falco columbarius...........sscssceeeseoes 358 GOMINCeNSIS Avs, ceyaaeoes 358 BDATVETIUS.”\.cowenesstn seneaeeen OOS HOrUSSACIG By a wi onteizecpiviccle 515 Bilistata. . cscs: 300, 304, 305, 308, 316 hibernalis................ ...196, 299 | Du Dy oa Cs Pepe nem ei Conse y Ay eo 196 Flabelligera commensalis................ 286 mlawellatan-<*07 0 Aebiaspnatatenes 108 Ogi LLY ee eee rene pe opt te Osa 10, 25, 27 RECTAL scapancrntactexe te eee are 40, 414 Forsythia viridissima, 58, 68-71, 94, 100 Fouquie Tia Splenden............sereesessees 113 RCC AI ATE sins ersen bitte cnndicitntess 355 Frontinella communis............0........ 206 Fufius atromentarius............... pssiruenk 195 Fuirena squarrosa hispida. .............. 392 Fulgur canaliculatum..................369-372 Pe: Vig: feo ened Oe Mm aN) TE 2, FORO cs os gsakects bis esiasavinkioorie 208 | Lyme a........ccccsecsecseeess Disesaameie Ce Leuctra... on 176 | PAP V Rips nesiscscreagas iyaettteaincts 515 Ligurotettix ‘coquilletti ... 482-434 RAV RINEROBGS I 55 gcck 0ssscnsfasids ie exsestborensees OU RUMUIES sisceded isapsodecarntt vc 482-434 | Lyssomanes convexa..........0.c00.... 226 Limacide... Aodivinecs tananvtalias ets 512 | BOURIR A sso cei sdadgrs sted tiene 200 Limax berendti......ccccccccccccccccssssssees §12 | AMOUONTSINS, 55. sin exh thstdoadty see tepas er) 512 | Machilis......... ivevis 7 stenurus. .......... ssc S12 | Macroxyela.. satis 13, 43 Limonium carolinianum, 379, 384- 386, | Magnolia conspicua ..58, 60, 69-71, 98 388-391, 398 | Gahadiva 1l-variolata. idveve Se Jpeaesem fe, NP AS sited 315 | Malacostraca......... 30 Ain phia.. : sheen . 48 Maldane disparidentata.... biurd hia Se (aed annulipes.... cer 232 = Maldanid...... 282 biolleyi.. PPE mS wevee SOL, 233 | Mallinus...... ; . 300 coxalis... veiw 208 | Malvastrum americanum . 492 COTIACEUM oe csccceccoe os . 232 | Mangora picta.. ‘ 209 foveolatum......0.0........ wuss 282 spinula .. 209 fromtale.c.icdntere:: , 232 trilineata................ 209 intermedium........ .. 233° Mantide 118, 415 39 602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., MAINES cans cosvice, quisition ipods cadvahias 12,22 Metepeira labyrinthea..........0.......... 212 Marphysa californica..................0.-. 251 | Meterginus inermiis....................000 stylobranchiata.......... 249, 251-253 RIQNECUB. -ivpscentsdsossis seen OE 22s, Marpissa MAgnA...............0.cccccceeeeens 224 | Metriopelma morosus..........0.0........... 196 Melanognathh............00:.sceseesees 224 BODTAMA ener oaivesnassns nee 195 MATIN cs apss taaernin dient: coerce 224 | Microlegia palustris.......................... 365 Martella lineatipes.................c0ccc008 225 | Micrommata.........cssesesiserccices. O49 Marumba occidentallis...................... Ais | Mimetidin.c.ccrou sats ade 206 Mastigonema sejunctum.................. ooo | Mimetus rapat.in asc.) ee. 206 Mecysmaucheniu,...............cc00000000000+ 300 | Mimocichla ardesiaca....................... 366 Megalostrata formidabilis................ 198 - Mimus dominicus...........0....0...:cc008 366 Melanerpes striatus..........0.. cs... 360 | Miogryllus lineatus........ ccc: 483 Melania labiosa.................cccscscceseseseee 623 Misumena aleatoria.................:c00000 562 PMI GTIR GU, 5. ns cneessnsseoncsemens MS BEPPTAGA Ln ctocsinczags ott seven ee 215 RYO o ese es es ee ee 528, 524 | Mitopus australlis...............c:ccree 231. PRENBOIUE 555555 cis dosreriseiveisviten ad 163,165 | Mniotilta varia... 0.5 cisiesnsonts 364 MEMS cad acini chathetrihcans Tere 413 Modisimus inornatus........................ 202 SOCIRTNGITN oa os shies alt 113, 165 Monocraterion lesleyi........................ 297 aridus.......... 112, 118, 115, 164, 467 CULE el: eerie a amore Wi BR DT ES Cl Sucre nasasdes el Gaal OO bowditebi=.2°>s..,...:.112) 16leet73 CANIOUS) cis cin. orseoresatcst- eo Riel Ob CMETOUS: 5.054 cdeavon eee 472 complanatipes.................sscsee 472 SETI ss csc avss3<.sp ccc 472 devastatore 5.5. 620 .:eee 466 Gifferen tials. ..-¢.:<.<:0<..-.088 116, 166 FEMOTA TUBA. as cs -.s-000338 474 femur-rubrum....................- 116, 165 flavescens ...............:s:0cccce-ere 163, 466 DEI ooo pepe oe 0s 2m ecg 470 PABUICIDES 3c. 8- 32-2053 anc scone 112, 163 eC re fe 468 herbaceus.................-.. 112, 163, 466 oe) | anne 472 marginatus form paupet.......... 473 RUNISSIOTIUINIEN = =. 3 ss <5 cas cdegseeeecess 469-471 COE ie ee oe 471 15 TG 1 Meee cop co Ay ore, 468 i ee A aE 166 SONOMAENSIS ............00000000 waesteee 468 PERMMRIETINNIS.« 5. «2.5.50 0kccseieeevid 469 OUT Oe Ee en POS | 467 Mellisuga minima.................::0c000000 361 Melopelia leucoptera...............200.... 857 Menticirrhus americanus.................. 407 Mermiria bivittata..............112, 116, 131 Morsea californica...............:c602e---.. 449 c. tamalpaisensis....................... 421 Museinée. sos diet oe 21 Myiadestes montanus...................... 366 Myiarchus dominicensis.................... 361 Myrica carolinensis............ 382, 391, 394 Ceriiera, .:.. eee es eee 486 Mymmeleonn....2.ceee ee 12, 18, 20-22 Nagaing mcunda......:..cssssceredeer Naineris longa..............::se100+-02- 202, 264 TODUStASS ciechecca ee 262 |, Nepaia gracilis... \ci:8.syieaeoeee 428 | Nasturtium officinale........................ 394 _ Navicula lewisiana......................184, 190 VY secs octensyiesevencs eestor tena 190 Thomboides::4\...4:.5.. ee 184 Neduba Carinata..........c.eeee 475, 476 CONVOERAs. cee. toes 475, 476 Nemobius mormonius...................... 483 NCOMORICANUG Ss. .sacar--csseenereave as 172 WGA ENBIS) ceciatos.sss-7essesesee 116, 173 NemUTH 3. oarcetnsiieees 32, 33, 35-37, 176 NGPA QTACTIS. co soos sc wae -vacses-cacteaesnt ee Nephila:: Cle Vipes ses .cs2: sors svesencooenpset¥ie 208 Nephronaiass. is coger eee 532 miedellimuls cs psc ccse eee 533 Nephthydidae 5 ics costsisees-orssateel 243 Nephi bys Gen... nc: .steteenaet 243 INereid se) ak cee terse ee 244 Nereis AMARSIZL. 543 LQG INA. tis -.2t.2. tye ee 543 leVettelis.. «.viccioiun cies 496 matermontana.........00.000:006 541, 543 IM. JALISCOENSIS:..,.eeseeseess d41, 543 MICAINSD eee eee 496, 411 ILO OVEAIN A) tacecd.--<- Bhaaccos erences 543 MONSON esieeoevetvistarcosveoseee nae meCOMisellatycs-c3- ester eee 543 OPP TA io Rissicsitee sa ee 543, 544 OP COMIPIIGATAN 74 -.ccucrteeasteretaes 544 O. implicata..............--:+1.043, 544 plagioplowsa...:2../Msvehstauedetens 543 POTS Hence hake a ee 544 PODBORD YI cco hoje ovc-v ees tenses 543 PORLCHIATIANS wsvee: ii. cfsesgeeee 543 PUSTUILOIM ES iccosg as seaseccserotease Ree 544 TROBUBUS 5 iki. «s 2554) sasha eee 544 TICHA POR ONG aw aac cs/seaccch eee 543, Ts MAUI v5 gen sinc vs eee 543 BUPTUPON AEA .i5:0....scvpheaeh is come 543 COXABIODA ii cctsh scree Ae 543, trod OntOIdER::.,+.<10:-.0v-ee aes 543 Ventrosula...........:ccccscccenee1 D42—-D44 Ve DINGS ics tecteeeeeee 542, 543 Vucstaned. iin ccovcac eee 543 Poleno6:.) xcs viedo oe eee 339 | PID ABs icsienestiviecBovaeaegee eee: 241 PUlCH TA. in s11 dds pares 240 EPG TOI cic oes tic taveenink eee 407 | bd RL Ts ye ee Se OY 238. | (Carobia) castanea..............239, 339 PTGRAB hen sSs oes tepsch ove. asa Oe 339 RONTU PTAC eons. ccs sasocr eee 337 medipapillata..............00...... 237, 337 TIUICOBE Sash oi ecscccg ee 336, 337 polypnyila.....;...::.agcne eee 339 Phyllodocid®..................c0000.0:000----287, 336 PRYBSis aides ie ae 107 WANISONIDG 5) 226s -o131 truncata... _ he bie, 220. Pseudotsuga mucronata. wT 113 Psoloessa buddiana.......................... 144 172 9101: Re ee 144 rh) oi a 144 texana..................112, 144, 428, 429 Psychotria undata............................ 486 Pteridium caudatum........................ 486 Pteronarcys.. RAaey 33 Ptilimnium eapillaceu um....390, 394, 396 Pupilla hebes... bavasoaiy 514 syngenes....... Pade shitse das Vshedate 514 Pupillide............. es ew 514 Pupoides hordacea........ 514 Pyramidula (Gony odisc us) cronk- hitei... 513 (Gonyodiscus) shimeki cock- CL Bae NE Tey SE TIES 514 Pyrus arbutifolia..000.0......... . 389 Quadrula nickliniana......... 532 SEMIZTANOSA............6..6606- 532 cn pales, 57, 66, 67, 69- 71,91 Querquedula discors.......0.0.............. 855 Quiscalus niger.................., 362 WOR aad oto bocad tses dadveceneds et 362 Radiodiscus millecostatus... 5l4 Raja eglanteria.... bd, ites 407 OTINACCR. 2 ..0sdscsbessstde. den ee 400 jr? aes Saas | 2 eae Wines 407 Rana amurensis............... ar .. 401 nigromaculata............ ... 401 Randia aculeata...... Ptitbassiedeact 486 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 605 PRENUNGULUS ACTIR sce iaseocesssossacncs0> . 491 BRUT Sista emctors tering Oa sid £22 Reichardia picroides....................... 494 GAcy Vere Pint: we: Voc) meee peanEeee a eee LOG PRR DEI ccak can cnanen bende Geeart cs : (a9 Rhexia virginica...............:0000+0++-- 892 Rhinoptera bonasus................0..... 408 Rhizophora mangle...............0.0 + 486 Rhus. Opal WA... 5... .siens onasesdapeones 394 radicans... ee. NORE BOY SOL toxicodendTOn........eesecsseeesseeeseees 554 Rhynchospora glomerata............... 396 Runcinia magna...........:...s.0-b md BLD Rupornis ridgwayi................... 857 Ruppia maritima.......................... B98 Sabal blackburniana................. 489 Sabbatia angio aS dad aioe oe Sabella elegans............-..::ccseeet 288 pacifica........... see avvectanitedere ene Sabelluria californica... w+ 293 cementarium ............ 294 Sabellide... cate namaitee 287 Sagina proc SUMDENB.urerusecssmnarsderssereee 491 Sagittaria variabilis....... Salicornia herbacea, 379-381, 383- 386, 388, 391, 398 mucronata.... 380, 391, 398 Salix babylonica.. vetace DO, OF Salsola Ps eens oe . 380 Sambucus canadensis... i 387 Sarinda pretiosa.............-::.:+ 225 Saurothera dominic ensis..... . 359 Screvola plumieri...............0. 186 Scalibregma... 282 Scalpellum (Are oscalpe llum) col- umbianum... sevsesers: 04, BOS gravelianum........... ; 368 sanctipetrense...... : 368 soror.. 36S Scenedesmus obliquus. is 393 Schasicheila minuscula.. 540 xanthia............ 540 Schistocerea........... 462 alutacea. .............. 156 obscura.. 156 shoshone 112, 156, 464 vaga...... 112, 463 venusta.... 156, 464 Schizopelma bicarinatum, 195 Schlerocheilus minutus 283 pacificus., 282 Scionopsis palmata........... 274 Scirpus cyperinus. 394 lacustris.......... 389, 395, 396 olneyi. Jenucare See pungens, 379, 380, 385, 387-389, 391, 392, 394-397 robustus.. 7, 388, 398 Scolithus linearis 296, 297 Scolopendrella........ 7 606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [Dec., Sparassus QUGAK. ... .vgh seg weet 214 CTASS US res yeh ceneccs ennse a 214 ODSOUFUB vss tecessvtsecaicnts sath 214 SIMON Les evavekscescee eevee eee 214 Sparganium euycarpum....394, 395, 398 Spartina patens, 379-381, 383-391, 398 polystachya......... 379, 383, 389, 390 stricta maritima........ 378-580, 383- : 391, 398 Speotyto dominivensis................... 859 | Sphverobothria hoffmanni... ............ 195 SO a x ccsidaess caverns or atacdueittenns 6 SSCMDMNIREMENTETS occ xc 0s sins'ess -nsnostadan ence omas ened 300 Scudderia furtata. .......:iccsesccsenseaces 475 Manciferdcs 1: heccastrensaeences 168 MEXICATB. sscc0ssatovnretee 474 Scytodes championi........................ 196 UISOR CE censcont acti etiay cee 196 intricata............. cdscpbee ti Sine th ac 196 | PO cracciu usonktincnoeaenet 197 STAIR Co icicasssinin ine aie 196 Seiurus aurocapillus...................0..... 365 MOGACH Ae Presse ca Ros Cae 365 NOVEDOFACENSIG.............0000c000000 365 Selenops bifurcatus..........00......0...... 214 ME WICANUS see sicher eece 213, 214 Serpula columbiana......................0... 293 CNM cd cesien acest Chet eres 290 Sesuvium portulacastrum................ 486 Setophaga ruticilla......................0.+. 365 PNR rs Fass ae cdceen Oho aruns ndehes Gaveoen 22 SHGVOS ANPUIAtUS. «fo... csscesecsvavcees 387 Ronee SNOUT noc Saidcccedeuhve 492 Sidusa albicincta................cc00c0 222 CONSPCCUA: is... see ecderers eee 221 SCURGIIING: 6 oc: coset 222 | fulvoguttata............-.ccsectenen:- 222 Sphearod ofid 2, 15,43... sacseanthsi Sue 332 Sphearodorumy;.. inet vied 332, 333 brevicapitis............. ss ae 335, 236 CIRBATOCI,..<.50. ea et 333, 336 EWI nasz.)scotoeterreccan 332, 333 papillifer, ..4.....cctcesiecsssoves ey sphipriiler.....cc00s setae 336 | Spbharagemon angustipennis............ 149 Collate +, matinee, eee 149 Qs) rte) demenineemenneliemmehr essere 9 SPU YING ZY CENA sae. c-cs eee 407 Spindalis multicolor............5.......06 363 | Spirogyra crassa,..-5.--..---20 eee 393 Spordinus elegane..................::eea0 381 | Squalus acanthias......0. 14 RII COCDRES c, 1ctsud ie-asnee. ct essee evens 533 WN DRN i sissy tei tdeaiagste teas 535 RETIN OE PUMIIN 5 cacccncssesoesorveetsescev> 532 tAMPICOENSIS...............0.0e SIF 2 a esol Lc eS ae . 532 (Ls oh eee ek aie ae Re 512 THE ACADEMY OF [Dec., Uropterygius... celts anode Rae Urospermum PicroideS. ......esseccesseeee 493 | Vaccinium atrococcum. see... 391 MACTOCATDON ays ecru tharos 392, 395 Vallonia cyclophorella...................... 514 DETSPC CEVA. acsmyeres serdar ete 514 | Vahloniidte, ....:.:salsncscaipan bits: tee tanteanre 514 Vernonia novaboracensis.... ............. 389 | Vertigo concinnula.....i........:..s:ecsseeee 515 TYHLTO I 25. iscsecer acest oe 515 modesta parietalis 515 coh (gh 1: Ene S EL hee ue 515 Virea:calidris:..c..c.cena ene 364 Vitrea indentata umbilicata........... 514 Vitrina alaskana. oo. feces -ce ee 514 Vonones lateralis. .....c.ccccccccceess-ee 228 _ Xanthium echinatum... 385-387 A VCHAR, 5, we scart ccoprsrnusene ee 36, 37 Ayris carolMiaNa), cso 2-10-saee 396 Xysticus advectus...............csescseees 214 NETVOSUB. ...isacciel ceo eee 562 StomachosuS i... cn cence OS Wersinia........0.5:1.:....-9s eee 118 SOMMUATIS, oevarcss.soe GACY CLODTOTA «i <0i. 0005s inne nuess Vege 479 Zanthoxylum flavum...............0:0 486 WEDBIGA ZENAIGG. «..-0.2s0acav<-2-sesexesecons 357 Zenaidura MAcrouLa........c..c-ceeeeeeees BOT Zoarces anguillaris............:..:.:-:0000 407 PROT 22 cer ccsocxev esse cokes pees sent ee 514 Zonitoides arborea................:-0::++:00+s 514 milium meridionallis.................. 514 MIMUSCU Bex cis scatyiecedeex eee 514 MP alachUansa....<.i.25-) ae eee 514 GOSteY a, WARING. 062 sdiseos veeanke noe cea 488 Zygoballus tibialis..............0. cee 224 1909.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 609 GENERAL INDEN. 1909 Additions to the Museum, 588. Banks, Nathan. Arachnida from Costa Rica (Plates V, VI), 176, 194. Barbour, Thomas. On the True Status of the Genus Cacopoides (Plates XVII, XVIII), 401, 484. Berg, Rudolf, announcement of death of, 485. Binney, William G. announcement of death of, 485. Biological and Microscopical Section, report of, 580. Botanical Section, report of, 582. Boyer, Charles 8. Report of Biologi- cal and Microscopical Section, 580. Brown, Arthur Erwin, Sc.D. Remarks at Commemoration of Darwin Cen- tennary, 55. Brown, Stewardson. On a Botanical Trip to the Headwaters of the Sas- katchewan and Athabasca Rivers (no abstract), 296. Thomas Meehan, 485. Notes on the Flora of Ber- mudas, 485, 486. Report of Botan- ical Section, 582. Calvert, Philip P. On the Power of Flight in Dragon-Flies and its rela- tion to Geographical Distribution (no abstract), 2. Chapman, Henry C., M.D., announce- ment of death of, 485. '* Cleborne, Christopher J., M.D., an- nouncement of death of, 000 Conklin, Edwin G., Ph.D., Remarks at Commemoration Darwin Centennary, 56. Corresponding Secretary, report of, 572. Council for 1910, 586. Crampton, G. C., Ph.D. A Contribu- tion to the Comparative Morphology of the Thoracic Sclerites of Insects (Plates I-IV), 1,3, Correction, 176. Curators, report of, 577. Se D. of Darwin, Charles. Commemoration of © Centennary of Birth of, ete., 55. Dixon, Samuel G., M.D., LL.D. Report of Curators, 577. Dohrn, Anton, announcement of death of, 485. Elections during 1909, 586. Entomological Section, report of, 581. Fowler, Henry W. A new Species of Fish of the Genus Atopichthys, with notes on New Jersey Fishes, 406, 485. Frazer, Persifor, Sce.D., ment of death of, 193. Gaudry, Jean Albert, announcement of death of, 2. General Index, 609. Haenlen, Lewis, announcement of death of, 2. Harshberger, John W., M.D. The Vegetation of the West Indies as constrasted with that of Mexico and Central America (no abstract), 2 Action of Chemical Solutions on Bud Development: An experimental Study of Acclimatization, 55, 57. The Vegetation of the Salt Marshes and of the Salt and Fresh-water Ponds of Northern Coastal New Jersey, 296, 373. Hartshorne, Charles, of death of, 296. Hrdli¢ka, Ale&. mepar on an addi- tional Collection of Skeletal Remains from Arkansas and Louisiana (see JouRNAL, XIV, 1), 484. Index to Genera, 595. Keeley, F. J. Microscopical Formation, 176, 177. Tea, Henry Charles, announcement of death of, 485. Librarian, report of, 573. Loriol le Fort, Percival, announcement of death of, 176 Lyman, Benjamin Smith. Scolithus linearis Burrows with, Orifice Com- lete (Plate X), 296. Report of fineralogical and Geological Sec- tion, 583. MacFarlane, John, Se.D. announce- announcement Image On Irrito- 610 PROCEEDINGS OF Contractility in Plants (no ab- stract), 176. Mineralogical and Geological Section, report of, 583. Mitsukuri, Kakichi, announcement of death of, 485. Montgomery, Thomas H., Ph.D. On the Architecture of Spiders (no abstract), 55. On the Spinnerets, Cribellum, Colulus, Trachee and Iung Books of Araneads (Plates XI, XII, XIII, XIyV), Further Studies on the Activities of Araneads, IT, 548. Moore, Clarence B. Antiquities of the Ouachita Valley (see JouRNAL, XIV, 1), 484. Moore, J. Perey, Ph.D. Polychxtous Annelids from Monterey VIII, IX), 193, 235. chetous Annelids dredged by the U. S. S. “Albatross” off the Coast | of Southern California in 1904: I. Syllide, Sphzrodoride, Hesionide and Phyllodocide (Plates XV, XVI), 321, 484. Report of Corresponding Secretary, 572. Nolan, Edwin J., M.D. of the Academy (no abstract), 193. Report of Recording Secretary, 570. Report of Librarian, 573. Officers, Councillors, ete., for 1910, THE ACADEMY OF ' Rehn, ay and | San Diego, California (Plates VII, | The Poly- | Short History | [Dec., James A. G., and Morgan Hebard. An Orthopterological Re- connoissance of the Southwestern United States: Part II, New Mex- ico and Western Texas, 55, 111. Same, Part III, California and Nevada, 409, 484. Report of the Biological and Micro- scopical Section, 580. _ Report of Botanical Section, 582. _ Report of Corresponding Secretary, 299, 484. | 572. Report of Curators, 577. Report of Entomological Section, 581. Report of Librarian, 573. _ Report of Mineralogical and Geologi- cal Section, 583. Report of Ornithological Section, 584. Report of the Recording Secretary, 570. Report of Special Curator of Mollusca, 579. Richards, Benjamin W., announce- ment of death of, 485. Sergeant, J. Dickinson, announcement ot death of, 485. ; Skinner, Henry, M.D. On Antigony or Sexual Diversity in Insects (no abstract), 176. Report of Ento- mological Section, 581. Smith, Burnett. Note on the Mor- phology of Fulgur, 369, 484. Special Curator of Mollusca, report of, 585. Ornithological Section, report of, 584. Peirce, Dr. C. Newiin, announcement 579. Standing Committees, 1909, 1. of death of, 296. Pilsbry, H. A. abstract), 193. On Barnacles (no A new Species of Sealpellum from British Columbia, | 367, 484. Unionide of the Panuco River System, Mexico (Plates B. ©, Ba XXVI, XXVIII), 485, 532. New Land Shells from Mexico, 485, 540. Report of Special Curator of Mol- lusea, 579. Pilsbry, Henry A., and James H. | Ferriss. Mollusca of the Southern States, III: The Huachuca Moun- tains, Arizona (Plates XIX, XX, XXII), 485, 495. A new Sonorella from the Rincon Mountains, Arizona (Plate XXII), 485, 517. Pilsbry, Henry A., and A. A. Hinkley. Melanid# of the Panuco River System, Mexico (Plates XXIII, XXIV), 485, 519. tecording Secretary, report of, 570. Stearns, R. E. C., announcement of death of, 485. | Stone, Witmer, report of Ornithologi- cal Section, 584. Thomas, Joseph, M.D., announcement of death of, 296. Van Ingen, Gilbert. On the so-called Clinton Iron Ores of Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania (no abstract), 296. Verrill, A. E., and A. Hyatt Verrill. Notes on the Birds of San Domingo, with a list of the Species, including a new Hawk, 352, 484. | Wharton, Joseph, announcement of death of, 2. | Wherry, Edgar T. On Silicified Woods of the New Red (no abstract), 296. Wolf, Theodore R., announcement of death of, 485. Young, Robert T. The Occurrence of Bufo columbiensis east of the Rocky Mountains, 296, 298. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PEATE si. CRAMPTON. MORPHOLOGY OF SCLERITES. uy PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE II CRAMPTON. MORPHOLOGY OF SCLERITE: PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. CRAMPTON MORPHOLOGY ( )i- { /LERITE: PLATE III. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE Iv. CRAMPTON. MORPHOLOGY OF SCLERITES. é PLATE \V. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. ARACHNIDA FROM COSTA RICA BANKS PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE VI. BANKS. ARACHNIDA FROM COSTA RICA. > — <>" ‘ an ‘we oo MAA aa Me ene =. x i . Ps 7 = a ay =a ad WAG Lt 7, Ate PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE V1. MOORE CALIFORNIA POLYCHA:TA “~~ PROC. ACAD. NaT. SCI. PHILA 1909 PLATE VIII MOORE. CALIFORNIA POLYCHA:=TA. ~~ PROC. ACAD. NAT SCI. PHILA 1909. PLATE Ix. MOORE. CALIFORNIA POLYCH4ETA. PRO ,OC. ACAD. NAT NAT. SCI. PHILA HII 1909. AA. PLATE XI. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. Yo - © egese THE SPINNERETS, ETC., OF ARANEIDS. MONTGOMERY. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE XII. MONTGOMERY. THE SPINNERETS, ETC., OF ARANEIDS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE XIII. MONTGOMERY. THE SPINNERETS, ETC., OF ARANEIDS ,* Oe PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. MONTGOMERY. THE SPINNERETS OF ARANEIDS. PLATE XIV. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE XV. MOORE. POLYCH4ASTOUS ANNELIDS. re ANNELIDS. ; MOORE. POLYCHA=:TOUS PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909 PLATE XVII. EK N. Fischer del. BARBOUR ON THE GENUS CACOP( IDES PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1909 PLATE XVIII. f E.N Fischer del, BARBOUR ON THE GENUS CACOPOIDES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE XIX. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE XxX. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE XXI. PILSBRY aND FERRISS: MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN STATES PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE XXII. PILSBRY AND FERRISS: SONORELLA FROM THE RINCON MTS., ETC PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909 PLATE XXilI. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. PLATE XXIV. % % 17 18 21 22 PILSBRY AND HINKLEY MELANIID4E JOF THE PANUCO RIVER. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1909 PLATE XXV PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1909. PLATE XXVI. 'PILSBRY UNIONID42 OF THE PANUCO RIVER MEXICO. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1909. LATE XXVII. -PILSBRY UNIONID42 OF THE PANUCO RIVER, MEXICO QH Academy of Natural Sciences 2 of Philadelphia A2 Proceedings PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE oe cmeatnadines oi be: